Canon iRAdv 7055'C7065'9060pro'9065pro'9070pro'C9075pro SM PDF

imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9070 PRO/
9065 PRO/9060 PRO/C7065/7055 Series Rev. 6.0
Service Manual Digest
Periodical Service
Adjustment
Error Code
User Mode
Service Mode
Parts Replacement and Cleaning
Product Overview
Upgrading
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Application
This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical theory,
The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are
installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all localities where the
inconsistent with local law.
products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this manual that does not
apply to your locality.
Trademarks
The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered trademarks
Corrections
of the individual companies.
This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements
or changes in products. When changes occur in applicable products or in the contents of this
Copyright
manual, Canon will release technical information as the need arises. In the event of major
This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may
changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will issue a new
not be copied, reproduced or translated into another language, in whole or in part, without the
edition of this manual.
consent of Canon Inc.
(C) CANON INC. 2013
Caution
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential
information.
Explanation of Symbols
The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual:
The following symbols are used throughout this Service Manual.

1. Each chapter contains sections explaining the purpose of specific functions and the
Symbols
Explanation
Check.
Symbols
relationship between electrical and mechanical systems with reference to the timing of
Explanation
Remove the claw.
operation.

In the diagrams,
represents the path of mechanical drive; where a signal
name accompanies the symbol, the arrow
indicates the direction of the
electric signal.
The expression "turn on the power" means flipping on the power switch, closing the
Check visually.
front door, and closing the delivery unit door, which results in supplying the machine with
Insert the claw.
power.
Check the noise.
Use the bundled part.
2. In the digital circuits, '1' is used to indicate that the voltage level of a given signal is
"High", while '0' is used to indicate "Low". (The voltage value, however, differs from
circuit to circuit.) In addition, the asterisk (*) as in "DRMD*" indicates that the DRMD
signal goes on when '0'.
Disconnect the connector.
Push the part.
In practically all cases, the internal mechanisms of a microprocessor cannot be checked

in the field. Therefore, the operations of the microprocessors used in the machines
are not discussed: they are explained in terms of from sensors to the input of the DC
Connect the connector.
Plug the power cable.
controller PCB and from the output of the DC controller PCB to the loads.
The descriptions in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice for product
Remove the cable/wire

from the cable guide or wire
saddle.
improvement or other purposes, and major changes will be communicated in the form of
Turn on the power.
Service Information bulletins.

All service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of this Service
Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be able to identify and isolate faults
Set the cable/wire to the

cable guide or wire saddle.
Remove the screw.
Tighten the screw.
in the machine.
Contents
0 Safety Precautions
CDRH Act------------------------------------------------------------------------0-2
Laser Safety---------------------------------------------------------------------0-2
Handling of Laser System---------------------------------------------------0-2
Turn power switch ON--------------------------------------------------------0-3
Safety of Toner------------------------------------------------------------------0-3
About Toner-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0-3

Toner on Clothing or Skin--------------------------------------------------------- 0-3
Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery---------------------------------0-3

Notes Before it Works Serving----------------------------------------------0-3
1 Periodical Service
Periodical Service Operation Item-----------------------------------------1-2
2 Adjustment
Overview-------------------------------------------------------------------------2-2
When replacing parts---------------------------------------------------------2-2
Controller System------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-2

Laser Exposure System----------------------------------------------------------- 2-6
Image Formation System--------------------------------------------------------- 2-6
When clearing RAM--------------------------------------------------------- 2-14
When clearing RAM---------------------------------------------------------------2-14
3 Error Code
Over View------------------------------------------------------------------------3-2
Outline--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-2
Error Code-----------------------------------------------------------------------3-3
Error Code Details------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-3
Jam Code-------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-151
Jam Type--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-151

Main Unit--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-151
Duplex Color Image Reader-A1 / Color Image Reader-A1----------- 3-154

Paper Deck Unit A1----------------------------------------------------------- 3-155
POD Deck Light A1----------------------------------------------------------- 3-155
Multi-drawer Paper Deck A1------------------------------------------------ 3-156
Buffer Path Unit - F1------------------------------------------------------------ 3-157
Insertion Unit -H1---------------------------------------------------------------- 3-158
Professional Puncher - C1
/Professional Puncher Integration Unit - B1------------------------------- 3-159
Insertion Unit -J1----------------------------------------------------------------- 3-160
Paper Folding Unit - G1-------------------------------------------------------- 3-161
Paper Folding Insertion Unit - G1-------------------------------------------- 3-162
External 2-hole Puncher - A1/External 2/3 Hole Puncher - A1
/External 2/4 Hole Puncher - A1/External 4 Hole Puncher - A1------ 3-163
Staple Finisher-A1/Booklet Finisher-A1------------------------------------ 3-164
Staple Finisher-B1/Booklet Finisher-B1------------------------------------ 3-165
Alarm Code------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-166
Alarm Code Details-------------------------------------------------------------- 3-166
4 User Mode
List of User Mode--------------------------------------------------------------4-2
Device Information Delivery Settings------------------------------------------ 4-2

Environment Settings-------------------------------------------------------------- 4-2
Adjustment/Maintenance--------------------------------------------------------- 4-11
Function Settings------------------------------------------------------------------4-12
Set Destination---------------------------------------------------------------------4-22
Management Settings------------------------------------------------------------4-23
5 Service Mode
Overview-------------------------------------------------------------------------5-2
Back-up of service mode---------------------------------------------------------- 5-2
COPIER--------------------------------------------------------------------------5-3
DISPLAY------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-3
I/O (I/O display mode)---------------------------------------------------------- 5-140
ADJUST---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-186
FUNCTION------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-280
OPTION---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-325
TEST-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-448
COUNTER------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-454
FEEDER---------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-501
DISPLAY--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-501
ADJUST---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-501
FUNCTION------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-503
SORTER--------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-508
ADJUST---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-508
FUNCTION------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-520
OPTION---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-522
BOARD----------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-536
OPTION---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-536
Soft Counter List----------------------------------------------------------- 5-538
Soft counter specifications----------------------------------------------------- 5-538

Soft Counter List----------------------------------------------------------------- 5-538
Test Print--------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-546
How to check test print--------------------------------------------------------- 5-546
6 Parts Replacement and Cleaning

List of Parts----------------------------------------------------------------------6-2
List of Main Unit--------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-2

List of Clutch / Solenoid----------------------------------------------------------6-10
List of Motor-------------------------------------------------------------------------6-12
List of Fan----------------------------------------------------------------------------6-22
List of Sensor-----------------------------------------------------------------------6-25
Lamp / Heater, others-------------------------------------------------------------6-34
List of Switch------------------------------------------------------------------------6-38
List of PCB---------------------------------------------------------------------------6-41
Connector List----------------------------------------------------------------------6-52
7 Product Overview
Specifications-------------------------------------------------------------------7-2
Specifications of main unit-------------------------------------------------------- 7-2

Productivity (print speed)--------------------------------------------------------- 7-3
Paper type---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-4
Product lineups-----------------------------------------------------------------7-6
Main unit------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-6

Pickup/delivery options------------------------------------------------------------ 7-6
Scanning options-------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-9
Expanded-feature options-------------------------------------------------------7-10
Basic Configuration---------------------------------------------------------- 7-11
Functional Configuration--------------------------------------------------------- 7-11
8 Upgrading
Upgrading------------------------------------------------------------------------8-2
Outline--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-2
Safety Precautions
Act
CDRH
Safety
Laser
of Laser System
Handling
power switch ON
Turn
to Note About
Points
Turning Off the Main
Power Switch
of Toner
Safety
When Handling a
Notes
Lithium Battery
Before it Works
Notes
Serving
imageRUNNER ADVANCE
C9075 PRO/9070 PRO/9065
PRO/9060 PRO/C7065/7055
Series
CDRH Act
Handling of Laser System
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health of the US Food and Drum Administration put
When servicing the area around the laser assembly, be sure to turn off the main power.
into force regulations concerning laser products on August 2, 1976. These regulations apply
The machine's covers that can reflect laser light are identified by means of a warning label
to laser products manufactured on and after August 1, 1976, and the sale of laser products
(Figure). If you must detach a cover showing the label, be sure to take extra caution during
not certified under the regulations is banned within the Untied States. The label shown here
the work.
indicates compliance with the CDRH regulations, and its attachment is required on all laser
products that are soled in the United States.
F-0-1
A different description may be used for a different product.
F-0-2
Laser Safety
Laser beam radiation may pose a danger to the human body. A laser scanner mounted on the
machine is sealed with the protection housing and external cover to prevent the laser beam
from leaking to the outside. The laser beam never leaks out of the scanner as far as users
operate the machine normally.
This product is certificated as a Class 1 laser product under IEC60825-1:2007.
0-2
Turn power switch ON
Safety of Toner
The machine is equipped with 2 power switches: main power switch and control panel power
switch.
The machine goes on when the main power switch is turned on (i.e., other than in low power
mode, sleep mode).
Do not turn off the main power while the progress bar is indicated, during which access
is made to the HDD. If deprived of power, the HDD can suffer a fault (E602).
About Toner
The machine's toner is a non-toxic material made of plastic, iron, and small amounts of dye.
Do not throw toner into fire. It may cause explosion.
Toner on Clothing or Skin

If your clothing or skin has come into contact with toner, wipe it off with tissue; then, wash it
off with water.
Do not use warm water, which will cause the toner to jell and fuse permanently with the
fibers of the cloth.
Tonner is easy to react with plastic material, avoid contact with plastic.
Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery

F-0-3
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE.

DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS.
Notes Before it Works Serving
At servicing, be sure to turn OFF the power source according to the specified steps and
disconnect the power plug.
0-3
Periodical Service
Service Operation Item

Periodical
1
Periodical Service Operation Item

: Replacement (Periodical replacement) : Replacement (Consumable parts) : Cleaning : Lubrication : Adjustment : Inspection
Interva
Dustproof Glass Cleaning (black)

Laser
Dustproof Glass Cleaning (color)
Exposure
Part No
1
3
Others
As needed
1400K
1108K
1000K
550K
500K
400K
200K
150K
120K
30K
At installation
1
2
Part Name
Number
No.
Category
Counter
4
FL2-8915 1
FL2-0462 1
PRDC-1
PRDC-1
If dirt appears on the image, remove the glass and clean it.
If dirt appears on the image, clean it with using the attached cleaning
tool.
PRM-UNIT Clean it when replacing the Primary Charging Wire.
Clean the Shield Plate with lint-free paper.
PO-UNIT Clean it when replacing the Pre-primary Transfer Charging Wire.
Clean the Shield Plate with lint-free paper.
Clean it with alcohol and lint-free paper.
Execute this when replacing the Color Drum Unit.
Execute this when replacing the Color Drum Unit.
Clean it with lint-free paper.
PRM-WIRE
PRM-CLN
FL2-2720 1
PRDC-1
PRM-CLN2
FL2-8807 1
FL2-0462 1
PRDC-1
PRDC-1
PO-WIRE
PO-CLN
FL2-2720 1
PRDC-1
PO-CLN2
FC8-2295
FL3-4090
FM4-6612
FM4-6613
FM4-6614
FM4-6615
FC8-2281
FL2-8652
FL2-8653
FL2-8654
PRDC-1
PRDC-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
PRM-GRID
GRID-PAD
DV-UNT-Y
DV-UNT-M
DV-UNT-C
DV-UNT-K
CLN-BLD
SU-SHT-K
EDGE-F-K
EDGE-F-K
Primary Charging Assembly
FM4-5704
PRDC-1
Pre-primary Transfer Charging Assembly
FM3-4720
PRDC-1
Toner Catch Sheet (color)
Toner Catch Tray (black)
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1-2
Toner Blocking Plastic sheet

Primary Charging Wire
Primary Charging Wire Cleaning Pad
Slider
Primary Charging Wire Cleaning Pad
Holder
Process Pre-transfer Charging Wire
Unit
Pre-transfer Charging Wire Cleaning Pad
Slider
Pre-transfer Charging Wire Cleaning Pad
Holder
Grid Plate
Grid Cleaning Pad
Developing Assembly (Y)
Developing Assembly (M)
Developing Assembly (C)
Developing Assembly (Bk)
Drum Cleaning Blade (Bk)
Drum Cleaning Scoop-up Sheet (Bk)
Edge Scraper 1 (Bk)
Edge Scraper 2 (Bk)
Remark
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
iR ADVANCE C9075PRO/C9070 PRO is 530K

Interva
Part No
24
25
26
Post-secondary Transfer Sensor

Patch Sensor
ITB Unit
1
1
1
27
ITB Driver Roller
28
ITB Stirring Roller
29
30
Others
As needed
1400K
1108K
1000K
550K
500K
400K
200K
150K
120K
30K
At installation
Part Name
Number
No.
Category
ITB Inside Scraper
ITB HP Sensor
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
ITB
ITB Cleaning Blade
Primary Transfer Roller (Y)
Primary Transfer Roller (M)
Primary Transfer Roller (C)
Primary Transfer Roller (Bk)
Secondary Transfer Inner Roller
ITB Inner Scraper Holder
Secondary Transfer Outer Roller
FY7-0409
FC8-1699
FY7-0412
FY7-0412
FY7-0412
FY7-0412
FC7-9325
FL3-4902
FC9-0386
42
Secondary Transfer Static Eliminator
FM3-9841 1
Remark
31 Image
ITB Displacement Sensor
Formation
System
32
ITB Cleaning Unit
Counter
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
Use the blower brush. If dirt is obvious, execute cleaning as needed.

Clean it with water when replacing the Bk Drum.
When releasing the pressure of ITB Unit, execute the following item.
- COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INIT-ITB
- Settings/Registration>Adjustment/Maintenance>Adjust Image
Quality>Auto Correct Color Mismatch
Execute this when replacing the ITB.
Clean it with blower brush.
Clean it with blower brush.
Remove the toner piled up on the back of Scoop-up Sheet when
replacing the ITB Cleaning.
TR-BLT
ITB-BLD1
1TR-RL-Y
1TR-RL-M
1TR-RL-C
1TR-RL-K
2TR-INRL
WST-TNR
2TR-ROLL Clean up the paper dust with lint-free paper when replacing the
Secondary Transfer Outer Roller.
TR-STC-H Clean up the paper dust with lint-free paper when replacing the
1-3
Interva
Part No
Others
As needed
1400K
1108K
1000K
550K
500K
400K
200K
150K
120K
30K
At installation
Part Name
Number
No.
Category
Counter
Remark
43
Fixing Belt Unit Gear
44
Pressure Belt Unit Gear
45
Cleaning of oil stain on the Contact Roller

of Pressure Belt Position Sensor and the
lower side of Lower Unit
Fixing Inlet Guide, Sensor Flag
FK2-7870
FK2-7871
FM4-5701
FM4-5702
FC5-2524
FC5-2524
FC5-2526
FC5-2526
FC5-2528
FC5-2528
FC5-2524
FC5-2524
FC5-2526
FC5-2526
FC5-2528
FC5-2528
FB1-8581
FC6-6661
FL3-4101
FL2-0439
FL2-8946
FM4-5696
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Fixing
System
Pickup/
Feeding
System
Filter
Pressure Thermistor 1
Pressure Thermistor 2
Fixing Belt Unit
Pressure Belt Unit
Right Deck Pickup Roller
Left Deck Pickup Roller
Right Deck Feed Roller
Left Deck Feed Roller
Right Deck Separation Roller
Left Deck Separation Roller
Cassette 3 Pickup Roller
Cassette 4 Pickup Roller
Cassette 3 Feed Roller
Cassette 4 Feed Roller
Cassette 3 Separation Roller
Cassette 4 Separation Roller
Multi-purpose Tray Feed Roller
Multi-purpose Tray Separation Roller
Transparency Sensor
Pre-Fixing Feed Belt
Ozone Filter
Primary Charging Dustproof Filter
Fixing Dustproof Filter
Waste Toner Container
PRDC-1
PRDC-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
DRBL-1
PRDC-1
PRDC-1
PRDC-1
DRBL-1
Clean it when replacing the Pressure Belt.

Apply the grease by 100mg onto the all circumference of gear teeth.
Clean it when replacing the Fixing Belt.
Apply the grease by 100mg onto the all circumference of gear teeth.
Clean it when replacing the Pressure Belt.
When replacing the upper or lower one, clean the dirt on the Inlet
Guide and the Sensor Flag. Especially clean the back of flag and the
guide contact surface. In case of Upper Unit, interval is 400K and in
case of Lower Unit, interval is 500K.
FIX-TH1
FIX-TH2
FX-BLT-U
FX-BLT-L
C1-PU-RL
C2-PU-RL
C1-FD-RL
C2-FD-RL
C1-SP-RL
C2-SP-RL
C3-PU-RL
C4-PU-RL
C3-FD-RL
C4-FD-RL
C3-SP-RL
C4-SP-RL
M-FD-RL
M-SP-RL
TN-FIL1
OZ-FIL1
OZ-FIL2
WST-TNR Replace it when the waste toner full alarm is displayed.
T-1-1
1-4
Adjustment
Overview
replacing parts
When
clearing RAM
When
2
Overview
Procedure of
adjustment
In this chapter, measures of adjustment when replacing parts in servicing operation are
Service part:
Setting unit: Main Controller PCB 1 + Controller Box Frame + Cooling Fan
Parts number differs on a model basis (speed basis).
mentioned. Parts to be replaced are categorized into 5 blocks based on their related
technology as shown below.
Controller System
Main Controller PCB 1
p. 2-2
p. 2-3
DC Controller PCB
p. 2-4
HDD
p. 2-4
TPM PCB
p. 2-6
Flash PCB
p. 2-6
Riser PCB
p. 2-6
Laser Exposure System
Laser Scanner Unit
p. 2-6
Image Formation System
p. 2-6
Grid Plate
p. 2-6
p. 2-6
Pre-Primary Transfer Charging Wire
p. 2-8
Pre-Primary Transfer Charging Assembly

Drum Unit
p. 2-8
p. 2-8
Developing Assembly
p. 2-8
Fixing System
Cooling Fan
Controller Box
Frame
In order to secure the accuracy of connector connection when slotting in, this
service part is provided with the PCB being installed to the frame.
Potential Sensor
p. 2-9
ITB Cleaning Blade Unit
p. 5-11
ITB
p. 2-12
Primary Transfer Roller
p. 2-12
Patch Sensor Unit
p. 2-12
p. 2-12
Waste Toner Full Sensor
p. 2-12
Fixing belt Unit
p. 2-12
Pressure belt Unit
p. 2-12
Fixing assembly
p. 2-13
T-2-1
When replacing parts

Controller System
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, "Removing the Main Controller PCB 1."
replacement
2-2
1) Transferring the parts from old PCB to new PCB

DDR2-SDRAM (2 pc.)
Flash PCB
TPM PCB
T-2-2
Procedure of
adjustment
Procedure of
adjustment
DDR2-SDRAM (2 pc.)
Service part:
Setting unit: Main Controller PCB 2 + Controller Box Frame
Main Controller
PCB 2
Controller Box
Frame
Flash PCB
In order to secure the accuracy of connector connection when slotting in, this
service part is provided with the PCB being installed to the frame.
TPM PCB
NOTE:
Resetting/registering the data is not necessary after Main
Controller PCB 1 is replaced.

Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, "Removing the Main Controller PCB 2."
replacement
T-2-3
1. Before Replacing
Perform the following operations. Be sure to get an approval from the user
beforehand.
1) Backup of the set/registered data
Use the Remote UI.
Management Settings > Data Management > Import/Export
Target data:
Address List
Forwarding Settings
Settings/Registration
Web Access Favorites
Printer Settings
Paper Information
2) Printing the set/registered data
Use the service mode.
(Lv.1) COPIER > FUNCTION > MISC-P > USER-PRT
List of the set/registered data which cannot be backed up is printed.
T-2-4
2-3
Procedure of
adjustment
2. When Replacing
1) Transferring the parts from old PCB to new PCB
DDR2-SDRAM (2 pc.) (When option DDR2-SDRAM is installed: 3 pc.)
Bypass PCB
Memory PCB
Procedure of
adjustment
Bypass PCB
3. After Replacing
1) After installing the parts, turn ON the main power switch.
2) Restoring the backup data
Use the Remote UI.
3) Resetting/registering the data
While referring to the list of set/registered data which was printed out
before replacement, reset/register the data.
4) When the user generates and adds the encryption key, certificate and/
or CA certificate, request the user to generate them again.
T-2-6
DC Controller PCB
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, "Removing the DC Controller PCB."
replacement
Procedure of
Before replacing/clearing RAM
adjustment
COPIER > FUNCTION > SYSTEM > DSRAMBUP
After replacing/clearing RAM:
COPIER > FUNCTION > SYSTEM > DSRAMRES
T-2-7
HDD
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, "Removing the HDD."
replacement
DDR2-SDRAM 3 pc.
Memory PCB
- DDR2-SDRAM (M1)
- DDR2-SDRAM (M0)
- DDR2-SDRAM (P)
Prohibited Operation:
Do not transfer the following parts to another model (which has a
different serial number).
If you fail to do so, the Main Body does not activate normally and
this might cause to fail the restoration.
Main Controller PCB 2 (with Memory PCB installed)
Memory PCB
2-4
T-2-5
Procedure of
adjustment
1. Before Replacing
Perform the following operations. Be sure to get an approval from the user
beforehand.
1) Backup of the set/registered data
Use the Remote UI.
Target data:
Address List
Forwarding Settings
Settings/Registration
Web Access Favorites
Printer Settings
Paper Information
2) Printing the set/registered data
Use the service mode.
(Lv.1) COPIER > FUNCTION > MISC-P > USER-PRT
List of the set/registered data which cannot be backed up is printed.
2. After Replacing
1) HDD format
1-1) Start with the safe mode. (While pressing 2 and 8 keys
simultaneously, turn ON the main power switch.)
1-2) Use SST to format all partitions.
2) Downloading system software
2-1) Use SST to download the system software (System, LANG, RUI
and others).
3) Initializing the key, certificate and CA certificate
(Lv.2) COPIER > FUNCTION > CLEAR > CA-KEY
4) Turning OFF and ON the main power switch
5) Restoring the backup data
Use the Remote UI.
6) Resetting/registering the data
While referring to the list of set/registered data which was printed
before replacement, reset/register the data.
7) When the user generates and adds the encryption key, certificate and/
or CA certificate, request the user to generate them again.
8) Executing Auto Adjust Gradation (Full Adjust)
Settings/Registration mode: Adjustment/Maintenance > Adjust Image
Quality > Auto Adjust Gradation
T-2-8
Procedure of
adjustment
Caution: When using the Card Reader and imageWARE

Accounting Manager
Card ID used for imageWARE Accounting Manager is stored in
the HDD, so NSA collection control is not enabled after the HDD
replacement. After the HDD is replaced, reinstall the card ID from
imageWARE Accounting Manager using the following procedures.
1) Go to COPIER > FUNCTION> INSTALL > CARD and enter
the numerical value of the leading card which is used for
Department ID. Then, press OK button.
(e.g.: If No.1 to No.1000 cards are used for Department ID, enter 1
of the leading card.)
2) After turning OFF and ON the main power switch, perform the
following operations from Settings/Registration mode.
In Management Settings > User Management > Department

ID Management > Page Totals, be sure that ID00000001 to
ID00001000 are created.
Set the following: Preferences > Network > TCP / IP Settings
> IPv4 Settings> IP Address Settings > IP Address, Gateway
Address, Subnet Mask
In Management Settings > User Management> System
Manager Information Settings> System Manager ID and System
PIN, register any number for them. Then, turn OFF and ON the
main power switch.
If System Manager ID and System PIN are not registered, card
registration to device cannot be executed for the imageWARE
Accounting Manager setting operation.
3) Download the card ID from imageWARE Accounting Manager to
the Main Body again.
4) After downloading is completed, go to Management Settings
> User Management > Department ID Management > Page
Totals. Be sure that only the downloaded card ID is displayed.
5) Print using the user card registered from imageWARE
Accounting Manager. Be sure that the card information used
for the target devices of imageWARE Accounting Manager is
collected.
T-2-9
2-5
Procedure of
adjustment
Caution: Points to Note when Using the System Software-installed

HDD
When using the HDD which was installed the system software of
the other machine (different serial number), be sure to format the
HDD after the installation. If the HDD is not formatted, the operation
cannot be guaranteed.
TPM PCB
T-2-10
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 6, "List of PCB."

replacement
Procedure of
When TPM setting is OFF
adjustment
Any operation is not necessary at replacement.
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Laser Scanner Unit."

replacement
Procedure of
1) Execute the initial position adjustment of the Skew Correction Motor.
adjustment
(COPIER > FUNCTION > LASER > LD-ADJ-Y/M/C)
2) Execute the color displacement correction.
(Additional Functions (Setup/Register) > Adjustment/Maintenance > Image
Adjustment > Color Displacement Correction)
T-2-14
1) Removing the network cable

Until the TPM key is restored, information might be leaked due to the
inappropriate access via network, so be sure to perform this operation
appropriately.
2) Connecting the USB Memory after turning ON the main power switch
3) Restoring the TPM key
Management Settings > Data Management >TPM Settings> Restore of TPM
Key
4) Turning OFF and ON the main power switch
T-2-11
Flash PCB
replacement
Procedure of
adjustment
T-2-12
Riser PCB
replacement
Procedure of
adjustment
Setting unit as a service part:
Riser PCB + Frame
T-2-13
2-6
Laser Scanner Unit
Image Formation System
When TPM setting is ON

It is necessary to restore the TPM key which was backed up after changing
the setting to ON.
Laser Exposure System
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Replacing the Primary Charging Wire."

replacement
Procedure of
1) Execute cleaning of the Charging Wire.
adjustment
(COPIER > FUNCTION > CLEANING > WIRE-EX)
2) Execute the potential control.
(COPIER > FUNCTION > DPC > DPC)
Grid Plate
T-2-15
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Grid Plate."

replacement
Procedure of
adjustment
(COPIERER > FUNCTION > CLEANING > WIR E-EX)
2) Execute the Potential Control.
(COPIER > FUNCTION > DPC > DPC)
T-2-16
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Primary Charging Assembly."

replacement
Procedure of
1) Output the Bk halftone image in Service Mode.
adjustment
(TEST > PG > TYPE: 5)
(TEST > PG > COLOR-Y/M/C: 0)
(TEST > PG > COLOR-K: 1)
2) In the case of density difference between the front and the rear on the test
print image with the dark image on the front side of the test print, go to step
3-1) to make adjustments. With the dark image on the rear side of the test
print, go to step 4-1) to make adjustments. If there is no density unevenness,
execute the work in step 5) and later.
Procedure of
adjustment
3) Adjust the Primary Charging Assembly (in the case of dark image at the front
side on the test print).
NOTE :
In the case of dark image at the front side of the test print [1],
execute step 3-1) through 3-3) below until the density gets even.
Then, if there is no density unevenness, execute the work in
step 5) and later.
Turning the adjustment screw counterclockwise moves down the
Charging Wire (the gap between the grid and the charging wire
gets narrower), resulting in lighter output image density. Turning
the adjustment screw clockwise moves up the Charging Wire
(the gap between the grid and the charging wire gets wider),
resulting in darker output image density.
[1]
[A]
Procedure of
adjustment
4) Adjust the Primary Charging Assembly (in the case of dark image at the rear
side on the test print).
NOTE :
In the case of dark image at the rear side of the test print [2],
execute step 4-1) through 4-3) below until the density gets even.
Then, if there is no density unevenness, execute the work in
step 5) and later.
Turning the adjustment screw counterclockwise moves down the
Charging Wire (the gap between the grid and the charging wire
gets narrower), resulting in lighter output image density. Turning
the adjustment screw clockwise moves up the Charging Wire
(the gap between the grid and the charging wire gets wider),
resulting in darker output image density.
[2]
[B]
3-1) Turn the plastic screw [A] counterclockwise to make a full round. Refer to
the replacement procedure of the Primary Charging Assembly to install the
Primary Charging Assembly to the Host Machine, and then output the test
print to check the image.
3-2) If the image at the front side of test print image is still dark, turn the
plastic screw [A] counterclockwise to make another full round. Refer to the
replacement procedure of the Primary Charging Assembly to install the
3-3) If the image at the front side of the test print is still dark, turn the plastic
screw [B] clockwise to make a half round. Refer to the replacement
procedure of the Primary Charging Assembly to install the Primary Charging
Assembly to the Host Machine, and then output the test print to check the
image.
[A]
[B]
4-1) Turn the plastic screw [B] counterclockwise to make a full round. Refer to
the replacement procedure of the Primary Charging Assembly to install the
4-2) If the image at the rear side of the test print is still dark, turn the plastic
screw [B] counterclockwise to make another full round. Refer to the
replacement procedure of the Primary Charging Assembly to install the
4-3) If the image at the rear side of the test print is still dark, turn the plastic
screw [A] clockwise to make a half turn. Refer to the replacement procedure
of the Primary Charging Assembly to install the Primary Charging Assembly
to the Host Machine, and then output the test print to check the image.
2-7
Procedure of
adjustment
5) Execute cleaning of the Charging wire in Service Mode (FUNCTION >

CLAENING > WIRE-CLN) Duration: approx. 30 sec.
6) Execute the potential control in Service Mode (COPIER > FUNCTION > DPC
> DPC) Duration: approx. 30 sec.
7) Execute the density unevenness correction in User Mode
Execute Density Unevenness Correction ([Setting/Register)] > [Adjustment/
Maintenance] > [Adjust Image Quality] > [Correct shading])
Pre-Primary Transfer Charging Wire
T-2-17
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Replacing the Pre-Transfer Charging Wire."

replacement
Procedure of
adjustment
Pre-Primary Transfer Charging Assembly
T-2-18
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Pre-Transfer Charging Assembly."

replacement
Procedure of
adjustment
Drum Unit
T-2-19
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Drum Unit (Bk)."

replacement
Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Developing Assembly (Y) / (M) / (C) and the
Drum Unit (Y) / (M) / (C)."
Procedure of
1) Disable (OFF) the warm-up rotation.
(COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>AINR-OFF)
adjustment
2) Turn OFF the main power switch. (Replace the Drum.)
3) Turn ON the main power switch.
4) Forcible execution of Drum replacement mode
(COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DRMRSETY/M/C/K)
5) Enable (ON) the warm-up rotation. (COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>AINROFF)
Developing Assembly
T-2-20
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Developing Assembly (Bk)."

replacement
Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Developing Assembly (Y) / (M) / (C) and the
Drum Unit (Y) / (M) / (C)."
2-8
Procedure of
adjustment
[Measures before replacing the Developing Assembly.]

1) Disable (OFF) the warm-up rotation.
2) Turn OFF the main power switch. (Replace the Developing Assembly.)
[Measures after replacing the Developing Assembly.]
1) Turn ON the main power switch.
2) Execution of initial installation mode for Developing Assembly.
(COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-Y/M/C/K)
3) Execution of setting of Y-toner density.
(COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>TD-AD-Y/M/C/K)
4) Enable (ON) the warm-up rotation.
5) Settings/Registration mode: Adjustment/Maintenance > Adjust Image Quality
> Auto Adjust Gradation
T-2-21
Potential Sensor
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, After Removing the ITB Cleaning Blade Unit.
replacement
Procedure of
1) Install the Primary Charging Rail, which is in the condition of removing the
adjustment
Electric Potential Sensor, to the main unit.
1 screw
Screw
Procedure of
adjustment
2) Install the ITB Unit to the main unit.
NOTE:
Purpose to remove the ITB Unit in this procedure is to prevent the
ITB from a damage caused by dropping a part.
3) Connect a new cable to the connector on new electric potential sensor.
4) Install the electric potential sensor by aligning with the boss [A] of the
electrode for the potential sensor check
1 connector
1 screw
Electric Potential Sensor
Screw
Primary Charging Rail
NOTE:
Put the Primary Charging Rail at the angle shown in the figure, and
insert 2 bosses in the boss holes on the main unit.
[A]
[A]
Connector
Caution:
Be sure to tighten the screw to prevent the Potential Sensor
coming off.
F-2-1
T-2-22
T-2-23
2-9
Procedure of
adjustment
5) Install the new Potential Control PCB.

1 screw
3 PCB supports
Procedure of
adjustment
7) Place the electrode for electric potential sensor check on the Process Unit
Inner Cover, and clip the metal plate of the hinge area with the clip of the
electrode to connect the grounding.
1 ground
PCB Support
PCB
Support
PCB
Support
Connector
Screw
6) Put the wire harnesses of the electrode for the electric potential sensor
check and the Primary Charging Rail into the edge saddle on the right side
plate, and connect a connector.
1 edge saddle
5 wire saddles
2 connectors
Electrode for
the Potential Sensor Check
Ground
Edge Saddle
Wire Saddle
x2
Caution:
x6
Check that the electrode for the Potential Sensor check is secured
in place.
8) Close the multi-door.
Edge Saddle
Connectors
Caution:
Do not pinch the cable.
9) Turn the main power switch ON.
10) Disable the pre-rotation with the service mode right after turning the main
power switch ON.
Set to 1 with Service mode > COPIER > FUNCTION > INSTALL > AINROFF.
2-10
T-2-24
T-2-25
Procedure of
adjustment
11) With an exclusive tool, block the front door switch.
Procedure of
adjustment
13) When press the [OK] on the display; indication will change from [ACTIVE]
to [OK!].
Display
<
I/O
DPC
Adjust
>
Function
<1/ 2>
Option
<WAITING >
Test
Counter
Display
<LEVEL 1 >
DPC
<
I/O
DPC
Adjust
>
Function
<1/ 2>
Option
<READY
Test
>
Counter
<LEVEL 1 >
DPC
OFST
ACTIVE
OFST
DRM-RSET
DRM-RSET
OFST-Y
OFST-Y
OFST-M
OFST-M
OFST-C
OFST-C
DRMRSETY
DRMRSETY
DRMRSETM
OK!
DRMRSETM
OK
Exclusive Tool
12) If the indication on the screen [A] part becomes [READY] in Service mode,
perform the adjustment of the electric potential sensor.
Service mode > COPIER > FUNCTION > DPC > OFST
Display
< DPC
I/O
Adjust
>
Function
<1/ 2>
Option
<READY
Test
>
14) Cancel to disable the pre-rotation with the service mode.

Set to 0 with Service mode> COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> AINR-OFF.
15) Turn the main power switch OFF.
16) Install a new electric potential sensor to the Primary Charging Rail.
17) Attach a new electric potential sensor protection sheet.
Caution:
Counter
Peel off the released paper on the electric potential sensor

protection sheet and align it with the engraved line to attach.
<LEVEL 1 >
DPC
OFST
DRM-RSET
OFST-Y
OFST-M
OFST-C
DRMRSETY
DRMRSETM
Engraved pasting baseline

Gap 0.5 mm or less
OK
Engraved pasting baseline
F-2-2
18) Install the Primary Charging Rail to main unit.

19) Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removing.
T-2-26
T-2-27
2-11
ITB
Procedure of
adjustment
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the ITB."

replacement
Procedure of
Caution:
adjustment
1) When replacing the Fixing Belt Unit, be sure to apply grease (Molykote
PG641) to the 3 gears of the Pressure Belt Unit.
Application quantity: 100 mg / 1 gear
Range: whole circumferences of gear tooth surface
Be sure to execute Operation after ITB replacement when

releasing the ITB pressure.
3 gears
T-2-28
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Primary Transfer Roller."

replacement
Procedure of
1) Execute the Primary Transfer ATVC.
adjustment
(COPIER > FUNCTION > MISC-P> 1ATVC-EX)
Patch Sensor Unit
T-2-29
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, Removing the Patch Sensor Unit.

replacement
Procedure of
1) Enter the Patch Sensor Alpha Value.
adjustment
(COPIER > OPTION > IMG-MCON > P-ALPHA)
2) Adjust the Patch Sensor Light Intensity.
(COPIER > FUNCTION >MISC-P > PT-LPADJ)
T-2-30
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 0, "Removing the Waste Toner Box."

replacement
Procedure of
1) Clear the Waste Toner Counter. (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>W-TN-CLR)
adjustment
2) Install a new Waste Toner Container.
3) Execute the offset adjustment of Waste Toner Full Sensor. (COPIER >
FUNCTION > MISC-P > WTN-OFST)
Pressure Belt Unit

2) Clean the Inlet Guide and Sensor Flag with lint-free paper moistened with
alcohol.
T-2-31
3) Clear the counter.

COPIER > COUNTER > DRBL-1 > FX-BLT-U
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 6, "List of Sensor."

replacement
Procedure of
1) Install the Waste Toner Container.
adjustment
2) Execute the offset adjustment of Waste Toner Full Sensor.
(COPIER > FUNCTION > MISC-P > WTN-OFST)
NOTE:
When the foregoing counter clear is executed, the following item is
cleared.
COPIER > DISPLAY > FIXING > FX-U-TM1-8
COPIER > DISPLAY > FIXING > FX-U-STR
T-2-32
Fixing belt Unit

Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, "Removing the Fixing Belt Unit."
replacement
T-2-33
Pressure belt Unit
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, "Removing the Pressure Belt Unit."

replacement
2-12
Procedure of
adjustment
1) When replacing the Pressure Belt Unit, be sure to apply grease (Molykote
PG641) to the 3 gears of the Fixing Belt Unit.
Application quantity: 100 mg / 1 gear
Range: whole circumferences of gear tooth surface
Procedure of
adjustment
2) Clean the oil on the contact wheel of the Pressure Belt Position Sensor and
the oil spilled from the Pressure Belt with lint-free paper.
3 gears
Contact Wheel
Pressure Sub Thermistor2

Fixing Belt Unit
3) Clean the Inlet Guide and Sensor Flag with lint-free paper moistened with
alcohol.
COPIER > COUNTER > DRBL-1 > FX-BLT-L
T-2-34
NOTE:
cleared.
COPIER > DISPLAY > FIXING > FX-U-TM1-8
COPIER > DISPLAY > FIXING > FX-U-STR 2-8
Fixing assembly
T-2-35
Procedure of parts Refer to Chapter 4, "Removing the Fixing Unit."

replacement
2-13
Procedure of
adjustment
When clearing RAM

COPIER > COUNTER > FIXING > FX-CNT
COPIER > COUNTER > DRBL-1 > FX-BLT-U/FX-BLT-L
NOTE:
cleared.
COPIER > COUNTER > FIXING > FX-CNT

COPIER > DISPLAY > FIXING > FX-U-TM1-8 / FX-L-TM1-8 / FX-USTR / FX-MTR2-8
T-2-36
2-14
When clearing RAM

Procedure of
adjustment
Before clearing RAM

COPIER > FUNCTION > SYSTEM > DSRAMBUP
After clearing RAM:
COPIER > FUNCTION > SYSTEM > DSRAMRES
T-2-37
Error Code
View
Over
Code
Location
Code
Error
Code
Jam
Code
Alarm
Over View
Location Code
When jam occurs, pickup location is indicated with the following pickup position code.
Outline
In the jam display screen, the P row corresponds to the pickup position code.
Outline
This chapter describes various codes which are displayed when a failure occurs on the
product. These are classified into 3 codes as follows.
Code type
Error code
Jam code
Alarm code
Explanation
Reference
This code is displayed when an error occurs on the machine.

This code is displayed when a jam occurs inside the machine.
This code is displayed when a function of the machine is
malfunctioned.
p. 3-3
p. 3-150
p. 3-165
Error code notation
T-3-1
An error code is shown in 7-digit [E000XXX] on the display on the operation panel.
However, [000] in 2 to 4 digit is not used. Thus, an error code is described as [EXXX] using
5 to 7 digit in the service manual. (e.g.: E012 = E000012)
Location Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
F0
11
12
13
2A
2B
28
Points to Note When Clearing MN-CON
Location information is displayed as 2-digit numbers as follows.
Execution of clearing MN-COM deletes all data in Address Book, Forwarding Settings,
In the jam display screen, the L row corresponds to the location code.
DISPLAY>JAM
DISPLAY>ERR
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9065 PRO
00
Color Image Reader Unit - A1(Reader+DADF)

Multi Color Image Reader - A1(Reader+DADF)
POD Deck Light - A1
Paper Deck Unit - A1
Multi Deck - A1
Buffer Path Unit - F1
Insertion Unit -H1
Insertion Unit -J1
Paper Folding Insertion Unit - G1
Professional Puncher - C1
/ Professional Puncher Integration Unit - B1
Paper Folding Unit - G1
External 2(2/3,2/4,4)-hole Puncher - A1
Saddle Finisher - A1/Staple Finisher - A1
Saddle Finisher - B1/Staple Finisher - B1
Inner Trimmer - A1
01
Main Controller = 00
Printer engine = 05
04
00
00
00
00
02
02
02
02
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
05
02
02
02
02
02
05
05
05
05
05
Settings/Registration (Preferences), Adjustment/Maintenance, Function Settings, Set

Destination, Management Settings, TPM Settings, etc. Before execution of this operation,
ask user to back up the data and get approval for this operation.
When clearing MN-CON while any login application other than Default Authentication is,
error such as not displayed login screen occurred. In this case, access SMS once and
switch login application to Default Authentication to recover to the normal status.
Points to Note When Clearing HDD

As a remedy for error codes (E602-XXXX, E611-0000), HDD partition is selected and the
target partition may be cleared.
When clearing partition, be sure to check which data will be deleted by referring Detail of
HDD partition and explain to the user before starting work.
Measures for E747

There are many detail codes in E747. Since these detail codes are for R&D use, remedy to
be performed in the field is the same, except for E747-1201 and E747-FF01. Because of that,
errors other than the 2 errors mentioned above are described as E747-XXXX, and common
T-3-2
3-2
Pickup position code
T-3-3
Error code and jam code include the location information.
Device
Pickup position
At Finisher jam/At error avoidance jam/At ADF jam without pickup
operation (at SEND, Inbox, etc.)
Right deck
Left deck
Cassette 3
Cassette4
Multi-purpose Tray
Side Paper Deck
Duplex (At duplex printing, jam occurs after paper passes through
the Duplex Paper Sensor (PS24).)
Multi-drawer Paper Deck-A1
Upper deck
Middle deck
Lower deck
Document Insertion Unit
Upper tray
Lower tray
Document Insertion / Folding Unit
remedy is described.
Error Code
E Detailed Occurance
code code
area
E000 -0101
Error Code Details
-05
E000 -0001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
E000 to E015
code code
area
Items
Description
Title
Fixing belt temperature rise is insufficient at power ON.
Description Fixing main thermistor (THM1-1) temperature does
of detection not reach 50 degrees Celsius within 120 seconds after
startup of fixing belt temperature control.
Measures Check if the detection temperature of the thermistor is
risen in service mode (COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG>
FIX-xx).
A. In case that either one of the thermistor detection
temperature is risen
A-1. Replace the fixing belt unit
A-2. Faulty drawer connector -> Clean the drawer
connector or replace the fixing drawer cable
B. In case that neither of them are not risen
B-1. Check the connection of the fixing thermistor
(to see if the connection of the drawer is
faulty, the connector is physically removed or
disconnected) -> replace the fixing belt unit
B-2. Check the connection of the IH power
connector (to see if the connector is physically
removed or disconnected, or the cable is caught)
B-3. Replace the IH power unit
B-4. Replace the DC controller PCB
NOTE: After performing the above remedy work, go
through the following to clear the error: COPIER>
FUNCTION> CLEAR> ERR
Measures
E001 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Pressure belt temperature rise is insufficient at power
ON.
Pressure main thermistor (THM2) temperature does
not reach 50 degrees Celsius within 250 seconds after
startup of pressure belt temperature control.
Check if the detection temperature of the thermistor is
FIX-xx).
A-1. Check the pressure belt main thermistor
(to see if the thermistor is disconnected, the
harness of the thermistor is disconnected,
foreign substance is in the thermistor, failure of
the thermistor) -> replace the main thermistor or
the pressure stay
A-2. Faulty drawer connector is a possible cause
-> clean the drawer connector or replace the
fixing drawer cable
B-1. Check the connection of the AC driver
B-2. Replace the AC driver unit
B-4. Replace the pressure belt unit
Abnormal temperature rise of fixing main thermistor
(circuit failure)
Fixing main thermistor (THM1-1) sensed an abnormal
high temperature. (ASIC detection)
Check the detection temperature of the fixing main
thermistor (THM1-1) in service mode (COPIER>
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-UC).
A. In case that the detection temperature is 250 degC
A-1. The cable of the fixing main thermistor is
caught -> replace the fixing belt unit
B. In case that the detection temperature is other than
250 degC
3-3
code code
area
E001 -0002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E001 -0003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-4
Description
Abnormal temperature rise of fixing subthermistor 1
(THM1-2) (circuit failure)
Fixing subthermistor 1 (THM1-2) sensed an abnormal
Check the detection temperature of the fixing sub
thermistor 1 (THM1-2) in service mode (COPIER>
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-UE).
A-1. The cable of the fixing sub thermistor 1 is
250 degC
B-1. Location of the fixing main thermistor is
inappropriate -> replace the fixing belt unit
Abnormal temperature rise of fixing subthermistor 2
(THM1-3) (circuit failure)
Fixing subthermistor 2 (THM1-3) sensed an abnormal
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-UE2).
250 degC
code code
area
E001 -0011
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E001 -0012
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Fixing main thermistor abnormal temperature rise (circuit
abnormality)
Fixing main thermistor (THM1-1) detected abnormal high
temperature. (software detection)
Check the detection temperature of the fixing main
thermistor (THM1-1) in service mode (COPIER>
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-UC).
A-1. The cable of the fixing main thermistor is
250 degC
Fixing sub thermistor 1 (THM1-2) abnormal temperature
rise (circuit abnormality)
Fixing sub thermistor 1 (THM1-2) detected abnormal
high temperature. (software detection)
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-UE).
250 degC
code code
area
E001 -0013
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E001 -0102
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Fixing sub thermistor 2 (THM1-3) abnormal temperature
Fixing sub thermistor 2 (THM1-3) detected abnormal
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-UE2).
250 degC
Abnormal temperature rise of pressure subthermistor 1
(THM3) (circuit failure)
Pressure subthermistor 1 (THM3) sensed an abnormal
Check the detection temperature of the pressure
sub thermistor 1 (THM3) in service mode (COPIER>
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-LE).
A-1. The cable of the pressure sub thermistor 1 is
caught -> replace the pressure stay
250 degC
B-1. The pressure main thermistor is disconnected,
the harness is disconnected, foreign substance
is gotten in, or failure -> replace the main
thermistor or pressure stay
code code
area
E001 -0103
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E001 -0111
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Abnormal temperature rise of pressure subthermistor 2
(THM4) (circuit failure)
Pressure subthermistor 2 (THM4) sensed an abnormal
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-LE2).
250 degC
Pressure main thermistor abnormal temperature rise
(circuit abnormality)
Pressure main thermistor (THM2) detected abnormal
main thermistor (THM2) in service mode (COPIER>
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-LC).
A-1. The cable of the pressure main thermistor is
caught -> replace the thermistor or the pressure
stay
250 degC
3-5
code code
area
E001 -0112
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E001 -0113
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-6
Description
Pressure sub thermistor 1 (THM3) abnormal temperature
Pressure sub thermistor 1 (THM3) detected abnormal
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-LE).
250 degC
Pressure sub thermistor 2 (front) abnormal temperature
Pressure sub thermistor 2 (THM4) detected abnormal
DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-LE2).
250 degC
code code
area
E002 -0002
-05
Items
Description
Title
Insufficient fixing belt temperature rise 1
Description In a warm-up, the temperature of fixing main thermistor
of detection (THM1-1) does not reach to 80 degrees Celsius within
120 seconds after reaching to 50 degrees Celsius.
FIX-xx).
A-1. Replace the fixing belt unit
A-2. Faulty drawer connector -> clean the drawer
(to see if the connection of the drawer connector
is faulty, the connector is physically removed or
code code
area
E002 -0003
-05
Items
Description
Title
Measures Check the detection temperature of the thermistor in
service mode (COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIX-xx).
A-1. Check the fixing belt unit (to see if the
location of the thermistor is inappropriate or the
thermistor failure) -> replace the fixing belt unit
code code
area
E002 -0004
-05
Items
Description
Title
3-7
code code
area
E002 -0005
3-8
-05
Items
Description
Title
code code
area
E002 -0006
-05
Items
Description
Title
of detection (THM1-1) does not reach to the specified temerature
for temperature control after reaching to 150 degrees
Celsius.
code code
area
E002 -0102
-05
Items
Description
Title
Insufficient pressure belt temperature rise 1
Description In a warm-up, the temperature of pressure main
of detection thermistor (THM2) does not reach to 80 degrees Celsius
within 250 seconds after reaching to 50 degrees Celsius.
FIX-xx).
A-1. Check the pressure belt main thermistor
(to see if the thermistor is disconnected, the
harness of the thermistor is disconnected,
foreign substance is in the thermistor, failure
of the thermistor) -> replace the pressure main
thermistor or the pressure stay
code code
area
E003 -0001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Fixing belt abnormally low temperature
Description After standby, fixing main thermistor (THM1-1) detected
of detection less or equal to 130 degrees Celsius in succession for
ten seconds.
Measures 1. Check the rear louver. (If the rear of the machine is
close to the wall, temperature of the power supply
area may rise)
2. Check the detection temperature of the thermistor in
service mode (COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> FIXxx).
3-9
code code
area
E003 -0002
3-10
-05
Items
Description
Title
Pressure belt abnormally low temperature
Description After standby, pressure main thermistor (THM2) detected
of detection less or equal to 50 degrees Celsius in succession for ten
seconds.
FIX-xx).
A-1. Check the pressure main thermistor (to see
if the thermistor is disconnected, the harness of
the thermistor is disconnected, foreign substance
is in the thermistor, failure of the thermistor)
-> replace the pressure main thermistor or the
pressure stay
code code
area
E003 -0003
-05
Items
Description
Title
Perssure belt abnormally low temperature
Description After went in standby, Pressure sub thermistor 1
of detection (THM3) detected less or equal to 50 degrees Celsius for
specified period of time (250sec)
FIX-xx).
A-1. Check the pressure sub thermistor 1 (to see
if the location of the thermistor is inappropriate,
the harness of the thermistor is disconnected,
failure of the thermistor) -> replace the pressure
sub thermistor or the pressure stay
code code
area
E003 -0004
E004 -0101
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Perssure belt abnormally low temperature
Description After went in standby, Pressure sub thermistor 2
of detection (THM4) detected less or equal to 50 degrees Celsius for
specified period of time (250sec)
FIX-xx).
A-1. Check the pressure sub thermistor 2 (to see
if the location of the thermistor is inappropriate,
the harness of the thermistor is disconnected,
failure of the thermistor) -> replace the pressure
sub thermistor or the pressure stay
Title
triac short error
Description Triac short in Halogen heater was detected (ASIC
of detection detection)
Measures 1. Check the connection of the halogen heater (to
see if the cable is disconnected or the connector
is physically removed) -> connect the connector or
replace the heater
2. Faulty halogen heater (to see if there is crack or the
connector is disconnected) -> replace the heater
3. Check the pressure thermoswitch (TP2) (to see if it
is disconnected) -> replace the pressure stay or the
pressure belt unit
4. AC driver PCB replacement
5. DC controller board replacement
code code
area
E004 -0201
-05
E004 -0202
-05
E004 -0203
-05
Items
Description
Title
Fixing belt temperature difference error 1
Description Difference of detected temperature between the fixing
of detection subthermistor 2 (THM1-3) and the fixing subthermistor 1
(THM1-2) is bigger than the rated value.
Measures 1. Fixing main /sub thermistor (THM1-1/2/3) connector
disconnetion (pinching wire, broken wire) -> replace
the fixing belt unit
2. Check the rotation of the fixing motor (to see if the
connector is physically removed or disconnected) ->
replace the fixing motor or the harness
3. Faulty drawer connector -> clean the drawer connector
or replace the fixing drawer cable
4. Replace the DC controller PCB
Title
of detection main thermistor (THM1-1) and the fixing subthermistor 1
(THM1-2) are bigger than the rated value.
Title
of detection main thermistor (THM1-1) and the fixing subthermistor 2
(THM1-3) are bigger than the rated value.
3-11
code code
area
E004 -0204
-05
E004 -0205
-05
E004 -0301
3-12
-05
Items
Description
Title
Pressure belt temperature difference error
Description Difference of detected temperature between pressure
of detection sub thermistor 2 (THM4) and pressure sub thermistor 1
(THM3) is bigger than the rated value.
Measures 1. The connectors of the pressure sub thermistor (THM3,
4) are physically removed (the cable is caught, or
disconnected) -> replace the thermistor or the presure
stay
2. Soiled, improper location of, or faulty pressure sub
thermistor -> clean the thermistor or replace it
3. Faulty drawer connector is a possible cause -> clean
the drawer connector or replace the fixing drawer
cable
Title
Thermistor temperature difference error
Description Difference of detected temperature between thermistors
of detection is bigger than the specified value.
Measures 1. The connectors of the fixing main/sub thermistor
(THM1-1 to 3) are physically removed (the cable is
caught, or disconnected) -> replace the fixing belt unit
2. Check the rotation of the fixing motor (the connector
is physically removed or disconnected) -> replace the
fixing motor or the harness
3. The connectors of the pressure sub thermistor (THM2,
3, 4) are physically removed (the cable is caught, or
disconnected) -> replace the thermistor or the presure
stay
4. Disconnection, soiled, improper location of, or faulty
pressure sub thermistor -> clean the thermistor or
replace it
Title
IH overcurrent detection error
Description Detected an overcurrent on IH power supply board.
of detection
Measures 1. Faulty fixing belt unit -> replace the fixing belt unit
2. Faulty fixing IH unit -> replace the fixing IH unit
3. Faulty IH power PCB -> replace the IH power PCB
code code
area
E004 -0401
-05
E004 -0501
-05
E004 -0502
-05
Items
Description
Title
12V failure error
Description Detected abnormality on the 12V power supply line.
of detection
Measures 1. Check the fixing belt -> if it is damaged, replace the
fixing belt unit
2. Check the connection of the fixing fuse PCB ->
replace the fuse PCB
3. Check the connection of the fixing thermoswitch (TP2)
(thermoswitch is OFF, or the cable is disconnected) ->
replace the fixing belt unit
4. Relay PCB replacement
5. DC controller replacement
6. IH power supply replacement
Title
Fixing main thermistor, a connection error (circuit failure)
of fixing subthermistor 1/2
Description Connection sensing signal of fixing main thermistor and
of detection sub thermistor 1/2 is not detected
Measures 1. Check the connection of the connector on the fixing
belt unit -> if it is disconnected, replace it
2. Faulty drawer connector -> clean the drawer or
replace the fixing drawer cable
Title
Pressure sub thermistor 1/2 connection error (circuit
abnormality)
Description sub thermistor 1/2 connection sensing signal is not
of detection detected
Measures 1. Check the connection of the connector on the
pressure thermistor -> if it is disconnected, replace the
pressure stay
2. Faulty drawer connector -> clean the drawer or
replace the fixing drawer cable
code code
area
E004 -0701
-05
E004 -0702
-05
E004 -0801
-05
E006 -0001
-05
E006 -0002
-05
Items
Description
Title
Relay off state error (circuit failure)
Description Detected that the relay is OFF.
of detection
Measures 1. Check the fixing belt -> if it is damaged, replace the
fixing belt unit
2. Check the connection of the fixing fuse PCB ->
replace the fuse PCB
3. Check the connection of the fixing thermoswitch (TP2)
(thermoswitch is OFF, or the cable is disconnected) ->
replace the fixing belt unit
4. Relay PCB replacement
5. DC controller replacement
6. IH power supply replacement
Title
IH power supply relay abnormality
Description Voltage shows abnormal value even with the relay-off
of detection
Measures IH power supply replacement
Title
AC driver PCB failure
Description Destination ID for AC driver PCB cannot be read
of detection
Measures PCB and wire harness replacement due to AC driver
PCB failure
Title
Fixing Feed drawer connection error
Description Fixing Feed drawer connector is abnormal (Sensor
of detection cannot detect)
Measures 1. Fixing Feed drawer connector has connection failure
2. Wire harness failure
3. Sensor failure
Title
Fixing Feed drawer connection error
Description Fixing feed knob of fixing drawer is abnormal (Sensor
of detection cannot detect)
Measures 1. Fixing feed knob of fixing drawer has connection
failure
2. Wire harness failure
3. Sensor failure
code code
area
E007 -0001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E007 -0002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Fixing belt full displacement error (Displacement
direction is unknown.)
Full displacement of the fixing belt was detected, but the
displacement direction (front, rear) was unknown.
1. Forgot to clear the counter at the fixing belt
replacement -> clear the counter
2. Check physical relationship between the fixing belt
position sensor 1, 2 (PS71, 72) and the sensor flag
A. In case that both sensors are blocked from light
A-1. Faulty fixing belt unit -> replace the fixing belt
unit
A-2. Faulty fixing belt displacement control drive ->
replace the displacement control drive assembly
B. In case that both sensors are not blocked from light
B-1. The connector on the fixing belt position
sensor 1, 2 (PS71, 72) is physically removed,
or the cable is disconnected -> connect the
connector, or replace the harness
B-2. Faulty fixing belt position sensor 1, 2 ->
replace the sensor
B-3. Faulty fixing belt unit -> replace the fixing belt
unit
B-4. Faulty fixing feed driver PCB -> replace teh
fixing feed driver PCB
B-5. Connection error of drawer connector (J8023)
-> clean or replace drawer connector
B-6. Short-circuit or open-circuit of harness
between fixing feed driver and DC controller
PCB -> replace harness
Pressure belt full displacement error (Displacement
direction is unknown.)
Full displacement of the pressure belt was detected, but
the displacement direction (front, rear) was unknown.
1. Check installation of the pressure belt displacement
control drive -> correct to the right installation
procedure
2. Faulty pressure belt unit -> replace the pressure belt
unit
3. Faulty pressure belt position sensor 1, 2 (PS76, 77) or
faulty position sensor flag -> replace the pressure stay
5. Faulty fixing feed driver PCB -> replace the fixing feed
driver PCB
3-13
code code
area
E007 -0011
-05
E007 -0012
-05
3-14
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Fixing belt displacement failure (front side)

It was detected that the fixing belt was displaced to the
position of Front 2 (front side at 3 mm from the center).
unit
replace the sensor
unit
Title
Pressure belt displacement failure (front side)
Description It was detected that the pressure belt did not return to
of detection the center from the position of Front 1 (front side at 1
mm from the center) even after a specified period.
Measures 1. Check installation of the pressure belt displacement
procedure
unit
driver PCB
code code
area
E007 -0021
-05
E007 -0022
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Fixing belt displacement failure (rear side)

It was detected that the fixing belt was displaced to the
position of Rear 2 (rear side at 3 mm from the center).
unit
replace the sensor
unit
Title
Pressure belt displacement failure (rear side)
Description It was detected that the pressure belt did not return to
of detection the center from the position of Rear 1 (rear side at 1 mm
from the center) even after a specified period.
Measures 1. Check installation of the pressure belt displacement
procedure
unit
driver PCB
code code
area
E007 -0101
E007 -0102
E007 -9901
-05
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Fixing belt home position detection error

Fixing belt home position detection error (Failure of the
fixing belt HP sensor (PS69))
1. Check installation of the fixing belt displacement
procedure
2. Check if there is open circuit of the harness between
the fixing belt displacement control drive unit and the
fixing feed driver PCB, or the connector is physically
removed -> if it is open circuit, replace the harness
3. Faulty fixing belt HP sensor flag -> if the behavior is
not normal, replace it
4. Replace the fixing belt HP sensor (PS69)
5. Replace the fixing belt displacement control motor
(M46)
6. Replace the fixing feed driver PCB
Pressure belt home position detection error
Pressure belt home position detection error (Failure of
the pressure belt HP sensor (PS78))
1. Check installation of the pressure belt displacement
procedure
the pressure belt displacement control drive unit
and the fixing feed driver PCB, or the connector is
physically removed -> if it is open circuit, replace
3. Faulty pressure belt HP sensor flag -> if the behavior
is not normal, replace it
4. Replace the pressure belt HP sensor (PS78)
5. Replace the pressure belt displacement control motor
(M49)
Fixing belt displacement failure (Full displacement of the
fixing belt or failure of the fixing belt position sensor)
Failure of the fixing belt position sensor (An impossible
combination of sensor signals occurred.)
the fixing belt position sensor 1, 2 (PS71, 72) and the
fixing feed driver PCB, or the connector is physically
removed -> if it is open circuit, replace
2. Check if the installation of the fixing belt position
sensor 1, 2 is inappropriate
3. Faulty fixing belt position sensor 1, 2 -> replace the
sensor
4. Faulty fixing belt unit -> replace the fixing belt unit
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
E007 -9902
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E008 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E008 -0002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E008 -0003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Pressure belt displacement failure (Full displacement of
the pressure belt or failure of the pressure belt position
sensor)
Failure of the pressure belt position sensor (An
impossible combination of sensor signals occurred.)
1. Faulty connection of the drawer connector -> clean
the drawer connector
2. Faulty pressure belt position sensor 1, 2 (PS76,
77), open circuit of the harness, or the connector is
physically removed -> connect the connector, replace
the sensor or replace teh pressure stay
3. Faulty drawer connector -> replace the fixing drawer
cable
Pressure belt unit life detection error
The amount of fixing motor current reached the specified
value due to torque-up of the pressure belt.
1. Confirm the current value is 80 (0.8 A) and below on
the service mode (COPIER> DISPLAY> FIXING> FXMTR8).
A. In case that the current value is smaller than 80
A-1. The pressure belt unit reaches to its life ->
replace the pressure belt unit
A-2. Faulty fixing unit drive gear -> replace the
gear
A-3. Fault fixing motor (M48)
B. In case that the current value is 80 and larger
B-1. Faulty fixing unit drive gear -> replace the
gear
B-2. Faulty fixing motor (M48) -> replace the fixing
mtoor
B-3. Fault relay PCB -> replace it
2. Clear the current value log of fixing motor on the
service mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEAR> FX-LCLR) after procedure.
Fixing belt unit life detection error
Total rotation time of the fixing belt reached 15,000
hours.
The fixing belt unit reaches to its life -> replace the fixing
belt unit
Fixing belt unit life detection error
Page count for the fixing belt reached to the 400,000
sheets.
The fixing belt unit reaches to its life -> replace the fixing
belt unit
3-15
code code
area
Items
E009 -0500
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E009 -0501
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E009 -0502
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E012 -0101
-05
Title
Description
of detection
3-16
Description
Pressure unit pressure release HP search error
The home position for rotation of releasing pressure of
the fixing assembly could not be detected.
1. Check the fixing pressure release drive gear ->
replace the gear
2. Replace the fixing pressure release sensor (PS73)
3. Replace the fixing pressure release motor (M47)
Pressure unit pressure release timeout error
Pressure release operation could not be completed
within a specified period.
replace the gear
Pressure unit pressure application timeout error
Pressure application operation could not be completed
replace the gear
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1/2 signal error
(Controller Version 2x.xx or later)
B. Drum motor (Y) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
A. This error occurs when the Drum Speed Detection
PCB (Y) 1/2 signal error is detected.
B. The lock signal for the drum motor (Y) (M21) cannot
be detected within a specified period.
Connector disconnected, Breaking (Breaking
(shorting))
Drum (unit) not inserted
Drum unit failure
Encoder failure (This occurs in very rare cases.)
code code
area
Items
Measures
Description
A:
B:
A-1. Check the connection of the Drum Speed

Detection PCB (Y) 1/2 (UN20/21). (Sensor side)
Sensor side: J7316, J7317, J8016
A-2. Check that the Encoder Wheel of the Drum
Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1/2 is properly
installed.
A-3. Check the connection of the Drum ITB Driver
PCB (UN6).
PCB side: J1910
A-4. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y)
1/2 to clean the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y)
1/2 and Encoder Wheel.
A-5. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y)
1/2.
A-6. Replace the Drum ITB Driver PCB.
B-1. Check the connection between the drum

motor (Y) (M21) and the drum ITB driver PCB
(UN6). (Connection of the connector, Breaking
(Breaking (shorting)))
Motor side: J7300/J8019, PCB side: J1920
speed detection PCB (Y) (UN20/21) and
(Connection of
the drum ITB driver PCB.
the connector, Breaking (Breaking (shorting)))
Motor side: J7316/J7317/J8016, PCB side:
J1910
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (Y).
B-4. Replace the drum unit. (Drum drive may be
overloaded due to peeling of the blade, etc.)
B-5. Replace the drum ITB driver PCB.
NOTE:
In some rare cases, this error occurs when the encoder
is not installed with the drum speed detection PCB or
when dirt is applied to the sensor surface of the drum
speed detection PCB.
code code
area
E012 -0102
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1 signal error

B. Drum motor (Y) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
Description A. The signal is not detected for 80msec or more.
of detection B. Lock signal of Drum motor (Y) (M21) cannot be
detected for the specified period of time after first
detection
(shorting))
Drum unit failure
Measures A:
Detection PCB (Y) 1 (UN20).
Sensor side: J7316, J8016 PCB side:J1910
A-2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y)
1 to clean.
A-3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1.
A-4. Check if the Harness of the Drum Speed
Detection PCB (Y) 1 is faulty. (Replace the
Harness if its disconnected.)
A-5. Replace the Drum ITB Driver PCB (UN6).
B:
motor (Y) (M21) and the drum ITB driver PCB
speed detection PCB (Y) (UN20/21) and
(Connection of
J1910
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (Y).
NOTE:
code code
area
E012 -0103
-05
E012 -0104
-05
E012 -0105
-05
E012 -0106
-05
Items
Description
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 2 signal error
Description The signal is not detected for 80 msec or more.
of detection
Measures 1. Check the connection of the Drum Speed Detection
PCB (Y) 2 (UN21).
Sensor side: J7316, J7317, J8016 PCB side:J1910
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 2 to
clean.
3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 2.
4. Check if the Harness of the Drum Speed Detection
PCB (Y) 2 is faulty. (Replace the Harness if its
disconnected.)
5. Replace the Drum ITB Driver PCB (UN6).
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) Encoder Wheel error
Description This error occurs when the Drum Speed Detection PCB
of detection (Y) Encoder Wheel error is detected.
Measures 1. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) to clean
the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1/2 (UN20/21)
and Encoder Wheel.
2. Replace the Encoder Wheel.
3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1/2.
Title
Drum Motor (Y) control error
Description Unstable rotation of the Drum Motor (Y)
of detection
Measures 1. Check if the Drum Unit (Y) is installed.
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) to clean
the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1/2 (UN20/21)
and Encoder Wheel.
3. Remove and then reinstall the Process Unit (Bk).
4. Replace the Drum Unit (Y).
Title
Drum Motor (Y) rotation error
Description The Drum Motor (Y) is not rotating at the specified
of detection speed, or it is stopped.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Drum Motor and
Drum ITB Driver PCB (UN6).
Sensor side: J7300, J8019 PCB side: J1920
2. Check the ITB. Check to see if the ITB is displaced
or ripped. Refer to E075 if the ITB is displaced.
3. Replace the ITB Cleaning Blade.
3-17
code code
area
E012 -0201
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 1/2 signal error

B. Drum motor (M) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
Description A. This error occurs when the Drum Speed Detection
PCB (M) 1/2 signal error is detected.
of detection
B. The lock signal for the drum motor (M) (M23) cannot
(shorting))
Drum unit failure
code code
area
Items
Measures
Description
A:
B:

Detection PCB (M) 1/2 (UN22/23). (Sensor side)
Speed Detection PCB (M) 1/2 is properly
installed.
PCB (UN6).
PCB side: J1910
A-4. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M)
1/2 to clean the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M)
A-5. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M)
1/2.
B-1. Check the connection of the drum motor (M)

(M23). (Connection of the connector, Breaking
speed detection PCB (M) (UN22/23) and the
drum ITB driver PCB (UN6). (Connection of the
connector, Breaking (Breaking (shorting)))
J1910
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (M).
NOTE:
3-18
code code
area
E012 -0202
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 1 signal error

B. Drum motor (M) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
Description A. The signal is not detected for 80 msec or more.
of detection B. Lock signal of Drum motor (M) (M23) cannot be
detection
(shorting))
Drum unit failure
Measures A:
Detection PCB (M) 1 (UN22).
Sensor side: J7314, J8013 PCB side:J1910
A-2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M)
1 to clean.
A-4. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 1.
Detection PCB (M) 1 is faulty. (Replace the
B:
B-1. Check the connection of the drum motor (M)
(M23). (Connection of the connector, Breaking
speed detection PCB (M) (UN22/23) and the
drum ITB driver PCB (UN6). (Connection of the
connector, Breaking (Breaking (shorting)))
J1910
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (M).
NOTE:
code code
area
E012 -0203
-05
E012 -0204
-05
E012 -0205
-05
E012 -0206
-05
Items
Description
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 2 signal error
of detection
PCB (M) 2 (UN23).
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 2 to
clean.
4. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 2.
PCB (M) 2 is faulty. (Replace the Harness if its
disconnected.)
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) Encoder Wheel error
of detection (M) Encoder Wheel error is detected.
Measures 1. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) to clean
the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 1/2 (UN22/23)
and Encoder Wheel.
3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 1/2.
Title
Drum Motor (M) control error
Description Unstable rotation of the Drum Motor (M)
of detection
Measures 1. Check if the Drum Unit (M) is installed.
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) to clean
the Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 1/2 (UN22/23)
and Encoder Wheel.
4. Replace the Drum Unit (M).
Title
Drum Motor (M) rotation error
Description The Drum Motor (M) is not rotating at the specified
4. Replace the Drum ITB Driver PCB.
3-19
code code
area
E012 -0301
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1/2 signal error

B. Drum motor (C) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
PCB (C) 1/2 signal error is detected.
of detection
B. The lock signal for the drum motor (C) (M25) cannot
(shorting))
Drum unit failure
code code
area
Items
Measures
Description
A:
B:

Detection PCB (C) 1/2 (UN24/25). (Sensor side)
Speed Detection PCB (C) 1/2 is properly
installed.
PCB (UN6).
PCB side: J1910
A-4. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C)
1/2 to clean the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C)
1/ and Encoder Wheel.
A-5. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C)
1/2.

motor (C) (M25) and the drum ITB driver PCB
speed detection PCB (C) (UN24/23) and
(Connection of
J1910
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (C).
NOTE:
3-20
code code
area
E012 -0302
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1 signal error

B. Drum motor (C) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
of detection B. Lock signal of Drum motor (C) (M25) cannot be
detection
(shorting))
Drum unit failure
Measures A:
Detection PCB (C) 1 (UN24).
Sensor side: J7312, J7313, J8012 PCB
side:J1910
A-2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C)
1 to clean.
A-3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1.
Detection PCB (C) 1 is faulty. (Replace the
B:
motor (C) (M25) and the drum ITB driver PCB
speed detection PCB (C) (UN24/23) and
(Connection of
J1910
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (C).
NOTE:
code code
area
E012 -0303
-05
E012 -0304
-05
E012 -0305
-05
E012 -0306
-05
Items
Description
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 2 signal error
of detection
PCB (C) 2 (UN25).
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 2 to
clean.
3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 2.
PCB (C) 2 is faulty. (Replace the Harness if its
disconnected.)
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) Encoder Wheel error
of detection (C) Encoder Wheel error is detected.
Measures 1. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1/2
to clean the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1/2
(UN24/25) and Encoder Wheel.
3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1/2.
Title
Drum Motor (C) control error
Description Unstable rotation of the Drum Motor (C)
of detection
Measures 1. Check if the Drum Unit (C) is installed.
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1/2
to clean the Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1/2
4. Replace the Drum Unit (C).
Title
Drum Motor (C) rotation error
Description The Drum Motor (C) is not rotating at the specified
3-21
code code
area
E012 -0401
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 1/2 signal error

B. Drum motor (Bk) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
PCB (Bk) 1/2 signal error is detected.
of detection
B. The lock signal for the drum motor (Bk) (M19) cannot
(shorting))
Drum unit failure
code code
area
Items
Measures
Description
A:
B:

Detection PCB (Bk) 1/2 (UN18/19). (Sensor
side)
Sensor side: J7310, J7311
Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 1/2 is properly
installed.
PCB (UN6).
PCB side: J1911
A-4. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk)
1/2 to clean the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk)
A-5. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk)
1/2.

motor (Bk) (M19) and the drum ITB driver PCB
Motor side: J7306, PCB side: J1921
speed detection PCB (Bk) (UN24/23) and
(Connection of
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (Bk).
B-4. Replace the drum cleaning unit and the drum
unit. (Drum drive may be overloaded due to
peeling of the blade, etc.)
NOTE:
speed detection PCB..
3-22
code code
area
E012 -0402
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 1 signal error

B. Drum motor (Bk) error (Prior to Controller Version
1x.xx)
of detection B. Lock signal of Drum motor (Bk) (M19) cannot be
detection
(shorting))
Drum unit failure
Measures A:
Detection PCB (Bk) 1 (UN18).
A-2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk)
1 to clean.
A-3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk)
1.
Detection PCB (Bk) 1 (UN18) is faulty. (Replace
the Harness if its disconnected.)
B:
motor (Bk) (M19) and the drum ITB driver PCB
Motor side: J7306, PCB side: J1921
speed detection PCB (Bk) (UN24/23) and
(Connection of
B-3. Reinstall the drum unit (Bk).
B-4. Replace the drum cleaning unit and the drum
unit. (Drum drive may be overloaded due to
peeling of the blade, etc.)
NOTE:
speed detection PCB..
code code
area
E012 -0403
-05
E012 -0404
-05
E012 -0405
-05
E012 -0406
-05
Items
Description
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 2 signal error
of detection
PCB (Bk) 2 (UN19).
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 2 to
clean.
4. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 2.
PCB (Bk) 2 is faulty. (Replace the Harness if its
disconnected.)
Title
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) Encoder Wheel error
of detection (Bk) Encoder Wheel error is detected.
Measures 1. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) to clean
the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 1/2 (UN18/19)
and Encoder Wheel.
3. Replace the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 1/2.
Title
Drum Motor (Bk) control error
Description Unstable rotation of the Drum Motor (Bk)
of detection
Measures 1. Check if the Drum Unit (Bk) is installed.
2. Take out the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) to clean
the Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 1/2 (UN18/19)
and Encoder Wheel.
4. Replace the Drum Unit (Bk).
Title
Drum Motor (Bk) rotation error
Description The Drum Motor (Bk) is not rotating at the specified
Sensor side: J7306 PCB side: J1921
3-23
code code
area
E012 -0501
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 1/2 signal error

B. ITB drive motor error
Description A. This error occurs when the ITB Drive Roller Speed
of detection
Detection PCB 1/2 signal error is detected.
B. The lock signal for the ITB drive motor (M3) cannot be
detected within a specified period.
(shorting))
Drum (unit) Y/M/C/K not inserted
Peeling of the ITB cleaning blade
Encoder Y/M/C/K failure (This occurs in rare cases.)
code code
area
Items
Measures
Description
A:
B:
A-1. Check the connection of the ITB Drive Roller

Speed Detection PCB 1/2 (UN16/17). (Sensor
side)
A-2. Check that the Encoder Wheel of the ITB
Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 1/2 is
properly installed.
PCB (UN6).
PCB side: J1912
A-4. Manually turn the Rotor of the ITB Drive Motor
(M3) clockwise and check that the ITB Rotation
Sensor Encoder Wheel rotates. If the Encoder
Wheel does not rotate, replace the Drum Drive
Unit.
A-5. Take out the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection
PCB 1/2 to clean the ITB Drive Roller Speed
Detection PCB 1/2 and Encoder Wheel.
A-6. Replace the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection
PCB 1/2.
B-1. Check the connection between the ITB driver

motor (M3) and the drum ITB driver PCB (UN6).
(Connection of the connector, Breaking (Breaking
(shorting)))
Motor side: J7518, J8047, J8050 PCB side:
J1921, J8011, J8050
B-2. Check the connection of the ITB drive roller
speed detection PCB 1/2 (UN16/17). (Connection
of the connector, Breaking (Breaking (shorting)))
Motor side: J7318, J7319, J8047, J8050 PCB
side: J1921, J8011, J8050
B-3. Reinstall the 4 color drum units. (If the drum
unit is not installed properly, more load is applied
to ITB drive.)
There may be cause in each color.
NOTE:
3-24
code code
area
E012 -0502
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 1 signal error

B. ITB drive motor error
Description A. The signal is not detected for 80msec or more.
of detection B. Lock signal of ITB drive motor (M3) cannot be
detection
(shorting))
Drum (unit) Y/M/C/K not inserted
Peeling of the ITB cleaning blade
Encoder Y/M/C/K failure (This occurs in rare cases.)
code code
area
Items
Measures
Description
A:
B:
A-1. Check the connection of the ITB Drive Roller

Speed Detection PCB 1 (UN16).
Sensor side: J7318, J7319, J8047 PCB side:
J1912
A-2. Take out the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection
PCB 1 to clean.
A-3. Replace the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection
PCB 1.
A-4. Check if the Harness of the ITB Drive Roller
Speed Detection PCB 1 is faulty. (Replace the
B-1. Check the connection between the ITB driver

motor (M3) and the drum ITB driver PCB (UN6).
(Connection of the connector, Breaking (Breaking
(shorting)))
Motor side: J7518, J8047, J8050 PCB side:
J1921, J8011, J8050
B-2. Check the connection of the ITB drive roller
speed detection PCB 1/2 (UN16/17). (Connection
of the connector, Breaking (Breaking (shorting)))
Motor side: J7318, J7319, J8047, J8050 PCB
side: J1921, J8011, J8050
B-3. Reinstall the 4 color drum units. (If the drum
unit is not installed properly, more load is applied
to ITB drive.)
There may be cause in each color.
NOTE:
3-25
code code
area
E012 -0503
E012 -0504
-05
-05
3
E012 -0505
E012 -0506
3-26
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 2 signal error
of detection
Measures 1. Check the connection of the ITB Drive Roller Speed
Detection PCB 2 (UN17).
Sensor side: J7318, J7319, J8047 PCB side: J1912
2. Take out the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 2
to clean.
3. Replace the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 2.
4. Check if the Harness of the ITB Drive Roller Speed
Detection PCB 2 is faulty. (Replace the Harness if its
disconnected.)
Title
ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB Encoder Wheel
error
of detection (Bk) Encoder Wheel error is detected.
Measures 1. Take out the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB to
clean the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 1/2
3. Replace the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB
1/2.
Title
ITB Drive Motor control error
Description Unstable rotation of the ITB Drive Motor
of detection
Measures 1. Check if the ITB (Unit) is installed.
2. Take out the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB to
clean the ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 1/2
4. Replace the ITB Unit.
Title
ITB Drive Motor rotation error
Description ITB Drive Motor is not rotating at the specified speed, or
of detection it is stopped.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the ITB Drive Motor
and Drum ITB Driver PCB (UN6).
Sensor side: J7518, J8047, J8050 PCB side: J1912,
J8011
code code
area
E012 -2000
-05
E012 -3000
-05
E012 -3001
-05
E012 -3002
-05
Items
Title
Description
Rotation error of Drum Motor (Y/M/C/Bk) (M21/23/25/19)

and ITB Drive Motor
Description Simultaneous rotation error in all Motors
of detection
Measures 1. Check the connection of the Drum ITB Driver PCB.
PCB side: J1900 (J1920/J1921/J1912)
2. Check the connection of the Relay PCB.
PCB side: J1805
3. Check the Interlock Switch.
4. Check if the Harness of the Drum ITB Driver PCB
(UN6) is faulty.
Title
Error in Drum Speed Detection PCB (UN18 to 25) of all
colors
Description This error occurs when the Drum Speed Detection
of detection PCB (UN18 to 25) error is detected for all colors
simultaneously.
Measures 1. Check the connection of the Drum ITB Driver PCB.
PCB side: J1900 (J1310 to J1317)
2. Check if the Harness of the Drum ITB Driver PCB
(UN6) is faulty.
Title
Control error of Drum Motor (Y/M/C/Bk) (M21/23/25/19)
Description This error occurs when the Drum Motor (Y/M/C/Bk)
of detection (M21/23/25/19) control error is detected for all colors
simultaneously.
Measures 1. Check the Process Unit (to see if the Connector is
physically removed).
2. Check the Drum Unit (to see if the Connector is
physically removed).
Title
Rotation error of Drum Motor (Y/M/C/Bk) (M21/23/25/19)
Description All of the Drum Motors (Y/M/C/Bk) (M21/23/25/19) are
of detection not rotating at the specified speed, or they are stopped.
Measures Check the connector of the Drum ITB Driver PCB (UN6).
PCB side: J1900 (J1920/J1921/J1912)
code code
area
E013 -0001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Waste toner feed screw lock detection error
Description When the waste toner pipe screw lock SW (SW10)
of detection detected the lock status for 500 msec (100 msec x 5
times) consecutively
Measures Pull out the Waste Toner Container. If it is full of toner,
go to Step 1, 2, and 5.
If the Waste Toner Container is not full of toner, go to
Step 1, 2, and 4.
If the Waste Toner Container is not full and the Waste
Toner Pipe is not clogged with toner, go to Step 3 and
4.
1. Remove the toner in the Waste Toner Pipe.
2. Replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor and the Waste
Toner Container.
3. Replace the Waste Toner Screw Lock Detection
Switch (SW10).
4. Replace the Waste Toner Drive Unit.
5. Reduce the value of timing setting for waste toner full
alert display (COPIER> ADJUST> MISC> WT-FL-LM)
by 1.
code code
area
E013 -0002
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Waste toner full sensor offset adjustment error

The sensor sampling result is not within a specified
range.
If the waste toner bottle is full of toner (if toner is
viewable at the height of the detection window), go to
Step 1.
If the waste toner bottle is not full of toner (if toner is
not viewable at the height of the detection window)
and the detection window is stained with toner, go to
Step 2.
If the toner bottle is new, go to Step 3 and 4.
If toner is not viewable at the height of the detection
window and the window is not stained with toner while
the waste toner bottle is not new, go to Step 3 and 4.
If no fault is found after checking mentioned above is
performed and the connector of the waste toner full
sensor (TS9) is inserted, go to Step 4.
1. Replace the waste toner bottle with new one. If new
one is not available, remove toner in the waste toner
bottle.
2. Replace the waste toner bottle with new one. If new
one is not available, clean the detection window in the
waste toner box.
3. Check the connection between the waste toner full
sensor and the DC controller interface PCB.
(Connection of the connector, Shorting, Wire caught
by parts)
Sensor side: J7010, PCB side: J1261, J8149
4. Replace the waste toner full sensor.
3-27
code code
area
E013 -0003
-05
E014 -0001
-05
E014 -0002
-05
3-28
Items
Description
Title
Waste toner full sensor error
Description Output of the waste toner full sensor cannot be detected.
of detection
Measures Because the DC Controller turns OFF the 24 V Power
Supply when an error is detected, it is needed to restart
and check the power output before the machine detects
the error to determine whether the cause of the error is
power supply.
If there is no power output, power supply is the cause.
If there is power output, factor other than power supply
can be the cause of the error.
1. Check the connection between the Waste Toner
Full Sensor (TS9) and the DC Controller Interface
PCB (UN2). (Connection of the connector, Breaking
(Breaking (shorting)), Wire caught by parts)
Sensor side: J7010, PCB side: J1261, J8149
2. Check the connection of the 24 V Power Supply
connector.
3. Replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor.
4. Replace the 24 V Power Supply.
Title
Fixing motor error (At start-up)
Description Locking was not released within 3 seconds after the
of detection fixing motor was turned on.
power supply.
If there is no power output, power supply is the cause.
If there is power output, factor other than power supply
can be the cause of the error.
1. Check the fixing unit drive gear -> replace the gear
2. Replace the fixing motor (M48)
4. Check the connection of the 38 V Power Supply
connector.
5. Replace the 38 V Power Supply.
Title
Fixing motor error (At regular rotation)
Description Locking was released for 1 second consecutively after
of detection the fixing motor (M48) was locked.
Measures 1. Check the fixing unit drive gear -> replace the gear
2. Replace the fixing motor (M48)
code code
area
E015 -0001
-05
E015 -0002
-05
Items
Description
Title
Decurler incoming amount control error 1
Description Change of the decurler HP sensor 1 (PS88) cannot be
of detection detected even when a specified period of time elapsed
after driving of the decurler incoming amount adjustment
motor 1 (M50) started.
Measures 1. Failure of the decurler HP sensor 1 (PS88)
2. Failure of the decurler incoming amount adjustment
motor 1 (M50)
3. Failure of the buffer driver PCB (UN150)
Title
Decurler incoming amount control error 2
Description Change of the decurler HP sensor 2 (PS89) cannot be
of detection detected even when a specified period of time elapsed
after driving of the decurler incoming amount adjustment
motor 2 (M53) started.
Measures 1. Failure of the decurler HP sensor 2 (PS89)
2. Failure of the decurler incoming amount adjustment
motor 2 (M53)
3. Failure of the buffer driver PCB (UN150)
T-3-4
E020
code code
area
E020 -0080
E020 -0081
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
ITB base light intensity upper limit error
Description When executing ITB base correction, the average value
of detection of P wave light intensity detected/calculated is more than
900.
Measures When the value of COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS>
P-LED-DA is large (153(D) or more) and the value of
P-SENS-P is small, there is a high possibility that dirt is
applied to the patch sensor.
This occurs only at a regular timing. When the value
of COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> DENS-S-x is small
(2 digits), there is a high possibility that breaking
occurred.
1. Clean the patch sensor.
2. Check the connection between the patch sensor and
the DC controller interface PCB. (Connector, Shorting)
3. Check open/close operation of the patch shutter.
4. Check whether scratches/dirt are applied to the ITB.
If many scratches are found, replace the ITB. If dirt
is applied, clean the ITB. In this case, check the ITB
cleaning blade at the same time.
5. Replace the patch sensor unit.
Title
ITB base light intensity lower limit error
Description When executing ITB base correction, the average value
of detection of P wave light intensity detected/calculated is less than
300.
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0082
-05
E020 -0120
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch sensor light intensity correction error
Description When executing correction of patch sensor light intensity,
of detection the P wave output is not more than 500 and less than
900.
occurred.
Title
Initial installation toner density sensor (Y) output lower
limit error
Description When executing the developing assembly initial
of detection installation mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL>
INISET-Y), the output level does not reach 128 even
when control voltage of the toner density sensor reached
255 or more.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the toner density sensor
and the DC controller interface PCB. (Connector,
Breaking (Breaking (shorting)))
<Y> sensor side: J7133, J8028, J8087 PCB side:
J1240, J8085
<M> sensor side: J7134, J8029, J8088 PCB side:
J1240, J8085
<C> sensor side: J7135, J8030, J8089 PCB side:
J1240, J8086
<Bk> sensor side: J7146, J8015, J8117 PCB side:
J1240, J8086
2. Check whether the toner density sensor is not
disconnected or Breaking (Breaking (shorting)) occurs.
3. Replace the developing assembly.
3-29
code code
area
E020 -0124
3-30
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (Y) density lower limit error
INISET-Y), the ATR patch detection value (SigD) is less
than 79.
occurred.
1. Check whether the developing assembly and the drum
unit are properly installed.
the DC controller interface PCB. (Connector, Breaking
(shorting))
5. Clean or replace the ITB.
Check whether the ITB belt is dirty or not. If it
is dirty, perform cleaning with the service mode
(COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEANING> TBLTCLN).
If it is assumed that this error occurred due to
scratches on the ITB, replace the ITB.
code code
area
E020 -0130
-05
Items
Title
Description
Initial installation toner density sensor (Y) output upper

limit error
Description When executing developing assembly initial installation
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y),
the output level does not reach 128 even when control
voltage of the toner density sensor became less than 55.
Shorting)
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
2. Check whether disconnection or shorting of the toner
density sensor occurs or not.
code code
area
E020 -0134
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (Y) density upper limit error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y), the
ATR patch output (SigD) is more than 970.
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0136
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (Y) sampling error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y), the
variation before average patch P wave light intensity is
more than 100.
occurred.
3-31
code code
area
E020 -0190
3-32
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (Y) density lower limit error
Description The ATR patch detection output (SigD) is less than 79.
of detection
occurred.
NOTE:
This error also occurs when there is not enough toner in
the developing assembly. In this case, check the supplyrelated parts in the developing assembly.
code code
area
E020 -0191
-05
E020 -01A0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (Y) density upper limit error
Description The ATR patch detection output (SigD) is more than 970.
of detection
COPIER> DISPLAY > DENS >P-SENS-P is small,
there is a high possibility that dirt is applied to the patch
sensor.
occurred.
NOTE:
Title
Toner density sensor (Y) output lower limit error
Description The toner density sensor output (Vsig_ind) is less than
of detection 43.
Breaking (shorting))
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
code code
area
E020 -01A2
-05
E020 -01C2
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Toner density sensor (Y) output upper limit error

The toner density sensor output (Vsig_ind) is less than
247.
1. Check the connection between the toner density sensor
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
Title
Patch (Y) sampling error
Description The variation before average patch P wave light intensity
of detection is more than 100.
Measures 1. Check whether the developing assembly and the drum
(shorting))
6. Replace the developing assembly. (Check whether
there is not uneven coating on the developing sleeve.)
code code
area
E020 -0220
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation toner density sensor (M) output lower

limit error
INISET-M), the output level does not reach 128 even
255 or more.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
3-33
code code
area
E020 -0224
3-34
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (M) density lower limit error
INISET-M), the ATR patch detection value (SigD) is less
than 79.
occurred.
(shorting))
code code
area
E020 -0230
-05
Items
Title
Description
Initial installation toner density sensor (M) output upper

limit error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-M),
Shorting)
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
code code
area
E020 -0234
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (M) density upper limit error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-M), the
Measures When the value of COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS>PLED-DA is large (153(D) or more) and the value of
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0236
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (M) sampling error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-M), the
more than 100.
occurred.
3-35
code code
area
E020 -0290
3-36
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (M) density lower limit error
of detection
occurred.
NOTE:
code code
area
E020 -0291
-05
E020 -02A0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (M) density upper limit error
of detection
occurred.
NOTE:
Title
Toner density sensor (M) output lower limit error
of detection 43.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
code code
area
E020 -02A2
-05
E020 -02C2
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Toner density sensor (M) output upper limit error

247.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
Title
(shorting))
code code
area
E020 -0320
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation toner density sensor (C) output lower

limit error
INISET-C), the output level does not reach 128 even
255 or more.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
3-37
code code
area
E020 -0324
3-38
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (C) density lower limit error
INISET-C), the ATR patch detection value (SigD) is less
than 79.
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0330
-05
Items
Title
Description
Initial installation toner density sensor (C) output upper

limit error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-C),
Shorting)
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
code code
area
E020 -0334
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (C) density upper limit error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-C), the
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0336
-05
E020 -0340
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (C) sampling error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-C), the
more than 100.
Measures When the value of COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS>PLED-DA is large (153(D) or more) and the value of
occurred.
Title
Initial installation toner density sensor (Bk) output upper
limit error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-K),
Shorting)
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
3-39
code code
area
E020 -0390
3-40
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (C) density lower limit error
of detection
occurred.
NOTE:
code code
area
E020 -0391
-05
E020 -03A0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (C) density upper limit error
of detection
occurred.
NOTE:
Title
Toner density sensor (C) output lower limit error
of detection 43.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
code code
area
E020 -03A2
-05
E020 -03C2
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Toner density sensor (C) output upper limit error

247.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
Title
(shorting))
code code
area
E020 -0420
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation toner density sensor (Bk) output lower

limit error
INISET-K), the output level does not reach 128 even
255 or more.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
2. Check whether disconnection or Breaking (Breaking
(shorting)) of the toner density sensor occurs or not.
3-41
code code
area
E020 -0424
3-42
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (Bk) density lower limit error
INISET-K), the ATR patch detection value (SigD) is less
than 79.
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0434
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (Bk) density upper limit error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-K), the
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0436
-05
Items
Description
Title
Initial installation patch (K) sampling error
of detection mode (COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-K), the
more than 100.
occurred.
code code
area
E020 -0490
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (Bk) density lower limit error
of detection
occurred.
NOTE:
3-43
code code
area
E020 -0491
-05
E020 -04A0
3-44
-05
Items
Description
Title
Patch (Bk) density upper limit error
of detection
occurred.
NOTE:
Title
Toner density sensor (Bk) output lower limit error
of detection 43.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
code code
area
E020 -04A2
-05
E020 -04C2
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Toner density sensor (Bk) output upper limit error

247.
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8085
J1240, J8086
J1240, J8086
Title
(shorting))
T-3-5
E021 to E077
code code
area
E021 -0101
E021 -0102
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (Y) error
Description The lock signal of the developing sleeve drive motor (Y)
of detection (M20) cannot be detected within a specified period.
Connector disconnected, breaking (shorting)
Failure of the developing assembly (Sleeve
overloaded)
Failure of the DC controller interface PCB (Fuse (FU5
burns))
Failure of the developing sleeve motor
Measures 1. Check the connection between the developing sleeve
drive motor (Y) (UN20) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
Motor side: J7535, J8034 PCB side: J1220
2. Replace the developing assembly (Y).
3. Replace the DC controller interface PCB.
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (Y).
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (Y) error
Description Lock signal of Developing sleeve drive motor (Y)(M20)
of detection cannot be detected for the specified period of time after
first detection
overloaded)
burns))
drive motor (Y) (UN20) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (Y).
code code
area
E021 -0201
-05
E021 -0202
-05
Items
Description
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (M) error
Description The lock signal of the developing sleeve drive motor (M)
overloaded)
burns))
drive motor (M) (UN22) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
2. Replace the developing assembly (M).
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (M).
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (M) error
Description Lock signal of Developing sleeve drive motor (M)(M22)
first detection
overloaded)
burns))
drive motor (M) (UN22) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
2. Replace the developing assembly (M).
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (M).
3-45
code code
area
E021 -0301
-05
E021 -0302
-05
3-46
Items
Description
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (C) error
Description The lock signal of the developing sleeve drive motor (C)
overloaded)
burns))
drive motor (C) (UN24) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
2. Replace the developing assembly (C).
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (C).
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (C) error
Description Lock signal of Developing sleeve drive motor (C) (M24)
first detection
overloaded)
burns))
drive motor (C) (UN24) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (C).
code code
area
E021 -0401
-05
E021 -0402
-05
Items
Description
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (Bk) error
Description The lock signal of the developing sleeve drive motor (Bk)
overloaded)
burns))
drive motor (Bk) (UN18) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
Motor side: J7538, J8243 PCB side: J8236, J1227
2. Replace the developing assembly (Bk).
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (Bk).
Title
Developing sleeve drive motor (Bk) error
Description Lock signal of Developing sleeve drive motor (Bk) (M18)
first detection
overloaded)
burns))
drive motor (Bk) (UN18) and the DC controller interface
(shorting))
Motor side: J7538, J8243 PCB side: J8236, J1227
4. Replace the developing sleeve drive motor (Bk).
code code
area
E022 -0001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Drum cleaning / waste toner feed drive motor error
Description The lock signal of the drum cleaning/waste toner feed
of detection drive motor (M30) cannot be detected within a specified
period.
Failure of the drum cleaning unit (Overload)
Failure of the waste toner feed screw (Overload)
burns))
Failure of the drum cleaning/waste toner feed drive
motor
Measures 1. Check the connection between the drum cleaning/
waste toner feed drive motor and the DC controller
interface PCB (UN2). (Connection of the connector,
Motor side: J7538, J8243, PCB side: J1227, J8036
2. Clean the screw in the drum cleaning unit (Bk), or
replace the unit.
Remove toner clog with the feed screw.
3. Clean the waste toner feed pipe unit, or replace the
unit.
5. Replace the drum cleaning/waste toner feed drive
motor.
code code
area
E022 -0002
E023 -0101
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Drum cleaning / waste toner feed drive motor error
Description Lock signal of Drum cleaning/waste toner feed drive
of detection motor (M30) cannot be detected for the specified period
of time after first detection
Failure of the drum cleaning unit (Overload)
Failure of the waste toner feed screw (Overload)
burns))
Failure of the drum cleaning/waste toner feed drive
motor
Measures 1. Check the connection between the drum cleaning/
waste toner feed drive motor and the DC controller
interface PCB (UN2). (Connection of the connector,
Motor side: J7538, J8243, PCB side: J1227, J8036
2. Clean the screw in the drum cleaning unit (Bk), or
replace the unit.
3. Clean the waste toner feed pipe unit, or replace the
unit.
5. Replace the drum cleaning/waste toner feed drive
motor.
Title
Developing stirring motor (Y) error
Description The lock signal of the developing stirring motor (Y) (M26)
of detection cannot be detected within a specified period.
overloaded)
burns))
Contact failure of the drawer connector
Failure of the developing stirring motor
Measures 1. Check the connection between the developing stirring
motor (Y) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
(Connection of the connector, Breaking (shorting))
4. Check the contact of the drawer connector (J8031).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (Y).
3-47
code code
area
E023 -0102
-05
E023 -0201
-05
3-48
Items
Description
Title
Developing stirring motor (Y) error
Description Lock signal of Developing stirring motor (Y) (M26)cannot
of detection be detected for the specified period of time after first
detection
overloaded)
burns))
motor (Y) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (Y).
Title
Developing stirring motor (M) error
Description The lock signal of the developing stirring motor (M) (M28)
overloaded)
burns))
motor (M) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (M).
code code
area
E023 -0202
-05
E023 -0301
-05
Items
Description
Title
Developing stirring motor (M) error
Description Lock signal of Developing stirring motor (M) (M28) cannot
detection
overloaded)
burns))
motor (M) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (M).
Title
Developing stirring motor (C) error
Description The lock signal of the developing stirring motor (C) (M27)
overloaded)
burns))
motor (C) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (C).
code code
area
E023 -0302
-05
E023 -0401
-05
Items
Description
Title
Developing stirring motor (C) error
Description Lock signal of Developing stirring motor (C) (M27) cannot
detection
overloaded)
burns))
motor (C) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (C).
Title
Developing stirring motor (Bk) error
Description The lock signal of the developing stirring motor (Bk) (M29)
overloaded)
burns))
motor (Bk) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (Bk).
code code
area
E023 -0402
-05
E025 -0100
-05
Items
Description
Title
Developing stirring motor (Bk) error
Description Lock signal of Developing stirring motor (Bk) (M29)
first detection
overloaded)
burns))
motor (Bk) and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2).
5. Replace the developing stirring motor (Bk).
Title
Toner container drive motor lock (Y) error
Description Overcurrent of the toner container drive motor was
of detection detected.
Measures 1. Check whether a toner container of a different model is
not installed.
If it is installed, replace it with a correct one.
1-1. Open the toner container installation inlet
cover.
1-2. Manually turn the container in an
counterclockwise direction until it is fully turned.
1-3. Rotate the toner container in an
counterclockwise direction using a toner
container removing tool.
1-4. The toner container is placed at the position
where it can be removed. Remove the toner
container.
2. Check the connection of the toner container drive
motor (M7/M10/M13/M16). (Check whether the wire is
not caught by parts.)
3. Replace the toner container drive motor.
4. Replace the toner container tray unit (when this error
occurred at rotation of the toner container).
5. Replace the hopper unit.
3-49
code code
area
E025 -0102
-05
E025 -0110
-05
3-50
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Block supply timeout (Y) error

The toner supply screw rotation sensor cannot detect
rotation of the screw.
1. Check the connection between the hopper/stirring
supply motor (M6) and the hopper driver PCB.
2. Check the connection between the toner feed screw
rotation sensor (PS9) and the hopper driver PCB.
3. Replace the hopper/stirring supply motor.
4. Clean and replace the toner feed screw rotation
sensor.
5. Replace the toner supply pipe unit.
CAUTION:
Remedies 5 and 6 are taken when the motor is
overloaded due to toner adhesion in the unit or gear
interlocking failure, etc. Since it is difficult to identify the
cause, it is recommended to replace the unit.
Title
Toner container sealing/release holder shift cam HP
sensor timeout (Y) error
Description HP sensor of release holder shift cam cannot detect
of detection within specified period of time.
Measures 1. Check the connection of the toner container drive
motor (M10) harness. (Check whether the wire is
not caught by parts.) Check the connection with the
hopper driver PCB.
Motor side: J7104 PCB side: J1370
2. Check the connection between the release holder shift
cam HP sensor (PS8) and the hopper driver PCB.
4. Clean and replace the release holder shift cam HP
sensor.
CAUTION:
As for Remedy 5, since it is difficult to identify the cause,
it is recommended to replace the unit.
code code
area
E025 -0120
-05
Items
Title
Description
Toner container/toner container inserting inlet phase (Y)

error
Description When the power was turned on, it was detected that the
of detection toner container cap was opened (the release holder shift
cam phase sensor was protected against light) AND the
toner container inserting inlet cover was opened (the
toner container inserting inlet cover open/close sensor
was transmissive).
Measures 1. Close the toner container inserting inlet cover and turn
OFF/ON the power.
2. Check the connection between the toner container
inserting inlet cover open/close sensor (PS10) and
the hopper driver PCB. (Connection of the connector,
Breaking, Wire caught by parts)
cam phase sensor (PS81) and the hopper driver PCB.
(Connection of the connector, Breaking, Wire caught
by parts)
4. Replace the toner container inserting inlet cover open/
close sensor.
code code
area
E025 -01A0
-05
Items
Title
Description
Error in Y Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS11)
Description Unable to detect the change in the Release Holder Shift
of detection Cam HP Sensor status (ON -> OFF) when opening the
cap so that open and close status of the cap cannot be
judged.
Measures Identify the cause of the error whether it is due to
mechanical problem to open/close the cap or problem at
the Release Holder Shift Cam HP Sensor side.
1. Check if the Release Holder Shift Cam HP Sensor is
soiled and the installation of the sensor.
2. Drive the Hopper Unit a little with the Toner Container
Removing Tool, and check the service mode (COPIER>
I/O> DC-CON> P052 bit15) to see that the output
value of the sensor is changed.
Since it is difficult to check the screen while driving it,
repeat the operation to drive it a little and check the
screen until the value is changed.
If it is normal, the output value of the sensor is
changed when opening/closing the cap. Even if it is
normal, be sure to perform step 4 and later steps.
2-1. If there is an error in drive of the Hopper Unit,
check the drive system such as gears.
If it is damaged, replace the Set-on Drive Unit
and then perform step 4 and later steps.
2-2. When the output value of the sensor is not
changed although the Hopper Unit is driven,
check the Sensor Harness (to see if the harness
is caught, disconnected or physically removed).
If there is no problem, replace the sensor. After
checking the output value in step 2, perform step
4 and later steps.
3. If the problem is not solved by replacing the foregoing
parts, replace the Hopper Driver PCB (UN3) and then
perform step 4 and later steps.
4. Clear the error in service mode (COPIER>
FUNCTION> CLEAR> ERR), and then turn OFF and
then ON the main power.
5. Replace the toner (reinstall the removed Toner
Container) at least once in user mode (Adjustment/
Maintenance> Replace Specified Toner), and check
that toner replacement can be performed normally.
code code
area
E025 -01B0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Error in Y Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS11)
of detection Cam HP Sensor status (OFF -> ON) when closing the
judged.
4 and later steps.
3-51
code code
area
E025 -01C0
3-52
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Error in Y Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (PS10)

Unable to detect opening of the Toner Insertion Inlet
Cover when removing the Toner Container.
Identify the cause of the error whether it is due to link
mechanism to open the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover or
problem at the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor side.
1. Perform the user mode (Adjustment/Maintenance>
Replace Specified Toner) to check if the Toner
Insertion Inlet Cover opens normally (damage, slide of
shaft area, etc.).
2. Check if the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor is
3. Check the service mode (COPIER> I/O> DC-CON>
P051 bit0) to see that the output value of the Toner
Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor is changed normally when
opening/closing the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover.
If it is normal, the value becomes 0 by driving the
Hopper Unit with the Toner Container Removing Tool
and opening the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover. When
closing the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover by hand, it
becomes 1.
3-1. When the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover is not
opened although the Hopper Unit is driven, check
the drive system from upstream (Hopper Unit ->
link mechanism of Hopper Tray -> Toner Insertion
Inlet Cover Unit).
If it is damaged, replace the damaged part and
then perform step 5 and later steps.
3-2. When the output value is not changed normally
although the Toner Insertion Inlet Cover can
be opened/closed, check the Sensor Harness
(to see if the harness is caught, disconnected
or physically removed, *including the Relay
Connector).
5 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -0200
-05
E025 -0202
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Toner bottle motor lock (M) error

Overcurrent of the toner container drive motor was
detected.
1. Check whether a toner container of a different model is
not installed.
cover.
container.
Title
Block supply timeout (M) error
Description The toner supply screw rotation sensor cannot detect
of detection rotation of the screw.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the hopper/stirring
sensor.
CAUTION:
code code
area
E025 -0210
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E025 -0220
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
sensor timeout (M) error
HP sensor of release holder shift cam cannot detect
within specified period of time.
hopper driver PCB.
sensor.
CAUTION:
Toner container/toner container inserting inlet phase (M)
error
When the power was turned on, it was detected that the
toner container cap was opened (the release holder shift
was transmissive).
1. Close the toner container inserting inlet cover and turn
OFF/ON the power.
Breaking, Wire caught by parts)
(Connection of the connector, Breaking, Wire caught
by parts)
close sensor.
code code
area
E025 -02A0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Error in M Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS14)
judged.
4 and later steps.
3-53
code code
area
E025 -02B0
3-54
-05
Items
Title
Description
Error in M Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS14)
judged.
4 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -02C0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Error in M Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (PS13)

shaft area, etc.).
becomes 1.
Inlet Cover Unit).
Connector).
5 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -0300
E025 -0302
-05
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Toner bottle motor lock (C) error

detected.
not installed.
cover.
container.
Title
Block supply timeout (C) error
sensor.
CAUTION:
code code
area
E025 -0310
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E025 -0320
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
sensor timeout (C) error
hopper driver PCB.
sensor.
CAUTION:
Toner container/toner container inserting inlet phase (C)
error
was transmissive).
OFF/ON the power.
Shorting, Wire caught by parts)
(Connection of the connector, Shorting, Wire caught by
parts)
close sensor.
3-55
code code
area
E025 -03A0
3-56
-05
Items
Title
Description
Error in C Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS17)
judged.
4 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -03B0
-05
Items
Title
Description
Error in C Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS17)
judged.
4 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -03C0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Error in C Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (PS16)

shaft area, etc.).
becomes 1.
Inlet Cover Unit).
Connector).
5 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -0400
E025 -0402
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Toner bottle motor lock (Bk) error

detected.
not installed.
cover.
container.
Title
Block supply timeout (Bk) error
sensor.
CAUTION:
3-57
code code
area
E025 -0410
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E025 -0420
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-58
Description
sensor timeout (Bk) error
motor (M7) harness. (Check whether the wire is not
caught by parts.) Check the connection with the
hopper driver PCB.
sensor.
CAUTION:
Toner container/toner container inserting inlet phase (Bk)
error
was transmissive).
OFF/ON the power.
inserting inlet cover open/close sensor (PS7) and the
hopper driver PCB. (Connection of the connector,
parts)
close sensor.
code code
area
E025 -04A0
-05
Items
Title
Description
Error in Bk Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS8)
judged.
4 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -04B0
-05
Items
Title
Description
Error in Bk Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor

(PS8)
judged.
4 and later steps.
code code
area
E025 -04C0
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Error in Bk Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (PS7)

shaft area, etc.).
becomes 1.
Inlet Cover Unit).
Connector).
5 and later steps.
3-59
code code
area
E032 -0001
-00
E061 -0001
-05
E061 -0002
-05
3-60
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Description
Counter of NE controller is not working
Disconnection of the count pulse signal is detected
Cable disconnection
Primary charging bias (Bk) lower limit error
At initial rotation, the drum surface potential Vd at
potential control is less than 30 V.
Primary charging bias (Bk) is not properly applied.
The drum does not rotate correctly.
Measures 1. Check whether the primary charging assembly is
properly installed or connected. (Connection of the
connector, Shorting, Wire caught by parts)
2. Check whether the primary charging high-voltage PCB
(Bk) is properly installed or connected. (Connection of
the connector, Shorting, Wire caught by parts)
3. Check whether the drum motor (Bk) is properly
installed or connected. (Connection of the connector,
4. Replace the parts.
Primary charging assembly
Primary charging high-voltage PCB (Bk)
Drum/ITB drive motor
DC controller interface PCB
DC controller PCB
Title
Potential sensor offset adjustment error
Description When the result of potential sensor offset adjustment is
of detection more than +/-30 V.
Measures 1. Check whether the potential sensor offset adjustment
tool is properly installed.
2. Replace the potential sensor.
code code
area
E061 -0003
-05
E061 -0004
-05
Items
Description
Title
Potential control Vd failure
Description At the time of measurement of Vd at potential control,
of detection the value is more than +50 V or less than -200 V against
Vgrid.
Drum cleaning pre-exposure is not performed correctly.
Primary charging is not performed correctly.
The drum is reaching the end of life.
Measures 1. Check the connection of the drum cleaning preexposure LED.
2. Check the connection of the primary charging
assembly.
Check whether the grid plate is properly installed.
Check whether the shield plate is not soiled by
toner. -> Clean the shield plate.
Check whether disconnection of the connector or
shorting does not occur or the wire is not caught
by parts.
Drum cleaning pre-exposure LED
Primary charging assembly
Drum (Checking can be performed by COPIER>
DISPLAY>DPOT>D-CONT-K. Estimated life is
150,000 or less.)
Title
Laser power shortage error
Description At the time of measurement of 8 bright section potential
of detection VI at potential control, the grid bias Vgrid is more than
100 V at least at one point.
Dirt is applied to the dust prevention glass.
Laser is not applied correctly.
Measures 1. Clean the dust prevention glass.
2. Check the connection of the laser scanner unit.
parts)
Laser scanner unit (Bk)
Laser interface PCB
code code
area
E073 -0001
-05
E074 -0001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Host machine interlock failure
Description Interlock at 24 V cannot be detected in the condition
of detection where all of the front cover, left lower cover, and manual
feed cover are closed.
Measures 1. Check whether shorting does not occur to the harness
of the interlock group. If it occurs, replace the harness.
2. Replace the relay board. (Blowout at the relay PCB
(UN7))
3. Replace the interlock switch.
Front door open/close switch 1 (SW1)
Front door open/close switch 2 (SW2)
Manual feeding unit open/close switch (SW3)
Paper delivery door open/close switch (SW5)
Title
Primary transfer roller detachment/attachment error
Description The primary transfer roller attachment/detachment HP
of detection sensor (PS4) cannot detect the home position within a
specified period.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the primary transfer
roller detachment HP sensor (PS4) and the ITB relay
PCB (UN28). (Connector, Breaking (shorting))
2. Check the connection between the ITB relay PCB and
(shorting))
ITB relay PCB: J2700, J8050 DC controller interface
PCB: J1247, J8010
3. Replace the primary transfer roller detachment HP
sensor.
4. Check the link parts of the primary transfer roller
(pressure release lever, link, cam).
If foreign matters are found, remove them. If they are
soiled with toner, etc., perform cleaning (when the
parts do not move smoothly due to dirt).
5. Check whether the gear is not damaged.
If it is damaged, replace the attachment/detachment
drive unit (FM3-4905).
code code
area
Items
Description
Steering HP error
The home position of the steering roller cannot be
detected. It cannot move from the home position.
1. Check the connection between the steering drive
HP sensor (PS3) and the ITB relay PCB (UN28).
(Connector, Breaking (shorting))
2. Check the connection between the steering drive motor
(M4) and the ITB relay PCB. (Connector, Breaking
(shorting))
Steering drive HP sensor
Steering drive motor
ITB displacement sensor lower limit error
The output value of the ITB displacement sensor (PS2)
continues to be the lower limit value.
1. Check the connection between the ITB displacement
sensor (PS2) and the ITB relay PCB (UN28).
(Connector, Breaking (shorting))
2. Clean the ITB displacement sensor.
ITB displacement sensor upper limit error
The output value of the ITB displacement sensor (PS2)
continues to be the upper limit value.
1. Check whether the ITB displacement sensor (PS2) and
the ITB displacement sensor flag are installed properly.
Isnt the ITB displacement sensor flag inserted
under the ITB?
Is the ITB displacement sensor installed
correctly?
Replace the ITB displacement sensor flag (if the
flag is damaged).
Replace the ITB displacement sensor.
Replace the ITB. (Replace the ITB of which edge
is damaged.)
Replace the steering control mechanism parts.
(Pressure spring removed from the steering arm,
etc.)
E075 -0000
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E075 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E075 -0002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-61
code code
area
E077 -0001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Secondary transfer external roller detachment/attachment

error
Description The secondary transfer roller attachment/detachment HP
of detection sensor (PS22) cannot detect the home position within a
specified period.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the secondary transfer
roller attachment/detachment HP sensor (PS22) and
the fixing feed driver (UN5). (Connector, Breaking
(shorting))
Sensor side: J7214, J8102 PCB side: 1509
2. Check the connection between the fixing feed driver
and the DC controller interface PCB (UN2). (Connector,
Shorting)
Fixing feed driver: J1550 DC controller interface PCB:
J1214
3. Check the connection between the secondary transfer
roller detachment motor (M31) and the pickup feed
driver PCB (UN4). (Connector, Breaking (shorting))
Motor side: J7003 DC controller interface side: 1409
4. Check the connection between the pickup feed driver
PCB and the DC controller interface PCB. (Connector,
Pickup feed driver PCB: J1401 DC controller interface
PCB: J1215
5. Check the installation condition of the detachment
mechanism assemblies (cam, arm, secondary transfer
external roller holder).
Check the condition of the attachment/detachment
cam mechanism assembly.
6. Replace the secondary transfer roller attachment/
detachment HP sensor.
7. Check the drive gear. -> Replace the gear.
8. Replace the secondary transfer roller detachment
motor.
9. Replace the drive unit.
T-3-6
3-62
E100 to E197
code code
area
E100 -0101
E100 -0201
E100 -0301
-05
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Laser scanner motor BD (Y) error

The laser scanner motor cannot detect the VLOCK signal
and PLOCK signal during BD rotation.
1. Check whether the cover is not opened.
2. Check the connection of the relay PCB (J1817), laser
power relay PCB (J5600/5601), and laser interface
PCB (J5500). (Connection of the connector, Shorting,
Wire caught by parts)
3. Check the connection between the laser scanner unit
(J8070/8074/J5101Y) and the laser interface PCB
(J5509). (Connection of the connector, Shorting, Wire
caught by parts)
4. Replace the laser scanner unit.
5. Replace the laser interface PCB.
6. Replace the laser power relay PCB.
Laser scanner motor BD (M) error
(J8076/8074/J5101M) and the laser interface PCB
caught by parts)
Laser scanner motor BD (C) error
(J8064/8069/J5101C) and the laser interface PCB
caught by parts)
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
Items
Description
Laser scanner motor BD (Bk) error
(J8066/8069/J5101K) and the laser interface PCB
caught by parts)
Laser scanner unit (Y) EEPROM error
Laser scanner unit EEPROM failure / Failure of the data
written in the laser scanner unit EEPROM was detected.
caught by parts)
Laser scanner unit (M) EEPROM error
caught by parts)
E100 -0401
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E102 -0101
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E102 -0201
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-63
code code
area
Items
Description
Laser scanner unit (C) EEPROM error
caught by parts)
Laser scanner unit (Bk) EEPROM error
caught by parts)
Laser scanner motor (Y) error
during FG rotation.
caught by parts)
E102 -0301
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E102 -0401
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E110 -0101
3-64
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
Items
Description
Laser scanner motor (M) error
during FG rotation.
caught by parts)
Laser scanner motor (C) error
during FG rotation.
caught by parts)
Laser scanner motor (Bk) error
during FG rotation.
caught by parts)
E110 -0201
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E110 -0301
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E110 -0401
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
Items
Description
Serial communication error
Ex serial communication error with the Fixing Feed Driver
PCB.
1. Check the connection between the Fixing Feed Driver
PCB (J1550) and the DC Controller Interface PCB
(J1214).
2. Replace the DC Controller Interface PCB.
3. Replace the Fixing Feed Driver PCB.
PCB.
(J1214).
Ex serial communication error with the Pickup Feed
Driver PCB.
1. Check the connection between the Pickup Feed Driver
(J1215).
3. Replace the Pickup Feed Driver PCB.
Driver PCB.
(J1215).
Ex serial communication error with the DC Controller
Interface PCB.
1. Check the connection between the DC Controller
Interface PCB (J1201) and the DC Controller PCB
(J100).
3. Replace the DC Controller PCB.
E197 -0000
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E197 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E197 -0002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E197 -0003
E197 -0004
-05
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
E197 -0006
-05
E197 -0007
-05
E197 -0008
-05
E197 -0009
-05
E197 -000a
-05
E197 -000c
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures

Ex serial communication error with the DC Controller
Interface PCB.
1. Check the connection between the DC Controller
(J100).
Title
Description Ex serial communication error with the Buffer Path Unit.
of detection
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Buffer Driver PCB
(J1401) and the DC Controller Interface PCB (J1211).
3. Replace the Buffer Driver PCB.
Title
Description Ex serial communication error with the Multi Deck.
of detection
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Multi Deck Driver
PCB and the DC Controller Interface PCB (J1212).
3. Replace the Multi Deck Driver PCB.
Title
of detection
Title
of detection
Title
Description Ex serial communication error with the Hopper Driver
of detection PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Hopper Driver PCB
3. Replace the Hopper Driver PCB.
3-65
code code
area
E197 -0020
-05
E197 -0021
-05
E197 -0022
-05
E197 -0023
-05
E197 -0030
3-66
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description HOB serial communication (= register serial
of detection communication) error with the DC Controller Interface
PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the DC Controller
(J100).
Title
Description HOB serial communication error in the Drum ITB Driver
of detection PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Drum ITB Driver
(J1210).
Title
Description HOB serial communication error with the Laser Interface
of detection PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Laser Interface
(J1260).
3. Replace the Laser Interface PCB.
Title
Description HOB serial communication error with the Laser Interface
of detection PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Laser Interface
(J1260).
Title
Description HOB serial communication (= register serial
of detection communication) timeout error with the DC Controller
Interface PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the DC Controller
(J100).
code code
area
Items
Description
HOB serial communication error in the Drum ITB Driver
PCB.
1. Check the connection between the Drum ITB Driver
(J1210).
HOB serial communication error with the Laser Interface
PCB.
1. Check the connection between the Laser Interface
(J1260).
HOB serial communication error with the Laser Interface
PCB.
1. Check the connection between the Laser Interface
(J1260).
Communication error due to poor contact of Drawer
Connector with the Fixing Feed Board.
Replace the PCB and the harness.
PCB.
(J1214).
PCB.
(J1214).
E197 -0031
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E197 -0032
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E197 -0033
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E197 -0040
-05
E197 -0050
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E197 -0051
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
E197 -0052
-05
E197 -0053
-05
E197 -0057
-05
E197 -005c
-05
E197 -0100
-05
E197 -0101
-05
E197 -0102
-05
E197 -0103
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures

Driver PCB.
(J1215).
Title
Description Ex serial communication error with the Pickup Feed
of detection Driver PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Pickup Feed Driver
(J1215).
Title
Description Ex serial communication error with the Buffer Path Unit.
of detection
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Buffer Driver PCB
3. Replace the Buffer Driver PCB.
Title
Description Ex serial communication error with the Hopper Driver
of detection PCB.
Measures 1. Check the connection between the Hopper Driver PCB
3. Replace the Hopper Driver PCB.
Title
Description Serial communication error in ASIC
of detection
Measures Laser Interface PCB
Title
of detection
Title
of detection
Title
of detection
T-3-7
3-67
E202 to E280
code code
area
E202 -0001
-04
E202 -0002
-04
E202 -0101
-04
3
E202 -0102
3-68
-04
Items
Description
Scanner home position error

Failure of detection of the home position of the optical
unit for front side (outward)
1. Displacement/disconnection of the connector of the
optical home position sensor (SR2)
2. Damage to the optical home position sensor
3. Damage to the optical motor (M1)
4. Damage to the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
Title
Scanner home position error
Description Failure of detection of the home position of the optical
of detection unit for front side (homeward)
Measures 1. Displacement/disconnection of the connector of the
optical home position sensor (SR2)
2. Damage to the optical home position sensor
3. Damage to the optical motor (M1)
4. Damage to the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
Title
Glass home position error
Description Failure of detection of the glass home position (outward)
of detection
glass movement home position sensor (SR11)
2. Damage to the glass movement home position sensor
3. Damage to the glass movement motor (M9)
4. Damage to the DADF driver PCB (PCB1)
Title
Glass home position error
Description Failure of detection of the glass home position
of detection (homeward)
glass movement home position sensor (SR11)
2. Damage to the glass movement home position sensor
3. Damage to the glass movement motor (M9)
4. Damage to the DADF driver PCB (PCB1)
code code
area
E227 -0001
-04
E227 -0002
-04
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Items
Description
Title
Power supply (24 V) error
Description The 24 V port is turned off at the time of power-on.
of detection
power supply.
If there is no power output, power supply is the cause. If
there is power output, factor other than power supply can
be the cause of the error.
1. Turn OFF and then ON the power.
2. Check the connection between Reader and Printer,
and check that the Cable is not open-circuit.
3. Check the 24 V port of the Reader Controller PCB and
DADF Driver PCB.
4. Check the power supply and Relay PCB on the Printer
side.
5. Replace the Reader Controller PCB and DADF Driver
PCB.
Title
Description The 24 V port is turned off at the time of job start.
of detection
power supply.
DADF Driver PCB.
side.
PCB.
code code
area
E227 -0003
-04
E227 -0004
-04
Items
Description
Title
Description The 24 V port is turned off at the time of job completion.
of detection
power supply.
DADF Driver PCB.
side.
PCB.
Title
Description The 24 V port is turned off at the time of load drive.
of detection
power supply.
DADF Driver PCB.
side.
PCB.
code code
area
E227 -0101
-04
E227 -0102
-04
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures

The 24 V port is turned off at the time of power-on at
DADF.
Because the DC Controller turns OFF the 24 V Power
power supply.
DADF Driver PCB.
side.
PCB.
Title
Description The 24 V port is turned off at the time of job start at
of detection DADF.
power supply.
DADF Driver PCB.
side.
PCB.
3-69
code code
area
E227 -0103
-04
E246 -0001
-00
E246 -0002
-00
E246 -0003
-00
E246 -0005
-00
E247 -0001
-00
E247 -0002
-00
3-70
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description

The 24 V port is turned off at the time of job completion
at DADF.
Because the DC Controller turns OFF the 24 V Power
power supply.
DADF Driver PCB.
side.
PCB.
Title
System error
Description --of detection
Measures Contact each sale company bases
Title
System error
Title
System error
Title
System error
Title
System error
Title
System error
code code
area
E247 -0003
-00
E247 -0004
-00
E248 -0000
-00
E248 -0001
-04
E248 -0002
-04
E248 -0003
-04
E270 -0001
-04
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
System error
--Contact each sale company bases
System error
SRAM error
SRAM check errors at Power ON
Replace the main controller PCB 2

EEPROM error
Failure of power-on at EEPROM for the reader controller
PCB (PCB1)
Replace the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
EEPROM error
Failure of writing at EEPROM for the reader controller
PCB (PCB1)
EEPROM error
Failure of reading after writing at EEPROM for the reader
controller PCB (PCB1)
Failure of the front side vertical direction synchronization
signal
Description The vertical direction synchronization signal (VSYNC)
of detection was not sent from the CMOS PCB (front side optical unit)
correctly, and an image failure occurred or the operation
stopped in failure.
optical unit (reader)
reader controller PCB (PCB1)
3. Failure of the optical unit (reader)
4. Failure of the reader controller PCB
code code
area
E270 -0002
-04
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E270 -0101
-04
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E280 -0001
-04
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E280 -0101
-04
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Failure of the horizontal/vertical direction synchronization
signal
The vertical direction synchronization signal (VSYNC)
was not sent due to a failure of the horizontal direction
synchronization signal (HSYNC), and an image failure
occurred or the operation stopped in failure.
optical unit (reader/DADF)
3. Failure of the optical unit (reader/DADF)
Failure of the backside vertical scanning direction
synchronization signal
The vertical direction synchronization signal (VSYNC)
was not sent from the CMOS PCB (backside optical unit)
correctly, and an image failure occurred or the operation
stopped in failure.
optical unit (DADF)
3. Failure of the optical unit (DADF)
Failure of communication between the reader controller
PCB (PCB1) and the optical unit (reader)
Communication does not start between the reader
controller PCB and the front side optical unit within a
specified period.
PCB and the optical unit (DADF)
Communication does not start between the reader
controller PCB (PCB1) and the backside optical unit
optical unit (DADF)
T-3-8
3-71
E301 to E490
code code
area
E301 -0001
E301 -0101
E302 -0001
E302 -0101
-04
-04
-04
-04
E315 -000e
-00
E350 -0000
-00
E350 -0001
-00
E350 -0002
-00
3-72
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Front side light intensity failure

The light intensity amount at front side shading is less
than the standard level.
Replace the optical unit (reader)
Backside light intensity failure
The light intensity amount at backside shading is less
than the standard level.
Replace the optical unit (DADF)
Front side shading failure
Shading RAM access failure occurred, or the shading
value is less than or more than the specified level.
Title
Backside shading failure
Description Shading RAM access failure occurred, or the shading
of detection value is less than or more than the specified level.
optical unit (DADF)
3. Glass shift motor (M9) abnormal operation
Title
Error in the soft decode
Description JBIG decode error
of detection
Measures Replace the main controller PCB
Title
System error
Title
System error
Title
System error
code code
area
E350 -0003
-00
E350 -3000
-00
E351 -0000
-00
E354 -0001
-00
E354 -0002
-00
E355 -0001
-00
E355 -0002
-00
E355 -0003
-00
E355 -0004
-00
E400 -0001
-04
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
System error
System error
System error
System error
System error
System error
System error
System error
System error
---
Contact each sale company bases

PCB (PCB1) and the DADF
Description A reception error occurred in communication between the
of detection reader controller PCB and the DADF.
Measures 1. Failure of the connection between the DADF driver
PCB (PCB1) and the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
2. Failure of the DADF driver PCB
code code
area
E400 -0002
-04
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E401 -0001
-04
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E401 -0002
-04
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E407 -0001
-04
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
PCB (PCB1) and the DADF
A reception error occurred in communication between the
reader controller PCB and the DADF.
1. Failure of the connection between the DADF driver
PCB (PCB1) and the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
2. Failure of the DADF driver PCB
Pickup roller unit up/down failure
Even when the pickup roller unit up/down motor (M10)
is driven, the level of the pickup roller unit up/down
home position sensor (SR12) does not change within a
specified period.
pickup roller unit up/down home position sensor (SR12)
pickup roller unit up/down motor (M10)
3. Failure of the pickup roller unit up/down home position
sensor
4. Failure of the pickup roller unit up/down motor
Pickup roller unit up/down failure
Even when the pickup roller unit up/down motor (M10)
is driven, the level of the pickup roller unit up/down
home position sensor (SR12) does not change within a
specified period.
pickup roller unit up/down home position sensor (SR12)
pickup roller unit up/down motor (M10)
3. Failure of the pickup roller unit up/down home position
sensor
4. Failure of the pickup roller unit up/down motor
Failure of the tray up/down motor (M8)
Even when the tray up/down motor (M8) is driven, the
tray home position sensor (SR13) is not turned ON or
OFF within a specified period.
tray home position sensor (SR13)
tray up/down motor (M8)
3. Failure of the tray home position sensor
4. Failure of the tray up/down motor
code code
area
E407 -0002
-04
E413 -0001
-04
E413 -0002
-04
E413 -0011
-04
Items
Description
Title
Failure of the tray up/down motor (M8)
Description Even when the tray up/down motor (M8) is driven, the
of detection paper surface sensor (SR6) is not turned ON within a
specified period.
paper surface sensor (SR6)
tray up/down motor (M8)
3. Failure of the paper surface sensor
4. Failure of the tray up/down motor
Title
Failure of the DADF detachment motor 1 (M6)
Description Even when the DADF detachment motor 1 (M6) is driven,
of detection the DADF detachment home position sensor 1 (SR15) is
not turned ON within a specified period.
detachment home position sensor 1 (SR15)
detachment motor 1 (M6)
3. Failure of the detachment home position sensor 1
4. Failure of the detachment motor 1
5. Failure of the DADF driver PCB (PCB1)
Title
not turned OFF within a specified period.
Title
not turned ON within a specified period.
3-73
code code
area
E413 -0012
-04
E423 -0001
-04
E423 -0002
-04
E490 -0001
-04
Items
Description
Title
not turned OFF within a specified period.
Title
DADF SDRAM error
Description SDRAM access error
of detection
Measures Failure of the SDRAM (video image memory) located on
the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
Title
DADF SDRAM error
Description SDRAM Verify error
of detection
Measures Failure of the SDRAM (video image memory) located on
the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
Title
DADF model mismatch error
Description DADF that is not supported is installed.
of detection
Measures 1. DADF of a different model is installed.
2. Failure of the reader controller PCB (PCB1)
3. Failure of the DC controller PCB
4. Failure of the main controller PCB
T-3-9
3-74
E500 to E551
code code
area
E500 -0000
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E503 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in IPC communication(Finisher-A1)
B. Communication error(Finisher-B1)
A. Communication failed between the host machine and
the finisher
B. The communication with the connected device is
interrupted.
A:
A-1. IPC cable is disconnected.
A-2. IPC cable is faulty.
A-3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
A-4. The host machine controller PCB is faulty.
B:
B-1. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
B-2. The connected device DC controller PCB is
faulty.
A. Communication error with insertion unit (Document
Insertion Unitr-J1,Paper Folding Unit-G1)
B. Error in communication between the finisher - saddle
stitcher (Finisher-A1)
A. Communication failed, or the communication line has
been interrupted for a specified period of time.
B. Communication failed between the finisher and the
saddle stitcher
A:
A-1. DC controller PCB is faulty
A-2. Disconnection of communication cable
A-3. Connector on the DC controller PCB is
disconnected
B:
B-1. The connector on the wiring between the
finisher controller PCB and the saddle stitcher
controller PCB is disconnected.
B-2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB
and the saddle stitcher controller PCB is faulty.
B-4. The saddle stitcher controller PCB is faulty.
code code
area
E503 -0002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E503 -0003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in communication between the finisher - saddle
stitcher (Finisher-A1)
B. Error in communication between the finisher - saddle
stitcher (Finisher-B1)
A. Communication failed between the finisher and the
saddle stitcher
B. The communication with the saddle stitcher is
interrupted.
A:
A-1. The connector on the wiring between the
finisher controller PCB and the saddle stitcher
A-2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB
and the saddle stitcher controller PCB is faulty.
A-4. The saddle stitcher controller PCB is faulty.
B:
and saddle controller PCB is faulty.
A. Communication error between the integration unit professional puncher
B. Communication error (Finisher-B1)
A. Communication failed between the integration unit professional puncher
B. The communication with the puncher unit is interrupted.
A:
A-1. Connector on the integration unit controller
PCB is disconnected.
A-2. Connector on the professional puncher
A-3. The integration unit controller PCB is faulty.
A-4. The professional puncher controller PCB is
faulty.
B:
and host machine DC controller PCB is faulty.
B-2. The punch controller PCB is faulty.
B-4. The connected device DC controller PCB is
faulty.
3-75
code code
area
E503 -0004
E503 -0021
-05
-05
E503 -0022
E503 -0041
3-76
-05
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Inserter communication error (Finisher-B1)

B. Paper Folding Inserter Unit / Inserter Unit
Communication error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The communication with the inserter or the folder is
of detection interrupted.
B. Communication failed for 3 consecutive times, or the
communication line has been interrupted for a specified
period of time.
Measures A:
A-1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB
and the connected device controller PCB is faulty.
A-3. The connected device controller PCB is faulty.
B:
B-1. Controller PCB is faulty.
B-2. Disconnection of communication cable
B-3. DC controller PCB is faulty.
Title
Error in communication between the finisher - inserter
(Finisher-A1)
Description Communication failed between finisher - insertion unit
of detection
Measures 1. The connector on the cable between the finisher and
the insertion unit is disconnected.
2. The cable between the finisher and the insertion unit is
faulty.
3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
4. The insertion unit controller PCB is faulty.
Title
Error in communication between the finisher - inserter
(Finisher-A1)
Description Communication failed between finisher - insertion unit
of detection
the insertion unit is disconnected.
2. The cable between the finisher and the insertion unit is
faulty.
Title
Error in communication between the finisher - integration
unit (Finisher-A1)
Description Communication failed between finisher - integration unit
of detection
the integration unit is disconnected.
2. The cable between the finisher and the integration unit
is faulty.
4. The integration controller PCB is faulty.
code code
area
E503 -0042
-05
E503 -0051
-05
E503 -0053
-05
E503 -0061
-05
Items
Title
Description
Error in communication between the finisher - integration

unit (Finisher-A1)
Description Communication failed between finisher - integration unit
of detection
the integration unit is disconnected.
2. The cable between the finisher and the integration unit
is faulty.
Title
Error in communication between the integration unit professional puncher (Finisher-A1)
Description Communication failed between the integration unit of detection professional puncher
Measures 1. The connector on the cable between the integration
unit and the professional puncher is disconnected.
2. The cable between the integration unit and the
professional puncher is faulty.
4. The professional puncher controller PCB is faulty.
Title
Error in communication between the integration unit professional puncher
Description Communication failed between the integration unit
of detection - professional puncher (Error in communication of
professional puncher)
Measures 1. The connector on the cable between the integration
unit and the professional puncher is disconnected.
2. The cable between the integration unit and the
professional puncher is faulty.
4. The professional puncher controller PCB is faulty.
Title
Error in communication between the finisher - paper
folding unit (Finisher-A1)
Description Communication failed between the finisher - paper folding
of detection unit
the paper folding unit is disconnected.
2. The cable between the finisher and the paper folding
unit is faulty.
4. The paper folding unit controller PCB is faulty.
code code
area
E503 -0062
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E503 -0081
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E503 -0082
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E505 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Error in communication between the finisher - paper
folding unit (Finisher-A1)
Communication failed between the finisher - paper folding
unit
1. The connector on the cable between the finisher and
the paper folding unit is disconnected.
2. The cable between the finisher and the paper folding
unit is faulty.
Error in communication between the saddle stitcher trimmer (Finisher-A1)
Communication failed between the saddle stitcher trimmer
1. The connector on the wiring between the saddle
stitcher and the trimmer is disconnected.
2. The wiring between the saddle stitcher and the trimmer
is faulty.
3. The trimmer controller PCB is faulty.
4. The saddle stitcher controller PCB is faulty.
Error in communication between the saddle stitcher trimmer (Finisher-A1)
Communication failed between the saddle stitcher trimmer
1. The connector on the wiring between the saddle
stitcher and the trimmer is disconnected.
2. The wiring between the saddle stitcher and the trimmer
is faulty.
3. The trimmer controller PCB is faulty.
A. Backup data error (failed data reading) (Document
Insertion Unit-J1/Paper Folding Unit-G1)
B. EEPRAM error (Finisher-A1/B1)
A. Data failed to be read properly
B. Reading/writing error of EEPROM on the finisher
controller PCB (The checksum for the EEPROM data
has an error.)
A. DC controller PCB is faulty.
B. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
code code
area
E505 -0002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E505 -0003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E505 -0005
-05
E514 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Backup data error (failed data writing) (Document
Insertion Unit-J1/Paper Folding Unit-G1)
B. EEPROM error (External 2 Hole Puncher-A1)
A. Data failed to be written properly
B. The checksum for the EEPROM data has an error.
A. DC controller PCB is faulty
B. Punch controller PCB is faulty
A. Insertion unit back-up RAM error (Finisher-A1)
B. Reading/writing error of EEPROM (Document Folding
Insertion Unit / Insertion Unit -H1)
A. Reading/writing error of EEPROM on the insertion unit
controller PCB.
B. Reading/writing error of EEPROM
A. The insertion unit controller PCB is faulty.
B. DC controller PCB is faulty
Paper folding unit backup RAM error
Reading/writing error of EEPROM on the paper folding
unit controller PCB
The paper folding unit controller PCB is faulty.
A. Error in the gripper base motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Rear end assist home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The gripper does not come off the gripper base rear
sensor when the gripper base motor has been driven
for 3 seconds.
B. The stapler does not leave the rear end assist home
position when the rear end assist motor has been
driven for 3 seconds.
A:
A-1. The connector of the gripper base rear sensor
(S117) or the gripper base motor (M116) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the gripper base rear sensor or
the gripper base motor are faulty.
A-3. The gripper base rear sensor is faulty.
A-4. The gripper base motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The rear end assist home position sensor
(PI109) is faulty.
and rear end assist motor is faulty.
B-3. The end assist mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The rear end assist motor (M109) is faulty.
3-77
code code
area
E514 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3
E514 -8003
E514 -8004
3-78
-05
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in the gripper base motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Rear end assist home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The gripper base rear sensor dose not detect the
gripper when the gripper base motor has been driven
for 3 seconds.
B. The stapler does not return to the rear end assist home
position when the rear end assist motor has been
A:
A-1. The connector of the gripper base rear sensor
(S117) or the gripper base motor (M116) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the gripper base rear sensor or
the gripper base motor are faulty.
A-3. The gripper base rear sensor is faulty.
A-4. The gripper base motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The rear end assist home position sensor
(PI109) is faulty.
and rear end assist motor is faulty.
B-3. The end assist mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The rear end assist motor (M109) is faulty.
Error in the gripper motor (Finisher-A1)
The gripper does not come off the gripper HP sensor
when the gripper motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the gripper HP sensor (S140) or the
gripper motor (M117) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the gripper HP sensor) or the gripper
motor are faulty.
3. The gripper HP sensor is faulty.
4. The gripper motor is faulty.
The gripper HP sensor does not detect the gripper when
the gripper motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the gripper HP sensor (S140) or the
gripper motor (M117) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the gripper HP sensor or the gripper
motor are faulty.
3. The gripper HP sensor is faulty.
code code
area
Items
Description
The gripper does not come off the position sensor when
the gripper motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the gripper position sensor (S115) or
the gripper motor (M117) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the gripper position sensor or the gripper
motor are faulty.
3. The gripper position sensor is faulty.
The gripper position sensor does not detect the gripper
when the gripper motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the gripper position sensor (S115) or
the gripper motor (M117) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the gripper position sensor or the gripper
motor are faulty.
3. The gripper position sensor is faulty.
Error in folding feed motor lock (Document Insertion
Folding Unit/Paper Folding Unit)
The fold transport motor (M5/M11) lock signal has been
detected for more than the specified period of time.
1. Connector of Folding feed motor (M5/M11) is
disconnected.
2. Folding feed motor is faulty.
Gear change home position error (Finisher-B1)
The gear change home position sensor does not turn ON
when the gear change motor has been driven for 387
pulses.
1. The gear change home position sensor (PI117) is
faulty.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and
gear change motor is faulty.
3. The gear change mechanism is faulty.
4. The gear change motor (M110) is faulty.
E514 -8005
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E514 -8006
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E518 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E519 -0002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
E519 -8001
-05
E530 -8000
-05
E530 -8001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Gear change home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description The gear change home position sensor does not turn
of detection OFF when the gear change motor has been driven for
387 pulses.
Measures 1. The gear change home position sensor (PI117) is
faulty.
gear change motor is faulty.
3. The gear change mechanism is faulty.
4. The gear change motor (M110) is faulty.
Title
Error in the front or rear alignment motor
Description The front or rear alignment motor operate abnormally
of detection during initialization.
Measures 1. The connector of the front/rear alignment HP sensor
(S108/S109) or the front/rear alignment motor (M108/
M109) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the front/rear alignment HP sensor or the
front/rear alignment motor are faulty.
3. The front/rear alignment HP sensor is faulty.
4. The front/rear alignment motor is faulty.
Title
A. Error in the front alignment motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Front aligning plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The front alignment plate does not come off the front
of detection alignment HP sensor when the front alignment motor
has been driven for 4 seconds.
B. The aligning plate does not leave the aligning plate
front home position sensor when the alignment plate
front motor has been driven for 4 seconds.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the front alignment HP sensor
(S108) or the front alignment motor (M108) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the front alignment HP sensor or
the front alignment motor are faulty.
A-3. The front alignment HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The front alignment motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The front aligning plate home position sensor
(PI106) is faulty.
and front aligning plate motor is faulty.
B-3. The front aligning plate is faulty.
B-4. The front aligning plate motor (M103) is faulty.
code code
area
E530 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E531 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in the front alignment motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Front aligning plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The front alignment HP sensor does not detect the
front alignment plate when the front alignment motor
B. The aligning plate does not return to aligning plate front
home position sensor when the alignment plate front
motor has been driven for 4 seconds.
A:
A-1. The connector of the front alignment HP sensor
(S108) or the front alignment motor (M108) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the front alignment HP sensor or
the front alignment motor are faulty.
A-3. The front alignment HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The front alignment motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The front aligning plate home position sensor
(PI106) is faulty.
and front aligning plate motor is faulty.
B-3. The front aligning plate is faulty.
B-4. The front aligning plate motor (M103) is faulty.
A. Error in the staple motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Staple home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The staple unit does not come off the staple HP sensor
when the staple motor has been driven for 0.4 second.
B. The stapler does not leave the staple home position
A:
A-1. The connector of the staple position switch
(SW103) is disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the staple position switch is faulty.
A-3. The staple position switch is installation failure
or faulty.
A-4. The connector of the staple unit is
disconnected.
A-5. The wiring of the staple unit is faulty.
A-6. The staple unit is faulty.
B:
and stapler is faulty.
B-2. The stapler is faulty.
3-79
code code
area
E531 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E532 -8000
3-80
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
B. Staple home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The staple HP sensor does nor detect the staple unit
B. The stapler does not return to the staple home position
A:
A-1. The connector of the staple unit is
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the staple unit is faulty.
A-3. The staple unit is faulty.
B:
and stapler is faulty.
B-2. The stapler is faulty.
Error in the staple shift motor
The staple shift motor operate abnormally during
initialization.
1. The connector of the stapler shift HP sensor (S107) or
the staple shift motor (M107) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the stapler shift HP sensor or the staple
shift motor are faulty.
3. The stapler shift HP sensor is faulty.
4. The staple shift motor is faulty.
code code
area
E532 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description

B. Stapler shift home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The staple unit does not come off the stapler shift HP
of detection sensor when the staple shift motor has been driven for
5 seconds.
B. The stapler does not leave the stapler shift home
position when the stapler shift motor has been driven
for 5 seconds.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the stapler shift HP sensor
(S107) or the staple shift motor (M107) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the stapler shift HP sensor or the
staple shift motor are faulty.
A-3. The stapler shift HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The staple shift motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The stapler drive home position sensor (PI110)
is faulty.
and stapler shift motor is faulty.
B-3. The stapler shift base is faulty.
B-4. The stapler shift motor (M105) is faulty.
B-5. The finisher controller
code code
area
E532 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E535 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E535 -0002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in the stapler shift motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Stapler shift home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The stapler shift HP sensor does not detect the staple
unit when the staple shift motor has been driven for 5
seconds.
B. The stapler does not leave the stapler shift home
position when the stapler shift motor has been driven
for 5 seconds.
A:
A-1. The connector of the stapler shift HP sensor
(S107) or the staple shift motor (M107) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the stapler shift HP sensor or the
staple shift motor are faulty.
A-3. The stapler shift HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The staple shift motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The stapler drive home position sensor (PI110)
is faulty.
and stapler shift motor is faulty.
B-3. The stapler shift base is faulty.
B-4. The stapler shift motor (M105) is faulty.
B-5. The finisher controller
Error in the swing guide motor (Finisher-A1)
The swing guide does not come off the swing guide HP
sensor when the swing guide motor has been driven for 3
seconds.
1. The connector of the swing guide HP sensor (S110) or
the swing guide motor (M110) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the swing guide HP sensor or the swing
guide motor are faulty.
3. The swing guide HP sensor is faulty.
4. The swing guide motor is faulty.
The swing guide HP sensor does not detect the swing
guide when the swing guide motor has been driven for 3
seconds.
1. The connector of the swing guide HP sensor (S110) or
the swing guide motor (M110) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the swing guide HP sensor or the swing
guide motor are faulty.
3. The swing guide HP sensor is faulty.
code code
area
E535 -0003
-05
E535 -0004
-05
E535 -8001
-05
E535 -8002
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description The swing guide height detection sensor failed to be ON
of detection even though specified period of time has passed when
lowering the swing guide.
Measures 1. The connector of the swing guide height detection
sensor (S118) or the swing guide motor (M110) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the swing guide height detection sensor
or the swing guide motor are faulty.
3. The swing guide height detection sensor is faulty.
Title
Description The swing guide height detection sensor failed to be OFF
of detection even though specified period of time has passed when
raising the swing unit.
Measures 1. The connector of the swing guide height detection
sensor (S118) or the swing guide motor (M110) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the swing guide height detection sensor
or the swing guide motor are faulty.
3. The swing guide height detection sensor is faulty.
Title
Swing home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description The stapler does not leave the swing home position when
of detection the swing motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
Measures 1. The swing home position sensor (PI105) is faulty.
swing motor is faulty.
3. The swing mechanism is faulty.
4. The swing motor (M106) is faulty.
Title
Swing home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description The stapler does not return to the swing home position
of detection when the swing motor has bee driven for 3 seconds.
Measures 1. The swing home position sensor (PI105) is faulty.
swing motor is faulty.
3. The swing mechanism is faulty.
4. The swing motor (M106) is faulty.
3-81
code code
area
E537 -8001
3-82
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the rear alignment motor (Finisher-A1)

B. Rear aligning plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The rear alignment plate does not come off the rear
of detection alignment HP sensor when the rear alignment motor
rear home position sensor when the alignment plate
rear motor has been driven for 4 seconds.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the rear alignment HP sensor
(S109) or the rear alignment motor (M109) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the rear alignment HP sensor or
the rear alignment motor are faulty.
A-3. The rear alignment HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The rear alignment motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The aligning plate rear home position sensor
(PI107) is faulty.
and aligning plate rear motor is faulty.
B-3. The rear aligning plate is faulty.
B-4. The rear aligning plate motor (M104) is faulty.
code code
area
E537 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the rear alignment motor (Finisher-A1)

B. Rear aligning plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The rear alignment HP sensor does not detect the rear
of detection alignment plate when the rear alignment motor has
been driven for 4 seconds.
rear home position sensor when the alignment plate
rear motor has been driven for 4 seconds.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the rear alignment HP sensor
(S109) or the rear alignment motor (M109) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the rear alignment HP sensor or
the rear alignment motor are faulty.
A-3. The rear alignment HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The rear alignment motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The aligning plate rear home position sensor
(PI107) is faulty.
and aligning plate rear motor is faulty.
B-3. The rear aligning plate is faulty.
B-4. The rear aligning plate motor (M104) is faulty.
code code
area
E540 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Tray 1 time-out error (Finisher-A1)

B. Upper tray time-out error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The tray 1 does not return to home position when the
of detection tray 1 shift motor has been driven for 20 seconds.
The tray 1 does not come off the tray 1 area sensor at
the same area when the tray 1 shift motor has been
B. If the tray does not return to home position when the
tray 1 shift motor is driven for the specified period of
time.
If the tray does not move to other area when tray 1
shift motor is driven for the specified period of time.
Measures A:
A-1. The connectors of the tray 1 area sensors
(S122/S123/S124) or the tray 1 shift motor (M105)
are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the tray 1 area sensors or the
tray 1 shift motor are faulty.
A-3. The tray 1 area sensors is faulty.
A-4. The tray 1 shift motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The tray 1 shift area sensor PCB is faulty.
and tray 1 shift motor is faulty.
B-3. The tray up/down mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The tray 1 shift motor (M107) is faulty.
code code
area
E540 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E540 -8003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Tray 1 area error (Finisher-A1)
B. Upper tray time out error (Finisher-B1)
A. The tray 1 detects the discontinuous area with the tray
1 area sensors.
B. The dangerous area is reached before the tray 1 paper
surface sensor detects paper surface during the paper
surface detection operation.
A discontinuous area is detected during tray operation.
A:
are disconnected.
B:
A. Error in the tray 1 lower safety switch (Finisher-A1)
B. Swing guide switch/Staple safety switch error
(Finisher-B1)
A. The tray 1 lower safety switch is turned ON while the
tray 1 operates.
B. The swing guide switch or staple safety switch is
activated while the tray is operating.
A:
A-1. The connector of the tray 1 lower safety switch
(SW110) or the tray 1 shift motor (M105) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the tray 1 lower safety switch or
the tray 1 shift motor are faulty.
A-3. The tray 1 lower safety switch is faulty.
B:
3-83
code code
area
Items
Description
The tray 1 closing detect switch error (Finisher-B1)
The FIG input cannot be detected when the tray 1 shift
motor has been driven for 0.2 second.
1. The tray 1 shift area sensor PCB is faulty.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray
1 shift motor is faulty.
3. The tray up/down mechanism is faulty.
4. The tray 1 shift motor (M107) is faulty.
The tray 1 shift motor speed error (Finisher-B1)
The lock detection signal turns OFF for 200 mseconds
after the lock detection signal turned ON 150 mseconds.
The tray 1 shift motor acceleration error (Finisher-B1)
The lock detection signal does not turn ON when the tray
1 shift motor has been driven for 1 second.
The tray 1 shift motor error (Finisher-B1)
The lock detection signal does not turn OFF when the
tray 1 shift motor is at a stop.
E540 -8004
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E540 -8005
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E540 -8006
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E540 -8007
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-84
code code
area
E540 -8013
-05
E542 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Error in the swing guide safety switch

The swing guide safety switch is turned ON while the tray
1 operates.
1. The connector of the swing guide safety switch (front/
rear) (SW102/SW104) or the staple position switch
(SW103) are disconnected.
2. The connector of the swing guide solenoid (SL101) or
the tray 1 shift motor (M105) are disconnected.
3. The wiring of the swing guide safety switch (front/rear)
or the staple position switch are faulty.
4. The wiring of the swing guide solenoid or the tray 1
5. The swing guide safety switch (front/rear) is faulty.
6. The staple position switch is faulty.
7. The swing guide solenoid is faulty.
8. The tray 1 shift motor is faulty.
Title
A. Tray 2 time-out error (Finisher-A1)
Description A. The tray 2 does not return to home position when the
of detection tray 2 shift motor has been driven for 20 seconds.
B. If the tray does not return to home position when the
tray 1 shift motor is driven for 25 seconds.
If the tray does not move to other area when tray 2
shift motor is driven for 5 seconds.
Measures A:
are disconnected.
B:
code code
area
E542 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E542 -8003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Tray 2 area error (Finisher-A1)
A. The tray 2 does not return to home position when the
tray 2 shift motor has been driven for 20 seconds.
B. The upper limit area is reached before the tray 2 paper
surface sensor 1 detects the paper surface during
paper surface detection operation.
A discontinuous area is detected during tray operation.
The area beyond the the tray 2 paper surface sensor
2 is reached before the tray 2 paper surface sensor 2
detects the paper surface during evacuation operation.
A:
are disconnected.
B:
Error in the tray 1 lower safety switch (Finisher-A1)
The tray 1 lower safety switch is turned ON while the tray
2 operates.
1. The connector of the tray 1 lower safety switch (SW110)
or the tray 2 shift motor (M217) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the tray 1 lower safety switch or the tray
2 shift motor are faulty.
3. The tray 1 lower safety switch is faulty.
code code
area
Items
Description
The tray 2 shift motor clock error (Finisher-B1)
The FG input cannot be detected when the tray 2 shift
1. The Tray 2 shift area sensor PCB is faulty.
4. The Tray 2 shift motor (M108) is faulty.
The tray 2 shift motor speed error (Finisher-B1)
The lock detection signal turns OFF for 200 mseconds
after the lock detection signal turned ON 150 mseconds.
The tray 2 shift motor acceleration error (Finisher-B1)
The lock detection signal does not turn ON when the tray
2 shift motor has been driven for 1 second.
The tray 2 shift motor error (Finisher-B1)
The lock detection signal does not turn OFF when the
tray 2 shift motor is at a stop.
E542 -8004
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E542 -8005
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E542 -8006
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E542 -8007
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-85
code code
area
E542 -8013
E551 -0001
-05
-05
E551 -0002
3-86
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Error in the swing guide safety switch

The swing guide safety switch (front/rear) is turned ON
while the tray 2 operates.
1. The connector of the swing guide safety switch (front/
rear) (SW102/SW104) or the staple position switch
(SW103) are disconnected.
2. The connector of the swing guide solenoid (SL101) or
the tray 2 shift motor (M217) are disconnected.
3. The wiring of the swing guide safety switch (front/rear)
or the staple position switch are faulty.
4. The wiring of the swing guide solenoid or the tray 2
5. The swing guide safety switch (front/rear) is faulty.
6. The staple position switch is faulty.
7. The swing guide solenoid is faulty.
Title
A. Error in power supply fan (Document Insertion Unit)
B. Error in power supply fan (FAN101) (Finisher)
Description A. The lock signal ON is detected while the fan operation.
of detection B. The lock signal is detected 1.2 seconds or more while
the fan operation.
Measures A:
A-1. Power supply fan is faulty.
A-2. Connector of the power supply fan is
disconnected
B:
B-1. The connector of the power supply fan
(FAN101) is disconnected.
B-2. The wiring of the power supply fan is faulty.
B-3. The power supply fan is faulty.
Title
A. Error in power supply fan (Paper Folding Unit)
B. Error in power supply fan (FAN101) (Finisher)
Description The lock status is released when the fan stops.
of detection
Measures A:
A-1. Connector of the power supply fan is
disconnected.
A-2. Power supply fan is faulty.
B:
B-1. The connector of the power supply fan
(FAN101) is disconnected.
B-2. The wiring of the power supply fan is faulty.
B-3. The power supply fan is faulty.
code code
area
Items
E551 -0011
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E551 -0021
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E551 -0031
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Error in the power supply fan of the insertion unit
The loch signal is detected for the specified period of
times while the fan operates.
1. The connector of the fan (F1) is disconnected.
2. The wiring of the fan is faulty.
3. The fan is faulty.
Error in the fan of the paper folding unit
times while the fan operates.
1. The connector of the fan (F1) is disconnected.
Error in the power supply fan of the Integration unit
puncher.
times while the fan operates
1. The connector of the fan is disconnected.
T-3-10
E562 to E5F9
code code
area
E562 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E562 -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E562 -8003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E562 -8004
E568 -8001
-05
-05
Title
Description
Error in slowing timing sensor (Paper folding unit
(Document Insertion Folding Unit/Paper Folding Unit)
The receiving-light intensity failed to be within the
threshold although the emitting-light intensity is adjusted
to be within the threshold when adjusting the sensor.
1. Connector of the slowing timing sensor (S24/S30) is
disconnected.
2. Slowing timing sensor is faulty.
Error in the disengagement timing sensor of paper folding
unit (Document Insertion Folding Unit/Paper Folding Unit)
The disengagement timing sensor (S21) adjustment
failed.
1. Connector of the disengagement timing sensor (S21)
is disconnected.
2. Disengagement timing sensor is faulty.
Error in the folding position accuracy sensor (Document
Insertion Folding Unit/Paper Folding Unit)
The folding position accuracy sensor (S23) adjustment
failed.
1. Connector of the folding position accuracy sensor (S23)
is disconnected.
2. Folding position accuracy sensor is faulty.
Error in the upper stopper HP sensor (Document Insertion
Folding Unit/Paper Folding Unit)
The upper stopper HP sensor (S16) adjustment failed.
Description
of detection
Measures 1. Connector of the upper stopper HP sensor (S16) is
disconnected.
2. Upper stopper HP sensor is faulty.
Title
Error in the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor
(Finisher-A1)
Description The disengage roller does not come off the feed roller
of detection separation HP sensor when the feed roller disengage/
buffer flapper motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
Measures 1. The connector of the feed roller separation HP sensor
(S111) or the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor
(M119) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the feed roller separation HP sensor
or the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor are
faulty.
3. The feed roller separation HP sensor is faulty.
4. The feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor is faulty.
code code
area
E568 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E568 -8003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E568 -8004
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
(Finisher-A1)
The feed roller separation HP sensor does not detect the
disengage roller when the feed roller disengage/buffer
flapper motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the feed roller separation HP sensor
(S111) or the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor
2. The wiring of the feed roller separation HP sensor
or the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor are
faulty.
3. The feed roller separation HP sensor is faulty.
(Finisher-A1)
The buffer flapper does not come off the buffer flapper
HP sensor when the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper
1. The connector of the buffer flapper HP sensor (S142)
or the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor (M119)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the buffer flapper HP sensor or the feed
roller disengage/buffer flapper motor are faulty.
3. The buffer flapper HP sensor is faulty.
(Finisher-A1)
The buffer flapper HP sensor does not detect the buffer
flapper when the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper
1. The connector of the buffer flapper HP sensor (S142)
or the feed roller disengage/buffer flapper motor (M119)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the buffer flapper HP sensor or the feed
roller disengage/buffer flapper motor are faulty.
3. The buffer flapper HP sensor is faulty.
3-87
code code
area
E569 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E569 -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E56A -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-88
Description
Upper stopper motor of paper folding unit failed to go
through HP (Document Insertion Folding Unit/Paper
Folding Unit)
The upper stopper HP sensor (S16) failed to be OFF
despite the drive of specified pulse in the case that the
upper stopper motor started to be driven while the upper
stopper HP sensor was ON.
1. Connector of the upper stopper motor (M7) is
disconnected.
2. Upper stopper motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the upper stopper HP sensor (S16) is
disconnected.
Upper stopper motor of paper folding unit failed to return
to HP (Document Insertion Folding Unit/Paper Folding
Unit)
The upper stopper HP sensor (S16) failed to be ON
upper stopper motor started to be driven while the upper
stopper HP sensor was OFF.
1. Connector of the upper stopper motor (M7) is
disconnected.
2. Upper stopper motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the upper stopper HP sensor (S16) is
disconnected.
C-fold stopper motor of paper folding unit failed to go
through HP (Document Insertion Folding Unit/Paper
Folding Unit)
The C-fold stopper motor HP sensor (S17) failed to be
OFF despite the drive of specified pulse in the case that
the C-fold stopper motor started to be driven while the
C-fold stopper motor HP sensor was ON.
1. Connector of the C-fold stopper motor (M8) is
disconnected.
2. C-fold stopper motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the C-fold stopper HP sensor (S17) is
disconnected.
4. C-fold stopper HP sensor is faulty.
code code
area
E56A -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E56B -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E56B -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
C-fold stopper motor of paper folding unit failed to return
to HP (Document Insertion Folding Unit/Paper Folding
Unit)
The C-fold stopper motor HP sensor (S17) failed to be
ON despite the drive of specified pulse in the case that
the C-fold stopper motor started to be driven while the
C-fold stopper motor HP sensor was OFF.
1. Connector of the C-fold stopper motor (M8) is
disconnected.
2. C-fold stopper motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the C-fold stopper HP sensor (S17) is
disconnected.
4. C-fold stopper HP sensor is faulty.
Folding belt motor of paper folding unit failed to go
through HP (Document InsertionFolding Unit/Paper
Folding Unit)
During initialization or at paper delivery to the Folding
upper tray, the Folding belt HP sensor has not turned
OFF within the specified pulse.
1. Connector of the Folding belt motor is disconnected.
2. Folding belt motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the Folding belt motor HP sensor is
disconnected.
4. Folding belt motor HP sensor is faulty.
Folding tray motor of paper folding unit failed to return to
HP (Document Insertion Folding Unit/Paper Folding Unit)
During initialization or at paper delivery to the Folding
upper tray, the Folding tray motor HP sensor has not
turned ON within the specified pulse.
1. Connector of the folding tray motor (M6) is
disconnected.
2. Folding tray motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the folding tray motor HP sensor (S19) is
disconnected.
4. Folding tray motor HP sensor is faulty.
code code
area
E56D -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E56D -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E56E -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Error in the stacking tray paper retainer motor
(Finisher-A1)
The stacking tray paper retainer does not come off the
stacking tray paper retainer HP sensor when the stacking
tray paper retainer motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the stacking tray paper retainer HP
sensor (S114) or the stacking tray paper retainer motor
2. The wiring of the stacking tray paper retainer HP
sensor or the stacking tray paper retainer motor are
faulty.
3. The stacking tray paper retainer HP sensor is faulty.
4. The stacking tray paper retainer motor is faulty.
Error in the stacking tray paper retainer motor
(Finisher-A1)
The stacking tray paper retainer HP sensor does not
detect the stacking tray paper retainer when the stacking
tray paper retainer motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the stacking tray paper retainer HP
sensor (S114) or the stacking tray paper retainer motor
2. The wiring of the stacking tray paper retainer HP
sensor or the stacking tray paper retainer motor are
faulty.
3. The stacking tray paper retainer HP sensor is faulty.
4. The stacking tray paper retainer motor is faulty.
Lead-edge retaining guide motor of paper folding unit
failed to go through HP (Paper Folding Unit)
The lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor failed to be
OFF despite the drive of specified pulse in the case that
the lead-edge retaining guide motor started to be driven
while the lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor was ON.
1. Connector of the lead-edge retaining guide motor (M10)
is disconnected.
2. Lead-edge retaining guide motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor
(S25) is disconnected.
4. Lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor is faulty.
code code
area
E56E -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E578 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E578 -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Lead-edge retaining guide motor of paper folding unit
failed to return to HP (Paper Folding Unit)
The lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor failed to be ON
lead-edge retaining guide motor started to be driven while
the lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor was OFF.
1. Connector of the lead-edge retaining guide motor (M10)
is disconnected.
2. Lead-edge retaining guide motor is faulty.
3. Connector of the lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor
(S25) is disconnected.
4. Lead-edge retaining guide HP sensor is faulty.
Error in the paper return guide motor (Finisher-A1)
The paper return guide does not come off the paper
return guide HP sensor when the paper return guide
1. The connector of the paper return guide HP sensor
(S112) or the paper return guide motor (M112) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the paper return guide HP sensor or the
paper return guide motor are faulty.
3. The paper return guide HP sensor is faulty.
4. The paper return guide motor is faulty.
Error in the paper return guide motor (Finisher-A1)
The paper return guide HP sensor does not detect the
paper return guide when the paper return guide motor
1. The connector of the paper return guide HP sensor
(S112) or the paper return guide motor (M112) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the paper return guide HP sensor or the
paper return guide motor are faulty.
3. The paper return guide HP sensor is faulty.
4. The paper return guide motor is faulty.
3-89
code code
area
E57B -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E57B -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E57C -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-90
Description
Error in the paper trailing edge pushing guide motor
(Finisher-A1)
The paper trailing edge pushing guide does not come off
the paper trailing edge pushing guide HP sensor when
the paper trailing edge pushing guide motor has been
1. The connector of the paper trailing edge pushing guide
HP sensor (S113) or the paper trailing edge pushing
guide motor (M113) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the paper trailing edge pushing guide HP
sensor or the paper trailing edge pushing guide motor
are faulty.
3. The paper trailing edge pushing guide HP sensor is
faulty.
4. The paper trailing edge pushing guide motor is faulty.
Error in the paper trailing edge pushing guide motor
(Finisher-A1)
The paper trailing edge pushing guide HP sensor does
not detect the paper trailing edge pushing guide when the
paper trailing edge pushing guide motor has been driven
for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the paper trailing edge pushing guide
HP sensor (S113) or the paper trailing edge pushing
guide motor (M113) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the paper trailing edge pushing guide HP
sensor or the paper trailing edge pushing guide motor
are faulty.
3. The paper trailing edge pushing guide HP sensor is
faulty.
4. The paper trailing edge pushing guide motor is faulty.
Error in the processing tray paper retainer motor
(Finisher-A1)
The paper retainer does not come off the paper retainer
HP sensor when the processing tray paper retainer motor
1. The connector of the paper retainer HP sensor (S135)
or the processing tray paper retainer motor (M118) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the paper retainer HP sensor or the
processing tray paper retainer motor are faulty.
3. The paper retainer HP sensor is faulty.
4. The processing tray paper retainer motor is faulty.
code code
area
E57C -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E583 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E583 -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Error in the processing tray paper retainer motor
(Finisher-A1)
The paper retainer HP sensor does not detect the paper
retainer when the processing tray paper retainer motor
1. The connector of the paper retainer HP sensor (S135)
or the processing tray paper retainer motor (M118) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the paper retainer HP sensor or the
processing tray paper retainer motor are faulty.
3. The paper retainer HP sensor is faulty.
4. The processing tray paper retainer motor is faulty.
Error in the tray auxiliary guide motor (Finisher-A1)
The tray auxiliary guide does not come off the tray
auxiliary guide front/rear HP sensors when the tray
auxiliary guide motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the tray auxiliary guide front HP
sensor (S137) or the tray auxiliary guide rear HP
sensor (S136) are disconnected.
2. The connector of the tray auxiliary guide motor (M120)
is disconnected.
3. The wiring of the tray auxiliary guide front HP sensor or
the tray auxiliary guide rear HP sensor are faulty.
4. The wiring of the tray auxiliary guide motor is faulty.
5. The tray auxiliary guide front HP sensor is faulty.
6. The tray auxiliary guide rear HP sensor is faulty.
7. The tray auxiliary guide motor is faulty.
Error in the tray auxiliary guide motor (Finisher-A1)
The tray auxiliary guide front/rear HP sensors does nor
detect the tray auxiliary guide when the tray auxiliary
guide motor has been driven for 3 seconds.
1. The connector of the tray auxiliary guide front HP
sensor (S137) or the tray auxiliary guide rear HP
sensor (S136) are disconnected.
2. The connector of the tray auxiliary guide motor (M120)
is disconnected.
3. The wiring of the tray auxiliary guide front HP sensor or
the tray auxiliary guide rear HP sensor are faulty.
4. The wiring of the tray auxiliary guide motor is faulty.
5. The tray auxiliary guide front HP sensor is faulty.
6. The tray auxiliary guide rear HP sensor is faulty.
7. The tray auxiliary guide motor is faulty.
code code
area
E584 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the stack delivery lower/shutter motor

(Finisher-A1)
B. Shutter home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The shutter does not come off the shutter HP sensor
of detection when the stack delivery lower/shutter motor has been
B. The shutter does not leave the shutter home position
when the stack ejection motor has been driven for 3
seconds.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the shutter HP sensor (S106)
or the stack delivery lower/shutter motor (M122)
are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the shutter HP sensor or the
stack delivery lower/shutter motor are faulty.
A-3. The shutter HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The stack delivery lower/shutter motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The shutter home position sensor (PI113) is
faulty.
B-2. The wiring between the finisher controller
PCB and stack ejection motor, and between the
finisher controller PCB and shutter clutch is faulty.
B-3. The shutter mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The stack ejection motor (M102)/the shutter
clutch (CL101)/the stack ejection lower roller
clutch (CL102) are faulty.
code code
area
E584 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E584 -8003
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in the stack delivery lower/shutter motor
(Finisher-A1)
B. Shutter home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The shutter HP sensor does not detect the shutter
when the stack delivery lower/shutter motor has been
B. The shutter does not return to the shutter home
position when the stack ejection motor has been driven
for 3 seconds.
A:
A-1. The connector of the shutter HP sensor (S106)
or the stack delivery lower/shutter motor (M122)
are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the shutter HP sensor or the
A-3. The shutter HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The stack delivery lower/shutter motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The shutter home position sensor (PI113) is
faulty.
B-2. The wiring between the finisher controller
PCB and stack ejection motor, and between the
finisher controller PCB and shutter clutch is faulty.
B-3. The shutter mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The stack ejection motor (M102)/the shutter
clutch (CL101)/the stack ejection lower roller
clutch (CL102) are faulty.
Error in the stack delivery lower/shutter motor
(Finisher-A1)
The shutter does not come off the shutter close detection
sensor when the stack delivery lower/shutter motor has
1. The connector of the shutter close detection sensor
(S148)/the stack delivery lower/shutter motor (M122)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the shutter close detection sensor / the
3. The shutter close detection sensor is faulty.
4. The stack delivery lower/shutter motor is faulty.
3-91
code code
area
E584 -8004
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E590 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
3
Measures
3-92
Description
Error in the stack delivery lower/shutter motor
(Finisher-A1)
The shutter close detection sensor does not detect the
shutter when the stack delivery lower/shutter motor has
1. The connector of the shutter close detection sensor
(S148)/the stack delivery lower/shutter motor (M122)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the shutter close detection sensor / the
3. The shutter close detection sensor is faulty.
4. The stack delivery lower/shutter motor is faulty.
A. Error in the Punch motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Punch home position error (External 2 Hole Puncher)
A. During initialization, the punch HP sensor does not
detect the puncher when the punch motor has been
driven for 0.5 second after the puncher has come off
the punch HP sensor.
After initialization, the punch motor does not return to
home position.
B. The puncher does not detect the punch home position
sensor when the puncher motor has been driven for
200 msec.
A:
A-1. The connector of the punch HP sensor (S104)
or the punch motor clock sensor (S105) are
disconnected.
A-2. The connector of the punch motor (M102) is
disconnected.
A-3. The wiring of the punch HP sensor or the
punch motor clock sensor are faulty.
A-4. The wiring of the punch motor is faulty.
A-5. The punch HP sensor is faulty.
A-6. The punch motor clock sensor is faulty.
A-7. The punch motor is faulty.
A-8. The puncher driver PCB (PCB1) is faulty.
B:
B-1. The punch home position sensor (PI63) and
punch motor clock sensor (PI62) is faulty.
B-2. The wiring between the punch controller PCB
and sensor is faulty.
B-3. The punch mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The punch motor (M61) is faulty.
code code
area
E590 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the Punch motor (Finisher-A1)

B. Punch home position error (External 2 Hole Puncher)
Description A. The puncher does not come off the punch HP sensor
of detection when the punch motor has been driven for 0.2 second.
The puncher does not come off the punch HP sensor
during initialization.
B. After the motor has been stopped at time of punch
motor initialization, the puncher does not detect punch
home position sensor.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the punch HP sensor (S104)
or the punch motor clock sensor (S105) are
disconnected.
A-2. The connector of the punch motor (M102) is
disconnected.
A-3. The wiring of the punch HP sensor or the
punch motor clock sensor are faulty.
A-4. The wiring of the punch motor is faulty.
A-5. The punch HP sensor is faulty.
A-6. The punch motor clock sensor is faulty.
A-7. The punch motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The punch home position sensor (PI63) and
punch motor clock sensor (PI62) is faulty.
B-3. The punch mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The punch motor (M61) is faulty.
code code
area
E590 -8003
E591 -8001
-05
-05
E591 -8002
-05
E592 -8001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Error in the Punch motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The puncher does not come off the punch HP sensor
of detection when the punch motor has been driven for 0.2 second.
The puncher does not come off the punch HP sensor
during initialization.
Measures 1. The connector of the punch HP sensor (S104)/the
punch motor clock sensor (S105) are disconnected.
2. The connector of the punch motor (M102) is
disconnected.
3. The wiring of the punch HP sensor or the punch motor
clock sensor are faulty.
4. The wiring of the punch motor is faulty.
5. The punch HP sensor is faulty.
6. The punch motor clock sensor is faulty.
7. The punch motor is faulty.
8. The puncher driver PCB (PCB1) is faulty.
Title
Scrap full detection error (External 2 Hole Puncher)
Description The voltage of the light received is 3.0 V or less even
of detection when the light emitting duty of the scrap full detector
sensor has been increased to 66 % or more.
Measures 1. The wiring between the scrap full detector PCB and
punch controller PCB is faulty.
2. The scrap full detector PCB is faulty.
3. The punch controller PCB is faulty.
Title
Scrap full detection error (External 2 Hole Puncher)
Description The voltage of the light received is 2.0 V or more even
of detection when the light emitting duty of the scrap full detector
sensor has been decreased to 0 %.
Measures 1. The scrap full detector PCB is faulty.
Title
Trailing edge sensor error (External 2 Hole Puncher)
of detection when the light emitting duty of the trailing edge sensor
(LED5, PTR5) has been increased to 66 % or more.
Measures 1. The wiring between the LED PCB/photosensor PCB
and punch controller PCB is faulty.
2. The LED PCB and photosensor PCB is faulty.
code code
area
E592 -8002
-05
E592 -8003
-05
E592 -8004
-05
E592 -8005
-05
E592 -8006
-05
Items
Description
Title
Trailing edge sensor error (External 2 Hole Puncher)
of detection when the light emitting duty of the trailing edge sensor
has been decreased to 0 %.
Measures 1. The LED PCB/photosensor PCB is faulty.
Title
Horizontal registration sensor 1 error (External 2 Hole
Puncher)
of detection when the light emitting duty of the horizontal registration
sensor 1 (LED1, PTR1) has been increased to 66 % or
more.
2. The LED PCB/photosensor PCB is faulty.
Title
Puncher)
sensor 1 (LED1, PTR1) has been decreased to 0 %.
Measures 1. The LED PCB/photosensor PCB is faulty.
Title
Puncher)
more.
Title
Puncher)
Measures 1. The LED PCB and photosensor PCB is faulty.
3-93
code code
area
E592 -8007
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E592 -8008
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E592 -8009
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E592 -800A
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
3-94
Description
Puncher)
The voltage of the light received is 2.5 V or less even
when the light emitting duty of the horizontal registration
more.
1. The wiring between the LED PCB/photosensor PCB
Puncher)
The voltage of the light received is 2.0 V or more even
Puncher)
The voltage of the light received is 2.5 V or less even
more.
1. The wiring between the LED PCB/photosensor PCB
Puncher)
The voltage of the light received is 2.0 V or more even
code code
area
E593 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the punch slide motor (Finisher-A1)

B. Horizontal registration home position error (External 2
Hole Puncher)
Description A. The punch unit does not come off the horizontal
of detection registration HP sensor when the punch slide motor has
been driven for 0.68 second.
B. At time of horizontal registration motor initialization, the
punch slide unit does not leave the horizontal home
position sensor even when it has been driven for 9
mm.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the horizontal registration HP
sensor (S101) or the punch slide motor (M101)
are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the horizontal registration HP
sensor or the punch slide motor are faulty.
A-3. The horizontal registration HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The punch slide motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The horizontal registration home position (PI61)
is faulty.
B-3. The horizontal registration mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The horizontal registration motor (M62) is
faulty.
code code
area
E593 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E5A3 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in the punch slide motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Horizontal registration home position error (External 2
Hole Puncher)
A. The horizontal registration HP sensor does not detect
the punch unit when the punch slide motor has been
driven for 3.3 seconds.
B. At time of horizontal registration motor initialization,
the punch slide unit does not return to the horizontal
registration home position sensor even when the unit
has been driven for 37 mm.
A:
A-1. The connector of the horizontal registration HP
sensor (S101) or the punch slide motor (M101)
are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the horizontal registration HP
sensor or the punch slide motor are faulty.
A-3. The horizontal registration HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The punch slide motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The horizontal registration home position (PI61)
is faulty.
B-3. The horizontal registration mechanism is faulty.
B-4. The horizontal registration motor (M62) is
faulty.
Error in the registration motor (Finisher-A1)
The registration HP sensor does not turn ON when the
registration motor has been driven for 2.933 seconds.
1. The connector of the registration HP sensor (S105) or
the registration motor (M102) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the registration HP sensor/the registration
motor are faulty.
3. The registration HP sensor is faulty.
4. The registration motor is faulty.
5. The trimmer controller PCB (PCB1) is faulty.
code code
area
E5A3 -0002
-05
E5A4 -8001
-05
E5A4 -8002
-05
E5AA -8001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Error in the registration motor (Finisher-A1)

The registration HP sensor does not turn OFF when the
registration motor has been driven for 0.67 msecond.
1. The connector of the registration HP sensor (S105) or
the registration motor (M102) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the registration HP sensor/the registration
motor are faulty.
3. The registration HP sensor is faulty.
4. The registration motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the press motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The press motor HP sensor does not turn ON when the
of detection press motor has been driven for 0.926 second.
Measures 1. The connector of the press motor HP sensor (S106) or
the press motor (M105) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the press motor HP sensor/the press
motor are faulty.
3. The press motor HP sensor is faulty.
4. The press motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the press motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The press motor HP sensor does not turn OFF.
of detection
Measures 1. The connector of the press motor HP sensor (S106) or
the press motor (M105) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the press motor HP sensor/the press
motor are faulty.
3. The press motor HP sensor is faulty.
4. The press motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the cutter motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The home position of the trimming blade is not detected
of detection when the cutter motor has been driven for 5 sec.
Measures 1. The connector of the cutter motor clock sensor (S108)
or the cutter motor (M106) are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the cutter motor clock sensor/the cutter
motor are faulty.
3. The cutter motor clock sensor is faulty.
4. The cutter motor is faulty.
3-95
code code
area
E5AA -8002
-05
E5AA -8003
-05
E5AE -8000
E5BA -8001
3-96
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Error in the cutter motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The cutter motor clock sensor does not come off the
of detection home position of the trimming blade when the cutter
motor are faulty.
Title
Cutter motor clock error (Finisher-A1)
Description The cutter motor clock sensor does not detect the motor
of detection clock when the cutter motor has been driven for 0.625
second.
motor are faulty.
Title
Trimmer stationary paper error
Description The inlet sensor detects the stationary paper after
of detection performing the paper delivery operation.
Measures 1. The paper has jammed in the trimmer.
2. The connector of the inlet sensor (S101) is
disconnected.
3. The wire of the inlet sensor is faulty.
4. The inlet sensor is faulty.
Title
Error in the front estrangement motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The front estrangement motor HP sensor does not turn
of detection ON when the front estrangement motor has been driven
for 0.191 second.
Measures 1. The connector of the front estrangement motor HP
sensor (S102) or the front estrangement motor (M103)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the front estrangement motor HP sensor/
the front estrangement motor are faulty.
3. The front estrangement motor HP sensor is faulty.
4. The front estrangement motor is faulty.
code code
area
E5BA -8002
-05
E5BA -8011
-05
E5BA -8012
-05
E5BB -8001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Error in the front estrangement motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The front estrangement motor HP sensor does not turn
of detection OFF when the front estrangement motor has been driven
for 0.724 second after the front estrangement motor HP
sensor has turned ON.
Measures 1. The connector of the front estrangement motor HP
sensor (S102) or the front estrangement motor (M103)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the front estrangement motor HP sensor/
the front estrangement motor are faulty.
3. The front estrangement motor HP sensor is faulty.
4. The front estrangement motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the rear estrangement motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The rear estrangement motor HP sensor does not turn
of detection ON when the rear estrangement motor has been driven
for 0.18 second.
Measures 1. The connector of the rear estrangement motor HP
sensor (S104) or the rear estrangement motor (M104)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the rear estrangement motor HP sensor/
the rear estrangement motor are faulty.
3. The rear estrangement motor HP sensor is faulty.
4. The rear estrangement motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the rear estrangement motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The rear estrangement motor HP sensor does not turn
of detection OFF when the rear estrangement motor has been driven
for 0.537 second.
Measures 1. The connector of the rear estrangement motor HP
sensor (S104) or the rear estrangement motor (M104)
are disconnected.
2. The wiring of the rear estrangement motor HP sensor/
the rear estrangement motor are faulty.
3. The rear estrangement motor HP sensor is faulty.
4. The rear estrangement motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the waste paper full sensor (Finisher-A1)
Description The A/D input value does not enter into the D/A output
of detection upper limit of the waste paper full sensor.
Measures 1. The connector of the waste paper full sensor (emitting/
receiving) (S011) is disconnected.
2. The wire of the waste paper full sensor is faulty.
3. The waste paper full sensor is faulty.
code code
area
E5BB -8002
E5E1 -0001
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Error in the waste paper full sensor (Finisher-A1)

The A/D input value does not enter into the D/A output
lower limit of the waste paper full sensor.
1. The connector of the waste paper full sensor (emitting/
receiving) (S011) is disconnected.
2. The wire of the waste paper full sensor is faulty.
3. The waste paper full sensor is faulty.
Tray lift motor of paper folding unit failed to go through
HP (Document Insertion Unit)
The paper feed sensor (S3) did not turned ON when the
inserter paper feed tray moved up.
1. Connector of the motor (M2) is disconnected
2. Upper stopper motor is faulty
3. Connector of the Paper feed sensor (S3) is
disconnected
4. Paper feed sensor is faulty
Tray lift motor of paper folding unit failed to return to HP
(Document Insertion Unit)
During initialization or lowering of the inserter paper feed
tray, the tray lower limit sensor (S5) has not turned ON
within the specified pulses.
1. The connector of the tray lift motor (M2) is
disconnected.
2. The tray lift motor is faulty.
3. The connector of the tray lower limit sensor (S5) is
disconnected.
4. The tray lower limit sensor is faulty.
Tray lift motor of paper folding unit failed to go through
HP (Document Insertion Folding Unit)
The paper feed sensor (S3) did not turned ON when the
inserter paper feed tray moved up.
disconnected.
3. The connector of the paper feed sensor (S3) is
disconnected.
4. The Paper feed sensor is faulty.
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E5E1 -0002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E5E1 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
code code
area
E5E1 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E5F0 -8001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Tray lift motor of paper folding unit failed to return to HP
(Document Insertion Folding Unit)
During initialization or lowering of the inserter paper feed
tray, the tray lower limit sensor (S5) has not turned ON
within the specified pulses.
disconnected.
3. The connector of the tray lower limit sensor (S5) is
disconnected.
4. The tray lower limit sensor is faulty.
A. Error in the saddle lead edge stopper motor
(Finisher-A1)
B. Paper positioning plate home position error
(Finisher-B1)
A: The saddle lead edge stopper HP sensor does not
detect the saddle lead edge stopper when the saddle
lead edge stopper has been moved for 182 mm by
saddle lead edge stopper motor.
B: The paper positioning plate home position sensor does
not turn ON when the paper positioning plate motor
has been driven for 1500 pulses.
A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle lead edge stopper
HP sensor (S205) or the saddle lead edge
stopper motor (M203) are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle lead edge stopper HP
sensor/the saddle lead edge stopper motor are
faulty.
A-3. The saddle lead edge stopper HP sensor is
faulty.
A-4. The saddle lead edge stopper motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The paper positioning plate home position
sensor (PI7) is faulty.
B-2. The positioning plate drive mechanism is faulty.
B-3. The paper positioning plate motor (M4) is
faulty.
3-97
code code
area
E5F0 -8002
3-98
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the saddle lead edge stopper motor

(Finisher-A1)
B. Paper positioning plate home position error
(Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle lead edge stopper does not come off the
of detection saddle lead edge stopper HP sensor when the saddle
lead edge stopper motor has been driven for 50 pulses.
B. The paper positioning plate home position sensor does
not turn OFF when the paper positioning plate motor
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle lead edge stopper
HP sensor (S205) or the saddle lead edge
stopper motor (M203) are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle lead edge stopper HP
sensor/the saddle lead edge stopper motor are
faulty.
A-3. The saddle lead edge stopper HP sensor is
faulty.
A-4. The saddle lead edge stopper motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The paper positioning plate home position
B-2. The positioning plate drive mechanism is faulty.
B-3. The paper positioning plate motor (M4) is
faulty.
code code
area
E5F1 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Saddle folder/feeder motor clock error (Finisher-A1)

B. Paper folding motor clock error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The drive speed of the saddle folder/feeder motor is
of detection less than 5 mm/sec.
B. The feed speed of the paper fold roller reaches 5 mm/
sec or less.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle folder/feeder
motor sensor (S214) or the saddle folder/feeder
motor (M206) are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle folder/feeder motor
sensor or the saddle folder/feeder motor are
faulty.
A-3. The saddle folder/feeder motor sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle folder/feeder motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The paper folding motor clock sensor (PI4)
and paper folding home position sensor (PI21) is
faulty.
B-2. The paper folding roller drive mechanism is
faulty.
B-3. The paper folding motor (M2) is faulty.
code code
area
E5F1 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the saddle folder/feeder motor (Finisher-A1)

B. Paper fold home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle folder HP sensor does not detect the home
of detection position of the paper fold roller during initialization.
B. The status of the paper fold home position sensor does
not change when the paper fold motor has been driven
for 3 seconds.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle folder HP sensor
(S229) or the saddle folder/feeder motor (M206)
are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle folder HP sensor/the
saddle folder/feeder motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle folder HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle folder/feeder motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The paper folding motor clock sensor (PI4)
and paper folding home position sensor (PI21) is
faulty.
B-2. The paper folding roller drive mechanism is
faulty.
B-3. The paper folding motor (M2) is faulty.
code code
area
E5F2 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E5F2 -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in the saddle roller guide motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Guide home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The saddle roller guide HP sensor does not detect the
saddle roller guide when the saddle roller guide has
been moved for 20 mm by saddle roller guide motor.
B. The guide home position sensor does not turn ON
when the guide motor has been driven for 700 pulses.
A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle roller guide HP
sensor (S207) or the saddle roller guide motor
A-2. The wiring of the saddle roller guide HP sensor/
the saddle roller guide motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle roller guide HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle roller guide motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The guide home position sensor (PI13) is
faulty.
B-2. The guide plate drive mechanism is faulty.
B-3. The guide Motor (M3) is faulty.
A. Error in the saddle roller guide motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Guide home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The saddle roller guide does not come off the saddle
roller guide HP sensor when the saddle roller guide
motor has been driven for 50 pulses.
B. The guide home position sensor does not turn OFF
when the guide motor has been driven for 50 pulses.
A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle roller guide HP
sensor (S207) or the saddle roller guide motor
A-2. The wiring of the saddle roller guide HP sensor/
the saddle roller guide motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle roller guide HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle roller guide motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The guide home position sensor (PI13) is
faulty.
B-2. The guide plate drive mechanism is faulty.
B-3. The guide Motor (M3) is faulty.
3-99
code code
area
E5F3 -8001
3-100
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the saddle alignment guide motor (Finisher-A1)

B. Aligning plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle alignment plate HP sensor does not detect
of detection the saddle alignment guide when the saddle alignment
guide has been moved for 177 mm by saddle
alignment guide motor.
B. The aligning plate home position sensor does not turn
ON when the aligning plate motor has been driven for
500 pulses.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle alignment plate
HP sensor (S206) or the saddle alignment guide
A-2. The wiring of the saddle alignment plate HP
sensor/the saddle alignment guide motor are
faulty.
A-3. The saddle alignment plate HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle alignment guide motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The aligning plate home position sensor (PI5)
is faulty.
B-2. The aligning plate drive mechanism is faulty.
B-3. The aligning motor (M5) is faulty.
code code
area
E5F3 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the saddle alignment guide motor (Finisher-A1)

B. Aligning plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle alignment guide does not come off the
of detection saddle alignment plate HP sensor when the saddle
alignment guide motor has been driven for 50 pulses.
B. The aligning plate home position sensor does not turn
OFF when the aligning plate motor has been driven for
50 pulses.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle alignment plate
HP sensor (S206) or the saddle alignment guide
A-2. The wiring of the saddle alignment plate HP
sensor/the saddle alignment guide motor are
faulty.
A-3. The saddle alignment plate HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle alignment guide motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The aligning plate home position sensor (PI5)
is faulty.
B-2. The aligning plate drive mechanism is faulty.
B-3. The aligning motor (M5) is faulty.
code code
area
E5F4 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E5F4 -8002
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Error in the saddle stitcher motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Stitcher (rear) home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The saddle stitcher HP sensor does not detect the
saddle stitcher unit when the saddle stitcher motor has
B. The stitching home position sensor does not turn ON
when the stitch motor (rear) has been driven backward
for 0.5 second.
A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle stitcher HP sensor
(S223) or the saddle stitcher motor (M209) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle stitcher HP sensor/the
saddle stitcher motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle stitcher HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle stitcher motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The stitcher home position sensor (rear) (SW5)
is faulty.
B-2. The stitcher (rear) is faulty.
A. Error in the saddle stitcher motor (Finisher-A1)
B. Stitcher (rear) home position error (Finisher-B1)
A. The saddle stitcher unit does not come off the saddle
stitcher HP sensor when the saddle stitcher motor has
B. The stitching home position sensor does not turn OFF
when the stitch motor (rear) has been driven forward
for 0.5 second.
A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle stitcher HP sensor
(S223) or the saddle stitcher motor (M209) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle stitcher HP sensor/the
saddle stitcher motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle stitcher HP sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle stitcher motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The stitcher home position sensor (rear) (SW5)
is faulty.
B-2. The stitcher (rear) is faulty.
code code
area
E5F5 -8001
-05
Items
Description
Title
A. Error in the saddle trailing edge retainer motor

(Finisher-A1)
B. Stitcher (front) home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle trailing edge retainer move HP sensor does
of detection not detect the saddle trailing edge retainer when the
saddle trailing edge retainer has been moved for 96
mm by saddle trailing edge retainer motor.
B. The stitching home position sensor does not turn ON
when the stitch motor (front) has been driven forward
for 0.5 second.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle trailing edge
retainer move HP sensor (S219) or the
saddle trailing edge retainer motor (M210) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle trailing edge retainer
move HP sensor/the saddle trailing edge retainer
motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle trailing edge retainer move HP
sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle trailing edge retainer motor is
faulty.
B:
B-1. The stitcher home position sensor (front) (SW7)
is faulty.
B-2. The stitcher (front) is faulty.
3-101
code code
area
E5F5 -8002
3-102
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the saddle trailing edge retainer motor

(Finisher-A1)
B. Stitcher (front) home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle trailing edge retainer does not come off the
of detection saddle trailing edge retainer move HP sensor when the
saddle trailing edge retainer motor has been driven for
50 pulses.
B. The stitching home position sensor does not turn OFF
when the stitch motor (front) has been driven backward
for 0.5 second.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle trailing edge
retainer move HP sensor (S219) or the
saddle trailing edge retainer motor (M210) are
disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle trailing edge retainer
move HP sensor/the saddle trailing edge retainer
motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle trailing edge retainer move HP
sensor is faulty.
A-4. The saddle trailing edge retainer motor is
faulty.
B:
B-1. The stitcher home position sensor (front) (SW7)
is faulty.
B-2. The stitcher (front) is faulty.
code code
area
E5F6 -8001
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the saddle paper push-on plate motor

(Finisher-A1)
B. Paper pushing plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle paper push-on plate HP sensor does not
of detection detect the saddle paper push-on plate when the saddle
paper push-on plate motor has been driven for 0.5
second.
B. The paper pushing plate home position sensor does
not turn ON when the paper pushing plate motor has
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle paper pushon plate HP sensor (S218) or the saddle paper
push-on plate motor (M205) are disconnected.
A-2. The wiring of the saddle paper push-on plate
HP sensor/the saddle paper push-on plate motor
are faulty.
A-3. The saddle paper push-on plate HP sensor is
faulty.
A-4. The saddle paper push-on plate motor is faulty.
B:
B-1. The paper pushing plate home position sensor
(PI14), paper pushing plate top position sensor
(PI15), and paper pushing plate motor clock
B-2. The paper pushing plate drive mechanism is
faulty.
B-3. The paper pushing plate motor (M8)
code code
area
E5F6 -8002
-05
Items
Title
Description
A. Error in the saddle paper push-on plate motor

(Finisher-A1)
B. Paper pushing plate home position error (Finisher-B1)
Description A. The saddle paper push-on plate does not come off
of detection the saddle paper push-on plate HP sensor when the
saddle paper push-on plate motor has been driven for
0.15 second.
B. The paper pushing plate home position sensor does
not turn OFF when the paper pushing plate motor has
been driven for 150 msecond.
Measures A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle paper pushon plate HP sensor (S218) or the saddle paper
HP sensor/the saddle paper push-on plate motor
are faulty.
A-3. The saddle paper push-on plate HP sensor is
faulty.
B:
faulty.
B-3. The paper pushing plate motor (M8)
code code
area
E5F6 -8003
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E5F6 -8004
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
A. Saddle paper push-on plate motor clock error
(Finisher-A1)
B. Paper pushing plate motor clock error (Finisher-B1)
A. The drive speed of the saddle paper push-on plate
motor is less than 6 clocks.
B. The number of pulses detected by the paper pushing
plate motor clock sensor is 6 pulses or less.
A:
A-1. The connector of the saddle paper push-on
plate motor sensor (S213) or the saddle paper
motor sensor/the saddle paper push-on plate
motor are faulty.
A-3. The saddle paper push-on plate motor sensor
is faulty.
B:
faulty.
B-3. The paper pushing plate motor (M8) is faulty.
Pushing position error (Finisher-B1)
The paper pushing plate leading edge position sensor
does not turn ON when the paper pushing plate motor
has been driven for 0.1 second.
1. The paper pushing plate home position sensor (PI14)/
paper pushing plate top position sensor (PI15)/paper
pushing plate motor clock sensor (PI1) are faulty.
2. The paper pushing plate drive mechanism is faulty.
3. The paper pushing plate motor (M8) is faulty.
3-103
code code
area
E5F6 -8005
-05
E5F7 -8001
-05
3
E5F7 -8002
3-104
-05
Items
Description
Title
Pushing position error (Finisher-B1)
Description The paper pushing plate leading edge position sensor
of detection does not turn OFF when the paper pushing plate motor
has been driven for 0.5 second.
Measures 1. The paper pushing plate home position sensor (PI14)/
paper pushing plate top position sensor (PI15)/paper
pushing plate motor clock sensor (PI1) are faulty.
2. The paper pushing plate drive mechanism is faulty.
3. The paper pushing plate motor (M8) is faulty.
Title
Error in the saddle trailing edge retainer motor
(Finisher-A1)
Description The saddle trailing edge retainer HP sensor does not
of detection detect the saddle trailing edge retainer when the saddle
trailing edge retainer motor has been driven for 80 pulses.
Measures 1. The connector of the saddle trailing edge retainer
HP sensor (S221) or the saddle trailing edge retainer
2. The wiring of the saddle trailing edge retainer HP
sensor/the saddle trailing edge retainer motor are
faulty.
3. The saddle trailing edge retainer HP sensor is faulty.
4. The saddle trailing edge retainer motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the saddle trailing edge retainer motor
(Finisher-A1)
Description The saddle trailing edge retainer does not come off the
of detection saddle trailing edge retainer HP sensor when the saddle
trailing edge retainer motor has been driven for 50 pulses.
Measures 1. The connector of the saddle trailing edge retainer
HP sensor (S221) or the saddle trailing edge retainer
2. The wiring of the saddle trailing edge retainer HP
sensor/the saddle trailing edge retainer motor are
faulty.
3. The saddle trailing edge retainer HP sensor is faulty.
4. The saddle trailing edge retainer motor is faulty.
code code
area
E5F8 -8001
-05
E5F8 -8002
-05
E5F9 -8001
-05
Items
Description
Title
Error in the saddle tapping motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The saddle paper tapping HP sensor does not detect the
of detection saddle tapping plate when the saddle tapping motor has
been driven for 50 pulses.
Measures 1. The connector of the saddle paper tapping HP sensor
(S215) or the saddle tapping motor (M213) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the saddle paper tapping HP sensor/the
saddle tapping motor are faulty.
3. The saddle paper tapping HP sensor is faulty.
4. The saddle tapping motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the saddle tapping motor (Finisher-A1)
Description The saddle tapping plate does not come off the saddle
of detection paper tapping HP sensor when the saddle tapping motor
Measures 1. The connector of the saddle paper tapping HP sensor
(S215) or the saddle tapping motor (M213) are
disconnected.
2. The wiring of the saddle paper tapping HP sensor/the
saddle tapping motor are faulty.
3. The saddle paper tapping HP sensor is faulty.
4. The saddle tapping motor is faulty.
Title
Error in the saddle lead-in roller disengage motor
(Finisher-A1)
Description The saddle lead-in roller HP sensor does not detect
of detection the saddle lead-in roller when the saddle lead-in roller
disengage motor has been driven for 50 pulses.
Measures 1. The connector of the saddle lead-in roller HP sensor
(S222) or the saddle lead-in roller disengage motor
2. The wiring of the saddle lead-in roller HP sensor/the
saddle lead-in roller disengage motor are faulty.
3. The saddle lead-in roller HP sensor is faulty.
4. The saddle lead-in roller disengage motor is faulty.
code code
area
E5F9 -8002
-05
Items
Description
Title
Error in the saddle lead-in roller disengage motor

(Finisher-A1)
Description The saddle lead-in roller does not come off the saddle
of detection lead-in roller HP sensor when the saddle lead-in roller
disengage motor has been driven for 50 pulses.
Measures 1. The connector of the saddle lead-in roller HP sensor
(S222) or the saddle lead-in roller disengage motor
2. The wiring of the saddle lead-in roller HP sensor/the
saddle lead-in roller disengage motor are faulty.
3. The saddle lead-in roller HP sensor is faulty.
4. The saddle lead-in roller disengage motor is faulty.
T-3-11
3-105
E602
code code
area
E602 -0001
E602 -0002
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Hard disk failure

HDD detection error. In case HDD cannot be detected,
not becoming Ready, or returning Error.
1. Connection of the HDD cable is faulty.
2. Re-installation of the system
3. HDD is faulty.
4. Main controller board is faulty.
Hard disk failure
No boot file. In case a program for main CPU does not
exist under the /BOOTDEV/BOOT/ on HDD
2. HDD is faulty.
Hard disk failure
HDD WriteAbort error. In case a sector of /BOOTDEV on
HDD is not readable
2. HDD is faulty.
Hard disk failure
No SubBootable corresponding to PDL type exists in /
BOOTDEV/BOOT
2. HDD is faulty.
Hard disk failure
No ICC profile corresponding to PDL type exists in /
BOOTDEV/PDL
2. HDD is faulty.
Hard disk failure
No PS kanji font
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E602 -0003
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E602 -0006
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E602 -0007
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E602 -0008
-00
E602 -0009
-00
E602 -0010
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures 1. Re-installation of the system
2. HDD is faulty.
Title
Hard disk failure
Description No font exists in /BOOTDEV/BOOT, which needs for a
of detection report print, FAX /IFAX transmission and reception, and
stamp printing.
2. HDD is faulty.
Title
Hard disk failure
Description No font for Korea, Traditional chinese and Simplified
of detection chinese
2. HDD is faulty.
3-106
code code
area
E602 -0011
-00
E602 -0012
-00
E602 -0100
-00
E602 -0101
-00
E602 -0102
-00
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Hard disk failure

No font for Korea, Traditional chinese and Simplified
chinese
2. HDD is faulty.
Title
Hard disk failure
Description Damage or deletion of the file on the HDD which a WEB
of detection browser refers to.
2. HDD is faulty.
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /FSTDEV is abnormal
of detection
Measures 1. Check a cable or power supply connector
2. If not recovery, boot-up in safe mode, and use SST to
execute full-format and to re-install system (SYSTEM,
LANGUAGE, RUI); and then power cycle of main
power (Power OFF/ON)
3. If still not recovery, replace HDD and re-install system
based on judging HDD failure.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
code code
area
E602 -0103
-00
E602 -0104
-00
E602 -0105
-00
E602 -0110
E602 -0111
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures 1. Input applicable CHK-TYPE into a partition; and
execute HDD-CHECK (requires several minutes to
some dozens of minutes); and then power cycle (Power
OFF/ON)
2. If not recovery, input applicable CHK-TYPE into a
partition; and execute HDD-CLEAR; and then power
cycle (Power OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
execute HDD-CLEAR; and then power cycle (Power
OFF/ON)
2. If not recovery, replace HDD and re-install system
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures This is an error due to data error or software bug.
1. Boot-up in safe mode, and use SST to execute fullformat and to re-install system (SYSTEM, LANGUAGE,
RUI); and then power cycle of main power (Power
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures This is an error that usually does not occur at Read/Write
level.
1. Check a cable or power supply connector
code code
area
E602 -0112
-00
E602 -0113
-00
E602 -0114
-00
E602 -0121
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures It is very likely that document data such as Inbox on the
HDD are damaged.
1. Input applicable CHK-TYPE into a partition; and
some dozens of minutes); and then power cycle.
cycle
(in the case of BOOTDEV, BOOTDEV2, APL_SEND,
execute re-format / reinstallation with SST)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
3-107
code code
area
E602 -0122
-00
E602 -0123
-00
E602 -0124
-00
E602 -0125
-00
3-108
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
some dozens of minutes); and then power cycle
cycle
code code
area
E602 -0200
-00
E602 -0201
-00
E602 -0202
-00
E602 -0203
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /IMG_MNG is abnormal
of detection
2. If not recovery, Boot-up in safe mode, and use SST to
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
code code
area
E602 -0204
-00
E602 -0205
-00
E602 -0210
E602 -0211
E602 -0212
-00
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
execute HDD-CLEAR; and then power cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0213
-00
E602 -0214
-00
E602 -0221
-00
E602 -0222
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
3-109
code code
area
E602 -0223
-00
E602 -0224
-00
E602 -0225
-00
E602 -0300
3-110
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /FSTCDEV is abnormal
of detection
code code
area
E602 -0301
-00
E602 -0302
-00
E602 -0303
-00
E602 -0304
-00
E602 -0305
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
code code
area
E602 -0310
-00
E602 -0311
-00
E602 -0312
-00
E602 -0313
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
code code
area
E602 -0314
-00
E602 -0321
-00
E602 -0322
-00
E602 -0323
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
3-111
code code
area
E602 -0324
-00
E602 -0325
-00
3
E602 -0400
E602 -0401
3-112
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /THUMDEV is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
code code
area
E602 -0402
-00
E602 -0403
-00
E602 -0404
-00
E602 -0405
-00
E602 -0410
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0411
-00
E602 -0412
-00
E602 -0413
-00
E602 -0414
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0421
-00
E602 -0422
-00
E602 -0423
-00
E602 -0424
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
3-113
code code
area
E602 -0425
E602 -0500
-00
-00
3
E602 -0501
E602 -0502
3-114
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /APL_GEN is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
code code
area
E602 -0503
-00
E602 -0504
-00
E602 -0505
-00
E602 -0510
-00
E602 -0511
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
code code
area
E602 -0512
-00
E602 -0513
-00
E602 -0514
E602 -0521
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
code code
area
E602 -0522
-00
E602 -0523
-00
E602 -0524
-00
E602 -0525
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
3-115
code code
area
E602 -0600
-00
E602 -0601
-00
E602 -0602
E602 -0603
3-116
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /TMP_GEN is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
code code
area
E602 -0604
-00
E602 -0605
-00
E602 -0610
-00
E602 -0611
-00
E602 -0612
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0613
E602 -0614
-00
-00
E602 -0621
-00
E602 -0622
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0623
-00
E602 -0624
-00
E602 -0625
-00
E602 -0700
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /TMP_FAX is abnormal
of detection
3-117
code code
area
E602 -0701
-00
E602 -0702
-00
E602 -0703
-00
E602 -0704
-00
E602 -0705
-00
3-118
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
code code
area
E602 -0710
-00
E602 -0711
-00
E602 -0712
-00
E602 -0713
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
code code
area
E602 -0714
-00
E602 -0721
-00
E602 -0722
-00
E602 -0723
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0724
-00
E602 -0725
-00
E602 -0800
-00
E602 -0801
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /TMP_PSS is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
3-119
code code
area
E602 -0802
-00
E602 -0803
-00
E602 -0804
-00
E602 -0805
-00
E602 -0810
3-120
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0811
-00
E602 -0812
-00
E602 -0813
-00
E602 -0814
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0821
-00
E602 -0822
-00
E602 -0823
E602 -0824
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0825
-00
E602 -0900
-00
E602 -0901
-00
E602 -0902
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /PDLDEV is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
3-121
code code
area
E602 -0903
E602 -0904
-00
-00
E602 -0905
-00
E602 -0910
-00
3-122
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures Recovery of boot partition should be executed with SST
in safe mode
1. Execute HDD-CHECK (requires some dozens of
minutes) with CHK-TYPE=0; and then power cycle
2. If not recovery, shift to a download mode; and use
SST to execute full-format and to re-install system
(SYSTEM, LANGUAGE, RUI); and then power cycle of
main power (Power OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
in safe mode
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0911
-00
E602 -0912
-00
E602 -0913
-00
E602 -0914
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0921
-00
E602 -0922
-00
E602 -0923
E602 -0924
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -0925
-00
E602 -1000
-00
E602 -1001
-00
E602 -1002
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /BOOTDEV is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
3-123
code code
area
E602 -1003
-00
E602 -1004
-00
E602 -1005
-00
E602 -1010
-00
E602 -1011
-00
3-124
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
code code
area
E602 -1012
-00
E602 -1013
-00
E602 -1014
-00
E602 -1021
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
code code
area
E602 -1022
-00
E602 -1023
-00
E602 -1024
-00
E602 -1025
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
code code
area
E602 -1100
-00
E602 -1101
-00
E602 -1102
-00
E602 -1103
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /APL_MEAP is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures 1. Have user backup the data of the address book in
remote UI if possible.
3-125
code code
area
E602 -1104
-00
E602 -1105
-00
E602 -1110
-00
E602 -1111
E602 -1112
3-126
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1113
-00
E602 -1114
-00
E602 -1121
-00
E602 -1122
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1123
-00
E602 -1124
-00
E602 -1125
-00
E602 -1200
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /APL_SEND is abnormal
of detection
code code
area
E602 -1201
-00
E602 -1202
-00
E602 -1203
-00
E602 -1204
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
in safe mode
1. Execute HDD-CHECK (requires some dozens of
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
3-127
code code
area
E602 -1205
-00
E602 -1210
-00
E602 -1211
E602 -1212
3-128
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
in safe mode
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1213
-00
E602 -1214
-00
E602 -1221
-00
E602 -1222
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1223
-00
E602 -1224
-00
E602 -1225
-00
E602 -1300
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /APL_KEEP is abnormal
of detection
code code
area
E602 -1301
-00
E602 -1302
-00
E602 -1303
-00
E602 -1304
-00
E602 -1305
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
3-129
code code
area
E602 -1310
-00
E602 -1311
-00
E602 -1312
-00
E602 -1313
-00
3-130
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
code code
area
E602 -1314
-00
E602 -1321
-00
E602 -1322
-00
E602 -1323
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1324
-00
E602 -1325
-00
E602 -1400
E602 -1401
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /APL_LOG is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
code code
area
E602 -1402
-00
E602 -1403
-00
E602 -1404
-00
E602 -1405
-00
E602 -1410
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
3-131
code code
area
E602 -1411
-00
E602 -1412
-00
E602 -1413
-00
E602 -1414
3-132
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1421
-00
E602 -1422
-00
E602 -1423
-00
E602 -1424
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1425
E602 -1500
E602 -1501
E602 -1502
-00
-00
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /CRBDEV is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
code code
area
E602 -1503
-00
E602 -1504
-00
E602 -1505
-00
E602 -1510
-00
E602 -1511
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
3-133
code code
area
E602 -1512
-00
E602 -1513
-00
3
E602 -1514
E602 -1521
3-134
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
code code
area
E602 -1522
-00
E602 -1523
-00
E602 -1524
-00
E602 -1525
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
code code
area
E602 -1600
-00
E602 -1601
-00
E602 -1602
E602 -1603
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
Description /APL_CDS is abnormal
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
cycle
code code
area
E602 -1604
-00
E602 -1605
-00
E602 -1610
-00
E602 -1611
-00
E602 -1612
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
3-135
code code
area
E602 -1613
E602 -1614
-00
-00
3
E602 -1621
-00
E602 -1622
-00
3-136
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -1623
-00
E602 -1624
-00
E602 -1625
-00
E602 -2000
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
Title
Authentication error with main unit and the encryption
board
Description Authentication error with main unit and the encryption
of detection board
Measures 1. Contact failure between the encryption board and main
controller board (Power cycle (Power OFF/ON))
2. With SST, execute the key clear for the encryption
board (HDD will be non-formatted. HDD format and reinstallation of system firmware will be required.)
code code
area
E602 -2001
-00
E602 -2002
-00
E602 -4000
E602 -4001
E602 -FF00
-00
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Mismatch in use of encryption board
Description in tha case that authenticated encryption board is
of detection installed although the main unit does not have the
authentication information for the encryption board.
Measures With SST, execute the key clear for the encryption
Title
Failure of the encryption board, others
Description Failure of the encryption board, others
of detection
Measures 1. Contact failure between the encryption board and main
controller board (Power cycle (Power OFF/ON))
2. With SST, execute the key clear for the encryption
3. After encryption board replacement, HDD format and
SYSTEM re-installation using SST
4. Replace the main controller board
Title
OS startup error
Description Cannot mount the OS
of detection
Measures 1. Failure of cable connection
2. After HDD full-format, re-installation of system software
3. HDD is faulty
Title
OS startup error
Description No OS startup script
of detection
Measures 1. Failure of cable connection
2. After HDD full-format, re-installation of system software
3. HDD is faulty
Title
Hard disk failure
Description Abnormality of unidentified partition
of detection
code code
area
E602 -FF01
-00
E602 -FF02
-00
E602 -FF03
-00
E602 -FF04
-00
E602 -FF05
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures 1. Execute HDD-CHECK (requires some dozens of
2. If not recovery, execute HDD-CLEAR with CHKTYPE=1, 2, 3, 5, and then power cycle.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
Measures Be usually the errors that do not make.
1. execute HDD-CLEAR with CHK-TYPE=1, 2 ,3, 5; and
then power cycle
3-137
code code
area
E602 -FF10
-00
E602 -FF11
-00
E602 -FF12
-00
E602 -FF13
-00
3-138
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
code code
area
E602 -FF14
-00
E602 -FF21
-00
E602 -FF22
-00
E602 -FF23
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
level.
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
code code
area
E602 -FF24
-00
E602 -FF25
-00
Items
Description
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
OFF/ON)
Title
Hard disk failure
of detection
HDD are damaged.
cycle
T-3-12
3-139
E604 to E753
code code
area
E604 -1024
E611 -0000
E674 -0001
E674 -0004
E674 -0008
E674 -000C
E674 -0010
3-140
-00
-00
-00
-00
-00
-00
-00
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
code code
area
E674 -0011
-00
E674 -0030
-00
E677 -0001
-00
E677 -0003
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E677 -0004
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E677 -0010
-00
E677 -0080
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Lack of memory
Lack of memory (1,024MB required)
Add the DDR2-SDRAM

Re-reboot due to failures such as SRAM damage when
executing the power shutdown safeguard transmission
job
Description SRAM data is damaged and stored job data cannot be
of detection read. If this causes the repeated reboot execution after
recovery from power shutdown, a transmission is also
repeated. Therefore E code is displayed.
Measures Execute SRAM clear and delete power shutdown
safeguard job
Title
FAX is abnormal
Description Communication error with the FAX board
of detection
Measures 1. Cable connection check
2. FAX board replacement
3. Main controller board replacement
Title
FAX is abnormal
Description Modem IC access is abnormal
of detection
Title
FAX is abnormal
Description Port IC access is abnormal
of detection
Title
FAX is abnormal
Description Modem IC/ port IC access is abnormal
of detection
Title
FAX is abnormal
Description FAX is abnormal
of detection
Measures Main controller board replacement
Items
E710 -0001
-00
E711 -0001
-00
E711 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
FAX is abnormal
FAX is abnormal
Main controller board replacement
FAX is abnormal
Check sum error
System software download for 2 line FAX
Print server failure
Abnormality detected on the exhaust fan operation of
printer server
1. Check supplying power to the exhaust fan
2. Exhaust fan replacement
Abnormality is detected during configuration check in
start up
1. Cable connection check
2. Reinstallation system
Abnormality detected on the CPU fan operation of printer
server
1. Check supplying power to the CPU fan
2. CPU fan replacement
Unsupported print server is connected
Change for regular print server
Communication error in start-up
1. Cable connection check
2. Reinstallation system
Printer IPC error
In case that IPC communication IC in the printer engine
detected a failure when turning power ON
Check the cable.
IPC communication is abnormal
When 4 or more error occurrence is set to the error
register in IPC chip within 1.5 seconds.
Check the cable.
IPC communication failure
Occurrence of an error was set in the error resistor of the
IPC chip more than four times in 1.5 seconds.
Check the cable.
code code
area
Items
Description
Finisher communication error
Communication failed between the finisher and the host
machine.
1. Check the cable connection.
2. Replace the finisher controller circuit PCB.
3. Replace the DC controller circuit PCB.
Communication with the NE controller is abnormal
Error in the NE controller start
When the NE controller which should have been
connected is not connected before the power off at power
supply time to turn on
Recover with service mode COPIER> FUNCTION>
CLEAR> ERR after cable check
Communication with the NE controller is abnormal
IPC error in the NE controller operation
In the case of the errors that disconnection of IPC, or IPC
communication is unrecoverable.
Recover with service mode COPIER> FUNCTION>
CLEAR> ERR after cable check
Coin vendor failure
Error in starting of the CoinVendor
- The Coin Vendor, which should have been connected
before the power was turned OFF, is not connected when
the power is turned ON.
Check the connection between charging management
equipment and machine, and check that the Cable is not
open-circuit.
E713 -0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E717 -0001
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E717 -0002
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E719 -0001
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Clear the error while the charging management

equipment is connected to operate and when switching to
the operation without charging management equipment.
(To prevent the misuse by removing the charging
management equipment, this error code is displayed.)
code code
area
E719 -0002
E719 -0003
E719 -0011
-00
-00
-00
Items
Description
Title
Coin vendor failure
Description Error in IPC when CoinVendor is running.
of detection - In the case of disconnection of IPC or an error in which
IPC communication failed to be recovered.
- When disconnection of the pickup delivery signal is
detected.
- When illegal connection is detected (short-circuit with
Tx and Rx of IPC)
Measures Check the connection between charging management
open-circuit.
Title
Coin vendor failure
Description - In the case of communication error with the coin vendor
of detection while obtaining the unit price at start-up.
open-circuit.
Title
Error in the card reader startup
Description Error in starting of NewCardReader
of detection - NewCardReader, which should have been connected
before the power was turned OFF, is not connected when
the power is turned ON.
open-circuit.
3-141
code code
area
E719 -0012
E719 -0031
-00
-00
Items
Title
IPC error in the card reader operation
Description Error in IPC when NewCardReader is running.
of detection - In the case of disconnection of IPC or an error in which
IPC communication failed to be recovered.
open-circuit.
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E719 -0032
-00
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E720 -0001
-05
E720 -0002
-05
E720 -0003
-05
3-142
Description

Communication error in the card reader (a serial number)
startup
Failure in communication with the serial New Card
Reader at start-up.
- Check if the cable of the serial New Card Reader is
disconnected.
- Take out the serial New Card Reader.
- COPIER > Function > CLEAR > CARD
- COPIER > Function > CLEAR > ERR
Communication error after the card reader (a serial
number) startup
Communication failed in the middle of the operation
although communication with the serial New Card
Reader was successful at start-up.
- Check if the cable of the serial New Card Reader is
disconnected.
Model mismatch error
An accessory that is not supported is connected.
Title
Description
of detection
Measures Check the configuration of accessories.
The Staple Finisher-B1 is connected to the iR ADV
C9075.
Title
Description An accessory that is not supported is connected.
of detection
C9065.
Title
Description An accessory that is not supported is connected.
of detection
code code
area
Items
Measures
Description
Check the configuration of accessories.
C9065.
code code
area
E720 -0004
-05
E730 -1001
-00
E730 -100A
-00
E730 -A006
-00
E730 -A007
-00
E730 -B013
-00
E730 -C000
-00
Items
Description
Title
Description A Finisher that is not supported is connected.
of detection
A Finisher that is not supported is connected to the host
machine.
Title
PDL software failure
Description Initialization error
of detection
Measures 1. PDL reset processing
2. Power cycle (Power OFF/ON)
Title
Description In case system fatal error such as initialization failure
of detection occurs
Title
Description No response from PDL. In the case of no response from
of detection PDL due to Subbootable failure or no existence.
3. Main controller board connection check
4. Re-installation of firmware
Title
Description In case of discrepancy of the version between the control
of detection software in main unit and PDL control software.
3. System full-format and installation
Title
Description Font data is damaged
of detection
Measures 1. Power cycle (Power OFF/ON)
2. System re-installation
3. System full-format and installation
Title
Description Memory acquisition error in the initialization
of detection
Measures 1. System full-format and installation
2. Main controller board 1 replacement
code code
area
E730 -C001
-00
E731 -3000
-00
E731 -3001
-00
E731 -3002
-00
E731 -3015
-00
E732 -0000
-00
E732 -0001
-00
E732 -8888
-00
Items
Description
Title
Description HDD access error
of detection
Measures 1. System full-format and installation
2. HDD replacement
3. Main controller board 1 replacement
Title
Image processing module failure
Description Image processing module failure
of detection
Measures Main controller board 2 replacement
Title
of detection
Title
of detection
Title
of detection
Title
Reader communication is abnormal
Description Negotiation failure
of detection
Measures 1. Connected connector check with the reader
2. Power supply check for the reader (check if
initialization is executed in startup)
3. Replacement of the reader controller board and main
controller board
Title
Reader communication is abnormal
Description Communication error
of detection
Measures 1. Connected connector check with the reader
2. Power supply check for the reader (check if
initialization is executed in startup)
3. Replacement of the reader controller board and main
controller board
Title
Error in the reader type
Description When a scanner for the different model is detected during
of detection the communication with the reader.
Measures Replace to the proper reader.
3-143
code code
area
E732 -9999
-00
E733 -0000
-00
E733 -0001
-00
E733 -0010
-00
3
E733 -0020
E733 -0021
E743 -0000
3-144
-00
-00
-04
Items
Description
Title
The Reader detection
Description In case of first detection of the reader on printer model
of detection (Please power cycle message is only displayed on the
user screen instead of an error code. Service mode>
DISPLAY> ERR is recorded in error log.)
Measures --Title
Printer communication is abnormal
Description Cannot communicate with a printer in startup
of detection
Measures --Title
Description Failure of communication between the controller and DC
of detection controller
Measures 1. Connected connector check with the printer
2. The power supply check (check if initialization is
executed in startup) of the printer
3. Replacement of DC controller or main controller board
Title
Description Printer vertical synchronizing signal detection failure
of detection
Title
of detection
Title
of detection
Title
DDI communication error
Description The reader controller PCB detected a failure in
of detection communication between the main controller PCB and the
reader controller PCB.
Measures 1. Failure of the connection between the main controller
PCB and the reader controller PCB
code code
area
E743 -0003
-04
E743 -0004
-04
E744 -0001
-00
E744 -0002
-00
E744 -0003
-00
E744 -0004
-00
E744 -1000
-00
E744 -2000
-00
E746 -0021
-00
Items
Description
Title
Title
Title
Language file /BootROM is abnormal
Description In case of discrepancy in the version between Bootable
of detection and the language in the HDD
Measures Download the language file of correct version
Title
Description When Size of the language in the HDD is too big
of detection
Title
Description When a language to switch, which stated in Config.txt, is
of detection not found in the HDD.
Title
Description When cannot switch to the language in the HDD
of detection
Title
Description In case wrong Boot ROM (for different model) is installed
of detection
Measures Replace with the Boot ROM for correct model
Title
Description When engine ID in Soft ID is invalid
of detection
Measures Replace with the Soft ID for correct model
Title
Image analysis board self-check failure detection
Description Image analysis board self-check failure detection
of detection
Measures 1. Connection check of the image analysis board
2. Image analysis board replacement
code code
area
E746 -0022
-00
E746 -0023
-00
E746 -0024
-00
E746 -0031
-00
E746 -0032
-00
Items
Description
Title
Image analysis board version is invalid
Description Image analysis board version is invalid
of detection
Measures 1. Upgrading of the image analysis board software
Title
No response from image analysis board
Description No response from image analysis board
of detection
Title
Image analysis board operation abnormality
Description Image analysis board operation abnormality
of detection
Title
Hardware error (TPM)
Description Hardware error (TPM)
of detection
Measures 1. TPM board non-installation
2. Installation of TPM board from other units
3. TPM chip broken
Title
Error in engine ID of SoftID
Description Mismatched data in TPM
of detection
Measures Format the system.
Format the HDD using SST or USB memory, and
download the system software. For details, see Chapter
6: Upgrading. For your reference, the method using USB
memory is described below.
1. Prepare the USB memory which system software was
registered.
2. Execute the following service mode:
COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DOWNLOAD to
enter the download mode.
3. Insert the USB memory to the equipment.
4. Execute [4]: Format HDD in the main menu.
After formatting is completed, the machine reboots
automatically and starts with the download mode.
5. Execute [1]: Upgrade (Auto) in the main menu.
System software is downloaded and the machine
restarts automatically.
code code
area
E746 -0033
-00
E746 -0034
-00
E747 -7f00
-00
E747 -ff01
-00
Items
Description
Title
Error in engine ID of SoftID
Description Error that can be recovered
of detection
Measures When the TPM key was backed up, it can be restored.
1. Connect the USB memory which stores the TPM key.
2. Go to Management Settings > Data Management >
TPM Settings, and then click Restore TPM Key.
3. Enter the password set at backup operation.
4. When the restoration completion screen is displayed,
click OK. Remove the USB memory, and turn OFF
and then ON the main power.
When the TPM key was not backed up, formatting the
system is required.
Format the HDD using SST or USB memory, and
download the system software. For details, see Chapter
6: Upgrading. For your reference, the method using USB
memory is described below.
1. Prepare the USB memory which system software was
registered.
2. Execute the following service mode:
COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DOWNLOAD to
enter the download mode.
3. Insert the USB memory to the equipment.
4. Execute [4]: Format HDD in the main menu.
After formatting is completed, the machine reboots
automatically and starts with the download mode.
5. Execute [1]: Upgrade (Auto) in the main menu.
System software is downloaded and the machine
restarts automatically.
Title
Error occurred; but possible for automatic system
restoration (TPM)
Description Error occurred; but possible for automatic system
of detection restoration (TPM)
Measures Discrepancy of the key occurred. But restoration is
possible when reboot.
Power cycle (Power OFF/ON)
Title
Bypass board is not connected
Description Bypass board is not connected
of detection
Measures Bypass board is not connected
Title
DDR - SDRAM (P) is not connected
Description DDR - SDRAM (P) is not connected
of detection
Measures DDR - SDRAM (P) is not connected
3-145
code code
area
E747 -xxxx
-00
E748 -2010
-00
E748 -2011
-00
E748 -2012
-00
E748 -2021
-00
E748 -2022
-00
E748 -2023
-00
E748 -2024
-00
E748 -4xxx
-00
E748 -9000
-00
3-146
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Image processing IC failure
Image processing IC failure
Main controller board 2 replacement
Flash board error
Flash board error
Flash board error
Main controller board 2 access errors
Main controller board 1/2 removing and inserting,

replacement
Title
Description Main controller board 2 access errors
of detection
Measures Main controller board 1/2 removing and inserting,
replacement
Title
of detection
Measures DDR2-SDRAM (M0/M1/P) removing and inserting,
replacement
Title
of detection
Measures Main controller board 1/2 removing and inserting,
replacement
Title
Main controller board 2 errors
Description Main controller board 2 errors
of detection
Measures Main controller board replacement
Title
System error
code code
area
E753 -0001
-00
E760 -0001
-00
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Error in Finisher Boot software

The Boot software has not been written in ROM of the
finisher controller.
2. The host machine controller PCB is faulty.
Title
Main Controller PCB 2 internal error
Description Main Controller PCB 2 internal error
of detection
Measures 1. Turn OFF and then ON the power.
2. Remove and then reinstall the Main Controller PCB 2.
3. Disconnect and then connect the connector connected
to the Main Controller PCB 2.
4. Replace the Main Controller PCB 2.
T-3-13
E804 to E991
code code
area
E804 0000
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
-00
-05
-05
-05
-05
-05
-05
-05
Items
Description
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Fan error
When detect a failure of the power supply fan 1 (FM8) or
power supply fan 2 (FM9).
1. Check the connection of the connector.
2. Replace the power supply fan 1 (FM8) or power supply
fan 2 (FM9).
Fan error
A failure was detected at the pre-fixing feed suction fan
(FM1).
2. Replace the pre-fixing feed suction fan (FM1).
Fan error
A failure was detected at the primary charging suction fan
(FM2).
2. Replace the primary charging suction fan (FM2).
Fan error
A failure was detected at the primary charging suction fan
(FM3).
2. Replace the primary charging suction fan (FM3).
Fan error
A failure was detected at the developing/pre-transfer
charging fan (FM4).
2. Replace the developing/pre-transfer charging fan
(FM4).
Fan error
A failure was detected at the color cleaning fan (FM5).
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures 1. Check the connection of the connector.
2. Replace the color cleaning fan (FM5).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the fixing heat fan (FM6).
of detection
2. Replace the fixing heat fan (FM6).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the IH power supply fan (FM7).
of detection
2. Replace the IH power supply fan (FM7).
code code
area
E804 0010
-05
0011
-05
0012
-05
0013
-05
0014
-05
0015
-05
0016
-05
0018
-05
0022
-05
Items
Description
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the delivery heat fan 1 (FM10).
of detection
2. Replace the delivery heat fan 1 (FM10).
Title
Fan error
of detection
Title
Fan error
of detection
Title
Fan error
of detection
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the power supply cooling fan
of detection (38V) (FM14).
2. Replace the power supply cooling fan (38V) (FM14).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the pressure belt cooling fan
of detection (front) (FM15).
2. Replace the pressure belt cooling fan (front) (FM15).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the pressure belt cooling fan
of detection (rear) (FM16).
2. Replace the pressure belt cooling fan (rear) (FM16).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the hopper cooling fan (FM18).
of detection
2. Replace the hopper cooling fan (FM18).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the hopper cooling suction fan
of detection (FM22).
2. Replace the hopper cooling suction fan (FM22).
3-147
code code
area
E804 0023
-05
0024
-05
0030
-05
0031
-05
0032
-05
E843 0001
-05
E880 0001
-00
0004
-00
3-148
Items
Description
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the anti-adhesion fan 1 (FM23).
of detection
2. Replace the anti-adhesion fan 1 (FM23).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the anti-adhesion fan 2 (FM24).
of detection
2. Replace the anti-adhesion fan 2 (FM24).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the decurler suction fan (FM30).
of detection
2. Replace the decurler suction fan (FM30).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the decurler side exhaust fan
of detection (FM31).
2. Replace the decurler side exhaust fan (FM31).
Title
Fan error
Description A failure was detected at the decurler lower side exhaust
of detection fan (FM32).
2. Replace the decurler lower side exhaust fan (FM32).
Title
Disconnection of the power supply plug for fixing
Description The product has two plugs, and the plug used to supply
of detection power to the fixing assembly was disconnected. When
this error occurs, a message indicating that the plug is
disconnected is displayed.
Measures Check the power supply plug for fixing.
Title
Controller fan1 (FM19) Error
Description When detect a failure of the power supply cooling fan
of detection
Measures 1. Connector disconnection
2. Controller fan 1 (FM19) failure
Title
Controller fan2 (FM20) error
of detection
2. Controller fan 2 (FM20) failure
code code
area
E880 0005
-00
E905 0001
-05
0002
-05
0003
-05
0010
-05
0011
-05
Items
Description
Title
HDD cooling fan (FM21) error
of detection
2. HDD cooling fan (FM21) failure
Title
POD deck light air assist fan error
Description Even when the maximum LOW interval was passed,
of detection there was no change in the signal.
Measures 1. Failure of the shutter
2. Failure of the swing sensor (PS11)
3. Failure of the swing motor (M3)
4. Failure of the deck controller PCB (UN1)
Title
POD deck pickup motor cooling fan error
Description The pickup motor cooling fan is not placed at LOCK ON
of detection status.
Measures 1. Check the connector of the pickup motor cooling fan
(FM4).
2. Replace the pickup motor cooling fan.
3. Replace the deck controller PCB.
Title
POD deck pickup motor cooling fan error
Description The pickup motor cooling fan is not placed at LOCK OFF
of detection status.
Measures 1. Check the connector of the pickup motor cooling fan
(FM4).
2. Replace the pickup motor cooling fan.
3. Replace the deck controller PCB.
Title
Failure of the air assist for Cassette 1 of the multicassette deck
Measures 1. Displacement of the connector of the swing HP sensor
(S116).
2. Failure of the swing sensor (S116).
3. Failure of the swing motor (M102).
4. Failure of the deck driver PCB.
5. Failure of the DC controller PCB in the host machine.
Title
Measures 1. Displacement of the connector of the swing HP sensor
(S216).
code code
area
E905 0012
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
0020
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E906 0001
0002
0010
-05
-05
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Even when the maximum LOW interval was passed,
there was no change in the signal.
1. Displacement of the connector of the swing HP sensor
(S316).
Failure of the multi-cassette deck power supply cooling
fan
A failure was detected at the power supply cooling fan
(FM001).
2. Replace the power supply cooling fan (FM001).
POD deck light air heater high temperature error
A temperature over 120 degreeC was detected for 1
second consecutively.
1. Failure of the environment sensor (SR1)
2. Failure of the warm air fan (FAN1)
3. Failure of the cool air fan (FAN2)
4. Failure of the additional fan (FAN3)
5. Failure of the air heater (H1)
POD deck light air heater low temperature error
The heater is not placed in the Ready status even when
a specified period of time has elapsed.
1. Failure of the environment sensor (SR1)
2. Failure of the warm air fan (FAN1)
3. Failure of the cool air fan (FAN2)
4. Failure of the additional fan (FAN3)
5. Failure of the air heater (H1)
High temperature error at the air heater for the upper
multi-cassette deck
A high-temperature error was detected at the upper multicassette deck.
1. Failure of the air heater unit (HT101).
2. Failure of the air heater PCB harness.
3. Failure of the upper deck air heater PCB.
code code
area
E906 0011
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
0012
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
0020
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
0021
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
High temperature error at the air heater for the middle
multi-cassette deck
A high-temperature error was detected at the middle
multi-cassette deck.
3. Failure of the middle deck air heater PCB.
High temperature error at the air heater for the lower
multi-cassette deck
A high-temperature error was detected at the lower multicassette deck.
3. Failure of the lower deck air heater PCB.
Low temperature error at the air heater for the upper
multi-cassette deck
A low-temperature error was detected at the upper multicassette deck.
3. Failure of the upper deck air heater PCB.
4. Failure of the AC distribution PCB (F6).
Low temperature error at the air heater for the middle
multi-cassette deck
A low-temperature error was detected at the middle multicassette deck.
3. Failure of the middle deck air heater PCB.
3-149
code code
area
E906 0022
-05
Items
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
Description
Low temperature error at the air heater for the lower
multi-cassette deck
A low-temperature error was detected at the lower multicassette deck.
3. Failure of the lower deck air heater PCB.
Multi-cassette deck pickup motor error
The multi-cassette deck pickup motor (DC) is not locked
even when a specified period of time has elapsed.
1. Failure of the deck pickup motor (M001).
Backup RAM error
SRAM in the DCON detected data error.
E907 0001
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures
E991 0000
-05
Title
Description
of detection
Measures Replace the DCON PCB
T-3-14
3-150
Jam Code
Main Unit
Jam Type
PS75
PS74
PS70
PS23
PS29
PS28
Jam types are shown below.

Type
DELAY
STNRY
OVERLAP
TIMING NG
OHP NG
ADF OP
COVER OP
RESIDUAL
PICKUP NG
POWER ON
DOOR OP
SEQ NG
DELAY ESC
OTH JAM
STNRY ESC
STP
SDL STP
INIT ROT
UP DEVICE
OTHER
ERROR
RETRY ERR
STOP
ROT
PROGRAM
TIME OUT
PUNCH
MEDIA NG
Meaning
PS31
Delay jam
Stationary jam
Double feed detection
Timing error
Incorrect paper
ADF open
Cover open
Residual jam
Pickup error
Power ON
Door open
Sequence jam
Delay jam while ejecting to the escape delivery tray
Other jams
Stationary jam while ejecting to the escape delivery tray
Staple
Saddle stitch staple
Residual (at initial rotation)
Upper stream device jam
Others
Error
Retry error
Press Stop key
Keeps rotating
Program
Time-out
Punch
Misprint
PS30
PS32
PS27
PS33
PS34
PS53
PS49
PS24
PS54
PS25 PS58 PS26
PS40
PS63
PS59
PS68
PS35
PS64
F-3-1
T-3-15
3-151
ACC
ID
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Jam
Code
0101
0102
0103
0104
0105
0106
0107
0108
0109
010A
010B
010C
010D
010E
010F
0110
0111
0112
0113
0114
0115
0116
0117
0118
0119
0201
0202
0203
0204
0205
0206
0207
0208
0209
020A
020B
020C
020D
020E
020F
0210
0211
0212
0213
3-152
Type
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
Sensor Name / Description

Right Deck Pickup Sensor
Left Deck Pickup Sensor
Cassette 3 Pickup Sensor
Vertical Path Sensor 1
Left Deck Pullout Sensor
Vertical Path Merging Sensor
Transparency Sensor
Registration Sensor
Fixing Inlet Sensor
Fixing Wrap Sensor
Fixing Inner Delivery Sensor
Outer Delivery Sensor
Reverse Sensor
Reverse Vertical Path Sensor 1
Duplex Sensor 1
Duplex Sensor 2
Duplex Sensor 3
Duplex Sensor 4
Transparency Sensor
Registration Sensor
Fixing Inlet Sensor
Fixing Wrap Sensor
Reverse Sensor
Sensor ID
PS49
PS54
PS59
PS64
PS53
PS58
PS40
PS63
PS68
PS30
PS29
PS28
PS23
PS70
PS74
PS75
PS31
PS32
PS33
PS34
PS35
PS24
PS25
PS26
PS27
PS49
PS54
PS59
PS64
PS53
PS58
PS40
PS63
PS68
PS30
PS29
PS28
PS23
PS70
PS74
PS75
PS31
PS32
PS33
ACC
ID
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Jam
Code
0214
0215
0216
0217
0218
0219
0A01
0A02
0A03
0A04
0A05
0A06
0A07
0A08
0A09
0A0A
0A0B
0A0C
0A0D
0A0E
0A0F
0A10
0A11
0A12
0A13
0A14
0A15
0A16
0A17
0A18
0A19
0B00
0B02
0B03
0B04
0B05
0B06
0C00
0CA0
0CA1
0CA2
0CA3
0CA4
0CA5
Type
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
COVER OP
COVER OP
COVER OP
COVER OP
COVER OP
COVER OP
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1

Duplex Sensor 1
Duplex Sensor 2
Duplex Sensor 3
Duplex Sensor 4
Transparency Sensor
Registration Sensor
Fixing Inlet Sensor
Fixing Wrap Sensor
Reverse Sensor
Duplex Sensor 1
Duplex Sensor 2
Duplex Sensor 3
Duplex Sensor 4
Front Cover Sensor
Multi-purpose Tray Cover Sensor
Lower Right Cover Sensor
Lower Left Cover Sensor
Buffer Front Cover Sensor
Deck Left Front Cover Sensor
Recovered by opening and closing the Door
Recovered by opening and closing the Door)
Sensor ID
PS34
PS35
PS24
PS25
PS26
PS27
PS49
PS54
PS59
PS64
PS53
PS58
PS40
PS63
PS68
PS30
PS29
PS28
PS23
PS70
PS74
PS75
PS31
PS32
PS33
PS34
PS35
PS24
PS25
PS26
PS27
PS80
PS79
PS39
PS36
PS87
S006
-
ACC
ID
Jam
Code
Type
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0CA6
0CA7
0CA8
0CA9
0CF1
0D91
0D92
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1
Error *1
MEDIA NG
MEDIA NG
00
0D93
MEDIA NG
00
1E00
OTHER

Misprint (paper length is short)
Misprint (Although transparency setting is set,
paper other than transparency is fed)
Misprint (Although transparency setting is not
set, transparency is fed)
Finisher sequence error jam
Sensor ID
T-3-16
*1 The state is recovered by opening and closing the Door, or turning OFF and then ON the
power supply.
If the same jam is detected regardless of the operation above, the error code is displayed.
3-153
Duplex Color Image Reader-A1 / Color Image

Reader-A1
ACC ID Jam Code

01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
SR10
SR23
SR22
SR4
PCB2
SR12
PCB3
SR15
SR2
LED
PCB4
SR5
SR16
0045
0046
0047
0048
0049
0050
0051
0052
0053
0054
0071
0073
0074
0075
0090
0091
0092
0093
0094
0095
Type
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY *3
STNRY *3
SEQ NG *2
ERROR *1
ERROR *1
ERROR *1
ADF OP
ADF OP
COVER OP
COVER OP
RESIDUAL
PICKUP NG
Sensor ID
Registration sensor
Registration sensor
Lead sensor 1
Lead sensor 1
Lead sensor 2
Lead sensor 2
Delivery sensor
Delivery sensor
Reversal sensor
Reversal sensor
PCB3
PCB3
PCB4
PCB4
SR5
SR5
PCB5
PCB5
SR23
SR23
Disengaging HP sensor 1
Disengaging HP sensor 2
Pickup roller unit lifter HP sensor
DADF open/closed sensor 1/2
DADF open/closed sensor 1/2
Cover open/closed sensor
Cover open/closed sensor
All feed type sensor
Post-separation sensor 1/2/3
SR15
SR16
SR12
SR1/3 (Reader)
SR1/3 (Reader)
SR10
SR10
SR2, SR3, PCB2
T-3-17
SR3
power supply.
PCB5
If the same jam is detected although the above operation is performed, an error code will
be notified.
F-3-2
ACC ID Jam Code

01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
3-154
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
0011
0012
0013
0014
0042
0043
0044
Type
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY *3
STNRY *3
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY

Post-separation sensor 3
Delay detection sensor
Registration sensor
Registration sensor
Lead sensor 1
Lead sensor 1
Lead sensor 2
Lead sensor 2
Delivery sensor
Delivery sensor
Reversal sensor
Reversal sensor
Sensor ID
PCB2
PCB2
SR4
SR4
PCB3
PCB3
PCB4
PCB4
SR5
SR5
PCB5
PCB5
SR23
SR23
PCB2
SR4
SR4
power supply.
If it is not recovered by the above operation, it is considered an error near the target sensor.
Disconnect and then connect the connectors around the target sensor, check if the cable is
open circuit, and replace the sensor.
*3 Color Image Reader-A1 only
Paper Deck Unit A1
POD Deck Light A1
PS6
PS1
PS1
PS6
F-3-4
ACC
ID
F-3-3
ACC
ID
00
00
00
00
00
00
Jam
Code
011A
011B
021A
021B
0A1A
0A1B
Type
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
POWER ON
POWER ON

deck pickup sensor
deck feed sensor
deck pickup feed sensor
deck feed sensor
deck pickup feed sensor
deck feed sensor
Sensor ID
PS6
PS1
PS6
PS1
PS6
PS1
00
00
00
00
00
00
Jam
Code
011A
011B
021A
021B
0A1A
0A1B
Type
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
POWER ON
POWER ON

Deck pickup sensor
Deck pull-out sensor
Deck pickup sensor
Deck pickup sensor
Sensor ID
PS1
PS6
PS1
PS6
PS1
PS6
T-3-19
T-3-18
3-155
Multi-drawer Paper Deck A1
ACC
ID
S102
S101
S001
S002
S202
S201
S003
S009
S005
S302
S010
S301
S004
F-3-5
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Jam
Code
011E
011F
0120
0121
0122
0123
0124
0125
0126
0127
0129
021E
021F
0220
0221
0222
0223
0224
0225
0226
0227
0229
0A1E
0A1F
0A20
0A21
0A22
0A23
0A24
0A25
0A26
0A27
0A29
2828
Type
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
POWER ON
OVERLAP

Upper deck pickup sensor
Upper deck pull-out sensor
Middle deck pickup sensor
Middle deck pull-out sensor
Lower deck pickup sensor
Lower deck pull-out sensor
Lower deck feed sensor
Vertical path upper sensor
Vertical path middle sensor
Vertical path lower sensor
Delivery sensor
Delivery sensor
Delivery sensor
Double feeding sensor
Sensor ID
S101
S102
S201
S202
S301
S302
S004
S001
S002
S003
S005
S101
S102
S201
S202
S301
S302
S004
S001
S002
S003
S005
S101
S102
S201
S202
S301
S302
S004
S001
S002
S003
S005
S009, S010
T-3-20
3-156
Buffer Path Unit - F1
ACC
ID
00
00
00
00
00
00
Jam
Code
011C
011D
021C
021D
0A1C
0A1D
Type
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
RESIDUAL
RESIDUAL

Buffer Sensor 1
Buffer Sensor 2
Buffer Sensor 1
Buffer Sensor 2
Buffer Sensor 1
Buffer Sensor 2
Sensor ID
PS85
PS86
PS85
PS86
PS85
PS86
T-3-21
PS86
PS85
F-3-6
3-157
Insertion Unit -H1
ACC
ID
S3
S7
S8
S9
S18
S12
S17
S16
3
S21
S20
Jam
Code
Type
02
02
02
10E0
10E2
10E4
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
02
02
02
02
10E5
10E6
10E7
10E8
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
02
02
02
11F0
11F2
11F4
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
02
02
02
02
02
11F5
11F6
11F7
11F8
13CC
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
COVER OP
02
14CD
POWER ON
02
1FC0
TIME OUT
02
1FC1
TIME OUT
02
02
02
1FC2
1FC3
1FCF
OTHER
OTHER
STOP
F-3-7

Entrance sensor
Entrance sensor, Delivery sensor 2
Upper tray registration sensor, Lower tray
registration sensor
Middle feed sensor
Middle feed sensor, Reverse entrance sensor
Reverse sensor, Reverse entrance sensor
Reverse timing sensor, Reverse entrance
sensor
Entrance sensor
Delivery sensor 2
Upper tray registration sensor, Lower tray
registration sensor
Middle feed sensor
Middle feed sensor, Reverse entrance sensor
Reverse sensor
Reverse timing sensor
Front upper cover open/close switch, Upper
cover open/close switch, Inserter open/close
sensor
Detected presence of paper at power-on/
at initialization/at warm-up rotation by any
sensors on the feed path
Failed to detect OFF of EntryStart although
a specified period of time has passed after
replying ON of EntryStartAck
Failed to detect ON of EjectStartAck
although a specified period of time has
passed after notifying ON of EjectStart
Failed to detect OFF of EjectStartAck
passed after notifying OFF of EjectStart
Upper tray empty sensor
Lower tray empty sensor
Press Stop key
Sensor ID
S20
S20, S21
S3, S7
S8
S8, S18
S17, S18
S16, S18
S20
S21
S3, S7
S8
S8, S18
S17
S16
SW1, SW2, S19
S9
S12
T-3-22
3-158
Professional Puncher - C1/Professional Puncher

Integration Unit - B1
S7
RS5
S8
S2
RS1
S1
S6
RS2
RS4
S3
S4
RS3
F-3-8
F-3-9
ACC
ID
Jam
Code
Type
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1F73
1F76
1F77
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
TIMING NG
OTHER
TIMING NG
02
02
02
02
02
02
1F7A
1370
1472
1F71
1F78
1F79
TIMING NG
POWER ON
DOOR OP
RESIDUAL
TIME OUT
SEQ NG
02
1F7F
STOP
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
1F7B
1051
1152
1053
1154
1055
1156
1F5E
1057
1158
1059
115A
1F5F
1F74
UP DEVICE
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
TIMING NG
DELAY
STNRY
DELAY
STNRY
OTHER
ERROR
02
1F75
ERROR

Bypass 1 Sensor
Bypass 2 Sensor
Bypass 3 Sensor
Punch Path 1 Sensor
Punch Path 2 Sensor
Punch Path 3 Sensor
Punch Path 4 Sensor, Punch Path 5 Sensor
Jam during receipt from upstream installation
Punch Die comes off
The paper doesnt come from puncher after the
specified time
Early arrival jam
Power ON jam
front cover sensor
Idle rotation jam
Time out jam
Abnormality during receipt from upstream
installation
Press Stop key (only if the finisher is
connected)
Jam caused by other installation
bypass 1 sensor
bypass 1 sensor
reverse path 1 sensor
bypass 2 sensor
bypass 2 sensor
reverse flapper HP sensor
Failure of a receiving/sending signal from the
upstream unit (only when connected to the
finisher)
Failure of a receiving/sending signal from the
downstream unit (only when connected to the
finisher)
Sensor ID
S1
S8
S7
S2
S3
S4
S5, S6
PS6
-
RS1
RS1
RS2
RS2
RS3
RS3
RS3
RS4
RS4
RS5
RS5
PS7
-
T-3-23
3-159
Insertion Unit -J1
ACC
ID
S6
S3
S4
S7
S12
S8
S5
S11
S10
Jam
Code
Type
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
10B1
10B2
10B3
10B4
11C1
11C2
11C3
11C4
1FD1
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
OTHER
02
1FD7
POWER ON
02
1FD8
DOOR OP

Paper registration sensor
Reverse entrance sensor
Reverse sensor
Reverse sensor
No papers at the time of Inserter Tray pickup.
Tray paper sensor 1, Tray paper sensor 2
Paper registration sensor, Reverse sensor,
Reverse timing sensor, Reverse entrance
sensor
Front upper cover open/close sensor, Inserter
open/close sensor, Top cover open/close
sensor
Sensor ID
S4
S12
S10
S11
S4
S12
S10
S11
S7,S8
S4,S10,S11,S12
SW1,S1,S2
T-3-24
3
S13
F-3-10
3-160
Paper Folding Unit - G1
S21
ACC
ID
S20
S30
Jam
Code
Type
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
10E1
10E3
10E9
10EA
10EB
10EC
10ED
10EE
1FDF
11F1
11F3
11F9
11FA
11FB
11FC
11FD
11FE
1FD0
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
STOP
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
TIME OUT
02
13DD
POWER ON
02
02
02
14DC
1FDE
1FD1
COVER OP
ERROR *1
TIME OUT
S33
S31
S32
S22
S27
F-3-11

Entrance sensor
Entrance sensor, Delivery sensor 2
Entrance sensor, Slowdown timing sensor
Release timing sensor
Fold position sensor
Upper stopper paper sensor
Delivery sensor 1, Upper stopper paper sensor
Fold tray paper sensor
Press Stop key
Entrance sensor
Delivery sensor 2
Slowdown timing sensor
Delivery sensor 1
Failed to detect OFF of EntryStart although
a specified period of time has passed after
replying ON of EntryStartAck
Detected presence of paper at power-on/
at initialization/at warm-up rotation by any
Front upper cover switch
Detected error (E569/E56A/E56B/E56E)
Failed to detect ON of EjectStartAck
passed after notifying ON of EjectStart
Failed to detect OFF of EjectStartAck
passed after notifying OFF of EjectStart
Sensor ID
S20
S20, S21
S20, S30
S31
S32
S33
S22, S33
S27
S20
S21
S30
S31
S32
S33
S22
S27
-
SW1
-
T-3-25
power supply.
be notified.
3-161
Paper Folding Insertion Unit - G1
ACC
ID
S3
S4
S6
S7
S12
S8
S11
S10
S24
S25
S22
S21
Type
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
10B1
10B2
10B3
10B4
10B5
10B6
10B7
10B8
10B9
10BA
11C1
11C2
11C3
11C4
11C5
11C6
11C7
11C8
11C9
11CA
1FD1
13D7
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
OTHER
POWER ON
02
14D8
COVER OP

Reverse sensor
Upper stopper sensor
Delivery sensor
C fold delivery sensor
Reverse sensor
Delivery sensor
C fold delivery sensor
No papers at the time of Inserter Tray pickup
Detected presence of paper at power-on by
any sensors on the feed path
Front upper cover open/close sensor, Inserter
open/close sensor, Top cover open/close
sensor
Sensor ID
S4
S12
S10
S11
S24
S21
S23
S22
S25
S15
S4
S12
S10
S11
S24
S21
S23
S22
S25
S15
SW1, S1, S2
T-3-26
S23
S15
F-3-12
3-162
Jam
Code
External 2-hole Puncher - A1/External 2/3 Hole

Puncher - A1/External 2/4 Hole Puncher - A1/External 4
Hole Puncher - A1
PI63
ACC
ID
02
02
02
02
Jam
Code
1012
1122
1F44
1F45
Type
DELAY
STNRY
PUNCH
POWER ON

Trailing edge sensor
Punch home position sensor
Sensor ID
LED5, PTR5 (PCB11, PCB12)
PI63
T-3-27
PCB12
3
F-3-13
3-163
Staple Finisher-A1/Booklet Finisher-A1
ACC
ID
S101
S102
Type
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
1011
1012
1091
1092
1093
1094
1121
1122
112F
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
ERROR *1
02
02
02
02
02
11A1
11A2
11A3
11A4
11AF
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
ERROR *1
02
02
02
1205
1307
1387
TIMING
POWER ON
POWER ON
02
138A
POWER ON
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
1408
1488
148B
1506
1586
1F45
1F4F
DOOR OP
DOOR OP
DOOR OP
STP
SDL STP
PUNCH
ERROR *1
02
1F8F
ERROR *1
S129
S201
S131
S223
3
S227
Jam
Code
S226
S203
F-3-14

Inlet sensor
Feed path senor
Saddle delivery sensor 1
Saddle inlet sensor
Trimmer inlet sensor
Inlet sensor
Feed path senor
Detected error (E514/E530/E532/E535/E537/
E540/E542/E568/E56D/E578/E57B/E57C/
E583/E584) during paper feed
Saddle inlet sensor
Trimmer inlet sensor
Detected error (E5A3/E5A4/E5AA/E5BA/E5BA)
during paper feed
Inlet sensor
Inlet sensor, Feed path senor
Saddle inlet sensor, Saddle vertical path
sensor, Saddle delivery sensor 1, Saddle
delivery sensor 2
Detected presence of paper at power-on /
after opening and then closing the door by any
Front door sensor
Front door sensor
Front door sensor
Staple hp sensor
Saddle stitcher hp senso
Punch hp sensor
Detected Punch Motor error/Punch Slide Motor
error during paper feed
Detected error (E5F0/E5F1/E5F2/E5F3/E5F4/
E5F5/E5F6/E5F7/E5F8/E5F9) during paper
feed
Sensor ID
S101
S102
S226
S227
S201
S101
S101
S102
-
S226
S227
S201
S101
S101
S101, S102
S201, S203,
S226, S227
-
S129
S129
S129
S131
S223
S104
-
T-3-28
power supply.
be notified.
3-164
Staple Finisher-B1/Booklet Finisher-B1
ACC
ID
PI118
PI104
PI22
PI103
PI18
PI19
PI20
PI11
PI17
PI15
PI14
Jam
Code
Type
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
1011
1013
1014
1091
1092
1093
1121
1123
1124
112F
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
STNRY
STNRY
STNRY
ERROR *1
02
11A1
STNRY
02
02
02
02
11A2
11A3
1205
1307
STNRY
STNRY
TIMING
POWER ON
02
1387
POWER ON
02
02
02
02
1408
1488
1506
1586
COVER OP
COVER OP
STP
SDL STP
02
1F8F
ERROR *1

Inlet sensor
Escape tray path sensor
Delivery sensor
No.1 paper sensor
Delivery sensor
Saddle inlet sensor
Inlet sensor
Escape tray path sensor
Delivery sensor
Detected error (E540/E514/E519/E530/E532/
E535/E537/E540/E542/E584)
No.1 paper sensor,No.2 paper sensor,No.3
paper sensor
Delivery sensor,Vertical path paper sensor
Saddle inlet sensor
Inlet sensor
Inlet sensor, Delivery sensor, Escape tray path
sensor
Delivery sensor,Vertical path paper sensor,
No.1 paper sensor,No.2 paper sensor,No.3
paper sensor, Saddle inlet sensor
Front cover sensor, Front cover switch
Inlet cover sensor, Front cover sensor
Staple home position sensor
Stitcher HP sensor (front), Stitcher HP sensor
(rear)
Detected error (E5F0/E5F1/E5F2/E5F3/E5F6)
Sensor ID
PI103
PI118
PI104
PI18
PI11
PI22
PI103
PI118
PI104
PI18,PI19,PI20
PI11,PI17
PI22
PI103
PI103, PI104,
PI118
PI11, PI17, PI18,
PI19, PI20, PI22
PI102, MSW101
PI9, PI102
PI50
SW7, SW5
-
T-3-29
power supply.
PI8
be notified.
F-3-15
3-165
Alarm Code
Alarm Code
73
73
73
73
Alarm Code Details

Alarm Code
Title
00 - 0246 Error code display (4-digit)

00 - 0247 Error code display (4-digit)
31 - 0006 HDD failure when equipped
with the mirroring function
37 - 0001 For R&D
37 - 0002 For R&D
37 - 0003 For R&D
37 - 0004 For R&D
37 - 0005 For R&D
37 - 0006 For R&D
37 - 0007 For R&D
37 - 1000 For R&D
37 - 2000 For R&D
38 - 0001 For R&D
38 - 0002 For R&D
70 - 0001 Memory overflow
70 - 0002 Font memory overflow
70 - 0003 Micromemory overflow
70 - 0004 Image memory overflow
70 - 0005 Pattern memory overflow
70 - 0006 Hard disk error
70 - 0007 Detect operation abnormality
for the HDD access request
73 - 0004 LIPS
73 - 0006 LIPS
73 - 0007 LIPS
73 - 0008 LIPS
73 - 0009 LIPS
73 - 0010 LIPS
73 - 0011 LIPS
73 - 0012 LIPS
73 - 0013 LIPS
73 - 0014 LIPS
73 - 0015 LIPS
73 - 0016 LIPS
73 - 0017 LIPS
73 - 0018 LIPS
73 - 0019 LIPS
73 - 0020 LIPS
73 - 0021 LIPS
3-166
A. movement /B. cause /C. measures

Soft counter PCB cannot write normally
Soft counter PCB cannot restore data
HDD failure when equipped with the mirroring function
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
For R&D
Overflow of work memory for translator
Error in configuration acquisition/management
Memory management error in LIPS
File management error in LIPS
Reception data management error
Page control error
Macro management error
Color management error
Layout control error
Font management error
Letter drawing error
Graphic drawing error
Image drawing error
Display error to LCD
Text mode command error layer error
Vector mode command error layer error
Utility execution control error
0022
0023
0024
0025
Title
LIPS
LIPS
LIPS
LIPS
73 - 0026 LIPS
75 - 0001 Error occurred in Yukon
75 - 0002 Error occurred due to invalid
SVG analysis from Yukon
76 - 0001 Font
76 - 0002 Font
76
76
76
76
76
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
Font
Font
Font
Font
Font
76 - 0008 Font
77
77
77
77
77
78
78
79
79
79
79
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
81
81
81
81
81
82
0001
0002
0003
0005
0006
0003
0005
0001
0002
0003
0004
0001
0003
0010
0011
0015
0016
0018
0019
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0001
PDL
PDL
PDL
PDL
PDL
GL
GL
In-house developed PCL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Imaging
Imaging
Imaging
Imaging
Imaging
RIP

Database management error in LIPS
Menu control error in LIPS
Boot error in LIPS
When the graphic library is in use for image processing,
if the memory allocation is failed.
Data format error of image mode
No memory for internal font
Fails to assure the work area to analyze the font that is
downloaded at "Resource Download".
Fails to access the file that stores the font.
Fails to allocate the FM work memory.
Fails to analyze the internal font.
Alignment of font data is wrong.
Failed to allocate work memory with scaler. There are
3 types depending on where to occur
Failed to allocate work memory with scaler. There are
3 types depending on where to occur
Fails to allocate the memory
Failure of rendering
DGL entry invalid
Other errors
DLG memory insufficient
GL entry invalid
System memory full
A PCL initialization error
A PCL processing error
Download overflow
Admin error
DataArea error
Graphics error
Char error
Print data cannot process this version.
Syntax error
In case of invalid data format in BDL custom mode.
Fails to allocate the memory
Failure of rendering
Imaging initialization error
Imaging processing error
H/W Dart hangup by the DisplayList injustice
Alarm Code
Title
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
0011
0012
0013
0014
0015
0016
0017
0018
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
CanonPDF
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
02
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0020
XPS memory full error

XPS spool full error
XPS print range error
XPS document data error
XPS page data error
XPS image data error
XPS font data error
XPS non-support image error
XPS rendering error
Occurrence of front side dust
correction
Occurrence of backside dust
correction
Optical unit (reader) LED light
intensity shortage error
Optical unit (DADF) LED light
intensity shortage error
Right deck lifter error
02 - 0021
02 - 0022
02 - 0023
04 - 0031

PDF data error
PDF compression analysis error
PDF page compression error
PDF data processing error
PDF memory full
PDF temporary file error
PDF color analysis error
PDF data reading error
PDF output selection error
PDF process file error
PDF access error
PDF analysis access error
PDF font error
PDF rendering error
PDF data decode error
PDF print range error
PDF error
PDF analysis error
There is un-supported transparent object
Alarm Code
Title
04 - 0131 Left deck lifter error
04 - 0231 Cassette 3 lifter error
04 - 0331 Cassette 4 lifter error
04 - 3039 Upper multi-cassette deck

lifter error
04 - 3139 Middle multi-cassette deck

lifter error
04 - 3239 Lower multi-cassette deck

lifter error
Dust correction available at the platen roller 1 in paper
interval at stream reading mode
Dust correction available at the platen roller 2 in paper
interval at stream reading mode
The light intensity is insufficient at LED light-on.
The light intensity is insufficient at LED light-on.
Movement: The right deck pickup motor (M43) stops.
The right deck is not used.
Cause: The right deck lifter does not move up. A failure
occurred in the right deck paper surface sensor (PS52).
Measures: Turn OFF/ON the power to eliminate the
problem.

lifter lower limit sensor error



paper surface sensor error

Movement: The left deck pickup motor (M42) stops.
The left deck is not used.
Cause: The left deck lifter does not move up. A failure
occurred in the left deck paper surface sensor (PS57).
problem.
Movement: The cassette 3 pickup motor (M44) stops.
The cassette 3 is not used.
Cause: The cassette 3 lifter does not move up. A failure
occurred in the cassette 3 paper surface sensor (PS62).
problem.
Movement: The cassette 4 pickup motor (M45) stops.
The cassette 4 is not used.
Cause: The cassette 4 lifter does not move up. A failure
occurred in the cassette 4 paper surface sensor (PS67).
problem.
Movement: The upper deck lifter motor (M101) stops.
The upper deck is not used.
problem.
Movement: The middle deck lifter motor (M201) stops.
The middle deck is not used.
problem.
Movement: The lower deck lifter motor (M301) stops.
The lower deck is not used.
problem.
problem.
problem.
problem.
problem.
3-167
Alarm Code
Title


04 - 3042 The upper limit of the upper

multi-cassette deck lifter
upper limit sensor has been
exceeded.
04 - 3142 The upper limit of the middle
exceeded.
04 - 3242 The upper limit of the lower
exceeded.
04 - 3043 The lower limit of the upper
lower limit sensor has been
exceeded.
04 - 3143 The lower limit of the middle
exceeded.
04 - 3243 The lower limit of the lower
exceeded.
04 - 3044 The upper limit of the value of
counting the paper remaining
on the upper multi-cassette
deck has been exceeded.
on the middle multi-cassette
on the lower multi-cassette
04 - 3045 The lower limit of the value of
on the upper multi-cassette
3-168

problem.
problem.
Movement: The lifter moves down to the lower limit
position. The upper deck is not used.
Measures: "How to clear 04-3042, 04-3142 and 043242:"(page 6-1).
position. The middle deck is not used.
Movement: The lifter moves up to the lower limit
position. The upper deck is not used.
position. The lower deck is not used.
problem.
problem.
problem.
problem.
Alarm Code
Title

on the middle multi-cassette
on the lower multi-cassette
04 - 3053 Reaching the life of the
upper multi-cassette deck left
separation fan / Failure of the
fan
middle multi-cassette deck left
fan
lower multi-cassette deck left
fan
04 - 3055 Reaching the life of the upper
multi-cassette deck right
fan
04 - 3155 Reaching the life of the middle
fan
04 - 3255 Reaching the life of the lower
fan
04 - 9090 OHT sensor (PS29)
adjustment failure
06 - 0002 Alarm indicating that the life

of the pressure belt has been
reached

problem.
problem.
Movement: The fan stops.The air floatation fan stops.
Not use the corresponding receptacle (handle as there
is no paper)
problem.
is no paper)
problem.
is no paper)
problem.
is no paper)
problem.
is no paper)
problem.
is no paper)
problem.
Movement: OHT detection cannot be performed.
Cause: An adjustment of the OHT sensor (PS29) failed
at initial rotation.
Measures: Re-adjust during pre-rotation.
Movement: None
Cause: The pressure belt performed the belt
displacement recovery mode.
Measures: Replace the pressure belt unit.
Alarm Code
Title
06 - 0004 Caution alarm for increase of Movement: None

pressure belt torque
Cause: The pressure belt torque increased.
Measures: Replace the pressure belt.
33 - 0010 Stream reading fan alarm
A failure occurred in the fan at the time of job
completion.
33 - 0022 Read motor cooling fan alarm A failure occurred in the fan during job operation.
33 - 0023 Optical unit (DADF) cooling
A failure occurred in the fan during job operation.
fan alarm
33 - 0025 Optical unit (reader) cooling
A failure occurred in the fan during job operation.
fan alarm
34 - 0001 Image position correction
Movement: None
patch detection alarm 1
Cause:
The detection data of the average value of the image
position correction patch pattern has exceeded the
permitted range.
Scraches on the ITB
Failure of the photosensitive drum
Noise due to contact failure of the ITB guide (The
ITB unit is not installed correctly.)
Measures:
1. Check whether the color image is formed correctly
for 4 colors.
a. Perform test print in the following condition.
COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE: 5
Output one sheet for each color in the paper of
LTR/A4/A3 size (more than 290mm in a horizontal
scanning direction).
b. Check the following points.
Check whether the image is formed in the printing
field except a margin. Check whether the image
density is not low.
Check whether an unexpected image is not formed.
If a correct image is not formed, check the following
points.
Developing assembly: Check whether dirt is not
applied to the developing.
Drum: Check whether dirt is not applied to the drum.
Check whether there are no scratches on the drum.
ITB cleaning unit: Check whether an ITB cleaning
failure has not occurred. (Check whether the
previous image does not remain.)
Check whether there are a lot of scratches or dents
on the ITB or not.
Based on the checking results and frequency
of occurrence of the alarm, make a judgment of
whether or not to replace the corresponding parts.
Alarm Code
Title


Movement: None
Cause:
The image position correction patch pattern cannot be
detected at all.
Failure of the patch sensor
Failure of the shutter
Image failure
1. 1. Check whether the color image is formed correctly
for 4 colors.
density is not low.
If a correct image is not formed, take measures to be
taken for prevention of an image failure. (Check the
developing assembly and drum unit.)
Developing assembly: Check whether dirt is not
applied to the developing.
Drum: Check whether dirt is not applied to the drum.
Check whether there are no scratches on the drum.
ITB cleaning unit: Check whether an ITB cleaning
failure has not occurred. (Check whether the
previous image does not remain.)
Check whether there are a lot of scratches or dents
on the ITB or not.
Based on the checking results and frequency
of occurrence of the alarm, make a judgment of
whether or not to replace the corresponding parts.
2. Damage or dirt of/on the patch sensor
a. Check whether the shutter of the patch sensor
operates correctly.
b. Check whether dirt is not applied to the patch sensor.
If dirt is applied, clean the sensor surface
with alcohol. After cleaning, execute patch
light intensity correction and base correction
(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>PT-LPADJ).
c. If the problem is not eliminated even after cleaning,
replace the registration patch sensor unit.
d. Check whether shorting has occurred to the patch
sensor harness.
If it occurred, replace both of the harness and the DC
controller interface PCB. (It is necessary to replace
the PCB because the DC controller interface PCB
burns when shorting occurs.)
3-169
Alarm Code
Title

3-170

Movement: None
Cause:
The volume of image position correction patch pattern
detection data is insufficient.
The patch image is not formed. / The density is low.
1. Check whether a color image is formed correctly for
4 colors.
density is not low.
(Check whether color displacement has not occurred
in a vertical scanning direction.)
Check whether a cleaning failure has not occurred.
(Check whether the previous image does not
remain.)
If a cleaning failure is found, check the ITB cleaning
unit.
3. Replace the drum ITB driver PCB.
Alarm Code
Title

patch correction alarm 1


Movement: None
Cause: The correction amount of the skew correction
motor has exceeded the limit.
Failure of the laser scanner unit
Failure of installation of the laser scanner unit
Incorrect detection by the registration sensor
(Scratches on the belt)
Measures:
4 colors.
Check whether there is color displacement in a
horizontal scanning direction based on the Bk
standard, and check whether there is a color which is
extremely displaced. Replace the laser scanner unit
for the color in which significant color displacement
occurred.
2. Check whether there are a lot of scratches or dents
on the ITB or not. If there are a lot of them and this
alarm occurs frequently, replace the ITB.
Movement: None
Cause: The vertical scanning direction writing
correction limiter has been exceeded.
Patch image failure
Measures:
4 colors.
Output more than 2 sheets of A3-size paper
consecutively. Or, output 4 sheets of A4-size paper
consecutively.
(Color displacement in a vertical scanning direction)
Alarm Code
Title


Movement: None
Cause:
The horizontal scanning direction magnification
correction limiter has been exceeded.
Patch image failure
Measures:
4 colors.
standard, and check whether there is a color which
is extremely displaced. Reinstall the laser scanner
unit where significant color displacement occurred.
If the problem cannot be still eliminated, replace the
unit.
If a correct image is not formed, take measures to
be taken for prevention of an image failure. (Replace
the drum unit, etc.)
Alarm Code
Title

50 - 0007 Lack of light intensity in the

post-separation sensor 3
read sensor 1
delivery sensor
50 - 0010 A separation alarm occurred
consecutively.
registration sensor
61 - 0001 Finisher staple alarm

Movement: None
Cause:
The horizontal scanning direction writing correction
limiter has been exceeded.
Patch image failure
Measures:
4 colors.
standard, and check whether there is a color which
is extremely displaced. Reinstall the laser scanner
unit where significant color displacement occurred.
If the problem cannot be still eliminated, replace the
unit.
If a correct image is not formed, take measures to
be taken for prevention of an image failure. (Replace
the drum unit, etc.)
A failure of lack of light intensity occurred when
adjusting the output of the post-separation sensor 3.
adjusting the output of the read sensor 1.
adjusting the output of the delivery sensor.
A failure occurred.
adjusting the output of the registration sensor.
Movement: A user message is displayed on the
control panel of the host machine. When a stapling
job is performed during printing operation, the printing
operation stops.
Method to eliminate the problem: Supply staples.
3-171
Alarm Code
Title
62 - 0001 Saddle staple alarm
65 - 0001 Punch alarm
75 - 9101 Failure in transfer of video

data from an external
controller

controller

controller

controller

controller
3-172

Movement: A user message is displayed on the control
panel of the host machine, and the printing operation
stops. When a saddle stapling job is performed during
printing operation, the printing operation stops.
Method to eliminate the problem: Supply staples.
Movement: A user message is displayed on the
control panel of the host machine. When punching is
performed during printing operation, the operation is
performed according to the full detection level.
Full detection level 1: The operation in the host
machine continues.
Full detection level 2*: The printing operation stops. (*
When punching was performed 1000 times after the full
detection level 1 was detected)
Method to eliminate the problem: Remove punch
waste.
When a video data transfer error occurred,
retransmission of the video data is internally performed,
so no measures need to be taken.
However, when retransmission is performed over a
specified number of times, the corresponding job is
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
Alarm Code
Title

controller

controller

controller

controller
75 - 910A Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 910B Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 910C Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 910D Failure in transfer of video

controller

cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
Alarm Code
Title
75 - 910E Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 910F Failure in transfer of video

controller

controller

controller

controller

controller

controller

controller

cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
Alarm Code
Title

controller

controller

controller

controller
75 - 911A Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 911B Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 911C Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 911D Failure in transfer of video

controller

cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
3-173
Alarm Code
Title
75 - 911E Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - 911F Failure in transfer of video

controller

controller
75 - B101 Failure in transfer of video

controller

controller

controller

controller

controller
3-174

cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
Alarm Code
Title

controller

controller

controller

controller
75 - B10A Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B10B Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B10C Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B10D Failure in transfer of video

controller

cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
Alarm Code
Title
75 - B10E Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B10F Failure in transfer of video

controller

controller

controller

controller

controller

controller

controller

cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
Alarm Code
Title

controller

controller

controller

controller
75 - B11A Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B11B Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B11C Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B11D Failure in transfer of video

controller

cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
cancelled.
3-175
Alarm Code
Title
75 - B11E Failure in transfer of video

controller
75 - B11F
75 - B120
85 - 0001
85 - 0002
85 - 0003
85 - 0004
85 - 0005
85 - 0006
85 - 0007
3-176

cancelled.
Failure in transfer of video
controller
cancelled.
Failure in transfer of video
controller
cancelled.
Scanning input timeout error Remove and place the document, decrease the
sharpness level, and perform printing again.
If this alarm occurs frequently, check the connection of
the DDIS video cable, replace the reader, and replace
the video controller 2.
Scanning input encode error Remove and place the document, decrease the
Scanning input encode error 2 Remove and place the document, decrease the
Scanning input VSync error
Remove and place the document, decrease the
Scanning input HSync error
Remove and place the document, decrease the
Image processing timeout
When an error retry failed three times, E747-6xxx/7xxx
error
is displayed.
Image processing transfer
When an error retry failed three times, E747-6xxx/8xxx
error
is displayed.
Alarm Code
Title
85 - 0008 Illegal packet error

85 - 0009 Process instruction error

When an error retry failed three times, E747-3xxx is
displayed.
When an error retry failed three times, E747-3xxx is
displayed.
T-3-30
User Mode
of User Mode
List
List of User Mode

Device Information Delivery Settings
Registering device information in your machine enables you to set the machine to deliver the same device information to other machines that are connected to the same network. This enables you to
easily manage multiple machines at the same time.
Your machine is capable of both sending and receiving device information, which can be delivered manually and automatically.
parent machine
child machines
child machines
child machines
F-4-1
Environment Settings
Paper Settings
* Default Settings
Item
Paper Settings
A5R/STMTR Original Selection
B5/EXEC Original Selection
4-2
Setting Description
Plain*, Recycled, Color, Pre-punched
A5R, STMTR*
B5, EXEC*
Device Information
DeliveryAvailable
No
No
No
Item
Paper Type Management Settings
Setting Description
Details/Edit
Name, Category, Basis Weight, Type, Finish, Creep
(Displacement) Correction Adjustment, Color, Curl
Correction Level, Adjusting Image Position
Duplicate, Delete
ENV.1: COM10*, ISO-B5, Monarch, ISO-C5, DL
ENV.2: COM10*, ISO-B5, Monarch, ISO-C5, DL
On, Off*
Register/Edit, Delete, Register Name
Envelope Cassette
Multi-Purpose Tray Defaults
Register Custom Size
Device Information
DeliveryAvailable
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
T-4-1
Display Settings
* Default Settings
Item
Default Screen at Startup
Default Screen (Status Monitor/Cancel)
Copy Screen Display Settings

Display Fax Function
Store Location Display Settings
Language/Keyboard Switch On/Off

Language/Keyboard Switch
Display Remaining Paper Message
No. of Copies/Job Duration Status
Display Original Scanning Cleaning Area
Select Paper Screen Priority
mm/Inch Entry Switch
ID/User Name Display On/Off
Display Remaining Toner Error Message
Delete Remaining Toner Error
Setting Description
Main Menu*, Quick Menu, Copy, Scan and Send, Send
& Fax, Fax, Scan and Store, Access Stored Files, Fax/
I-Fax Inbox, Secured Print, Web Browser, Workflow
Composer, Remote Scanner, Print Server, Scan Lock
Analyzer, Tutorial
Open Status Monitor/Cancel: On, Off*
Default Status Type: Copy/Print*, Send, Receive,
Store, Consumables
Status/Log: Job Status*, Log
Details: Print Jobs, Send Jobs, Receive Jobs, Copy,
Fax, Forward, Local Print, Printer, RX Print, Print
Report
Regular Copy*, Express Copy
On*, Off
Enable Fax in Scan and Send Function: On*, Off
Mail Box: On*, Off
Advanced Box/Network: On*, Off
Memory Media: On, Off*
On, Off*
Language, Keyboard Layout
On*, Off
On*, Off
On*, Off
Simple*, Detailed
mm, inch*
On*, Off
On, Off*
Do you want to delete the Remaining Toner error
message? : Yes, No
Device Information
DeliveryAvailable
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
4-3
Item
Edit Puncher Unit Die Name
Setting Description
Device Information
DeliveryAvailable
Installed Punch Die Name, Edit

T-4-2
Timer/Energy Settings
* Default Settings
Item
Adjust Time
Date/Time Settings
00: 00 to 23: 59, in one minute increments (00: 00*)

Date and Time Setting (12 digit number)
Time Zone: GMT -12: 00 to GMT +12: 00 (GMT
-05:00*)
Daylight Saving Time: On, Off*
24 Hour, 12 Hour*
0 (Off) to 9 minutes, in one minute increments
(2minutes*)
Initial Function*, Selected Function
5, 10, 15*, 20, 30, 40, 50 min., 1 hour, 90 min.,
2, 3, 4 hours
Low*, High
Sunday to Saturday, 00: 00 to 23: 59, in one minute
increments
00: 00 to 23: 59, in one minute increments
-10*,-25,-50%, None
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50 min., 1 hour*, 90 min.,
2, 3, 4 hours
Time Format
Auto Reset Time
Function After Auto Reset
Auto Sleep Time
Sleep Mode Energy Use
Weekly Timer Settings
Setting Description
Enerqv Saver/Sleep Mode Exit Time Settings

Change Energy Saver Mode
Enerqv Saver Mode Time
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T-4-3
Network
If you are configuring the settings for the first time in "Interface Settings," "TCP/IPv4 Settings," "TCP/IPv6 Settings," or "Settings Common to TCP/IPv4 and TCP/IPv6," use the control panel of the
machine. After configuring the TCP/IP settings, you can change them using the Remote UI.
In the NetWare or AppleTalk network, the TCP/IP protocol must be used to specify the settings with software other than the control panel of the machine. The setting items are shown below.
Some items can be set using the Remote UI. Use the control panel of the device to set items which cannot be set using the Remote UI.
* Default Settings
*1 Indicates items that appear only when the appropriate optional equipment is attached.
Can be set in Remote
UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
Plint List
On, Off*
Yes
No
No
Yes
On*, Off
Yes
No
Item
User Data List
Confirm Network Connection Set. Changes
TCP/IP Settings
IPv4 Settings
Use IPv4
4-4
Setting Description

UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
IP Address: 0.0.0.0*
Subnet Mask: 0.0.0.0*
Gateway Address: 0.0.0.0*
DHCP: On, Off*
RARP: On, Off*
BOOTP: On, Off*
IP Adress: 0.0.0.0*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
On, Off*
Use Stateless Address: On*, Off
Use Manual Address: On, Off*
Manual Address: IPv6 Address (39characters
maximum)
Prefix Length: 0 to 128 (64*)
Default Router Address (39 characters maximum)
On, Off*
IPv6 Address: (39characters maximum)
48 characters maximum
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Primary DNS Server: IP Address:0.0.0.0*

Secondary DNS Server: IP Address:0.0.0.0*
Primary DNS Server: IPv6 Address
Secondary DNS Server: IPv6 Address
Host Name: 47 characters maximum
Domain Name: 47 characters maximum
Use Same Host Name/Domain Name as IPv4:On, Off*
Host Name: 47 characters maximum
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
DNS Dynamic Update: On, Off*

DNS Dynamic Update: On, Off*
Register Stateless Address: On, Off*
Register Manual Address: On, Off*
Register Stateless Address: On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
On, Off*
IP Address: 0.0.0.0*
Auto Set, display only
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
On*, Off
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Item
IP Address Settings
PING Command
IPv6 Settings
Use IPv6
Stateless Address Settings
Manual Address Settings
Use DHCPv6
PING Command
Host Name
DNS Settings
DNS Server Address Settings
IPv4
IPv6
DNS Host/Domain Name Settings
IPv4
IPv6
DNS Dynamic Update Settings
IPv4
IPv6
WINS Settings
WINS Resolution
WINS Server Address
Node Type
Scope ID
LPD Print Settings
LPD Print Settings
LPD Banner Page*1
RAW Print Settings
Setting Description
4-5

UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
On*, Off
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On, Off*
Interval for performing time synchronization (1 to 48
hours) (24hours*)
IP address or host name
-
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
On, Off*
User name for FTP server login (24 characters
maximum)
Password for FTP server login (24 characters
maximum)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
User name for IPP authentication (24 characters
maximum)
Password for IPP authentication (24 characters
maximum)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
On* Off
Scope name to be used for a multicast discovery
(32 characters maximum)
On* Off
On, Off*
Functions using SSL encrypted communications
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Version/Serial Number/Signature Algorithm/Issue

Destination/Start Date of Validity/End Date of Validity/
Issuer/Public Key/Cert Thumbprint/Certificate
Displays what the key pair is being used for
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
On, Off*
IP address or FQDN (128 characters maximum)
Yes
Yes
No
No
Item
RAW Print Settings
Bidirectional Communication
SNTP Settings
Use SNTP
Polling Interval
NTP Server Address
Check NTP Server
FTP Print Settings
Use FTP printing
User
Password
WSD Print Settings
Use WSD
Use WSD Browsing
Use Multicast Discovery
Use FTP PASV Mode
Use FTP PASV Mode
IPP Print Settings
IPP Print Settings
Use SSL
Use Authentication
User
Password
Multicast Discovery Settings
Response
Scope name
Use HTTP
Use Web DAV Server
SSL Settings
Key and Certificate
Set as the Default Key
Certificate Details
Display Use Location

Proxy Settings
Use proxy
Server Address
4-6
Setting Description

UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
1to 65535 (80*)

On, Off*
Yes
Yes
No
No
On, Off*
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
On, Off*
Allow/Reject
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Local Address:
All IP Addresses*/IPv4 Address/IPv6 Address/IPv4
Manual Settings/IPv6 Manual Settings
Remort Address:
All IP Addresses*, All IPv4Address, All IPv6Address,
IPv4Manual Settings, IPv6 Manual Settings
Port: Specify by Port Number*/Specify by Service
Name
IKE mode : Main*/Aggressive
Authentication Method : Pre-Shared Key Method*/
Digital sig. Method
Auth./Encryption Algorithm : Auto*/Manual Settings
Validity : Time (1to65535minuites)(480minuites*)
Validity : Size (1to65535 MB)(65535 MB*)
PFS : On, Off*
Auth./Encryption Algorithm : Auto*/Manual Settings
Connect. Mode : Transport, display only
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
On, Off*
Auto Detect*/Ethernet II/Ethernet 802.2/Ethernet 802.3/
Ethernet SNAP
Bindery PServer, R Printer, NDS Pserver*, NPrinter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
-
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Item
Port Number
Use Proxy within the Same Domain
Set Authentication
Use Proxy Auth.
User
Password
Confirm Dept. ID PIN
IPSec Settings
Use IPSec
Receive Non-policy Packets
Edit
Delete
Policy On, Off
Register
Policy Name
Register: Selector Settings
IKE Settings
IPSec Network Settings
Netware Settings
Use NetWare
Frame Type
IPX External Network Number
Node Number
Print Service
Packet Signature
Bindery Pserver Settings
Print Server Name
File Server Name
Print Server Password
Setting Description
4-7
Item
Printer Number
Polling Interval
Printer Form
Buffer Size
Service Mode
Rprinter Settings
Print ServerName
File ServerName
Printer Number
NDS PServer Settings
Printer Number
Tree Name
Context
Print ServerPassword
Printer Number
Polling Interval
Printer Form
Buffer Size
Service Mode
NPrinter Settings
Print ServerName
Tree Name
Context
Printer Number
Apple Talk Settings
Use Apple Talk
Phase
Service Name
Zone
Print Mode
SMB Server Settings
Use SMB Server
ServerName
Workgroup
Comment
LM Announce
SMB Printer Settings
Use SMB Print
Printer Name
4-8

UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
0 to 15 (0*)
1 to 15seconds (5sedonds*)
0 to 255 (0*)
1 to 20 KB (20KB*)
Service only currently mounted form/Change forms as
needed/Minimize form changes across print queues/
Minimize form changes within print queues*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
0 to 15 (0*)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
0 to 254 (0*)
1 to 255seconds (5seconds*)
0 to 255 (0*)
3 to 20KB (20KB*)
Service only currently mounted form/Change forms as
needed/Minimize form changes across print queues/
Minimize form changes within print queues*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
0 to 254 (0*)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
On, Off*
Phase 2 (fixing)
Both*, Spool, Direct
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
On, Off*
15 characters maximum (Canon+represents the
last six digits of a MAC address)
15 characters maximum (WORKGROUP*)
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
On, Off*
13 characters maximum (PRINTER)
Yes
Yes
No
No
Setting Description

UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
On*, Off
Yes
Yes
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
0 to 300seconds (0*)
Yes
No
On*, Off
Half Duplex*/Full Duplex
10 Base-T*, 100 Base-TX, 1000 Base-T
Display only
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
No
No
No
No
On, Off*
Name of the user to be authenticated with IEEE802.1X
authentication
Yes
Yes
No
No
Item
SMB Auth. Settings
Use SMB Authentication
Authentication Type
SNMP Settings
Get Printer Mgmt Info from Host
Use SNMPv1
Community Name1Settings
Community Name1
MIB Access Permission
Community Name
Community Name2 Settings
Community Name2
MIB Access Permission
Community Name
Use SNMPv3
User Settings
User On, Off
Register
Details/Edit
Delete
Context Settings
Register
Edit
Delete
Dedicated Port Settings
Dedicated Port Settings
Use Spool Function
Use Spool Function
Startup Settings
Startup Settings
Ethernet Driver Settings
Auto Detect
Communication Mode
Ethernet Type
MAC Address
IEEE802.1X Settings
Use IEEE802.1X
User
Setting Description
On, Off*
NTLMv1*, NTLMv2*
On, Off*
On*, Off
On*, Off
Read/Write/Read Only*
Community Name (32 characters maximum) (public*)
On, Off*
Read/Write/Read Only*
Community Name (32 characters maximum) (public2*)
On, Off*
User/MIB Access Permission/Security Settings/Authent.
Algorithm/Authent.Password/Encryption Algorithm/
Encryption Password
User/MIB Access Permission/Security Settings/Authent.
Algorithm/Authent.Password/Encryption Algorithm/
Encryption Password
Context Name (32 characters maximum)
Context Name (32 characters maximum)
-
4-9

UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
Password of the user to be authenticated with

IEEE802.1X authentication
Yes
No
On, Off*
Yes
No

Destination/Start Date of Validity/End Date of Validity/
Issuer/Public Key/Cert.Thumbprint/Certificate
Displays what the key pair is being used for.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
On, Off*
MSCHAPv2*, PAP
Yes
Yes
No
No
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Time, Category, IP Address, Result
Yes
No
On, Off*
Allow/Reject
Up to 16 IPv4 addresses can be stored.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
On, Off*
Allow/Reject
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
On, Off*
Allow/Reject
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
On, Off*
Allow/Reject
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
On, Off*
Allow/Reject
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
On, Off*
Yes
No
Item
Password
TLS Settings
Use TLS
Key and Certificate
Set as the Default Key
Certificate Details

TTLS Settings
Use TTL
TTLS Settings
PEAP Settings
Use PEAP
Same User Name as Login Name
Login Name
Firewall Settings
IP Address Block Log
IPv4 Address Filter
Send Filter
Use Filter
Default Policy
IPv4 Address
Receive Filter
Use Filter
Default Policy
IPv4 Address
IPv6 Address Filter
Send Filter
Use Filter
Default Policy
IPv6Address
RecieveFilter
Use Filter
Default Policy
IPv6Address
MACAddressFilter
Send Filter
Use Filter
Default Policy
MACAddress
RecieveFilter
Use Filter
4-10
Setting Description
Item
Setting Description
Default Policy
MACAddress
Allow/Reject

UI
Device Information
Delivery Available
Yes
Yes
No
No
T-4-4
External Interface
* Default Settings
Item
USB Settings
Use USB Device
Use USB host
Use MEAP Driver for USB Device
Use MEAP Driver for USB External Drive
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
On*, Off
Yes
On, Off*
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
T-4-5
Accessibility
* Default Settings
Item
Key Repetition Settings
Reversed Display (Color)
Setting Description
Standard*, Slightly Slow, Slow
On, Off*
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
T-4-6
Adjustment/Maintenance
Adjust Image Quality
* Default Settings
Item
Auto Adjust Gradation
Correct Density
Correct Shading
Correct Color Mismatch
Zoom Fine Adjustment
Setting Description
Quick Adjust: Press [Start]
Full Adjust: Automatic after the machine prints and scans four sets of test pages
Copy/Scan and Store (Mail Box), Black Send/Scan and Store (other than Mail Box), Color
Send/Scan and Store (Other Than Mail Box)Light, Dark: 1 to 9 levels (5levels*)
Shading Correction: Visual Correction, Shading Correction: Print Server Correction
Press [Start]
X:- 1.0 % to+ 1.0 % (0.1 % increments) (0%*)
Y:- 1.0 % to+ 1.0 % (0.1 % increments) (0%*)
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
No
No
No
T-4-7
4-11
Adjust Action
* Default Settings
*2 Indicates information that is delivered only if the number of output trays in the host machine and client machines is the same.
Item
Device Information
Delivery Available
Setting Description
Saddle Stitcher Staple Repositioning

Adjust Stitching Position
Press [Start]
-2.0 mm to +2.0 mm, in 0.25 mm increments (0.00 mm*)
No
No
T-4-8
Maintenance
* Default Settings
Item
Device Information
Delivery Available
Setting Description
Clean Inside Main Unit

Clean Roller
Clean Wire
Clean Drum
Clean Feeder*1
Original Scanning Area Cleaning Method*1
Press [Start]
Press [Start]
Press [Start]
Press [Start]
Press [Start]
Press [Done]
No
No
No
No
No
No
T-4-9
Function Settings
Common
* Default Settings
*2 Indicates information that is delivered only if the number of output trays in the host machine and client machines is the same.
*3 Indicates items that cannot be used with the default setting. Also, the Adobe LiveCycle Rights Management ES is necessary. Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
Item
Paper Feed Settings
Paper Drawer Auto Selection On/Off
Optimal Productivity
Multi-Purpose Tray
Other
Copy
Suspended Job Timeout On
Paper Output Settings
Output Tray Settings
4-12
Setting Description
Copy, Printer, Access Stored File, Receive/Fax, Other
On*, Off
On, Off*
On*, Off
Consider Paper Type : On*, Off
On, Off*
0 to 999 min. (5min*)
Device information
DeliveryAvailable
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Item
If the Staple Finisher-A1/Booklet Finisher-A1 Is Attached
Tray A
Tray B
Tray C
If the Staple Finisher -B1/Booklet Finisher-B1 and Buffer Pass Unit-F1 Are Attached
Tray A
Tray B
Tray C
Tray Home Position
Offset Jobs*1
Job Separator Between Jobs
Job Separator Between Copies
Different Paper Sizes for the Output Tray
Unfinished Tab Paper Forced Output
Print Settings
Print Priority
Copy
Printer
Access Stored File, Receive, Fax, Other
Coated Productivity/When Priority
Text/Photo Priority When ACS Is Set to Black
Local Print Default Settings
Select Paper
No. of Prints
Finishing
If No Finisher Is Attached.
If the Stapele Finisher-A1 Is Attached.
If the Booklet Finisher-A1 Is Attached.
If the Staple Finisher-A1 and Puncher Unit-BF1 Are Attached.
If the Staple Finisher-A1/Booklet Finisher-A1 and Paper Folding Unit-G1 Are

Attached:
Setting Description
Device information
DeliveryAvailable
Copy*, Mail Box*, Printer, Receive, Fax, Other

Copy, Mail Box, Printer*, Receive*, Fax*, Other*
Copy*, Mail Box*, Printer*, Receive, Fax*, Other*
No*3
No*3
Copy, Mail Box, Printer, Receive*, Fax*, Other*

Copy*, Mail Box*, Printer*, Receive, Fax, Other
Copy*, Mail Box*, Printer*, Receive, Fax, Other
Tray A*, Tray B, Off
On*, Off
On, Off*
On, Off*
On*, Off
On, Off*
No*3
No*3
No*3
No*3
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
1*,2,3
1,2*,3
1,2,3*
Productivity Priority, Image Quality Priority*
Text Priority*, Photo Priority
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
All Paper Sources, Auto*

1 to 9,999 sets (1set*)
No
No
No
No
Do Not Collate, Collate (Page Order)*, Rotate Collate, Group

(Same Pages), Rotate Group
Do Not Collate, Collate (Page Order), Offset*, Group (Same
Pages), Offset Group, Staple (CornerTop Left, Bottom Left, Top
Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Face Up/Face Down
Pages), Offset Group, Staple (Corner: Top Left, Bottom Left, Top
Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Saddle Fold, Face
Up/Face Down
Do Not Collate, Collate (Page Order), Offset, Group (Same
Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Hole Punch, Face
Up/Face Down
Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Fold, Face Up/Face
Down
No
No
No
No
4-13
Item
If the Staple Finisher-A1/Booklet Finisher-A1, Puncher Unit-BF1 and Paper
Folding Unit-G1 Are Attached.
If the Staple Finisher-B1 and Buffer Pass Unit-F1 Are Attached.
If the Booklet Finisher-B1 and Buffer Pass Unit-F1 Are Attached.
If the Staple Finisher-B1, Buffer Pass Unit-F1 and External 2/3 Hole
Puncher-A1 Are Attached.
If the Staple Finisher-B1/Booklet Finisher-B1, Buffer Pass Unit-F1 and

Document Insertion/Folding Unit-G1 Are Attached.
If the Staple Finisher-B1/Booklet Finisher-B1, Buffer Pass Unit-F1, External

2/3 Hole Puncher-A1 and Document Insertion/Folding Unit-G1 Are Attached.
2-Sided Printing
Delete File After Printing
Merge and Print
Output Report Default Settings
2-Sided Printing
Register Form
Superimpose Image Quality Priority
Register Characters for Page No./Watermark
Copy Set Numbering Option Settings
Number Option ON
ID/User Name
Date
Text
Secure Watermark/Document Scan Lock*1
Forced Secure Watermark/Doc. Scan Lock
Copy
Mail Box
Printer
4-14
Setting Description
Device information
DeliveryAvailable

Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Hole Punch, Fold,
Face Up/Face Down
Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Face Up/Face Down
Do Not Collate, Collate (Page Order), Offset, Group (Same
Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Saddle Fold, Face
Up/Face Down
Right, Bottom Right), (Double: Left, Right), Hole Punch, Face
Up/Face Down
Face Up/Face Down
Face Up/Face Down
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
No
No
No
On, Off*
Register, Delete, Check Print, Details
Auto*, Original Priority, Form Priority
Register, Edit, Delete
On, Off*
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Do Not Set*, Forced Secure Watermark, Forced Document Scan

Lock
Lock
Lock
Yes
Yes
Yes
Item
Printer Driver Watermark/Doc. Scan Lock
Adjust Background/Character Contrast
Standard Value Settings
Relative Contrast
Standard Value Settings
Latent Area Density:
Scan Settings
Timing to Raise Feeder Tray
Feeder Jam Recovery Method
Scanner Noise Settings
Streak Prevention
Black Scan Speed/Image Quality Priority
LTRR/STMT Original Detection
Remote Scan Data Compression Ratio
Remote Scan Gamma Value
Auto Online
Auto Online
Generate File
High Compression Image Quality Level
Image Level in Text/Photo Mode or Photo Mode
Image Level in Text Mode
OCR (Text Searchable)Settings
Smart Scan
Num. of Char. for File Name Setting
Trace & Smooth Settings
Outline Graphics
Graphics Recognition Level
Background Image Level
OOXML Settings
Background Image Recognition Level
Color Image Recognition Level
Color Image Line Width Recognition
Format PDF to PDF/A
Optimize PDF for Web
Rights Management Server Settings
Document Scan Lock Settings

Use Document Scan Lock/Embedded. Info.
Multiple Embedded Information Action
Use Document Scan Lock
Restrict Options
Setting Description
Do Not Set*, Printer Driver Secure Watermark, Printer Driver
Document Scan Lock
Black, Cyan, Magenta, Print Settings, Test Print
Device information
DeliveryAvailable
Yes
-7 to +7 (Black : -1, Cyan : 0,Magenta : 1)

1 to 64 (Black : 8, Cyan : 12, Magenta : 12)
1 to 36 (Black : 5, Cyan : 7, Magenta : 7)
No
No
No
No
No
When Start is pressed*, When Performing from Panel

From 1st Page*, From Stopped Original
Fast*, Quiet
On*, Off
Speed Priority*, Image Quality Priority
Distinguish Manually, Use LTRR*, Use STMT
High Ratio, Normal*, Low Ratio
Gamma 1.0, Gamma 1.4, Gamma 1.8*, Gamma 2.2
On, Off*
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data Size Priority, Normal, Image Quality Priority

Yes
Yes
On*, Off
1 to 24*
Yes
Yes
On, Off
Normal, Moderate, High
Yes
Yes
Yes
Quality Priority, standarad*, Data Size Priority

Do Not Recognize, High, Standard*
On*, Off
On, Off*
On, Off*
Server URL: 128 characters maximum
User: 128 characters maximum
Password: 24 characters maximum
Use Password for Each User: On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On*, Off
Continue Job, Cancel Job*
On*, Off
On*, Off
T-4-10
4-15
Copy
* Default Settings
Item
Register/Edit Favorite Settings

Change Default Settings
Register [Options] Shortcuts
Shortcut 1
Shortcut 2
Shortcut 3
Shortcut 4
Shortcut 5
Set Express Copy Shortcuts
Shortcut 1
Shortcut 2
Shortcut 3
Shortcut 4
Shortcut 5
Shortcut 6
Auto Collate
Image Orientation Priority
Auto Orientation
Select Color Settings for Copy
Use [Auto(Color/Black)]
Use Full Color
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Register/Edit, Delete (M1 to M9), Check Content

Register, Initialize
No
No
Finishing*, No Settings
2-Sided*, No Settings
Density* No Settings
Original Type*, No Settings
No Settings*
No
No
No
No
No
No Settings*
No Settings*
No Settings*
No Settings*
No Settings*
No Settings*
On*, Off
On, Off*
On*, Off
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
On*, Off
On*, Off
Yes
Yes
Yes
T-4-11
Printer
* Default Settings
Item
Print Report
PCL
Configuration Page
Font List
PS
Configuration Page
Font List
RGB Test Print
CMY Test Print
RGB Color Chart
CMYK Color Chart
4-16
Setting Description
Print
Print
Start
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Item
Device Information
Delivery Available
Setting Description
Printer Settings
Restrict Printer Jobs
PDL Selection (Plug-n-play)
Setting the Machine (PS/PCL/UFR II Printer)

On, Off*
UFR II, PCL5e, PCL6, PS3, FAX
Yes
Yes
No
T-4-12
Send
* Default Setting
*4 Indicates item that appears only if the Super G3 2nd Line Fax Board is installed in addition to installing the Super G3 FAX Board.
*5 Indicates item that appears only if the Super G3 3rd/4th Line Fax Board is installed in addition to installing the Super G3 FAX Board.
Item
Print Report
TX/RX User Data List
Fax User Data List*1
Common Settings
Register Favorite Settings Edit Favorite Settings
Show Comment
Display Confirmation for Favorite Settings
Change Default Screen
Shortcut 1
Shortcut 2
TX Report
Report with TX Image
Report with Color TX Image
Communication Activity Report
Auto Print (100 Transmissions)
Specify Print Time
Timer Setting
Send/Receive Separate
TX Terminal ID
Delete Failed TX Jobs

Retry Times
Data Compression Ratio
YCbCr TX Gamma Value
Use Chunked Encoding with WebDAV Sending
Limit New Destinations
Setting Description
Print
Print
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
Register/Edit, Delete (M1 to M18), Check Content

On, Off*
On*, Off
Standard*, Address Book, One-touch, Favorite Settings
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
2-Sided*, No Settings
Different Size Originals*, No Settings
For Error Only*, On, Off
On*, Off
On, Off*
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
On*, Off
On, Off*
00 : 00 to 23 : 59 (00 : 00*)
On, Off*
On*, Off
TX Terminal ID: On
Printing Position: Outside
Display Destination Unit Name: On
Telephone # Mark*1: FAX
On*, Off
0 to 5times (3times*)
Compact, Normal*, Low Ratio
On*, Off
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
4-17
Item
Fax
E-mail
I-Fax
File
Always Add Device Signature to Send*1
Restrict File Formats
E-mail/Ifax Settings
Register Unit Name
Communication Settings
SMTP Receive
POP
SMTP Server
E-mail Address
POP Server
POP Address
POP Password
POP Interval
POP AUTH Method

POP Authentication before Sending
SMTP Authentication (SMTP AUTH)
User
Password
Allow SSL (POP)
Allow SSL (SMTP Send)
Display Auth. Screen When Send
Allow SSL (SMTP Receive)
Maximum Data Size for Sending
Default Subject
Use SMTP Authentication for Each User
Specify Authentication User Dest. to Reply
Set Authorized User Destination to Sender
Allow Sending to Unregistered Destinations
Full Mode TX Timeout
Print MDN/DSN upon Receipt
Use Send via Server
Allow MDN Not via Server
Restrict TX Destination Domain
Restrict TX Destination Domains
Permitted Domains
Change Default Screen
Shortcut 1
4-18
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
On*, Off
On* Off
Server name or IP Address (48 characters maximum)
Server name or IP Address (48 characters maximum)
0* to 99 (If the interval is set to '0', the incoming e-mail is not
checked automatically.)
Standard*/APOP/POP AUTH
On, Off*
On, Off*
User name for SMTP authentication (64 characters maximum)
Password for SMTP authentication (32 characters maximum)
On, Off*
On, Off*
On*, Off
Always SSL,On, Off*
0=(Off)/1 to 99 MB (3MB*)
40 characters maximum (Attached Image*)
On*, Off
On, Off*
On*, Off
On, Off*
1 to 99hours (24hours*)
On, Off*
On, Off*
On*, Off
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On, Off*
Register, Details/Edit, Delete
Standard*, Address Book
Yes
No
No
No
Density*, No Settings
No
Item
Shortcut 2
Shortcut 3
Shortcut 4
Register Sender Name (TTI)
ECM TX
Set Pause Time
Auto Redial
Redial Times
Redial Interval
Redial When TX Error
Check Dial Tone Before Sending
Fax TX Report
Report with TX Image
Fax Activity Report
Auto Print (40 Transmissions)
Specify Print Time
Timer Setting
Send/Receive Separate
Set Line
Register User Telephone No.
Register Unit Name
Select Line Type
Line (2 to 8)
Select TX Line
TX Start Speed
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Original Type*, No Settings

2-Sided Original*, No Settings
Different Size Originals*, No Settings
01 to 99 : Register/Edit, Delete
On, Off
1 to 15seconds (2seconds*)
On, Off
1 to 15times (2times*)
2 to 99minutes (2minutes*)
Error and 1st page*, All pages, Off
On*, Off
For Error Only*, On, Off
On*, Off
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On*, Off
On, Off*
00 : 00 to 23 : 59 (00 : 00*)
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
20 digits maximum
Pulse, Tone*
If the Super G3 FAX Board and Super G3 2nd Line Fax Board
are installed:
Line 2
If the Super G3 FAX Board, Super G3 2nd Line Fax
Board, and Super G3 3rd/4th Line Fax Board are
installed:
Line 2, Line 3, Line 4
If the Super G3 FAX Board is installed:
Line 1: Priority TX, Prohibit TX*
If the Super G3 FAX Board and Super G3 2nd Line Fax Board
are installed:
Line 2: Priority TX, Prohibit TX
If the Super G3 FAX Board, Super G3 2nd Line Fax
Board, and Super G3 3rd/4th Line Fax Board are
installed:
33600 bps*, 14400 bps, 9600 bps, 7200 bps, 4800 bps, 2400
bps
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
4-19
Item
PIN Code Access
Line1
Line2*8
Line3*9
Line4*9
Confirm Entered Fax Numbers
Allow Fax Driver TX
Remote Fax TX Settings
Remote Fax Server Address
TX Timeout
No. of Sending Lines
Select Priority Line
Remote Fax Settings
Use Remote Fax
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On*, Off
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Host name or the IP address (48 characters maximum)

1 to 99hours (24hours*)
1 to 4Line (1*)
Line1, Line2*10, Line3*10, Line4*10
No
Yes
No
No
On*, Off
Yes
T-4-13
Receive/Forward
* Default Setting
*7 Indicates item that is not delivered as device information.
Item
Print Report
TX/RX User Data List
Fax User Data List*1
Common Settings
Print on Both Side
Select Drawer
SwitchA
SwitchB
SwitchC
SwitchD
Reduce Fax RX Size
2 On 1 Log
Received Page Footer
YCbCr RX Gamma Value
Handle Files with Forwarding Errors
4-20
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Print
Print
No
No
On, Off*
Yes
On*, Off
On*, Off
On*, Off
On*, Off
On*, Off
On
Reduction Mode: Auto
Reduction %: 90%
Reduction Direction: Vertical Only
On, Off*
On, Off*
Always Print, Store/Print, Off*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Item
Forwarding Settings
Setting Description
Receive Type, Validate/Invalidate, Register (Registered
Forwarding Settings), Forward w/o Conditions, E-Mail Priority,
Details/Edit, Delete, Print List
Receive Tray Settings

Set Fax/I-Fax Inbox
Set/Register Confidential Fax Inboxes
Register Box Name:
PIN
URL Send Settings
Initialize
Memory RX Inbox PIN
Use Fax Memory Lock*1
Use I-Fax Memory Lock
Memory Lock Start Time
Memory Lock End Time
Divided Data RX Timeout
Always Send Notice for RX Errors
Fax Settings*1
ECM RX
Fax RX Report
Confidential Fax Inbox RX Report
Receive Start Speed
Receive Password
Device Information
Delivery Available
Yes*11
00 to 49
Seven digits maximum
Seven digit number
On, Off*
On, Off*
Everyday, Select Days, Off*
0 to 99 hours (24hours*)
*On, Off
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
*On, Off
For Error Only, On, Off*
On*, Off
33600 bps*, 14400 bps, 9600 bps, 7200 bps, 4800 bps, 2400
bps
20 digits maximum
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
T-4-14
Store/Access Files
* Default Setting
Item
Common Settings
Scan and Store Settings
Settings of Access Stored File
Mail Box Settings
Mail Box Settings
Mail Box No.
Register Box Name
PIN
Time Until Document Auto Delete
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Register/Edit, Delete (Up to 9 Set Keys), Check Content

No
No
Register/Edit, Delete (Up to 9 Set Keys), Check Content

No
No
00 to 99
Seven digits
0 (Off), 1, 2, 3*, 6, 12 hours, 1, 2, 3, 7, 30 days
No
Yes
Yes
No
4-21
Item
URL Send Settings
Print upon Storing from Printer Driver
Initialize
Settings for All Mail Boxes
Time Until Document Auto Delete
Print upon Storing from Printer Driver
Advanced Box Settings
Open to Public
WebDAV ServerSettings
Allow to Create Personal Space
Delete All Personal Spaces
Initialize Shared Space
Prohibit Writing from External
Authentication Management
File Formats Allowed for Storing
Network Settings
Network Place Settings
Protocol for External Reference
SMB
WebDAB
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
On, Off*
-
Yes
Yes
No
0 (Off), 1, 2, 3*, 6, 12 hours, 1, 2, 3, 7, 30 days

On, Off*
No
No
By SMB, By WebDAV, Off*

Authentication Type: Basic, off*
On*, Off
Delete
Initialize
On*, Off
On, Off*
Printable Formats Only, Common Office Formats, All
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Register, Details, Delete
Yes
On*, Off
On*, Off
Yes
Yes
T-4-15
Encrypted Secure Print

* Default Setting
Item
Only Allow Encrypted Print Jobs*1
Setting Description
On, Off*
Device Information
Delivery Available
Yes
T-4-16
Set Destination
Set Destination
* Default Setting
Item
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Address List
Address Book 1 to 10, One-touch
No
Register Destinations
Print List: Print

Register New Dest., Details/Edit, Delete, Search by Name
No
Yes
4-22
Item
Register Address List Name
Register One-touch
Change Default Display of Address Book
Address Book PIN
Manage Address Book Access Number
Register LDAP Server
Auto Search When Using LDAP Server
Acquire Remote Address Book
Remote Address Book Server Address
Communication Timeout
Fax TX Line Auto Select Adjustment
Make Remote Address Book Open
Make Remote Address Book Open
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Register Name
Register/Edit, Delete
Local*, LDAP Server, Remote
Seven digit number
On, Off*
Receive Type, Validate/Invalidate, Register, Details/Edit, Delete,
Forward w/o Conditions, Print List, E-Mail Priority
On* Off
On, Off*
IP Address or Host Name (128 characters maximum)
15 to 120 seconds (30seconds*)
On*, Off
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
On, Off*
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
T-4-17
Management Settings
User Management
* Default Settings
Item
System Manager Information Settings
System Manager ID
System PIN
System Manager
E-Mail Address
Contact Information
Comment
Department ID Management
Department ID Management
Register PIN
Page Totals
Allow Printer Jobs With Unknown IDs
Allow Remote Scan Jobs With Unknown IDs
Allow Black Copy/ Mail Box Print Jobs
Allow Black Printer Jobs
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Seven digit number maximum

Seven digit number maximum
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On, Off*
Register, Edit, Delete, Limit Functions
Clear, Print List, Clear All Totals, Large2 Count Management
On*, Off
On*, Off
On, Off*
On, Off*
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T-4-18
4-23
Device Management
* Default Settings
Item
Device Information Settings
Device Name
Location
Device Information Delivery Settings
Register Destinations
Auto Delivery Settings

Settings/Registration Value
Dept. ID
Address Book
Printer Settings
Paper Information
Manual Delivery
Dept. ID
Address Book
Printer Settings
Paper Information
Restrictions for Receiving Device Info.
Restore Data
Receive Restriction for Each Function
Dept. ID
Address Book
Printer Settings
Paper Information
Communication Log
Limited Functions Mode
4-24
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
Auto Search/Register, Register, Details, Delete, Print List

Auto Search/Register
List
Search Depth (Router): 1 to 8
Display Host Name: On, Off
Start Auto Search
On, Off*
Network Settings: Include, Exclude
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
Network Settings: Include, Exclude
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On, Off*
On*, Off
Settings/Registration Value, Dept. ID, Address Book, Printer
Settings, Paper Information
On*, Off
On*, Off
On*, Off
On*, Off
On*, Off
Details, Print List, Report Settings
Report Settings
Auto Print (100 transmissions): On*, Off
Specify Print Time: On, Off*
-00: 00* to 23:59
Separate Report Type: On, Off*
On, Off*
No
Item
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
Finissher Tray A/B/C

On, Off*
Finissher Saddle Stitch Unit
On, Off*
Finissher Puncher
On, Off*
Limit Functions When Security Key is Off*
Partial Functions*, All Functions
Yes
Confirm Device Signature Certificate
Certificate Details: Certificate
No
Check User Signature Certificate
Certificate Details: Certificate
No
Certificate Settings
Certificate Settings:Generate Network Communication Key
Key Name
No
Key Algorithm
RSA, Display only
No
Key Length (bit)
512*, 1024
No
Start Date of Validity
Month, Date, Year (2000/01/01~2048/12/31)
No
End Date of Validity
Month, Date, Year (2000/01/01~2048/12/31)
No
Country/Region
Country/Region name and code (2 characters maximum)
No
State
No
City
No
Organization
No
Organization Unit
No
Common Name
IP address or FQDN (24 characters maximum)
No
Certificate Settings:Generate Key
Generate/Update Device Signature Key
No
Certificate Settings: Key and Certificate List: Key and Certificate List for this Machine Editing Key Pairs and Server Certificates Confirming a Key Pair and Device Certificate
Certificate Details
No
Destination/Start Date of Validity/End Date of Validity/Issuer/
Public Key/Cert. Thumbprint/Certificate
Delete
Displays what the key pair is being used for
No
Certificate Settings: Key and Certificate List: Key and Certificate List for Users*
Certificate Details
Version/Serial Number/Signature Algorithm/Issue Destination/
No
Start Date of Validity/End Date of Validity/Issuer/Public Key/Cert.
Thumbprint/Certificate
Delete
No
Certificate Settings: CA Certificate List
Certificate Details
Version/Serial Number/Signature Algorithm/Issue Destination/
No
Start Date of Validity/End Date of Validity/Issuer/Public Key/Cert.
Thumbprint/Certificate
Delete
No
Certificate Settings: Register Key and Certificate
Register
Key Name (24 characters maximum)
No
Password (24 characters maximum)
Delete
No
Certificate Settings: Register CA Certificate
Register
No
Delete
No
4-25
Item
Display Status Before Authentication
Job Log Display
Setting Description
On*, Off
On*, Off
On
Obtain Job Log From Management Software: Permit, Do Not
Allow*
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
No
T-4-19
License/Other
* Default Settings
Item
Register License
MEAP Settings
Print System Information
Use SSL
Remote UI
Use SSL
Use Reference Print

Delete Message Board Contents
Setting Description
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
Print
On, Off*
On
Use SSL:On, Off*
On*, Off
On, Off*
On
Use SSL:On, Off*
On, Off*
Clear
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
T-4-20
Data Management
* Default Settings
Item
HDD Data Complete Deletion*
Timing of Deletion
Deletion Mode
Initialize All Data/Settings

TPM Settings
Setting Description
During Job*, After Job
Overwrite Once With 0 (Null) Data*, Overwrite 1 Time With
Random Data, Overwrite 3 Times With Random Data, DOD
Standard
Initialize
Backup TPM Key, Restore TPM Key
Device Information
Delivery Available
No
No
No
No
T-4-21
4-26
Service Mode
Overview
COPIER
FEEDER
SORTER
BOARD
Counter List
Soft
Print
Test
Overview
Back-up of service mode
In factory setting, adjustments are made for each machine, and adjustment values are written
in the service label.
When you replaced the DC controller PCB, or executed the RAM clear function, adjustment
values for ADJUST or OPTION return to default. Therefore, when you made adjustments and
changed values of the Service Mode in the field, be sure to write down the changed values in
the service label. When there is no relevant field in the service label, write down the values in
a blank field.
Service Label
F-5-1
5-2
COPIER
COPIER> DISPLAY> VERSION
DISPLAY
VERSION
DC-CON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Display/adj/set range
R-CON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PANEL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ECO
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FEEDER
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SORTER
Lv.1 Details
Use case
NIB
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PS/PCL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SDL-STCH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Display of DCON firmware version

To display the firmware version of DC Controller PCB.
When upgrading the firmware
00.01 to 99.99
Display of RCON firmware version
To display the firmware version of Reader Controller PCB.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Control Panel CPU PCB ROM version
To display the ROM version of Control Panel CPU PCB.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ECO-ID PCB ROM version
To display the ROM version of ECO-ID PCB
00.01 to 99.99
Display of DADF Driver PCB ROM version
To display the firmware version of DADF Driver PCB.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of FIN-CONT firmware version
To display the firmware version of Finisher Controller PCB.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of network software version
To display the version of the network software.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of UFR Board (PS/PCL func) version
To display the version of UFR Board (PS/PCL function).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Saddle Sttch Ctrollr PCB ROM ver
To display the ROM version of the Saddle Stitcher Controller PCB.
00.01 to 99.99
OP-CON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
MN-CONT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
RUI
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PUNCH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-EN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-JP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Display of Option Controller PCB ROM ver

To display the ROM ver of Option Controller PCB.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of MNCON firmware version
To display the firmware version of Main Controller PCB.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of remote UI version
To display the version of remote UI.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Finisher Inner Punch Unit
To display the version of Finisher Inner Punch Unit.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of English language file version
To display the version of English language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of French language file version
To display the version of French language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of German language file version
To display the version of German language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Italian language file version
To display the version of Italian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Japanese language file ver
To display the version of Japanese language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Czech language file version
To display the version of Czech language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Danish language file version
To display the version of Danish language file.
00.01 to 99.99
5-3
LANG-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-ES
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-4
Display of Greek language file version

To display the version of Greek language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Spanish language file version
To display the version of Spanish language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Estonian language file ver
To display the version of Estonian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Finnish language file version
To display the version of Finnish language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Hungarian language file ver
To display the version of Hungarian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Korean language file version
To display the version of Korean language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Dutch language file version
To display the version of Dutch language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Norwegian language file ver
To display the version of Norwegian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Polish language file version
To display the version of Polish language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Portuguese language file ver
To display the version of Portuguese language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Russian language file version
To display the version of Russian language file.
00.01 to 99.99

LANG-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ECO-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GDI-UFR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LANG-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Display of Slovenian language file ver

To display the version of Slovenian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Swedish language file version
To display the version of Swedish language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Chinese language file ver: trad
To display the version of Chinese language file (traditional).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Chinese language file ver: smpl
To display the version of Chinese language file (simplified).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ECO-ID code
To display the ECO-ID code.
ASCII character string (12 digits)
Display of UFR function version
To display the version of UFR function.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Bulgarian language file ver
To display the version of Bulgarian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Croatian language file ver
To display the version of Croatian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Romanian language file ver
To display the version of Romanian language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Slovak language file version
To display the version of Slovak language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Turkish language file version
To display the version of Turkish language file.
00.01 to 99.99

MEAP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
OCR-CN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
OCR-JP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
OCR-KR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
OCR-TW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BOOTROM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TTS-JA
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TTS-EN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TTS-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Display of MEAP contents version

To display the version of MEAP contents in HDD.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Chinese OCR: simplified
To display the version of Chinese OCR (simplified).
--.-- is displayed when no file is found.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Japanese OCR version
To display the version of Japanese OCR.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Korean OCR version
To display the version of Korean OCR.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Chinese OCR ver: traditional
To display the version of Chinese OCR (traditional).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOOTROM version
To display the version of BOOTROM.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Japanese voice dictionary version
To display the version of Japanese voice dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of English voice dictionary version
To display the version of English voice dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Italian voice dictionary version
To display the version of Italian voice dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99

TTS-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TTS-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TTS-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
WEB-BRWS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
HELP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
LANG-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
WEBDAV
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TIMESTMP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Dis of French voice dictionary version

To display the version of French voice dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Spanish voice dictionary version
To display the version of Spanish voice dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of German voice dictionary version
To display the version of German voice dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Web browser version
To display the version of Web browser.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of easy NAVI version
To display the version of EASY NAVI file.
Version should be displayed for EASY NAVI function because it is an
external file.
00.01 to 99.99
EASY NAVI function is equipped as standard instead of the
conventional HELP function.
Display of Catalan language file version
To display the version of Catalan language file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of WebDAV version
To display the version of WebDAV file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of timestamp version
To display the version of Time Stamp file.
00.01 to 99.99
5-5

ASR-JA
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
ASR-EN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
MEDIA-JA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-EN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-DE
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-IT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-FR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-6
Dis of Japanese ASR dictionary version

To display the version of Japanese automatic speech recognition
dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99
ASR: Automatic Speech Recognition (voice recognition)
Dis of English ASR dictionary version
To display the version of English automatic speech recognition
dictionary.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Japanese media information ver
To display the version of Japanese media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of English media information version
To display the version of English media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of German media information version
To display the version of German media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Italian media information version
To display the version of Italian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of French media information version
To display the version of French media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Chinese media info ver: smpl
To display the version of Chinese media information (simplified).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Slovak media information version
To display the version of Slovak media information.
00.01 to 99.99

MEDIA-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-ES
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of Turkish media information version

To display the version of Turkish media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Czech media information version
To display the version of Czech media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Greek media information version
To display the version of Greek media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Spanish media information version
To display the version of Spanish media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Estonian media information ver
To display the version of Estonian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Finnish media information version
To display the version of Finnish media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Hungarian media information ver
To display the version of Hungarian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Korean media information version
To display the version of Korean media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Dutch media information version
To display the version of Dutch media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Norwegian media information ver
To display the version of Norwegian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Polish media information version
To display the version of Polish media information.
00.01 to 99.99

MEDIA-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
MEDIA-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ECO2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Dis of Portuguese media information ver

To display the version of Portuguese media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Russian media information version
To display the version of Russian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Slovenian media information ver
To display the version of Slovenian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Swedish media information version
To display the version of Swedish media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Chinese media info version:trad
To display the version of Chinese media information (traditional).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Bulgarian media information ver
To display the version of Bulgarian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Croatian media information ver
To display the version of Croatian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Romanian media information ver
To display the version of Romanian media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Catalan media information version
To display the version of Catalan media information.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of ECO-ID PCB ROM ver (paper back)
To display the ROM version of ECO-ID PCB (for paper back) when
the 1-path DADF is connected.
--.-- is displayed when the 1-path DADF is not connected.
00.01 to 99.99

FAX1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FAX2/3/4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
IOCS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SYSTEM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ROOT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TRIM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FOLD
Lv.1 Details
Use case
INS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PUNCH-IF
Lv.1 Details
Use case
S-LNG-JP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Display of 1-line FAX PCB ROM version

To display the ROM version of 1-line FAX PCB.
NULL is displayed if the PCB is not connected.
Dis of 2/3/4-line FAX PCB ROM version
To display the ROM version of 2/3/4-line FAX PCB.
NULL is displayed if the PCB is not connected.
Display of BIOS version
To display the BIOS version.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Linux kernel/tool/driver/file ver
To display the version of Linux kernel/tool/driver/file.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ROOT version
To display the ROOT version.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Trimmer ROM version
To display the ROM version of Trimmer.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Paper Folding Unit ROM version
To display the ROM version of Paper Folding Unit.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Inserter ROM version
To display the ROM version of Inserter.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of Multi-hole Puncher IFU ROM ver
To display the ROM version of Interface Unit for Multi-hole Puncher.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of service mode Japanese file ver
To display the version of Japanese language file in service mode.
00.01 to 99.99
5-7

S-LNG-EN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
S-LNG-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
S-LNG-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
S-LNG-GR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
S-LNG-SP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
UI-RES
Lv.1 Details
Dis of service mode English file version

To display the version of English language file in service mode.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of service mode French file version
To display the version of French language file in service mode.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of service mode Italian file version
To display the version of Italian language file in service mode.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of service mode German file version
To display the version of German language file in service mode.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of service mode Spanish file version
To display the version of Spanish language file in service mode.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UI resource file version
To display the UIRES version.
UIRES consists of the resource file which is necessary to display the
native screen (top screen and software keyboard screen) of UI.
Use case
When checking the version at the time of downloading UIRES to
MFP
Adj/set/operate method N/A (Display only)
00.01 to 99.99
COPY-AP
Display of COPY (JAVA UI) version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of COPY application (JAVA UI).
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
SEND-AP
Display of SEND (JAVA UI) version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of SEND application (JAVA UI).
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
BOX-AP
Display of BOX (JAVA UI) version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of BOX application (JAVA UI).
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
MOBPR-AP
Display of mobile print(JAVA UI) version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of the mobile print application (JAVA UI).
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
5-8

RPTL-AP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
INTRO-AP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TSP-JLK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPY-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPY-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPY-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPY-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPY-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Display of RUI portal version

To display the RUI portal version.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func introduce appli ver
To display the version of Introduction to Useful Features application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of PCAM Option Board version
To display the version of the PCAM Option Board.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli French file version
To display the French language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Italian file version
To display the Italian language file version of COPY application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli German file version
To display the German language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Spanish file version
To display the Spanish language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis COPY appli Chinese file ver: smpl
To display the simplified Chinese language file version of COPY
application (JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Chinese file ver:trad
To display the traditional Chinese language file version of COPY
00.01 to 99.99

COPY-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of COPY appli Korean file version

To display the Korean language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Czech file version
To display the Czech language file version of COPY application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Danish file version
To display the Danish language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Greek file version
To display the Greek language file version of COPY application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Estonian file version
To display the Estonian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Finnish file version
To display the Finnish language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Hungarian file version
To display the Hungarian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Dutch file version
To display the Dutch language file version of COPY application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Norwegian file version
To display the Norwegian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99

COPY-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of COPY appli Polish file version

To display the Polish language file version of COPY application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Portuguese file ver
To display the Portuguese language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Russian file version
To display the Russian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Slovenian file version
To display the Slovenian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Swedish file version
To display the Swedish language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Indonesian file ver
To display the Indonesian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Bulgarian file version
To display the Bulgarian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Croatian file version
To display the Croatian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Romanian file version
To display the Romanian language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
5-9

COPY-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
COPY-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SEND-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SEND-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SEND-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SEND-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-10
Dis of COPY appli Slovak file version

To display the Slovak language file version of COPY application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Turkish file version
To display the Turkish language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of COPY appli Catalan file version
To display the Catalan language file version of COPY application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli French file version
To display the French language file version of SEND application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Italian file version
To display the Italian language file version of SEND application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli German file version
To display the German language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Spanish file version
To display the Spanish language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis SEND appli Chinese file ver: smpl
To display the simplified Chinese language file version of SEND
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Chinese file ver:trad
To display the traditional Chinese language file version of SEND
00.01 to 99.99

SEND-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of SEND appli Korean file version

To display the Korean language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Czech file version
To display the Czech language file version of SEND application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Danish file version
To display the Danish language file version of SEND application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Greek file version
To display the Greek language file version of the SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Estonian file version
To display the Estonian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Finnish file version
To display the Finnish language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Hungarian file version
To display the Hungarian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Dutch file version
To display the Dutch language file version of SEND application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Norwegian file version
To display the Norwegian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99

SEND-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of SEND appli Polish file version

To display the Polish language file version of SEND application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Portuguese file ver
To display the Portuguese language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Russian file version
To display the Russian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Slovenian file version
To display the Slovenian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Swedish file version
To display the Swedish language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Indonesian file ver
To display the Indonesian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Bulgarian file version
To display the Bulgarian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Croatian file version
To display the Croatian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Romanian file version
To display the Romanian language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99

SEND-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SEND-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
INTRO-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
INTRO-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
INTRO-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
INTRO-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of SEND appli Slovak file version

To display the Slovak language file version of SEND application (JAVA
UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Turkish file version
To display the Turkish language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of SEND appli Catalan file version
To display the Catalan language file version of SEND application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func intro French file ver
To display the version of French language file of Introduction to
Useful Features application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Italian file ver
To display the version of Italian language file of Introduction to Useful
Features application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func intro German file ver
To display the version of German language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Spanish file ver
To display the version of Spanish language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Useful func intro Chinese file ver: smpl
To display the version of simplified Chinese language file of
Introduction to Useful Features application.
00.01 to 99.99
Useful func intro Chinese file ver: trad
To display the version of traditional Chinese language file of
Introduction to Useful Features application.
00.01 to 99.99
5-11

INTRO-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-12
Dis of useful func intro Korean file ver

To display the version of Korean language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func intro Czech file ver
To display the version of Czech language file of Introduction to Useful
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func intro Danish file ver
To display the version of Danish language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func intro Greek file ver
To display the version of Greek language file of Introduction to Useful
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Estonian file ver
To display the version of Estonian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Finnish file ver
To display the version of Finnish language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Hungarian file ver
To display the version of Hungarian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func intro Dutch file ver
To display the version of Dutch language file of Introduction to Useful
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Norwegian file ver
To display the version of Norwegian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99

INTRO-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of useful func intro Polish file ver

To display the version of Polish language file of Introduction to Useful
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Portuguese filever
To display the version of Portuguese language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Russian file ver
To display the version of Russian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Slovenian file ver
To display the version of Slovenian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Swedish file ver
To display the version of Swedish language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of useful func intro Indon file ver
To display the version of Indonesian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Bulgarian file ver
To display the version of Bulgarian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Croatian file ver
To display the version of Croatian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Romanian file ver
To display the version of Romanian language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99

INTRO-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTRO-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
CSTMN-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
CSTMN-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
CSTMN-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
CSTMN-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of useful func intro Slovak file ver

To display the version of Slovak language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Turkish file ver
To display the version of Turkish language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis useful func intro Catalan file ver
To display the version of Catalan language file of Introduction to
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu French file version
To display the version of French language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Italian file version
To display the version of Italian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu German file version
To display the version of German language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Spanish file version
To display the version of Spanish language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis custom menu Chinese file ver: smpl
To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for custom
menu application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Chinese file ver:trad
To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for custom
menu application.
00.01 to 99.99

CSTMN-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of custom menu Korean file version

To display the version of Korean language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Czech file version
To display the version of Czech language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Danish file version
To display the version of Danish language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Greek file version
To display the version of Greek language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Estonian file version
To display the version of Estonian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Finnish file version
To display the version of Finnish language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Hungarian file ver
To display the version of Hungarian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Dutch file version
To display the version of Dutch language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Norwegian file ver
To display the version of Norwegian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
5-13

CSTMN-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-14
Dis of custom menu Polish file version

To display the version of Polish language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Portuguese file ver
To display the version of Portuguese language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Russian file version
To display the version of Russian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Slovenian file ver
To display the version of Slovenian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Swedish file version
To display the version of Swedish language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Indonesian file ver
To display the version of Indonesian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Bulgarian file ver
To display the version of Bulgarian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Croatian file version
To display the version of Croatian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Romanian file version
To display the version of Romanian language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99

CSTMN-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CSTMN-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ACSBT-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ACSBT-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ACSBT-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ACSBT-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of custom menu Slovak file version

To display the version of Slovak language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Turkish file version
To display the version of Turkish language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of custom menu Catalan file version
To display the version of Catalan language file for custom menu
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility French file version
To display the version of French language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Italian file ver
To display the version of Italian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility German file version
To display the version of German language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Spanish file ver
To display the version of Spanish language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis Accessibility Chinese file ver: smpl
To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for
Accessibility application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis accessibility Chinese file ver:trad
To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for
Accessibility application.
00.01 to 99.99

ACSBT-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of accessibility Korean file version

To display the version of Korean language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Czech file version
To display the version of Czech language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Danish file version
To display the version of Danish language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Greek file version
To display the version of Greek language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Estonian file ver
To display the version of Estonian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Finnish file ver
To display the version of Finnish language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Hungarian file ver
To display the version of Hungarian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Dutch file version
To display the version of Dutch language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Norwegian file ver
To display the version of Norwegian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99

ACSBT-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of accessibility Polish file version

To display the version of Polish language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Portuguese file ver
To display the version of Portuguese language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Russian file ver
To display the version of Russian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Slovenian file ver
To display the version of Slovenian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Swedish file ver
To display the version of Swedish language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Indonesian file ver
To display the version of Indonesian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Bulgarian file ver
To display the version of Bulgarian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Croatian file ver
To display the version of Croatian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Romanian file ver
To display the version of Romanian language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
5-15

ACSBT-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ACSBT-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ERS-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ERS-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ERS-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ERS-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-16
Dis of accessibility Slovak file version

To display the version of Slovak language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Turkish file ver
To display the version of Turkish language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of accessibility Catalan file ver
To display the version of Catalan language file for Accessibility
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS French file version
To display the version of French language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Italian file version
To display the version of Italian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS German file version
To display the version of German language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Spanish file version
To display the version of Spanish language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Chinese file ver:smpl
To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for ERS
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Chinese file ver:trad
To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for ERS
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Korean file version
To display the version of Korean language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99

ERS-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Display of ERS Czech file version

To display the version of Czech language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Danish file version
To display the version of Danish language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Greek file version
To display the version of Greek language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Estonian file version
To display the version of Estonian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Finnish file version
To display the version of Finnish language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Hungarian file version
To display the version of Hungarian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Dutch file version
To display the version of Dutch language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Norwegian file version
To display the version of Norwegian language file for ERS
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Polish file version
To display the version of Polish language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Portuguese file ver
To display the version of Portuguese language file for ERS
application.
00.01 to 99.99

ERS-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ERS-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Display of ERS Russian file version

To display the version of Russian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Slovenian file version
To display the version of Slovenian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Swedish file version
To display the version of Swedish language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Indonesian file ver
To display the version of Indonesian language file for ERS
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Bulgarian file version
To display the version of Bulgarian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Croatian file version
To display the version of Croatian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Romanian file version
To display the version of Romanian language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Slovak file version
To display the version of Slovak language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Turkish file version
To display the version of Turkish language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of ERS Catalan file version
To display the version of Catalan language file for ERS application.
00.01 to 99.99

UAC-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
Display of UAC French file version

To display the version of French language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
UAC: User Access Control
Display of UAC Italian file version
To display the version of Italian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC German file version
To display the version of German language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Spanish file version
To display the version of Spanish language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Chinese file ver:smpl
To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for UAC
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Chinese file ver:trad
To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for UAC
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Korean file version
To display the version of Korean language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Czech file version
To display the version of Czech language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
5-17
UAC-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
5-18
Display of UAC Danish file version

To display the version of Danish language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Greek file version
To display the version of Greek language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Estonian file version
To display the version of Estonian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Finnish file version
To display the version of Finnish language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Hungarian file version
To display the version of Hungarian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Dutch file version
To display the version of Dutch language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Norwegian file version
To display the version of Norwegian language file for UAC
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Polish file version
To display the version of Polish language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99

UAC-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
Display of UAC Portuguese file ver

To display the version of Portuguese language file for UAC
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Russian file version
To display the version of Russian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Slovenian file version
To display the version of Slovenian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Swedish file version
To display the version of Swedish language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Indonesian file ver
To display the version of Indonesian language file for UAC
application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Bulgarian file version
To display the version of Bulgarian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Croatian file version
To display the version of Croatian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Romanian file version
To display the version of Romanian language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99

UAC-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
UAC-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
ROM-Y
Lv.2 Details
Display of UAC Slovak file version

To display the version of Slovak language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Turkish file version
To display the version of Turkish language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of UAC Catalan file version
To display the version of Catalan language file for UAC application.
00.01 to 99.99
Display of Y-clr Laser Scanner version
To display the lot No., unit version and EEPROM version written in
EEPROM of Laser Scanner Unit (Y).
Use case
When checking the lot No. or EEPROM version of Laser Scanner
Unit
Adj/set/operate method N/A (display only)
Lot No.: 4 digits (decimal notation), unit version: 1 digit (hexadecimal
notation), EEPROM version: 1 digit (hexadecimal notation)
ROM-M
Display of M-clr Laser Scanner version
Lv.2 Details
EEPROM of Laser Scanner Unit (M).
Use case
Unit
ROM-C
Display of C-clr Laser Scanner version
Lv.2 Details
EEPROM of Laser Scanner Unit (C).
Use case
Unit

ROM-K
Lv.2 Details
Display of Bk-clr Laser Scanner version

EEPROM of Laser Scanner Unit (Bk).
Use case
Unit
BCT
Display of self diagnosis tool version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of self diagnosis tool.
Use case
Adj/set/operate method N/A (Display only)
00.01 to 99.99
ASR-ES
Dis of Spanish ASR dictionary version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of Spanish automatic speech recognition
dictionary.
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
Supplement/memo
ASR-FR
Dis of French ASR dictionary version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of French automatic speech recognition
dictionary.
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
Supplement/memo
ASR-IT
Dis of Italian ASR dictionary version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of Italian automatic speech recognition
dictionary.
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
Supplement/memo
ASR-DE
Dis of German ASR dictionary version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of German automatic speech recognition
dictionary.
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
Supplement/memo
BOX-FR
Display of BOX appli French file version
Lv.1 Details
To display the version of French language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
Use case
00.01 to 99.99
5-19

BOX-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BOX-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BOX-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BOX-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-20
Dis of BOX appli Italian file version

To display the version of Italian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli German file version
To display the version of German language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Spanish file version
To display the version of Spanish language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Chinese file ver:smpl
To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for BOX
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Chinese file ver:trad
To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for BOX
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Korean file version
To display the version of Korean language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Czech file version
To display the version of Czech language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Danish file version
To display the version of Danish language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Greek file version
To display the version of Greek language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99

BOX-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of BOX appli Estonian file version

To display the version of Estonian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Finnish file version
To display the version of Finnish language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Hungarian file version
To display the version of Hungarian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Dutch file version
To display the version of Dutch language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Norwegian file version
To display the version of Norwegian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Polish file version
To display the version of Polish language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Portuguese file ver
To display the version of Portuguese language file for BOX
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Russian file version
To display the version of Russian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Slovenian file version
To display the version of Slovenian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99

BOX-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
BOX-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-AP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Dis of BOX appli Swedish file version

To display the version of Swedish language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Indonesian file ver
To display the version of Indonesian language file for BOX
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Bulgarian file version
To display the version of Bulgarian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Croatian file version
To display the version of Croatian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Romanian file version
To display the version of Romanian language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of BOX appli Slovak file version
To display the version of Slovak language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Turkish file version
To display the version of Turkish language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of BOX appli Catalan file version
To display the version of Catalan language file for BOX application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Display of job hold application version
To display the version of the job hold application (JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99

HOLD-FR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
HOLD-IT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
HOLD-DE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
HOLD-ES
Lv.1 Details
Use case
HOLD-ZH
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-TW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-KO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-CS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of job hold French file version

To display the French language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Italian file version
To display the Italian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold German file version
To display the German language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Spanish file version
To display the Spanish language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Job hold Chinese file version: smpl
To display the simplified Chinese language file version of job hold
00.01 to 99.99
Job hold Chinese file version: trad
To display the traditional Chinese language file version of job hold
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Korean file version
To display the Korean language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Czech file version
To display the Czech language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Danish file version
To display the Danish language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
5-21

HOLD-EL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-ET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-FI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-HU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-NL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-NO
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-PL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-PT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-RU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of job hold Greek file version

To display the Greek language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Estonian file version
To display the Estonian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Finnish file version
To display the Finnish language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Hungarian file version
To display the Hungarian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Dutch file version
To display the Dutch language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Norwegian file version
To display the Norwegian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Polish file version
To display the Polish language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Portuguese file version
To display the Portuguese language file version of job hold
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Russian file version
To display the Russian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99

HOLD-SL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-SV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-ID
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-BU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-CR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-RM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-SK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-TK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
HOLD-CA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of job hold Slovenian file version

To display the Slovenian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Swedish file version
To display the Swedish language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Indonesian file version
To display the Indonesian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Bulgarian file version
To display the Bulgarian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Croatian file version
To display the Croatian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Romanian file version
To display the Romanian language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Slovak file version
To display the Slovak language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Turkish file version
To display the Turkish language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
Dis of job hold Catalan file version
To display the Catalan language file version of job hold application
(JAVA UI).
00.01 to 99.99
T-5-1
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-30
5-31
5-32
5-33
5-34
5-35
5-36
5-37
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-48
5-49
5-50
5-51
5-52
5-53
5-54
5-55
5-56
5-57
ACC-STS
USER
COPIER> DISPLAY> USER
SPDTYPE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BRWS-STS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Related service mode
COPIER> DISPLAY> ACC-STS
Dis of Ctrollr Board engine speed type

To display the engine speed type (ppm) of Controller Board.
When checking the engine speed type of Controller Board
55 to 75
Display of service browser ON/OFF
To display whether the service browser can be used.
If the value is 1, [Service Browser] button is displayed on the service
mode initial screen.
The value of BRWS-STS switches whenever COPIER> FUNCTION>
INSTALL> BRWS-ACT is executed, but ON/OFF of service browser
is enabled after reboot. If the service browser does not start even
though the value of BRWS-STS is 1, turn OFF/ON the main power
switch.
When checking the operation mode of the service browser
The value of BRWS-STS is linked with COPIER> FUNCTION>
INSTALL> BRWS-ACT, but the service browser cannot start even
though 1 is displayed unless the main power switch is turned OFF/
ON.
1 to 2
1: ON (Available), 2: OFF (Not available)
COPIER> FUCNTION> INSTALL> BRWS-ACT
FEEDER
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SORTER
Lv.1 Details
Use case
DECK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
T-5-2
5
CARD
Lv.1 Details
Use case
RAM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
5-58
Display of DADF connection state

To display the connecting state of DADF.
When checking the connection between the machine and DADF
0 to 1
0: Not connected, 1: Connected
Connect state of Finisher-related option
To display the connecting state of Finisher-related options.
When checking the connection of Finisher-related options
Left column (connecting state of Finisher-related options): 1 to 5
1: Without Saddle
2: With Saddle, without Folding Unit
3: With Saddle and Inserter, without Folding Unit
4: With Saddle and Folding Unit, without Inserter
5: With Saddle, Inserter and Folding Unit
Right column (connecting state of Finisher-belonged Inserter): 0 to 4
0: no hole, 1: 2-hole, 2: 2/3-hole, 3: 4-hole, 4: 4-hole (SW)
Dis of Paper Deck connection state
To display the connecting state of the Paper Deck.
When checking the connection between the machine and the Paper
Decks
0 to 8
0: Not connected
1: Connected (small) (Display is hidden on this machine.)
2: Connected (large)
3: POD Deck Lite (with Multi-purpose Tray)
4: POD Deck Lite (without Multi-purpose Tray )
5: Multi-purpose Tray only
6: POD deck
7: 2-POD deck connected
8: 3-POD deck connected (Display is hidden on this machine.)
Dis of connection state of Card Reader
To display the connecting state of Card Reader.
When checking the connection between the machine and the Card
Reader
0 to 1
0: No card is inserted while the Card Reader is connected. (Copy is
not available.)
1: Card Reader is not connected, or card is inserted while the Card
Reader is connected. (Copy is available.)
Display of MNCON PCB memory capacity
To display the memory capacity of the Main Controller PCB.
When checking the memory capacity of the machine
MB
512

COINROBO
Lv.1 Details
Use case
NIB
Lv.1 Details
Use case
NETWARE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SEND
Lv.1 Details
Use case
HDD
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PCI1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PCI2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Dis of Coin Manager connection state

To display the connecting state of the Coin Manager.
When checking the connection between the machine and the Coin
Manager
0 to 1
0: Not connected, 1: Connected
Display of Network PCB connection state
To display the connecting state of the Network PCB.
When checking the connection between the machine and the
Network PCB
0 to 3
0: Not connected, 1: Ethernet PCB connected, 2: Token Ring PCB
connected, 3: Ethernet PCB + Token Ring PCB connected
Dis of NetWare firmware install state
To display the installation state of the NetWare firmware.
When checking whether NetWare firmware is installed to the
machine
0 to 1
0: Not installed, 1: Installed
Display of SEND support PCB existence
To display whether there is PCB to support SEND function.
SEND function can be used only when the PCB is mounted.
When checking the connection between the machine and the PCB
that supports SEND function
0 to 1
0: Not mounted, 1: Mounted
Display of HDD model name
To display the model name of HDD.
When checking the model name of HDD used on the machine
Display of PCI1-connected PCB name
To display the name of the PCB that is connected to PCI1.
When checking the name of the PCB that is connected to PCI1
-: No PCB connected
Voice Board: Voice PCB
3DES Board: Encryption PCB
1Gbit-Board: Giga Ethernet PCB
When checking name of the PCB that is connected to PCI2
-: No PCB connected
iSLOT: iSLOT Wireless LAN PCB
Voice Board R: Voice Recognition PCB (Display is hidden on this
machine.)

PCI3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
IA-RAM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value

When checking name of the PCB that is connected to PCI3
-: No PCB connected
iSLOT: iSLOT Wireless LAN PCB
Voice Board R: Voice Recognition PCB (Display is hidden on this
machine.)
Display of MNCON PCB memory(IA) capacity
To display the memory (IA) capacity of the Main Controller PCB.
When checking the memory capacity of the Main Controller PCB
MB
512
T-5-3
5-59
ANALOG
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG

TEMP
Lv.1 Details
Display of outside temperature

To display the temperature outside the machine.
This is measured by the Environment Sensor that measures the
outside air.
Use case
When checking the temperature outside the machine
0 to 60
Unit
Deg C
Appropriate target value 20 to 27
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> HUM, ABS-HUM, PDK-TEMP,
MDK-TEMP
HUM
Display of outside humidity
Lv.1 Details
To display the humidity outside the machine.
outside air.
Use case
When checking the humidity outside the machine
0 to 100
Unit
%
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> TEMP, ABS-HUM, PDK-HUM,
MDK-HUM
ABS-HUM
Display of outside moisture amount
Lv.1 Details
To display the absolute moisture amount outside the machine.
outside air.
Use case
When checking the moisture amount outside the machine
0 to 100
Unit
g (g/m3)
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> TEMP, HUM
DR-TEMP
[Not Used]
FIX-UC
Dis of Fixing Belt center temperature
Lv.1 Details
To display the center temperature of the Fixing Belt detected by the
Fixing Main Thermistor.
Use case
When checking the temperature at the center of Fixing Belt
0 to 999
Unit
Deg C
FIX-UE
Dis of Fixing Belt rear edge temperature
Lv.1 Details
To display the rear edge temperature of the Fixing Belt detected by
the Fixing Sub Thermistor 1.
Use case
When checking the edge temperature of the Fixing Belt
0 to 999
Unit
Deg C
5-60
FIX-LC
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Appropriate target value
FIX-LE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
FIX-LE2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
FIX-UE2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
DR-TEMPL
DEVHUM1
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Dis of Pressure Belt center temperature

To display the center temperature of the Pressure Belt detected by
the Pressure Main Thermistor.
When checking the temperature at the center of the Pressure Belt
Deg C
At standby: 90 to 140
At print: 70 to 150 (differs depending on modes)
Dis of Pressure Belt rear edge temp
To display the rear edge temperature of the Pressure Belt detected
by the Pressure Sub Thermistor 1.
When checking the edge temperature of the Pressure Belt
Deg C
Dis of Pressure Belt front edge temp
To display the front edge temperature of the Pressure Belt detected
by the Pressure Sub Thermistor 2.
When checking the edge temperature of the Pressure Belt
0 to 999
Deg C
Dis of Fixing Belt front edge temp
To display the front edge temperature of the Fixing Belt detected by
the Fixing Sub Thermistor 2.
When checking the edge temperature of the Fixing Belt
0 to 999
Deg C
[Not Used]
Dis of Y/M color Dev Assy humidity
To display the humidity of the Y and M Developing Assembly
detected by the Developing Assembly Inner Temperature Detection
PCB (Y/M).
When a failure occurs on the developing contrast
0 to 100
%
5 to 80
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> DEVHUM2, DEVTEMP1,
DEVTEMP2

DEVHUM2
Lv.2 Details
Dis of C color Developing Assy humidity

To display the humidity of the C Developing Assembly detected by
the Developing Assembly Inner Temperature Detection PCB (C/Bk).
Use case
0 to 100
Unit
%
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> DEVHUM1, DEVTEMP1,
DEVTEMP2
DEVTEMP2
Dis of C color Developing Assy temp
Lv.2 Details
To display the temperature of the C Developing Assembly detected
by the Developing Assembly Inner Temperature Detection PCB (C/
Bk).
Use case
0 to 100
Unit
Deg C
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> DEVHUM1, DEVHUM2,
DEVTEMP1
PDK-TEMP
Dis of POD Deck compartment temp
Lv.1 Details
To display the compartment temperature of POD Deck Lite.
It may be out of order if the indicated temperature is greatly different
from the machine right after power-on.
0 to 60
Unit
Deg C
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> TEMP, PDK-HUM
PDK-HUM
Dis of POD Deck compartment humidity
Lv.1 Details
To display the compartment humidity of POD Deck Lite.
It may be out of order if the indicated humidity is greatly different
0 to 100
Unit
%
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> HUM, PDK-TEMP
MDK-TEMP
Dis of Multi Deck compartment temp
Lv.1 Details
To display the compartment temperature of the Multi Deck.
It may be out of order if the indicated temperature is greatly different
0 to 60
Unit
Deg C
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> TEMP, MDK-HUM

MDK-HUM
Lv.1 Details
Dis of POD Deck compartment humidity

To display the compartment humidity of the Multi Deck.
It may be out of order if the indicated humidity is greatly different
0 to 100
Unit
%
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> HUM, MDK-TEMP
DEVTEMP1
Dis of Y/M Developing Assy temperature
Lv.2 Details
To display the temperature of the Y and M Developing Assembly
detected by the Developing Assembly Inner Temperature Detection
PCB (Y/M).
Use case
0 to 100
Unit
Deg C
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> DEVHUM1, DEVHUM2,
DEVTEMP2
FX-MTR
Display of Fixing Motor current value
Lv.1 Details
To display the real-time current value of the Fixing Motor.
Use case
When checking the life of the Pressure Belt Unit
Unit
10 mA
FX-U-POS
Dis of Fixing Belt displacement state
Lv.1 Details
To display the Fixing Belt displacement state in real-time.
This shows the ON/OFF status of the Fixing Belt Position Sensor 1,
2 and the Fixing Belt HP Sensor.
Use case
When checking the Fixing Belt displacement control
0 to 1
0: ON (Transmit light), 1: OFF (Block light)
COPIER> FUNCTION> FIXING> FX-UHP
FX-L-POS
Dis of Pressure Belt displacement state
Lv.1 Details
To display the Pressure Belt displacement state in real-time.
This shows the ON/OFF status of the Pressure Belt Position Sensor 1,
2 and the Pressure Belt HP Sensor.
Use case
When checking the Pressure Belt displacement control
0 to 1
0: ON (Transmit light), 1: OFF (Block light)
COPIER> FUNCTION> FIXING> FX-LHP
CST-STS
T-5-4
COPIER> DISPLAY> CST-STS

WIDTH-MF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Dis of Multi-purpose Tray ppr width size

To display the paper width size set on the Multi-purpose Tray.
When checking the paper width side set on the Multi-purpose Tray
mm
T-5-5
5-61
HV-STS
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS

PRI-GRID
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
PRE-TR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
1ATVC-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
1ATVC-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
1ATVC-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
5-62
Display of primary charging current

To display the current that is Applied to the Primacy Charging
Assembly At the latest.
The result set in COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> PRIMARY is
reflected.
When checking ON/OFF of potential control
-1200 to 0
uA
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> PRIMARY
Dis of pre-transfer charge DC current
To display the DC component of current that is Applied to the Pretransfer Charging Assembly At the latest
The result set in COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> PRE-TR is reflected.
For checking
-650 to 0
uA
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> PRE-TR
Dis pry trns paper interval current (Y)
To display the decuple value of the paper interval current lastly
flown on the Y Primary Transfer Roller by the primary transfer paper
interval ATVC control.
When estimating the life of Primary Transfer Roller based on the
displayed value
0 to 900
uA
Dis pry trns paper interval current (M)
flown on the M Primary Transfer Roller by the primary transfer paper
displayed value
0 to 900
uA
Dis pry trns paper interval current (C)
flown on the C Primary Transfer Roller by the primary transfer paper
displayed value
0 to 900
uA
1ATVC-K4
Lv.2 Details
Dis pry trns ppr intvl crrnt (Bk):clr

To display the decuple value of the paper interval current lastly flown
on the Bk Primary Transfer Roller by the primary transfer paper
interval ATVC control At full-color jobs.
Use case
displayed value
0 to 900
Unit
uA
1ATVC-K1
Dis pry trams ppr intvl crrnt (Bk):B&W
Lv.2 Details
To display the decuple value of the paper interval current lastly flown
on the Bk Primary Transfer Roller by the primary transfer paper
interval ATVC control At B&W jobs.
Use case
displayed value
0 to 900
Unit
uA
2EL
Dis Sec Transfer Static Eliminator voltg
Lv.2 Details
To display the voltage which is Applied to the Secondary Transfer
Static Eliminator At the latest.
Use case
For checking
-4000 to 0
Unit
V
Appropriate target value -3000 or 0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> 2EL
PR-GRI-K
Dis of Prmry Charging Assy grid voltage
Lv.2 Details
To display the grid voltage of the Primary Charging Assembly.
Check that the value is in the range of Bk Drum surface potential Vd
+ 0 to 200V.
Values out of the tolerable range may indicate failures of the Primary
Charging Assembly or the Photosensitive Drum.
0 to 1200
Unit
V
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> DPOT-K
2ATVC-F1
Sec Trns ATVC target current:clr,1/1 SPD
Lv.2 Details
To display the decuple value of the target current At full-color 1/1
speed derived from the latest secondary transfer Full ATVC control.
Use case
When judging whether the secondary transfer is appropriately set At
image failure
Caution
The correct value is not shown unless paper feed has triggered the
secondary transfer ATVC control After power-off/on.
Unit
uA
Appropriate target value -60 to 90

PRIACV-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
PRIACV-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
PRIACV-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
2ATVC-M1
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Discharge current ctrl setting voltg (Y)

To display the AC voltage setting value to be Applied to the Y
Charging Roller At 1/1 speed derived from the latest discharge
current control.
When checking the voltage value (Y) for discharge current control
0 to 3000
V
1250 to 2500
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRIACV-M, PRIACV-C, PRIACI-Y,
PRIACI-M, PRIACI-C, PRISMP-Y, PRISMP-M, PRISMP-C
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P> DISCHG
Discharge current ctrl setting voltg (M)
To display the AC voltage setting value to be Applied to the M
current control.
When checking the voltage value (M) for discharge current control
0 to 3000
V
1250 to 2500
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRIACV-Y, PRIACV-C, PRIACI-Y,
Discharge current ctrl setting voltg (C)
To display the AC voltage setting value to be Applied to the C
current control.
When checking the voltage value (C) for discharge current control
0 to 3000
V
1250 to 2500
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRIACV-Y, PRIACV-M, PRIACI-Y,
Sec Trns ATVC target current:B&W,1/1 SPD
To display the decuple value of the target current At B&W 1/1 speed
derived from the latest secondary transfer Full ATVC control.
image failure
uA
60 to 90
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> 2TR-TGT1 to 8, TR-PPR1 to 8

2ATVC-F2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
2ATVC-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
2ATVC-F3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
2ATVC-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit

image failure
uA
30 to 60
image failure
uA
30 to 60
image failure
uA
20 to 40
image failure
uA
20 to 40
5-63

PRIACI-Y
Lv.2 Details
Discharge current ctrl set current (Y)

To display the AC current setting value to be Applied to the Y
current control.
Use case
When checking the current value (Y) for discharge current control
0 to 5000
Unit
uA
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRIMACV-Y, PRIMACV-M,
PRIMACV-C, PRIACI-M, PRIACI-C, PRISMP-Y, PRISMP-M,
PRISMP-C
PRIACI-M
Discharge current ctrl set current (M)
Lv.2 Details
To display the AC current setting value to be Applied to the M
Charging Roller derived from the latest discharge current control.
Use case
When checking the current value (M) for discharge current control
0 to 5000
Unit
uA
PRIMACV-C, PRIACI-Y, PRIACI-C, PRISMP-Y, PRISMP-M,
PRISMP-C
PRIACI-C
Discharge current ctrl set current (C)
Lv.2 Details
To display the AC current setting value to be Applied to the C
Charging Roller derived from the latest discharge current control
Use case
When checking the current value (C) for discharge current control
0 to 5000
Unit
uA
PRIMACV-C, PRIACI-Y, PRIACI-M, PRISMP-Y, PRISMP-M,
PRISMP-C

PRISMP-Y
Lv.2 Details
Discharge current ctrl sampling point(Y)

To display the AC current value flown on the Y Charging Roller when
the certain voltage is Applied by the latest discharge current control.
AC current/current to be Applied At 1/1 speed is derived from 6
sampling results.
Use case
When checking the sampling results of discharge current control
0 to 5000
Unit
1 uA
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRISMP-M, PRISMP-C,
PRIMACV-Y, PRIMACV-M, PRIMACV-C, PRIACI-Y, PRIACI-M,
PRIACI-C
PRISMP-M
Discharge current ctrl sampling point(M)
Lv.2 Details
To display the AC current value flown on the M Charging Roller when
sampling results.
Use case
0 to 5000
Unit
1 uA
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRISMP-Y, PRISMP-C, PRIMACV-Y,
PRIMACV-M, PRIMACV-C, PRIACI-Y, PRIACI-M, PRIACI-C
PRISMP-C
Discharge current ctrl sampling point(C)
Lv.2 Details
To display the AC current value flown on the C Charging Roller when
sampling results.
Use case
0 to 5000
Unit
1 uA
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRISMP-Y, PRISMP-M, PRIMACV-Y,
PRIMACV-M, PRIMACV-C, PRIACI-Y, PRIACI-M, PRIACI-C
T-5-6
5-64
CCD
COPIER> DISPLAY> CCD

TARGET-B
Lv.2 Details
Use case
TARGET-G
Lv.2 Details
Use case
TARGET-R
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-OB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-OG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Shading target value (B)

To display the shading target value of Blue.
Continuous display of 0 (minimum) or FFFF (maximum) is considered
a failure of the Reader Controller PCB.
When replacing the Reader Controller PCB
At scanned image failure
0 to FFFF
512 to 2047
Shading target value (G)
To display the target value of Green.
0 to FFFF
512 to 2047
Shading target value (R)
To display the shading target value of Red.
0 to FFFF
512 to 2047
Gain level of Img Sensor odd bit(B): frt
To display the Blue gain level adjustment value in odd-numbered bit
on CMOS Sensor of Scanner Unit (paper front).
Continuous display of upper limit is considered a failure of the
Scanner Unit/Reader Controller PCB.
0 to FFFF
16 to 246
Gain level of Img Sensor odd bit(G): frt
To display the Green gain level adjustment value in odd-numbered
bit on CMOS Sensor of Scanner Unit (paper front).
0 to FFFF
16 to 246
GAIN-OR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-EB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-EG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-ER
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LAMP-BW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
Gain level of Img Sensor odd bit(R): frt

To display the Red gain level adjustment value in odd-numbered bit
0 to FFFF
16 to 246
Gain level of Img Sensor even bit(B):frt
To display the Blue gain level adjustment value in even-numbered bit
0 to FFFF
16 to 246
Gain level of Img Sensor even bit(G):frt
To display the Green gain level adjustment value in even-numbered
bit on CMOS Sensor of Scanner Unit (paper front).
0 to FFFF
16 to 246
Gain level of Img Sensor even bit(R):frt
To display the Red gain level adjustment value in even-numbered bit
0 to FFFF
16 to 246
Scan Lamp intensity adj VL(B&W): front
To display the LED light intensity adjustment value of Scanner Unit
(paper front) in B&W scanning mode.
When image failure occurs at front side scanning in B&W mode
20 to 195
20 to 195
LED cannot be replaced individually. Replace the Scanner Unit.
5-65

LAMP-CL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
LAMP2-BW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
LAMP2-CL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
OFST-BW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
OFST-CL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
OFST2-BW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-BW1
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-66
Scan Lamp intensity adj VL(color): frt

(paper front) in color scanning mode.
When image failure occurs at front side scanning in color mode
33 to 195
33 to 195
Scan Lamp intensity adj VL(B&W): back
(paper back) in B&W scanning mode.
When image failure occurs at back side scanning in B&W mode.
20 to 195
20 to 195
Scan Lamp intensity adj VL(color): back
(paper back) in color scanning mode.
When image failure occurs at back side scanning in color mode
33 to 195
33 to 195
Img Sensor offset value (B&W) [Front]
To display the CMOS Sensor offset value at B&W scanning.
1 to 95
1 to 95
Img Sensor offset value (color) [Front]
To display the CMOS Sensor offset value at color scanning.
When image failure occurs at front side scanning in color mode
1 to 95
1 to 95
Img Sensor offset value (B&W) [Back]
To display the CMOS Sensor offset value at B&W scanning.
When image failure occurs at back side scanning in B&W mode
1 to 95
1 to 95
Img Sensor gain level adj VL1(B&W): frt
To display the CMOS Sensor B&W gain level adjustment value 1 of
Scanner Unit (paper front).
1 to 47
1 to 47

GAIN-BW2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-BW3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN-BW4
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2BW1
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2BW2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2BW3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2BW4
Lv.2 Details
Use case

1 to 47
1 to 47
When image failure occurs at front side scanning in B&W mode.
1 to 47
1 to 47
When image failure occurs at front side scanning in B&W mode.
1 to 47
1 to 47
Img Sensor gain level adj VL1(B&W): Back
Scanner Unit (paper back).
1 to 47
1 to 47
1 to 47
1 to 47
1 to 47
1 to 47
1 to 47
1 to 47

GAIN2-OR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2-OG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2-OB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2-ER
Lv.2 Details
Use case
GAIN2-EG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Gain level of Img Sensor odd bit(R): bck

To display the Red gain level adjustment value in odd-numbered bit
on CMOS Sensor of Scanner Unit (paper back).
1 to 47
1 to 47
Gain level of Img Sensor odd bit(G): bck
To display the Green gain level adjustment value in odd-numbered
bit on CMOS Sensor of Scanner Unit (paper back).
1 to 47
1 to 47
Gain level of Img Sensor odd bit(B): bck
To display the Blue gain level adjustment value in odd-numbered bit
1 to 47
1 to 47
Gain level of Img Sensor even bit(R):bck
To display the Red gain level adjustment value in even-numbered bit
1 to 47
1 to 47
Gain level of Img Sensor even bit(G):bck
To display the Green gain level adjustment value in even-numbered
bit on CMOS Sensor of Scanner Unit (paper back).
1 to 47
1 to 47

GAIN2-EB
Lv.2 Details
Gain level of Img Sensor even bit(B):bck

To display the Blue gain level adjustment value in even-numbered bit
Use case
1 to 47
OFST2-CL
Img Sensor offset value (color) [Back]
Lv.2 Details
To display the CMOS Sensor offset value at color scanning.
Use case
When image failure occurs at back side scanning in color mode.
1 to 95
T-5-7
5-67
DPOT
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT

DPOT-K
Lv.1 Details
Display of Bk Drum surface potential

To display the current surface potential Vd on the Bk Photosensitive
Drum that is specified as a result of the potential control.
The value after the calculation of potential offset is displayed.
If the offset value is not adjusted, negative value may be detected
during printing.
Use case
When the density failure or foggy image occurs, check whether the
surface potential of the Drum is the factor.
Caution
To update the display, be sure to move to a different screen, and
then move back to display it again. (The potential at the moment
of showing this screen is displayed.)
If the value is out of range (-30 to 30), there is a possibility of
Potential Sensor disconnection.
-1100 to 0
Unit
V
VCONT-K
Dis of Bk contrast potential setting VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the current setting value of Bk contrast potential Vcont.
Use case
When checking contrast potential
0 to 800
Unit
V
VBACK-K
Dis of Bk fogging removal potntl set VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the current setting value of Bk fogging removal potential
Vback (difference between the developing DC bias and the charging
potential).
The fogging correction value is set based on this value and the value
set in user mode (Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality>
Correct Color Cast).
Use case
When checking the setting value of fogging removal potential at
image failure such as fogging
Caution
Fogging occurred in the normal use range of 150 to 250V is judged
as an error on the high voltage or the Potential Sensor.
0 to 300
Unit
V
Default value
200
Related user mode
Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Correct Color Cast
2TR-PPR
Dis of sec trns ATVC ppr allotted voltg
Lv.2 Details
To display the paper allotted voltage set by the latest secondary
transfer Full ATVC control.
The appropriate range may be exceeded due to wrong media setting.
Use case
When transfer failure occurs on certain media
0 to 5000
Unit
V
Appropriate target value Depending on media
5-68
2TR-BASE
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
1TR-DC-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
1TR-DC-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
1TR-DC-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
1TR-DC-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
CHG-AC-Y
Lv.2 Details
Unit
CHG-AC-M
Lv.2 Details
Unit
Dis of sec transfer ATVC base voltage

To display the base voltage set by the latest secondary transfer Full
ATVC control.
The appropriate range may be exceeded due to wrong media setting.
When transfer failure occurs on certain media
0 to 6000
V
500 to 5000
Dis of primary transfer voltage (Y)
To display the voltage lastly applied to the Primary Transfer Roller (Y).
When transfer failure occurs due to the primary transfer
0 to 5000
V
500 to 3000
Dis of primary transfer voltage (M)
To display the voltage lastly applied to the Primary Transfer Roller (M).
0 to 5000
V
500 to 3000
Dis of primary transfer voltage (C)
To display the voltage lastly applied to the Primary Transfer Roller (C).
0 to 5000
V
500 to 3000
Dis of primary transfer voltage (Bk)
To display the voltage lastly applied to the Primary Transfer Roller
(Bk).
0 to 5000
V
300 to 4000
Display of primary charge AC current (Y)
To display the primary charging AC current lastly flown with the AC
voltage applied to the Charging Roller (Y).
0 to 5000
uA
Display of primary charge AC current (M)
voltage applied on the Charging Roller (M).
0 to 5000
uA

CHG-AC-C
Lv.2 Details
Unit
LPWR-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LPWR-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LPWR-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
LPWR-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
PVCONT-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Display of primary charge AC current (C)

voltage applied to the Charging Roller (C).
0 to 5000
uA
Display of laser power (Y)
To display Y laser power determined by D-max control.
FF display with low image density is considered that the
Photosensitive Drum may be nearly the end of life.
When the image density is low
00 to FF (hexadecimal)
60 to FF
Display of laser power (M)
To display M laser power determined by D-max control.
00 - FF (hexadecimal)
60 to FF
Display of laser power (C)
To display C laser power determined by D-max control.
60 to FF
Display of laser power (Bk)
To display Bk laser power determined by potential control.
60 to FF
Dis of target patch contrast potntl (Y)
To display the target Y-patch contrast potential.
Check the target patch contrast potential to check whether the toner
supply control is properly executed at image density failure.
Investigate the other possible factors if the value is within the defined
range.
At the occurrence of an image density failure
When analyzing the cause of a problem
Take necessary action in accordance with the instructions from the
Quality Support Division.
0 to 255
V
20 to 120

PVCONT-M
Lv.2 Details
Dis of target patch contrast potntl (M)

To display the target M patch contrast potential.
range.
Use case
Caution
0 to 255
Unit
V
PVCONT-C
Dis of target patch contrast potntl (C)
Lv.2 Details
To display the target C patch contrast potential.
range.
Use case
Caution
0 to 255
Unit
V
PVCONT-K
Dis of target patch contrast potntl (Bk)
Lv.2 Details
To display the target Bk patch contrast potential.
range.
Use case
Caution
0 to 255
Unit
V
5-69

P-LPW-K
Lv.2 Details
Display of Bk patch target laser power

To display the laser power to be used as a target Bk patch contrast
potential.
Check the laser power to be used as a target patch contrast potential
to check whether the toner supply control is properly executed at
image density failure.
range.
Use case
Caution
00 to FF (hexadecimal)
Appropriate target value 60 to FF
VRATE-Y
Display of D-max Y-color Vd gain value
Lv.1 Details
To display the gain value for the Y Vd set by D-max PASCAL/D-max
control against the environment table value.
Use case
When the image density is not appropriate
-100 to 100
Unit
%
VRATE-M
Display of D-max M-color Vd gain value
Lv.1 Details
To display the gain for the M Vd set by D-max PASCAL/D-max
Use case
When the image density is not appropriate
-100 to 100
Unit
%
VRATE-C
Display of D-max C-color Vd gain value
Lv.1 Details
To display the gain for the C Vd set by D-max PASCAL/D-max
Use case
When image density is not appropriate
-100 to 100
Unit
%
VRATE-K
Dis of D-max PASCAL Bk Vcont gain VL
Lv.1 Details
To display the gain for Bk contrast potential (Vcont) set by D-max
PASCAL/D-max control against the environment table value.
Use case
When image density is not appropriate
-100 to 100
Unit
%
5-70

D-CONT-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
D-CONT-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
D-CONT-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
D-CONT-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Display of Y Drum total charging time

To display the total charging time (charging counter) for the Drum
Unit (Y).
The counter can be reset in COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC>
DRMRSETY.
When checking if the high voltage is properly set
0 to 10000000
100 msec
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> D-CONT-M, D-CONT-C, D-CONT-K
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DRMRSETY
Display of M Drum total charging time
Unit (M).
DRMRSETM.
0 to 10000000
100 msec
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> D-CONT-Y, D-CONT-C, D-CONT-K
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DRMRSETM
Display of C Drum total charging time
Unit (C).
DRMRSETC.
0 to 10000000
100 msec
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> D-CONT-Y, D-CONT-M, D-CONT-K
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DRMRSETC
Display of Bk Drum total charging time
(Bk).
DRMRSETK.
0 to 10000000
100 msec
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> D-CONT-Y, D-CONT-M, D-CONT-C
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DRMRSETK

LS-PWM-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
LS-PWM-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
LS-PWM-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
LS-PWM-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
CHG-DCY2
Lv.1 Details
Display of Y-color PWM setting value

To display the PWM value set for Y.
When checking the current PWM setting
0 to 100
1%
50 to 100
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> LS-PWM-M, LS-PWM-C, LS-PWM-K
Display of M-color PWM setting value
To display the PWM value set for M.
0 to 100
1%
50 to 100
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> LS-PWM-Y, LS-PWM-C, LS-PWM-K
Display of C-color PWM setting value
To display the PWM value set for C.
0 to 100
1%
50 to 100
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> LS-PWM-Y, LS-PWM-M, LS-PWM-K
Display of Bk-color PWM setting value
To display the PWM value set for Bk.
0 to 100
1%
50 to 100
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> LS-PWM-Y, LS-PWM-M, LS-PWM-C
Dis of pry chg DC voltg (Y):1/2, 1/3 SPD
To display the primary charging DC voltage lastly applied to the
Charging Roller (Y) at 1/2 and 1/3 speed.
Use case
When checking
0 to 1000
Unit
V
CHG-DCM2
Dis of pry chg DC voltg (M):1/2, 1/3 SPD
Lv.1 Details
Charging Roller (M) at 1/2 and 1/3 speed.
Use case
When checking
0 to 1000
Unit
V

CHG-DCC2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
LPGAIN-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
LPGAIN-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
LPGAIN-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Dis of pry chg DC voltg (C):1/2, 1/3 SPD

Charging Roller (C) at 1/2 and 1/3 speed.
When checking
0 to 1000
V
400 to 900
Dis of Y-color laser power gain value
To display the gain value of Y laser power by D-max control.
When checking D-max control results
-100 to 100
%
0
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> LPGAIN-M, LPGAIN-C
Dis of M-color laser power gain value
To display gain value of M laser power by D-max control.
-100 to 100
%
0
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> LPGAIN-Y, LPGAIN-C
Dis of C-color laser power gain value
To display gain value of C laser power by D-max control.
-100 to 100
%
0
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> LPGAIN-Y, LPGAIN-M
5
T-5-8
5-71
DENS
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS

DENS-Y
Lv.1 Details
Dis of Y developer density change ratio

To display the difference between Y-color developer density and the
target value in % (percentage).
Intolerable difference will trigger E020. This may be caused by
deterioration of the developer, failure/disconnection of the Toner
Density Sensor or error in toner supply system.
The value is updated upon print operation after power-on.
Use case
When the density greatly
When the density is unstable even after gradation correction
-8 to 8
Unit
%
Appropriate target value -1.5 to 2
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> SGNL-Y
DENS-M
Dis of M developer density change ratio
Lv.1 Details
To display difference between M-color developer density and the
Use case
When the density greatly fluctuates
-8 to 8
Unit
%
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> SGNL-M
DENS-C
Dis of C developer density change ratio
Lv.1 Details
To display difference between C-color developer density and the
Use case
-8 to 8
Unit
%
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> SGNL-C
5-72
DENS-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
DENS-S-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
DENS-S-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
DENS-S-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
DENS-S-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Dis of Bk developer density change ratio

To display difference between Bk-color developer density and the
-8 to 8
%
-1.5 to 2
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> SGNL-K
Dis of ATR control patch density (Y)
To display Y patch image density created by ATR control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of ATR control patch density (M)
To display M patch image density created by ATR control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of ATR control patch density (C)
To display C patch image density created by ATR control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of ATR control patch density (Bk)
To display Bk patch image density created by ATR control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800

D-Y-TRGT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
D-M-TRGT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
D-C-TRGT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
REF-Y
Lv.1 Details
REF-M
Lv.1 Details
REF-C
Lv.1 Details
REF-K
Lv.1 Details
Dis of ATR ctrl Y patch target density

To display the target density for Y patch image created by ATR
control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of ATR ctrl M patch target density
To display the target density for M patch image created by ATR
control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of ATR ctrl C patch target density
To display the target density for C patch image created by ATR
control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of Y developer density target value
To display the developer density target value for the Toner Density
Sensor (Y).
0 to 255
80 to 210
Dis of M developer density target value
Sensor (M).
0 to 255
80 to 210
Dis of C developer density target value
Sensor (C).
0 to 255
80 to 210
Dis of Bk developer density target value
Sensor (Bk).
0 to 255
80 to 210

SGNL-Y
Lv.1 Details
SGNL-M
Lv.1 Details
SGNL-C
Lv.1 Details
SGNL-K
Lv.1 Details
P-SENS-P
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Display of Y-color developer density

To display the measured value of Y-color developer density.
The density is measured with the Toner Density Sensor (Y) for each
job.
0 to 255
80 to 210
Display of M-color developer density
To display the measured value of M-color developer density.
The density is measured with the Toner Density Sensor (M) for each
job.
0 to 255
80 to 210
Display of C-color developer density
To display the measured value of C-color developer density.
The density is measured with the Toner Density Sensor (C) for each
job.
0 to 255
80 to 210
Display of Bk-color developer density
To display the measured value of Bk-color developer density.
The density is measured with the Toner Density Sensor (Bk) for each
job.
0 to 255
80 to 210
Dis ATR ctrl base light intnsty (P-wave)
To display the light intensity (P-wave) reflected from the base (ITB)
at ATR control.
Intolerable values may be caused by Patch Sensor disconnection,
LED failure, stain on Sensor surface, Shutter failure, Registration
Patch Shutter Open/Close Solenoid failure, insufficient ITB cleaning,
etc.
When checking the failure of Patch Sensor/ITB at low density,
fogging deterioration or E020 display
0 to 1023
400 to 1000
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> P-SENS-S
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P> PT-LPADJ
5-73

DEV-DC-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
DEV-DC-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
DEV-DC-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
DEV-DC-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
CHG-DC-Y
Lv.2 Details
Unit
CHG-DC-M
Lv.2 Details
Unit
CHG-DC-C
Lv.2 Details
Unit
5-74
Dis of developing DC voltage (Y)

To display the latest Y developing DC voltage Vdc.
When image failure occurs due to carrier adherence
When fogging appears
When fogging is deteriorated
0 to 1023
V
200 to 800
Dis of developing DC voltage (M)
To display the latest M developing DC voltage Vdc.
0 to 1023
V
200 to 800
Dis of developing DC voltage (C)
To display the latest C developing DC voltage Vdc.
0 to 1023
V
200 to 800
Dis of developing DC voltage (Bk)
To display the latest Bk developing DC voltage Vdc.
0 to 1023
V
200 to 800
Dis of primary charging DC voltage (Y)
To display the latest primary charging DC voltage of Y color.
0 to 1000, 50 to 200
V, %
Dis of primary charging DC voltage (M)
To display the latest primary charging DC voltage of M color.
0 to 1000, 50 to 200
V, %
Dis of primary charging DC voltage (C)
To display the latest primary charging DC voltage of C color.
0 to 1000, 50 to 200
V, %

D-K-TRGT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
D-CRNT-P
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
D-CRNT-S
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
P-SENS-S
Lv.2 Details
Use case
DENS-Y-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of ATR ctrl Bk patch target density

To display the Bk patch image target density created by ATR control.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of ATR ctrl dark current (P-wave)
To display the dark current value (P-wave) measured at ATR control.
When checking the Patch Sensor
0 to 1023
100 or under
Dark current: current flowing when the Patch Sensor LED is OFF.
Dis of ATR ctrl dark current (S-wave)
To display the dark current value (S-wave) measured at ATR control.
0 to 1023
100 or under
Dark current: current flowing when the Patch Sensor LED is OFF.
Dis ATR ctrl base light intnsty (S-wave)
To display the light intensity (S-wave) reflected from the base (ITB)
at ATR control.
Intolerable values may be caused by insufficient ITB cleaning, etc.
When checking ITB failure at low density or fogging deterioration
0 to 1023
10 to 400
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> P-SENS-P
Dis of ATR ctrl Y-clr T/D ratio history
To display the latest 8 Y-toner density log data (T/D ratio) detected
by the Toner Density Sensor at ATR control.
Sharp change in values may indicate Toner Density Sensor
disconnection/failure, whereas gradual change in values may
indicate failure in toner supply system.
When checking toner density in the Developing Assembly at low
density or fogging deterioration
0 to 255
80 to 210

DENS-M-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
DENS-C-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
DS-S-Y-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
DS-S-M-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Dis of ATR ctrl M-clr T/D ratio history

To display the latest 8 M-toner density log data (T/D ratio) detected
0 to 255
80 to 210
Dis of ATR ctrl C-clr T/D ratio history
To display the latest 8 C-toner density log data (T/D ratio) detected
0 to 255
80 to 210
Dis of Y-clr patch image density history
To display the latest 8 Y-patch image density log data.
This provides cause judgment basis for E020 occurrence, etc.
Sharp change in values may indicate the failure in Patch Sensor,
Shutter or laser, whereas gradual change may indicate failure in
toner supply system.
This is particularly caused by Patch Sensor.
When analyzing the cause of E020
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of M-clr patch image density history
To display the latest 8 M-patch image density log data.
Sharp change in values may indicate failure in Patch Sensor, Shutter
or laser, whereas gradual change may indicate failure in toner supply
system.
0 to 1023
200 to 800

DS-S-C-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
DS-S-K-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
P-LED-DA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SPL-LG-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SPL-LG-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Dis of C-clr patch image density history

To display the latest 8 C-patch image density log data.
system.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis Bk clr patch image density history
To display the latest 8 Bk-patch image density log data.
system.
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Dis of Patch Sensor LED light intensity
To display the Patch Sensor LED intensity.
The stain on Sensor window or soiled ITB (ITB cleaning failure) is
suspected if the background light intensity (P-wave) is too low even
with sufficient LED intensity and PT-LPADJ execution will not correct
the problem.
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> P-SENS-P
Display of Y toner supply history
To display the latest 8 Y-toner supply log data.
Each data represents the number of toner blocks supplied per paper.
When checking toner supply status at E020 occurrence, low density
or fogging deterioration
0 to 5
0 to 5
Display of M toner supply history
To display the latest 8 M-toner supply log data.
0 to 5
0 to 5
5-75

SPL-LG-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
DENS-K-H
Lv.2 Details
Use case
SPL-LG-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
CONT-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
CONT-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
5-76
Display of C toner supply history

To display the latest 8 C-toner supply log data.
0 to 5
0 to 5
Dis of ATR ctrl Bk-clr T/D ratio history
To display the latest 8 Bk-toner density log data (T/D ratio) detected
Sharp change of values may indicate Toner Density Sensor
disconnection/failure, whereas gradual change may indicate failure
in toner supply system.
0 to 255
80 to 210
Display of Bk toner supply history
To display the latest 8 Bk-toner supply log data.
When checking the toner supply status at low density or fogging
deterioration
0 to 5
0 to 5
Dis Toner Density Sensor (M) ctrl voltg
To display the density detection control voltage of the Toner Density
Sensor (M).
When checking before clearing RAM data
0 to 255
V
140 to 240
COPIER> ADJUST> DENS> CONT-M
Dis Toner Density Sensor (Y) ctrl voltg
Sensor (Y).
0 to 255
V
140 to 240
COPIER> ADJUST> DENS> CONT-Y

CONT-C
Lv.1 Details
Dis Toner Density Sensor (C) ctrl voltg

Sensor (C).
Use case
0 to 255
Unit
V
COPIER> ADJUST> DENS> CONT-C
CONT-K
Dis Toner Density Sensor (Bk) ctrl voltg
Lv.1 Details
Sensor (Bk).
Use case
0 to 255
Unit
V
COPIER> ADJUST> DENS> CONT-K
T-5-9
FIXING
COPIER> DISPLAY> FIXING

FX-MTR2
Lv.2 Details
Dis Fix Motor crrnt VLlog at 321mm/sec

To display the maximum Fixing Motor current values at process
speed of 321mm/sec.
Display an alarm (06-0004) when the value is 2.30 (2.3A) and higher,
and display an error (E008-001) when the value is 2.60 (2.6A) and
higher.
Use case
When investigating the drive torque at the Pressure Belt Unit
replacement or error occurrence
Caution
Display unit for process speed of 321mm/sec differs from other
process speeds.
Press the Clear key at FX-BLT-L when replacing the Pressure Belt
Unit. For other than the replacement, execute FX-L-CLR to reset.
0.00 to 5.00
Unit
1A
COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEAR> FX-L-CLR
COPIER> COUNTER> DRBL-1> FX-BLT-L
FX-MTR3
Dis Fix Motor crrnt VL history: 280mm/s
Lv.2 Details
To display the maximum and latest Fixing Motor current values at
process speed of 280mm/sec.
Display an alarm (06-0004) when the value is 200 (2.0 A) and higher,
and display an error (E008-001) when the value is 220 (2.2 A) and
higher.
Use case
Caution
0 to 500, 0 to 500
Unit
10 mA
FX-MTR4
Lv.2 Details

process speed of 160 mm/sec.
higher.
Use case
Caution
0 to 500, 0 to 500
Unit
10 mA
FX-MTR5
Lv.2 Details
higher.
Use case
Caution
0 to 500, 0 to 500
Unit
10 mA
FX-MTR6
Lv.2 Details
higher.
Use case
Caution
0 to 500, 0 to 500
Unit
10 mA
5-77

FX-MTR7
Lv.2 Details

higher.
Use case
Caution
0 to 500, 0 to 500
Unit
10 mA
FX-MTR8
Lv.2 Details
higher.
Use case
Caution
0 to 500, 0 to 500
Unit
10 mA
FX-U-STR
Dis Fix Belt displace ctrl steer set VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the latest steering setting value (upward, downward) for
the Fixing Belt displacement control.
Use case
When checking the Fixing Belt displacement control
Caution
When replacing the Fixing Belt Unit, press the Clear key at FX-BLT-U
to reset.
0 to 10, 0 to 10
COPIER> COUNTER> DRBL-1> FX-BLT-U
5-78

FX-U-TM1
Lv.2 Details
Dis Fix Belt Uni STBY total running time

To display the total value of Fixing Belt Units STBY-equivalent
running time at all process speeds.
Display an alarm at 50400000 seconds (14000 hours), and display
an error (E008-002) at 54000000 seconds (15000 hours).
STBY-equivalent running time is proportional to the rotations.
Use case
When checking the use history at the Fixing Belt Unit replacement or
error occurrence
Caution
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Unit
Second
FX-U-TM2
Dis Fix Belt Unit running time: 321mm/s
Lv.2 Details
To display the running time of the Fixing Belt Unit at process speed
of 321mm/sec.
Use case
error occurrence
Caution
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Unit
Second
FX-U-TM3
Lv.2 Details
of 280 mm/sec.
Use case
error occurrence
Caution
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Unit
Second

FX-U-TM4
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Adj/set/operate method
Caution
Unit
FX-U-TM5
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-U-TM6
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-U-TM7
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit

of 160 mm/sec.
error occurrence
N/A (display only)
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Second
of 140 mm/sec.
error occurrence
N/A (display only)
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Second
of 107 mm/sec.
error occurrence
N/A (display only)
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Second
of 93 mm/sec.
error occurrence
N/A (display only)
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Second

FX-U-TM8
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-L-TM1
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-L-TM2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-L-TM3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit

of 32 mm/sec.
error occurrence
N/A (display only)
to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Second
Dis PressBeltUni STBY total running time
To display the total value of Pressure Belt Units STBY-equivalent
running time at all process speeds.
STBY-equivalent running time is proportional to the rotations.
When checking the use history at the Pressure Belt Unit replacement
or error occurrence
N/A (display only)
When replacing the Pressure Belt Unit, press the Clear key at FXBLT-L to reset.
0 to 4294967295
Second
Dis Press Belt Unit running time:321mm/s
To display the running time of the Pressure Belt Unit at process
speed of 321mm/sec.
or error occurrence
N/A (display only)
0 to 4294967295
Second
speed of 280 mm/sec.
or error occurrence
N/A (display only)
0 to 4294967295
Second
5-79

FX-L-TM4
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-L-TM5
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-L-TM6
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
FX-L-TM7
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
5-80

or error occurrence
N/A (display only)
0 to 4294967295
Second
or error occurrence
N/A (display only)
0 to 4294967295
Second
or error occurrence
N/A (display only)
0 to 4294967295
Second
speed of 93 mm/sec.
or error occurrence
N/A (display only)
0 to 4294967295
Second

FX-L-TM8
Lv.2 Details

speed of 32 mm/sec.
Use case
or error occurrence
Caution
0 to 4294967295
Unit
Second
T-5-10
SENSOR
MISC
COPIER> DISPLAY> SENSOR
W-TNR-1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPIER> DISPLAY> MISC
Status dis of Waste Toner Full Sensor

To display the output value and the judgment value of the Waste
Toner Full Sensor of the Waste Toner Container.
The value in the left shows the current output value.
The value in the right shows the threshold value (depending on the
adjustment result) to determine full level.
When checking the sensor
When checking clogging of waste toner
0 to 1023
T-5-11
ENV-TR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LPOWER-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
LPOWER-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
LPOWER-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
LPOWER-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Display of outside device environment

To display the environment outside the machine in the latest output.
When checking the current installation environment of the machine
0 to 7
Display of laser light intensity (Y)
To display the Y laser intensity in real-time.
When analyzing the cause of the image density failure
00 to FF
Hex. (hexadecimal)
50 to FF
Display of laser light intensity (M)
To display the M laser intensity in real-time.
00 to FF
Hex. (hexadecimal)
50 to FF
Display of laser light intensity (C)
To display the C laser intensity in real-time.
00 to FF
Hex. (hexadecimal)
50 to FF
Display of laser light intensity (Bk)
To display the Bk laser intensity in real-time.
00 to FF
Hex. (hexadecimal)
50 to FF
T-5-12
5-81
HT-C
COPIER> DISPLAY> HT-C

TGT-A-Y
Lv.2 Details
Dis of ARCDAT screen A Y-color target VL

To display the Y-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
When hue variation occurs and the displayed value is not in the
tolerable range, execute the auto gradation adjustment (reset the
target value). Check the Patch Sensor if not corrected.
Use case
When hue variation occurs
Caution
0 to 1023
Supplement/memo
Screen A: High screen ruling screen
TGT-A-M
Dis of ARCDAT screen A M-color target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the M-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
TGT-A-C
Dis of ARCDAT screen A C-color target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the C-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
5-82
TGT-A-K
Lv.2 Details
Dis of ARCDAT screen A Bk-clr target VL

To display the Bk-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-Y
Dis of ARCDAT screen B Y-color target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the Y-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
Screen B: Low screen ruling screen
TGT-B-M
Dis of ARCDAT screen B M-color target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the M-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo

TGT-B-C
Lv.2 Details
Dis of ARCDAT screen B C-color target VL

To display the C-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-K
Dis of ARCDAT screen B Bk-clr target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the Bk-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-Y
Dis of ARCDAT screen C Y-color target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the Y-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
Screen C: Copier image processing screen

TGT-C-M
Lv.2 Details
Dis of ARCDAT screen C M-color target VL

To display the M-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-C
Dis of ARCDAT screen C C-color target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the C-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-K
Dis of ARCDAT screen C Bk-clr target VL
Lv.2 Details
To display the Bk-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
Use case
Caution
0 to 1023
Default value
255
Supplement/memo
5-83

SUM-A-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-A-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-A-C
Lv.2 Details
5
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-84
Dis ARCDAT screen A Y-color ctrl differ

To display Y-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control.
tolerable range, execute the auto gradation adjustment (reset target
value). Check the Patch Sensor or replace the developer if not
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen A M-color ctrl differ
To display M-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen A C-color ctrl differ
To display C-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-A-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis ARCDAT screen A Bk-color ctrl differ

To display Bk-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT
control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen B Y-color ctrl differ
To display Y-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen B M-color ctrl differ
To display M-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-B-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis ARCDAT screen B C-color ctrl differ

To display C-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen B Bk-color ctrl differ
To display Bk-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT
control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen C Y-color ctrl differ
To display Y-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-C-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis ARCDAT screen C M-color ctrl differ

To display M-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen C C-color ctrl differ
To display C-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen C Bk-color ctrl differ
To display Bk-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT
control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
5-85

SGNL-A-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-A-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-A-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-A-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-86
Dis ARCDAT screen A Y-patch current VL

To display the current Y-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
When hue variation occurs or the value shown is not in the tolerable
range, check the Patch Sensor or replace the developer.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen A M-patch current VL
To display the current M-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen A C-patch current VL
To display the current C-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen A Bk-patch current VL
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0

SGNL-B-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-B-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-B-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-B-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis ARCDAT screen B Y-patch current VL

To display the current Y-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen B M-patch current VL
To display the current M-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen B C-patch current VL
To display the current C-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen B Bk-patch current VL
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0

SGNL-C-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-C-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-C-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGNL-C-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis ARCDAT screen C Y-patch current VL

To display the current Y-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen C M-patch current VL
To display the current M-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen C Bk-patch current VL
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0
Dis ARCDAT screen C C-patch current VL
To display the current C-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
0 to 1023
0

DLTA-A-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-A-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-A-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis of ARCDAT screen A Y-density differ

To display the difference between the Y-patch target value and the
current value of screen A in ARCDAT control.
When hue variation occurs and the value shown is not in the
tolerable range, execute auto gradation adjustment (reset the target
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen A M-density differ
To display the difference between the M-patch target value and the
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen A C-density differ
To display the difference between the C-patch target value and the
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
5-87

DLTA-A-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-B-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-B-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-88
Dis of ARCDAT screen A Bk-density differ

To display the difference between the Bk-patch target value and the
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen B Y-density differ
current value of screen B in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen B M-density differ
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLTA-B-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-B-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-C-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis of ARCDAT screen B C-density differ

corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen B Bk-density differ
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen C Y-density differ
current value of screen C in ARCDAT control.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLTA-C-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-C-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLTA-C-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
Dis of ARCDAT screen C M-density differ

corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen C C-density differ
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
Dis of ARCDAT screen C Bk-density differ
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

TGT-A-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-A-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-A-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-A-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-A-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn A Y-clr target VL (1/2 SPD)

To display the Y-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
When checking ARCDAT control operation
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn A M-clr target VL (1/2 SPD)
To display the M-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn A C-clr target VL (1/2 SPD)
To display the C-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn A Bk-clr target VL (1/2 SPD)
To display the Bk-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn A Y-color target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the Y-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
5-89

TGT-A-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-A-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-A-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
5-90
ARCDAT scrn A M-color target VL(1/3 SPD)

To display the M-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn A C-color target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the C-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn A Bk-clr target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the Bk-patch target value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn B Y-color target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the Y-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn B M-color target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the M-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700

TGT-B-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-B-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn B C-color target VL(1/3 SPD)

To display the C-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn B Bk-clr target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the Bk-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn B Y-color target VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the Y-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn B M-color target VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the M-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn B C-color target VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the C-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700

TGT-B-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn B Bk-clr target VL(1/2 SPD)

To display the Bk-patch target value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn C Y-color target VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the Y-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn C M-color target VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the M-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn C C-color target VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the C-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control at
1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn C Bk-clr target VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the Bk-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700

TGT-C-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
TGT-C-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn C Y-color target VL(1/3 SPD)

To display the Y-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn C M-color target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the M-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn C C-color target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the C-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control at
1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
ARCDAT scrn C Bk-clr target VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the Bk-patch target value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0 to 700
5-91

SUM-A-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-A-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-A-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-92
ARCDAT scrn A Y-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)

To display Y-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn A M-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display M-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn A C-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display C-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-A-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnA Bk-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)

To display Bk-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B Y-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display Y-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B M-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display M-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-B-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn B C-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)

To display C-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB Bk-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display Bk-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C Y-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display Y-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-C-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn C M-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)

To display M-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C C-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display C-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC Bk-clr ctrl differ(1/2 SPD)
To display Bk-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
5-93

DLT-A-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-A-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-A-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-94
ARCDAT scrn A Y-density differ (1/2 SPD)

To display the difference between Y-patch target value and the
current value of screen A in ARCDAT control at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn A M-density differ (1/2 SPD)
To display the difference between M-patch target value and the
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn A C-density differ (1/2 SPD)
To display the difference between C-patch target value and the
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLT-A-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-B-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-B-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn A Bk-density differ(1/2 SPD)

To display the difference between Bk-patch target value and the
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B Y-density differ (1/2 SPD)
current value of screen B in ARCDAT control at 1/2 speed
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B M-density differ (1/2 SPD)
current value of screen B in ARCDAT control at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLT-B-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-B-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-C-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn B C-density differ (1/2 SPD)

corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B Bk-density differ(1/2 SPD)
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C Y-density differ (1/2 SPD)
current value of screen C in ARCDAT control at 1/2 speed.
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLT-C-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-C-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-C-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn C M-density differ (1/2 SPD)

corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C C-density differ (1/2 SPD)
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C Bk-density differ(1/2 SPD)
corrected.
-1023 to 1023
0
5-95

SGL-A-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-A-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-A-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-A-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-96
ARCDAT scrnA Y-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)

To display the current Y-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
tolerable range, check the Patch Sensor or replace the developer.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA M-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current M-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA C-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current C-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA Bk ptch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0

SGL-B-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-B-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-B-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-B-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnB Y-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)

To display the current Y-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB M-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current M-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB C-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current C-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB Bkpatch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0

SGL-C-Y2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-C-M2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-C-C2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-C-K2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnC Y-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)

To display the current Y-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC M-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current M-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC C-patch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current C-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC Bkpatch current VL(1/2 SPD)
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/2 speed.
0 to 1023
0

SUM-A-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-A-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-A-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnA Y-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)

To display Y-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
tolerable range, execute auto gradation adjustment (reset target
value). If not corrected, check Patch Sensor or replace the developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA M-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)
To display M-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA C-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)
To display C-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
5-97

SUM-A-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-M3
Lv.2 Details
5
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-98
ARCDAT scrnA Bk-clr ctrl differ(1/3 SPD)

To display Bk-patch control difference of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB Y-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)
To display Y-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB M-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)
To display M-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-B-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-B-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnB C-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)

To display C-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB Bk-clr ctrl differ(1/3 SPD)
To display Bk-patch control difference of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC Y-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)
To display Y-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0

SUM-C-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SUM-C-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnC M-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)

To display M-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC C-clr ctrl differ (1/3 SPD)
To display C-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC Bk-clr ctrl differ(1/3 SPD)
To display Bk-patch control difference of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLT-A-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-A-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-A-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn A Y-density differ (1/3 SPD)

value). If not corrected, check Patch Sensor and replace the
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn A M-density differ (1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn A C-density differ (1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
5-99

DLT-A-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-B-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-B-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
5-100
ARCDAT scrn A Bk-density differ(1/3 SPD)

developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B Y-density differ (1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B M-density differ (1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLT-B-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-B-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-C-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn B C-density differ (1/3 SPD)

developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn B Bk-density differ(1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C Y-density differ (1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0

DLT-C-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-C-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
DLT-C-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrn C M-density differ (1/3 SPD)

developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C C-density differ (1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrn C Bk-density differ(1/3 SPD)
developer.
-1023 to 1023
0

SGL-A-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-A-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-A-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-A-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnA Y-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)

To display the current Y-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
tolerable range, check Patch Sensor or replace the developer.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA M-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current M-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA C-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current C-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnA Bkpatch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen A in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
5-101

SGL-B-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-B-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-B-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-B-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnB Y-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)

To display the current Y-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB M-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current M-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB C-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current C-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnB Bkpatch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen B in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0

SGL-C-Y3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-C-M3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-C-C3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
SGL-C-K3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ARCDAT scrnC Y-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)

To display the current Y-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC M-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current M-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC C-patch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current C-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
ARCDAT scrnC Bkpatch current VL(1/3 SPD)
To display the current Bk-patch value of screen C in ARCDAT control
at 1/3 speed.
0 to 1023
0
T-5-13
5-102
5-103
5-104
5-105
5-106
5-107
5-108
5-109
5-110
5-111
5-112
5-113
5-114
5-115
5-116
5-117
5-118
5-119
5-120
5-121
5-122
5-123
5-124
5-125
5-126
5-127
5-128
5-129
5-130
5-131
5-132
5-133
5-134
5-135
5-136
5-137
5-138
5-139
I/O (I/O display mode)

Host Machine_DC Controller (DC-CON>P001 to P030/P051 to
Address
bit
P005
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
P056)
Address
bit
P001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
P002
P003
5
P004
5-140
Name
Not used
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
Not used
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
Not used
Not used
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
Symbol
Remarks
P006
Name
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
Not used
Symbol
Remarks
Address
bit
P007
15
Name
Fixing Motor_FG
14
Fixing Motor_LOCK
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Reserve
Reserve
Duplex Left Motor Current
Switch 1
Duplex Left Motor Current
Switch 0
3
2
1
0
Symbol
M48
M48
Remarks
Address
bit
Input value of the clock synchronized

with rotation of the Fixing Motor
Frequency= number of rotation x
50/60
0: Number of rotation is within +/6.25%
1: Motor stop
P008
15
14
13
12
11
10
M32
M32
Duplex Right Motor Current

Switch 1
Duplex Right Motor Current
Switch 0
M33
Registration Motor Current

Switch 1
Switch 0
M34
M33
M34
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
0/1: Drive current A
1/0: Drive current B
1/1: Drive current C
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Symbol
Pre-fixing Feed Motor Current M35

Switch 1
Pre-fixing Feed Motor Current M35
Switch 0
Fixing Belt Displacement
M46
Control Motor Current Switch 1
M46
Control Motor Current Switch 0
Fixing Pressure Release Motor M47
Current Switch 1
Fixing Pressure Release Motor M47
Current Switch 0
Pressure Belt Displacement
Motor Current Switch 1
Motor Current Switch 0
Reserve
Duplex Left Motor Phase
Pattern Switch
Pre-fixing Feed Motor Phase
Pattern Switch
Duplex Right Motor Phase
Pattern Switch
Registration Motor Phase
Pattern Switch
Control Motor Pattern Switch
Fixing Belt Pressure Release
Motor Phase Pattern Switch
Control Motor Phase Pattern
Switch
M49
M49
Remarks
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
M32
1: 2phase, 0: 1-2phase
M35
1: 1-2phase, 0: 2phase
M33
M34
M46
M47
1: 1-2phase, 0: 2phase
M49
5-141
Address
bit
Name
P009
15
Registration Motor Rotation

Direction
Duplex Right Motor Rotation
Direction
Reserve
Duplex Left Motor Rotation
Direction
Pre-fixing Feed Motor Rotation
Direction
Control Motor Rotation
Direction
Fixing Belt Pressure Release
Motor Rotation Direction
Control Motor
High Voltage Remote
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5-142
Symbol
M34
M33
M32
Secondary Transfer Static

Elimination High Voltage ON
2
1
Fixing Motor Brake

Fixing Motor Speed Switch
Reserve
bit
Name
P010
15
14
Fixing Motor ON/OFF Control

Transparency Sensor LED
Activation
Transparency Sensor Lightreceiving Gain Switch 1
Transparency Sensor Lightreceiving Gain Switch 2
Fixing Wrapping Sensor ON/
OFF
Not used
Not used
For R&D use
Control Motor CLK
Fixing Pressure Release Motor
CLK
Control Motor CLK
Pre-fixing Feed Motor CLK
M35
Registration Motor CLK
M34
Duplex Right Motor CLK
M33
Duplex Left Motor CLK
M32
Reserve
13
M46
M47
0: CW, 1: CCW
10
9
8
7
M49
0: CW, 1: CCW
0: High voltage remote ON

1: High voltage remote OFF
0: Secondary transfer high voltage
positive bias ON
positive bias OFF
negative bias ON
negative bias OFF
0: Secondary transfer constant
current ON (Always ON because it is
"Not used")
1: Secondary transfer constant
current OFF
0: Secondary transfer static
elimination high voltage ON
1: Secondary transfer static
elimination high voltage FF
1: ON, 0: OFF
0: 300 to 1200rpm, 1: 1600 to
2400rpm
M35
Secondary Transfer High

Voltage Negative Bias ON
Secondary Transfer Constant

Current ON
Address
0: CW, 1: CCW (Rotate only when

CCW)
CCW)
0: CW, 1: CCW
Secondary Transfer High

Voltage Positive Bias ON
Remarks
CCW)
CCW)
M48
M48
12
11
Symbol
Remarks
M48
PS29
0: ON, 1: OFF
0: ON, 1: OFF
PS29
PS29
PS74
1: Paper presence
M49
M47
M46
ON=H
Indicate CLK according to motor
rotation speed
rotation speed
rotation speed
rotation speed
rotation speed
rotation speed
rotation speed
Address
bit
P011
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Name
Secondary Transfer Roller
Engagement/Disengagement
HP Sensor
Engagement/Disengagement
HP Sensor
Post-secondary Transfer
Sensor
Main Body Front Cooling Fan
Recognition Bit
Duplex Sensor 1
Duplex Sensor 2
Duplex Sensor 3
Duplex Sensor 4
Registration Sensor
Fixing Inlet Sensor
Fixing Belt HP Sensor
Fixing Belt Position Sensor 1
Reserve
Symbol
Remarks
PS22
1: Disengage, 0: Engage
PS22
1: Disengage, 0: Engage
PS23
1: Paper presence
FM17
0: Control 1: Not control
PS24
PS25
PS26
PS27
PS28
PS70
PS30
PS69
PS69
PS71
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: HP
1: HP
PS71/PS72
1/1: Belt position +3.5 (rear) or -3.5
(front) (error)
0/1: Belt position +1.0 (1 step
backward)
0/0: Center
1/0: Belt position -1.0 (1 step)
PS71/PS72
1/1: Belt position +3.5 (rear) or -3.5
(front) (error)
0/1: Belt position +1.0 (1 step)
0/0: Center
1/0: Belt position -1.0 (1 step)
PS72
Address
bit
P012
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P013
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Fixing Pressure Release
Sensor
Fixing Pressure Release
Sensor
Fixing Wrapping Sensor
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Pressure Belt HP Sensor
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
24V Detection
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Pressure Belt Cooling Fan
(Front) Lock
(Rear) Lock
Lock
Reserve
Symbol
Remarks
PS73
1: Pressure release
PS73
1: Pressure release
PS74
PS75
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
PS78
PS78
1: HP
1: HP
UN5
0: 24V of Fixing Feed Driver PCB is

ON
1: 24V of Fixing Feed Driver PCB is
OFF
FM15
FM16
FM17
0: Lock, 1: Error (while the Fan is

driven)
driven)
driven)
5-143
Address
bit
P014
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
(Front) Full Speed
(Front) Half Speed
Symbol
FM15
FM15

(Rear) Full Speed
(Rear) Half Speed
FM16

Full Speed
Half Speed
FM17
Reserve
Reserve
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
For R&D use
FM16
FM17
-
Remarks
DCON>P014>Bit15/Bit14
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
Address
bit
Name
P015
15
14
Reverse Sensor
Reverse Vertical Path Sensor
1
2
3
Left Lower Cover Sensor
Multi-purpose Tray Paper
Sensor
Multi-purpose Tray Last Paper
Sensor
Right Lower Cover Sensor
Option Fan Connection
Detection
Right Deck Paper Level Sensor
1
Right Deck Paper Level Sensor
2
Left Deck Paper Level Sensor
1
Left Deck Paper Level Sensor
2
Cassette 3 Paper Level Sensor
1
2
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-144
Symbol
Remarks
PS32
PS33
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
PS34
1: Paper presence
PS35
1: Paper presence
PS31
PS36
PS37
1: Paper presence
0: Open, 1: Close
1: Paper presence
PS38
Pulse (0, 1 in alternate shifts): Last

paper, H/L fixed: Not last paper
0: Open, 1: Close
0: Fan connection for Copy Tray
PS39
PS41
1: Paper presence
PS42
1: Paper presence
PS43
1: Paper presence
PS44
1: Paper presence
PS45
1: Paper presence
PS46
1: Paper presence
Address
bit
P016
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Cassette 3 Size Detection
Switch 1_SW1
Switch 1_SW2
Switch 1_SW3
Switch 1_SW4
Switch 2_SW1
Switch 2_SW2
Switch 2_SW3
Switch 2_SW4
Switch 1_SW1
Switch 1_SW2
Switch 1_SW3
Switch 1_SW4
Switch 2_SW1
Switch 2_SW2
Switch 2_SW3
Switch 2_SW4
Symbol
Remarks
Address
bit
Name
P017
15

1
2
Right Deck Paper Sensor
Right Deck Upper Limit Sensor
Right Deck Paper Height
Sensor
Left Deck Upper Limit Sensor
Left Deck Paper Height Sensor
SW14
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW14
0: ON, 1: OFF
14
SW14
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW14
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW15
0: ON, 1: OFF
13
12
11
10
9
SW15
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW15
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW15
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW16
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW16
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW16
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW16
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW17
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW17
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW17
0: ON, 1: OFF
SW17
0: ON, 1: OFF
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
P018
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

Left Deck Paper Sensor
Waste Toner Screw Lock
Detection Switch
Cassette 3 Paper Sensor
Cassette 3 Upper Limit Sensor
Cassette 3 Paper Height
Sensor
Cassette 4 Paper Height
Sensor
Delivery Heat Exhaust Fan 4
Anti-adhesion Fan 1 Full
Speed
Anti-adhesion Fan 1 Half
Speed
Anti-adhesion Fan 2 Full
Speed
Anti-adhesion Fan 2 Half
Speed
Symbol
Remarks
PS47
1: Paper presence
PS48
1: Paper presence
PS40
PS49
PS51
PS50
PS52
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
0: Normal, 1: Upper limit
0: Paper surface reaches to the
upper limit, 1: Up
1: Paper presence
upper limit, 1: Up
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
0: At locked, 1: Normal
PS53
PS55
PS57
PS58
PS54
PS56
SW10
PS59
PS61
PS60
PS62
PS68
FM13
FM12
FM11
FM10
FM23
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
upper limit, 1: Up
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
0: Normal, 1: Detect upper limit
1: Paper presence
upper limit, 1: Up
1: Paper presence
0: Lock
0: Lock
0: Lock
0: Lock
1: Full Speed
FM23
1: Half Speed
FM24
1: Full Speed
FM24
1: Half Speed
PS63
PS64
PS65
PS66
PS67
5-145
Address
bit
Name
P019
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
Anti-adhesion Fan 1Lock

Anti-adhesion Fan 2Lock
Reserve
Reserve
Right Deck Vertical Path Motor
Left Deck Vertical Path Motor
Cassette Vertical Path Motor
Reserve
Delivery Heat Exhaust Fan 4_
Full Speed
Delivery Heat Exhaust Fan 4_
Half Speed
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol
Remarks
FM23
FM24
0: Lock
0: Lock
M40
M41
M39
FM13
DCON>P019>Bit7/Bit6
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
DCON>P019>Bit5/Bit4
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
DCON>P019>Bit3/Bit2
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
DCON>P019>Bit1/Bit0
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
FM13
Delivery Heat Exhaust Fan 3_ FM12

Full Speed
Half Speed
Full Speed
Half Speed
Full Speed
Half Speed
Address
bit
P020
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Symbol
M40
M40
Left Deck Vertical Path Motor_ M41

I1
Left Deck Vertical Path MotorI0 M41
Cassette Vertical Path Motor_ M39
I1
Cassette Vertical Path Motor_ M39
I0
Pre-Pre-registration MultiM36
purpose Tray Drive Motor_CW
Delivery Motor_CW
M37
Reverse Motor_CW
M38
M31

Disengagement Motor_CW
Left Deck Pickup Motor_CW
Right Deck Pickup Motor_CW M43
Cassette 3 Deck Pickup

Motor_CW
Cassette 4 Deck Pickup
Motor_CW
Pre-Pre-registration Multipurpose Tray Drive Motor_I1
Pre-Pre-registration Multipurpose Tray Drive Motor_I0
2
1
0
5-146
Name
Right Deck Vertical Path
Motor_I1
Right Deck Vertical Path
Motor_I0
M42
M44
M45
M36
M36
Remarks
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
CW)
CW)
0: CW, 1: CCW (at pull-in to the
Delivery Vertical Path: CW, at
delivery from the Delivery Vertical
Path: CCW)
CW)
0: CW, 1: CCW (At pickup: CW, At
lifting up: CCW)
lifting up: CCW)
lifting up: CCW)
lifting up: CCW)
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
Address
bit
P021
15
14
13
12
Name
Delivery Motor_I1
Delivery Motor_I0
Reverse Motor_I1
Reverse Motor_I0
Symbol
M37
M37
M38
M38
11
10
Left Deck Pickup Motor_I1

Left Deck Pickup Motor_I0
M42
M42
9
8
Right Deck Pickup Motor_I1

Right Deck Pickup Motor_I0
M43
M43
7
6
Cassette 3 Pickup Motor_I1

M44
M44
5
4

M45
M45

Disengagement Motor_I1
M31
2
1
0
M31
Pre-Pre-registration MultiM36
purpose Tray Drive Motor_MD
Delivery Motor_MD
M37
Remarks
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0:HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
Address
bit
P022
15
14
13
Reverse Motor_MD
Reserve
Left Deck Pickup Motor_
RESET
M38
M42
12
Left Deck Pickup Motor_

RESET
M43
11
Cassette 3 Pickup Motor_

RESET
M44
10
Cassette 4 Pickup Motor_

RESET
M45
0: CLR the latch of the Paper Surface

Detection
1: Enable latch circuit
Detection
Detection
Detection
9
8
7
Reserve
Delivery Flapper Solenoid
Multi-purpose Tray Pickup
Solenoid
Right Deck Pickup Solenoid
Left Deck Pickup Solenoid
Cassette 3 Pickup Solenoid
Reserve
Reserve
Reserve
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Symbol
Remarks
SL2
SL4
1: ON
1: ON
SL5
SL6
SL7
SL8
1: ON (1: Pickup Roller up)

5-147
Address
bit
P023
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
For R&D use
Interlock Arch Detection
Symbol
SW1/
SW2/
SW3/SW5
AC Driver PCB Location BIT1 UN8/UN9/
UN10
AC Driver PCB Location BIT0 UN8/UN9/
UN10
Drum Thermistor
THM6
Drum Heater Thermopile 42.5 THM5
degC Detection
Drum Heater Thermopile 50
THM6
degC Detection
Front Cover Sensor
PS80
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
Patch Sensor LED ON
PS21
Registration Patch Shutter
SL1
Solenoid
For R&D use
Primary Charging (C) AC_CC
ON
Remarks
1: Interlock switch is ON
0: Interlock switch is OFF
bit0=1,bit1=0: 100V
bit0=0,bit1=1: 120V
bit0=0,bit1=1: 200V
1: Connect
0: Detect
Address
bit
Name
P024
15
14
Primary Charging (C) DC ON

Primary Charging (C) AC_CV
ON
Primary Charging (M) AC_CC
ON
Primary Charging (M) DC ON
Primary Charging (M) AC_CV
ON
Primary Charging (Y) AC_CC
ON
Primary Charging (Y) DC ON
Primary Charging (Y) AC_CV
ON
Developing High Voltage (C)
DC ON
Developing High Voltage (C)
AC ON
Developing High Voltage (M)
DC ON
Developing High Voltage (M)
AC ON
Developing High Voltage (Y)
DC ON
Developing High Voltage (Y)
AC ON
Developing High Voltage (Bk)
DC ON
Developing High Voltage (Bk)
AC ON
13
12
11
10
0: Detect
9
8
0: Open
7
6
5
1: ON
1: ON
4
3
2
1
5-148
Symbol
Remarks
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
Address
bit
Name
P025
15
Primary Transfer High Voltage

(Bk) (C) CC ON
(Bk) (C) CV ON
(Bk) (M) CC ON
(Bk) (M) CV ON
(Bk) (Y) CC ON
(Bk) (Y) CV ON
(Bk) (Bk) ON
Primary Grid ON
(Bk) (Bk) Current Set
(Bk) (Bk) Negative Set
Pre-primary Transfer Charging
AC ON
Pre-primary Transfer Charging
DC ON
Fixing Feed Unit Power Supply
High Voltage Remote
Multi Deck Reset
Multi Deck Remote ON
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
Symbol
Remarks
Address
bit
P026
0: ON
15
14
13
For R&D use

Printer Reception Signal
24V Pickup Remote
0: ON
12
0: ON
11
0: ON
10
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
7
6
5
Interruption to Controller during

Spool
Drum Cleaning Pre-exposure
LED (Bk)
LED (Y)
LED (M)
LED (C)
IH Power Supply Relay ON 2
IH Power Supply Relay ON 1
DC Power Supply PCB
(24VA)_Remote
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
Symbol
Remarks
0: 24V pickup ON
1: 24V pickup OFF
LED1
1: ON
LED2
1: ON
LED3
1: ON
LED4
1: ON
UN34
DC Power Supply PCB (24V)_ UN35

Remote
3
2
1
0
Cassette Heater Traic ON

Drum Heater Traic ON
For R&D use
For R&D use
0: ON
1: Enable power supply to Fixing
Feed Unit
0: Block power supply to Fixing Feed
Unit
1: Enable high voltage
0: Stop high voltage
1: Multi Deck RESET
0: Clear Multi Deck RESET
1: Multi Deck Remote ON
0: Multi Deck Remote OFF
Name
H6
H1
0: ON
0: ON
0: Enable Main Body 24VA power
outlet
1: Stop Main Body 24VA power outlet
0: Enable Main Body 24VB power
outlet
1: Stop Main Body 24VB power outlet
0:ON
0:ON
-
5-149
Address
bit
P027
15
14
13
12
11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-150
Name
Symbol
Drum ITB Driver PCB_RESET UN6
Remarks
0: Drum ITB Driver PCB RESET

1: Clear Drum ITB Driver PCB
RESET
* Cable disconnection or trapped
cable is 0
Fixing Feed Driver PCB_
UN5
0: Fixing Feed Driver PCB RESET
RESET
1: Clear Fixing Feed Driver PCB
RESET
cable is 0
Pickup Feed Driver PCB_
UN4
0: Pickup Feed Driver PCB RESET
RESET
1: Clear Pickup Feed Driver PCB
RESET
cable is 0
Hopper Driver PCB_RESET
UN3
0: Hopper Driver PCB RESET
1: Clear Hopper Driver PCB RESET
cable is 0
Buffer Driver PCB_RESET
UN150
0: Buffer Driver PCB RESET
1: Clear Buffer Driver PCB RESET
cable is 0
Fixing Feed Drawer Connect A
0: Open
1: Connect
cable is 0
Fixing Feed Drawer Connect B
0: Open
1: Connect
cable is 0
Buffer Unit Decurler Unit
0: Open
Connect
1: Connect
Multi Deck Connect
0: Open
1: Connect
Fixing Thermistor Connect
THM1-1/ 0: Open
-2/-3
1: Connect
Pressure Thermistor Connect THM2/3/4 L: OPEN
H: Connect
DCON_LIVE Signal
DCON_LIVE signal of Controller PCB
DDIP
Reserve
For R&D use
Transparency Sensor
PS29
1: Paper
0: Transparency
Laser Interface PCB Ready
UN100
1: Detect
Signal
After 1 is detected, Clear reset
Address
bit
P028
15
14
Name
Symbol
Multi-purpose Tray Cover

PS79
Sensor
Pressure Belt Position Sensor PS76
1
PS4
PS76/PS77
1/1: Error
backward)
0/0: Center
1/0: Belt position -1.0 (1 step forward)
PS76/PS77
1/1: Error
backward)
0/0: Center
1/0: Belt position -1.0 (1 step forward)
0: HP (engage)
FM14
1: Error (while the Fan is driven)
FM7
SW7
SW1/
SW2/
SW3/SW5
0: Close
Regarding SW1, SW2, SW3, and
SW5
1: Relay is ON with all above
switches
0: Relay is OFF with at least one of
the above switches
0: Normal
1: Excessive temperature rise ERR
13
Pressure Belt Position Sensor PS77

2
12

Disengagement HP Sensor
Reserve
Reserve
Power Supply Cooling Fan
(38V) Lock Detection
IH Power Supply Fan Lock
Detection
Fixing Feed Unit Switch
Interlock Error Detection
11
10
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
0: Open
Fixing Thermistor Excessive

THM1-1
Temperature Rise Detection
Error
Fixing Thermistor Open Circuit THM1-1
Detection
IH Power Supply RMT
Detection
Primary Charging Suction Fan FM2
Lock Detection
For R&D use
Hardware Error Detection
0: Normal
1: Fixing Thermistor open circuit ERR
0: OFF
1: Enable
1: Error
Address
bit
P029
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Name
Reserve
Laser Interface PCB Reset
Release
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED
(Bk) REF bit1
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED
(Bk) bit0
Reserve
Disengagement Motor CW
7
6
ITOP Signal
Potential Sensor ON
IH Power Supply Fan Full

Speed
IH Power Supply Fan Half
Speed
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol
UN100
LED1
LED1
M5
M5
M5
FM7
FM7
Power Supply Fan 1Full Speed FM8

Reserve
Power Supply Fan 2 Full
FM9
Speed
FM14
(38V) Full Speed
Remarks
0: RESET
1: Clear RESET
Change the current amount of BK
pre-exposure
bit0/bit1
0/0: 125mA
1/0: 120mA
0/1: 80mA
1/1: 40mA
1: CW (Disengage), 0: CCW
(Engage)
I1/I0
0/0: HOLD_OFF
0: Enable
1: OFF
DCON>P029>Bit5/Bit4
0/0: Full Speed
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Stop
0: OFF, 1: ON
Address
bit
P030
15
14
13
DCON>P029>Bit0/DCON>P030>Bit1
0/0: Full Speed
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Stop
Symbol
M18
M20
1: CW
M22
1: CW
M24
1: CW
M30
1: CW
M29
0: CW
M26
0: CW
M28
0: CW
M27
0: CW
FM14
DCON>P029>Bit0/DCON>P030>Bit1
0/0: Full Speed
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Stop
M1
11
Pre-transfer Charging Wire

Cleaning Motor IN A1
M2
10
Pre-transfer Charging Wire

Developing Sleeve Drive Motor
(Bk) CW
(Y) CW
(M) CW
(C) CW
Drum Cleaning/Waste Toner
Feed Drive Motor CW
Developing Stirring Motor (Bk)
CW
Developing Stirring Motor (Y)
CW
Developing Stirring Motor (M)
CW
Developing Stirring Motor (C)
CW
(38V) Half Speed
M2
12
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
0
Remarks
0/0: Stop
0/0: Full Speed
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
0/0: Stop
1/0: CCW
0/1: CW
1/1: Brake
0/0: Stop
1/0: CCW
0/1: CW
1/1: Brake
1: CW

3
0: OFF, 1: ON
Name

Full Speed
Half Speed
M1
5-151
Address
bit
Name
P051
15
Toner Container Drive Motor

(Y) Overcurrent Detection Error
(M) Overcurrent Detection
Error
(C) Overcurrent Detection
Error
(Bk) Overcurrent Detection
Error
Wiper Rotation Motor (Y)
Connection Detection
Wiper Rotation Motor (M)
Wiper Rotation Motor (C)
Wiper Rotation Motor (Bk)
Toner Density Sensor (Y) Level
Detection
Toner Density Sensor (M)
Level Detection
Toner Density Sensor (C) Level
Detection
Toner Density Sensor (Bk)
Level Detection
Toner Container Insertion Inlet
Cover Sensor (Bk) Detection
Cover Sensor (C) Detection
Cover Sensor (M) Detection
Cover Sensor (Y) Detection
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-152
Symbol
M10
M13
M16
Remarks
0: Overcurrent ERR
1: Normal
0: Overcurrent ERR
1: Normal
0: Overcurrent ERR
1: Normal
M7
0: Overcurrent ERR
1: Normal
M11
1: Not connect 0: Connect
M14
M17
M8
TS6
0: Absence, 1: Presence
TS7
TS8
TS5
PS7
1: Close 0: Open
PS16
1: Close 0: Open
PS13
1: Close 0: Open
PS10
1: Close 0: Open
Address
bit
Name
P052
15
Release Holder Shift Cam HP

Sensor (Y) HP Detection
Sensor (M) HP Detection
Sensor (C) HP Detection
Sensor (Bk) HP Detection
Toner Feed Screw Rotation
Sensor (Bk) Rotation Detection
Sensor (C) Rotation Detection
Sensor (M) Rotation Detection
Sensor (Y) Rotation Detection
Toner Supply Cover Sensor
Open/Close Detection
Primary Charging Exhaust Fan
Lock Detection
Pre-fixing Feed Attraction Fan
Lock Detection
Fixing Heat Exhaust Fan Lock
Detection
Color Cleaning Fan Lock
Detection
Developing/Pre-transfer
Charging Fan Lock Detection
Hopper/Stirring Supply Motor
(C) Excessive Temperature
Rise Detection
Reserve
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Symbol
Remarks
PS11
1: HP
PS14
1: HP
PS17
1: HP
PS8
1: HP
PS9
1: Rotate (light blocking)
PS18
PS15
PS12
PS6
1: Close 0: Open
FM3
FM1

driven)
1: Error, 0: Lock
FM6
1: Error, 0: Lock
FM5
1: Error, 0: Lock
FM4
1: Error, 0: Lock
M15
1: Excessive temperature rise
Address
bit
Name
P053
15
Release Holder Shift Cam

Phase Sensor (Y)
Phase Sensor (M)
Phase Sensor (C)
Phase Sensor (Bk)
For R&D use
Photo Interrupter Power Supply
(5V) RMT
Charging Fan Half Speed
Charging Fan Full Speed
PS81
1: Light blocking
PS82
1: Light blocking
PS83
PS84

(Y) CW
(Y) CCW
(M) CW
(M) CCW
(C) CW
(C) CCW
(Bk) CW
(Bk) CCW
M10
0: Phot Interrupter 5V_OFF

1: Phot Interrupter 5V_ON
DCON>P053>Bit9/Bit8
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
1: ON
M10
1: ON
M13
1: ON
M13
1: ON
M16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol
FM4
FM4
Remarks
Address
bit
Name
P054
1: Light blocking
15
14
13
12
11
1: Light blocking
10
Wiper Rotation Motor (Y) ON

Wiper Rotation Motor (M) ON
Wiper Rotation Motor (C) ON
Wiper Rotation Motor (Bk) ON
Full Speed
Half Speed
9
8
7
6
Symbol
M11
M14
M17
M8
FM3
M6
M15
1: ON
M12
1: ON
M9
1: ON
FM3
Pre-fixing Feed Attraction Fan FM1

Full Speed
Pre-fixing Feed Attraction Fan FM1
Half Speed
Fixing Heat Exhaust Fan Full
Speed
Fixing Heat Exhaust Fan Half
Speed
Remarks
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
DCON>P054>Bit9/Bit8
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
DCON>P054>Bit7/Bit6
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
DCON>P054>Bit5/Bit4
0/0: Stop
1/0: Full Speed
0/1: Half Speed
1/1: Half Speed
1: ON
FM6
FM6
5
4
Color Cleaning Fan Full Speed FM5

Color Cleaning Fan Half Speed FM5
1: ON
M16
1: ON
M7
1: ON
M7
1: ON

(Bk) ON
(C) ON
(M) ON
(Y) ON
5-153
Address
bit
P055
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P056
Name
Symbol
Host Machine_Main Controller (DC-CON>P001 to P030/P051
Remarks
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
to P056))
Address
bit
Name
P001
0
1
Reserve
Debug SRAM PCB Presence/
Absence
Reserve
Not used
Not used
Not used
For R&D use
Not used
For R&D use
Bypass PCB Detection
Bypass PCB Detection
Main Controller PCB 2 Version bit0
Main Controller PCB Version bit3
For R&D use
SCPRDY (Controller reception is
available)
Clear reset of image process chip
For R&D use
Image Analysis PCB power state
Not used
Printer CPU reset state
Reserve
Reserve
PPRDY (Printer power ON)
PCPRDY (Controller reception is
available)
PCTS (Printer reception is
available)
PRTS (Controller reception is
available)
Reader Controller PCB power
output state
Reserve
Reserve
For R&D use
Not used
For R&D use
Not used
For R&D use
P002
P003
P004
P005
P006
P007
T-5-14
2-7
8-15
0-15
0-8
9-15
0-7
8-9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0-10
11
12
13-15
0
1-15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
P008
P009
5-154
8-15
0-15
0-1
2-6
7-10
11
12-15
Symbol
Remarks
-
0: Abnormal, 1: Normal
-
0: Abnormal, 1: Normal
bit
P010
0-7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Not used
Riser PCB Version bit0
HDD Cooling Fan Error Detection
Controller Fan 1 Error Detection
FM21
FM19
14
15
Controller Fan 2 Error Detection

Controller-related Fan State
Detection
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
FM20
0: Normal, 1: Abnormal
FM19,20,21 0: One of the Fans is abnormal
1: All fans are normal
-
P011
P012
P013
P014
P015
P016
0-15
0-15
0-15
0-15
0-15
0-15
Name
Symbol
Reader (R-CON>P001 to P007)
Address
Remarks
Address
bit
P001
P002
T-5-15
P003
Name
Symbol
Remarks
SR2
1: HP
1
2
3
4
5
Scanner Unit HP Sensor

Interruption
DDI-SPO1
Fan Lock Signal (Reserve)
DDI-SRTS
DDI-SCPRDY
Silent Mode
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
Board Test
12V Power Supply Monitor
Reader-DADF Connect
Location Information 0
Location Information 1
Debug LED
Memory Identification
Model Identification
7
0
1
2
3
Original Size Sensor 1

DADF Sensor 1
DADF Sensor 2
Scanner Unit Heat Exhaust Fan
Lock Signal
Scanner Unit Cooling Fan Lock
Signal
LED Select 1
LED Select 2
-
CF1
CF2
SR1
SR3
FM1
Not used
0: Reception is available
0: Controller ready
1: Normal start-up, 0: Silent startup
1: Normal start-up, 0: PCB check
0: Power supply
0: Power supply
1: Connect, 0: Unconnected AP
Not used
Not used
Not used
1: Model with memory, 0: Model
without memory
1: X-system or Copyboard, 0:
S-system
0: Original presence
1: Close, 0: Open
1: Close, 0: Open
1: Failure
FM2
1: Failure
DIPSW2, 3 (1,1): Rank A, (1,0):

Rank B, (0,1): Rank C
-
4
5
6
7
5-155
Address
bit
P004
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
P005
Name
B_DDI_SPI1
B_DDI_SCTS
B_DDI_SPRDY
Debug Inspection Activation LED
DF/Reader Selector
Size Detection LED
Watchdog Output
Scanner Motor Current Setting 1
Scanner Motor Current Setting 2
Scanner Motor Reset
Scanner Motor Enable
Scanner Unit Cooling Fan ON
Scanner Motor Direction
-
Symbol
M1
M1
M1
M1
FM2
M1
-
ADF(FEEDER>P001 to P007)
Remarks
Fix to 1
0: Transmission is available
0: Engine ready
1: ON
1: DADF, 0: Reader
1: ON
0: (Toggle operation)
(0,0): 100%, (0,1): 75%, (1,0):
50%, (1,1): 25%
0: Reset (100nsec)
1: Enable
1: ON
1: Back scan, 0: Scan
-
Address
bit
Name
P001
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
SR23
SR8
SR7
SR9
SR13
SR6
SR10
SR1
PCB2
0: Power supply
1: Paper presence
0: Failure
1: Paper presence
1: A4R, STMTR, B6R
0: Open
1: HP (lower limit)
1: Paper surface detection
0: Open
0: Stamp presence
1: Paper presence
SR3
SR2
SR12
0: Paper presence
0: Paper presence
1: HP (Escape)
7
0
1

Reverse Sensor
DADF Fan Alarm
LTR-R/LGL Identification Sensor
AB/Inch Identification Sensor
Tray Sensor
Tray HP Sensor
Paper Surface Sensor
Cover Sensor
Original Sensor
Stamp Presence/Absence
Post-separation 3 Sensor
(Reserve)
Pickup Roller Unit Lifting HP
Sensor
Scanner Unit Cooling Fan Alarm
Disengagement HP Sensor 2
1-path Duplex Model Identification
FM3
SR16
-
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Leading Edge Position Sensor

Disengagement HP Sensor 1
Delivery Sensor
Read Sensor 2
Read Sensor 1
Registration Sensor
ITOP
Glass Shift HP Sensor
Feed Sensor
Post-separation Sensor 3
Pickup Motor Direction
DA Enable
Tray Lifting Motor Direction
Stamp Solenoid
Original LED
Tray Lifting Motor Current
Disengagement Motor 1 Current
Disengagement Motor 2 Current
SR22
SR15
SR20
SR19
SR18
SR17
PCB5
SR5
PCB4
PCB3
SR11
PCB2
M1
M8
SL2
LED
M8
M6
M7
0: Failure
1: HP (Disengagement)
1: 1-path duplex, 0: Reverse
duplex
1: Paper presence
1: HP (Disengagement)
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
1: Paper presence
0: Paper presence
0: Paper presence
0: Paper presence
0: Paper presence
Not used
0: HP
0: Paper presence
0: Paper presence
1: Rotation direction, 0: (Not used)
1: Enable, 0: Reset
1: Up, 0: Down
1: ON
1: ON
1: Operation is available
P002
4
5
6
T-5-16
P003
5
P004
P005
5-156
Symbol
Remarks
Address
bit
P006
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
P007
Name
Glass Shift Motor Current
Glass Shift Motor Direction
DADF Fan ON
Pickup Motor Direction
Separation Motor Current
Pickup Motor Current
Read Motor Current
Pickup Motor Current
Scanner Unit Cooling Fan ON
Pickup Clutch
Delivery Motor Current
Delivery Motor Direction
-
Symbol
M9
M9
M1
M1
M3
M4
M1
FM3
M5
M5
-
Remarks
1: Shading direction (Right upper)
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: CCW (Delivery direction)
-
Paper Deck Unit (DC-CON>P048 to P050)

Address
bit
P048
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
T-5-17
P049
Name
not used
not used
not used
not used
deck main motor hold
deck open solenoid
deck lifter motor
deck lifter motor ON signal
deck main motor ON signal
not used
not used
deck pickup clutchON ON signal
not used
deck pickup roller releasing solenoid
deck open indicator
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
Symbol
M1
SL2
M2
M2
M1
CL2
SL1
LED100
-
Remarks
0:open/1:close
0:up/1:down
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
-
5-157
Address
bit
Symbol
Remarks
P050
15
14
13
12
11
10
for R&D
not used
for R&D
for R&D
deck open sensor
deck set sensor
Name
PS9
PS5
9
8
deck lifter lower limit detecting switch

deck paper level sensor
SW2
PS8
deck paper supply position sensor
PS7
6
5
M1
SL1
deck main motor lock signal

deck pickup roller releasing solenoid ON
signal
deck pickup sensor
0:connected/1:unconnected
0:paper present/1:paper
absent
0:ON/1:OFF
absent
absent
0:ON/1:OFF
PS6
deck feed sensor
PS1
2
1
deck lifter position sensor

deck paper sensor
PS4
PS2
deck open detecting switch
SW1
absent
absent
0:ON/1:OFF
absent
0:open/1:close
T-5-18
5-158
POD Deck Lite (DC-CON>P047 to P050)

Address
bit
P047
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Expansion Fan OFF
Not used
Air Heater Control Signal
FAN3
H1
1: OFF, 0: ON
0 (0,0): 60 degC, 3 (1,1): 90 degC
Swing Control Signal
M3
0 (0,0): 250 pps, 3 (1,1): 850 pps
Fan Control Signal
0 (0,0): 26V, 3 (1,1): 13.5V
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
BANK-RX1
BANK-RX0
BANK-TX
Deck Pickup Clutch ON
Hot Air Fan OFF
Air Heater ON
Open/Close Solenoid ON
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Lifter DOWN/UP
Deck Lifter Motor ON
Cold Fan OFF
Cassette Heater ON
Motor Cooling Fan
Deck Pickup Motor Current 1
Deck Pickup Motor Current 0
Deck Pickup Solenoid ON
Indication LED ON
FAN1,
FAN2,
FAN3
CL1
FAN1
H1
SL2,
SL3
M2
FAN2
H2, H3
FAN4
M1
M1
SL1
-
P048
Name
Symbol
Remarks
Auto at bank switching

Auto at bank switching
Fix to 1
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: OFF, 0: ON
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: Down, 0: Up
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: OFF, 0: ON
1: OFF, 0: ON
Address
bit
P049
15
14
13
12
11
10
Not used
Heater Error 1
Heater Ready
POD Deck Detection
Motor Cooling Fan Error
Deck Foreign Matter Sensor
FAN4
PS13
Paper Level Sensor
PS12
Hot Air Fan/Cold Air Fan/Expansion FAN1,

Fan/Swing Motor Error, Receptacle FAN2,
Load Error
FAN3,
M3
Temperature DATA [3]
Humidity DATA [3]
Humidity DATA [2]
Humidity DATA [1]
Humidity DATA [0]
Large Deck ID
Deck Lifter Motor Error
M2
Deck Lite ID
Deck Lite ID
Deck Receptacle Left Open Sensor PS9
Deck Engagement/Disengagement PS5
Sensor
Deck Lifter Lower Limit Detection SW2
Switch
Deck Paper Level Sensor
PS8
Deck Supply Position Sensor
PS7
PS10
5
4
Deck Receptacle Right Open

Sensor
5V Detection
Deck Pullout Sensor
Deck Pickup Sensor
PS1
Deck Lifter Position Sensor
PS4
Deck Paper Sensor
PS2
Receptacle Open Switch
SW3
P050
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Name
Symbol
PS6
Remarks
1: Normal, 0: Error
1: Ready, 0: Not ready
1: Detect, 0: Not detect
1: Normal, 0: Error
1: Foreign matter absence, 0:
Foreign matter presence
1: Paper absence, 0: Paper
presence
1: Normal, 0: Error
1: bit3=1, 0: bit3=0
1: bit2=1, 0: bit2=0
1: bit1=1, 0: bit1=0
1: bit0=1, 0: bit0=0
1: bit3=1, 0: bit3=0
1: bit2=1, 0: bit2=0
1: bit1=1, 0: bit1=0
1: bit0=1, 0: bit0=0
Fix to 0
1: Error, 0: Normal
Fix to 0
Fix to 1
1: Close, 0: Open
1: Open, 0: Close
presence
presence
1: Close, 0: Open
1: 5V OFF, 0: 5V ON
1: Paper presence, 0: Paper
absence
1: Paper presence, 0: Paper
absence
presence
presence
1: ON, 0: OFF
T-5-19
5-159
Multi Deck Unit (DC-CON>P035 to P046)

Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P035
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
S202
S003
S002
S302
S004
S116
S112
S102
S001
S002
S111
S103
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
0:paper
0:paper
S104
S106
0:paper
Reserve
S106
0:paper
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
Not use
middle deck pull-out sensor
Not use
Not use
lower deck pull-out sensor
lower deck feed sensor
upper deck swing HP sensor
Not use
Not use
upper deck lifter lower limit sensor
Not use
upper deck pull-out sensor
Not use
upper deck lifter HP sensor
upper deck paper presence/
absence sensor
upper deck paper surface sensor
upper deck foreign substance
sensor2
upper deck foreign substance
sensor1
upper deck lifter upper limit sensor
upper deck pickup sensor
Not use
Not use
deck pickup motor ERR
upper deck safety switch
air heater unit ERR
S105
S101
M001
S108
HT101
air heater unit READY
HT101
1
0
upper deck right flotation fan ERR

upper deck left flotation fan ERR
0:paper
1:paper
0:error
1:open, , 0:close
0:High Temperature
1:Normal Temperature
0:Low Temperature
1:Blast temperature
0:error
0:error
P036
12
11
10
5-160
FAN102
FAN101
Remarks
Address
bit
P037
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
P038
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Symbol
Not use
Not use
upper deck lifter motor-I1
M101 Reserve
upper deck lifter motor-I0
M101
middle deck lifter motor-I1
M201 Reserve
middle deck lifter motor-I0
M201
lower deck lifter motor-I1
M301 Reserve
lower deck lifter motor-I0
M301
Not use
Not use
horizontal path feed motor-I1
M004 Reserve
horizontal path feed motor-I0
M004
vertical path lower feed motor-I1
M003 Reserve
vertical path lower feed motor-I0
M003
vertical path upper feed motor-I1
M002 Reserve
vertical path upper feed motor-I0
M002
lower deck pickup roller release
SL301 1:ON
solenoid
middle deck pickup roller release
SL201 1:ON
solenoid
upper deck pickup roller release
SL101 1:ON
solenoid
deck pickup motor CLK
M001 lower deck swing motor -CLK
M302 middle deck swing motor-CLK
M202 upper deck swing motor-CLK
M102 upper deck lifter motor-CLK
M101 middle deck lifter motor-CLK
M201 lower deck lifter motor-CLK
M301 Not use
horizontal path feed motor-CLK
M004 vertical path lower feed motor-CLK M003 vertical path upper feed motor-CLK M002 24V4 ON
1:ON
Lifter EN Rock Clear
0:Clear
Remarks
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P039
15
14
13
Not use
middle deck lifter HP sensor
lower deck paper presence/
absence sensor
lower deck paper surface sensor
lower deck foreign substance
sensor2
lower deck foreign substance
sensor1
lower deck lifter upper limit sensor
lower deck pickup sensor
middle deck swing HP sensor
Not use
Not use
middle deck lifter lower limit sensor
Not use
Not use
Not use
Not use
Not use
lower deck lifter HP sensor
middle deck paper presence/
absence sensor
middle deck paper surface sensor
middle deck foreign substance
sensor2
middle deck foreign substance
sensor1
middle deck lifter upper limit sensor
middle deck pickup sensor
lower deck swing HP sensor
Not use
Not use
lower deck lifter lower limit sensor
Not use
lower deck feed sensor
delivery sensor
S211
S303
0:paper
0:paper
S304
S306
0:paper
Reserve
S306
0:paper
S305
S301
S216
S212
S311
S203
0:paper
1:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
S204
S206
0:paper
Reserve
S206
0:paper
S205
S201
S316
S312
S003
S004
S005
0:paper
1:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
0:paper
12
11
10
P040
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
Address
bit
P041
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
P042
Name
middle deck right flotation fan EN

middle deck left flotation fan EN
air heater unit ON SEL
air heater unit ON
air heater unit BIT1
middle deck swing motor DIR
middle deck swing motor EN
Motor Drivers Reset
horizontal , lower deck Vertical
path lower feed EN
horizontal path right feed MODE
4
3
2
1
0
15
Not use
Power Supply ON LED
Not use
Not use
Not use
*STANDBY
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
+24V2 ON
middle deck LED
middle deck open/close solenoid
middle deck pull-out clutch
middle deck pickup clutch
middle deck lifter motor CWB
middle deck lifter motor EN
upper deck right flotation fan EN
upper deck left flotation fan EN
air heater unit ON/OFF SEL
air heater unit ON
upper deck swing motor DIR
upper deck swing motor EN
Symbol
FAN202
FAN201
HT201
HT201
HT201
HT201
M202
M202
SL202
CL202
CL201
M201
M201
FAN102
FAN101
HT101
HT101
HT101
HT101
M102
M102
Remarks
1:ON
1:ON
1:+5V A1T2 ON
1:ON
1:BIT1 Select
1:BIT0 Select
1::CW,0:CCW
1:ON
0:Reset
0:ON
1:1-2 phase both edges, 0:W1-2
phase both edges
1:BIT1 Select
1:ON
1:ON
0:STANDBY, Door type +Non 5V
ON/OFF
1:+24V2 ON
1:ON
0:deck open
1:Connect
1:Connect
1:CW,0:CCW
0:ON
1:ON
1:ON
1:+5V A1T1 ON
1:ON
1:BIT1 Select
1:BIT0 Select
1:CW,0:CCW
1:ON
5-161
Address
bit
Name
P043
15
14
13
8
7
6
5
4
3
Not use
Not use
lower deck air heater unit Connect
Detection
middle deck air heater unit Connect
Detection
upper deck air heater unit Connect
Detection
Cassette heater (lower deck)
Connect Detection
Cassette heater(middle deck)
Connect Detection
Not use
Not use
Not use
Not use
middle deck safety switch
air heater unit ERR
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
middle deck right flotation fan ERR FAN202

middle deck left flotation fan ERR FAN201
lower deck safety switch
S308
middle deck safety switch
S208
upper deck safety switch
S108
Not use
Not use
power supply cooling fan 1 EER
FAN001
deck left front cover open/close
S006
sensor
deck left front cover safety switch
S007 1:+24V 4Energization Detection,
0:Door close , Energization;0
Double feed Detection Signal
0:Double feed
double feeding sensor
S009 GND Detection, Connect:0
double feeding sensor
S010 GND Detection, Connect:0
lower deck safety switch
S308 1:open, , 0:close
air heater unit ERR
HT301 0:High Temperature
HT301 0:Low Temperature
1:Blast temperature
lower deck right flotation fan ERR FAN302 0:error
lower deck left flotation fan ERR
FAN301 0:error
12
11
10
9
P044
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-162
Symbol
Remarks
HT301 0: Connect
Address
bit
P045
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
lower deck right flotation fan EN

lower deck left flotation fan EN
air heater unit ON/OFF SEL
air heater unit ON
lower deck swing motor DIR
lower deck swing motor EN
vertical path lower feed MODE
6
5
vertical path lower feed CWB

right flotation fan BIT1
right flotation fan BIT0
3
2
Not use
left flotation fan BIT1
left flotation fan BIT0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
vertical path upper feed EN

AD HUM/TMP switch
+24V3 ON
lower deck LED
lower deck open/close solenoid
lower deck pull-out clutch
lower deck pickup clutch
lower deck lifter motor CWB
lower deck lifter motor EN
deck pickup motor EN
+24V1 ON
upper deck LED
upper deck open/close solenoid
upper deck pull-out clutch
upper deck pickup clutch
upper deck lifter motor CWB
upper deck lifter motor EN
HT201 0: Connect
HT101 0: Connect
CHT301 CHT201 S208
HT201
HT201
1:open, , 0:close
0:High Temperature
0:Low Temperature
1:Blast temperature
0:error
0:error
1:ON
1:ON
1:ON
0:error
0:error
1:close , 0:open,
P046
Name
Symbol
Remarks
FAN302
FAN301
HT301
HT301
HT301
HT301
M302
M302
1:ON
1:ON
1:+5V A1T3 ON
1:ON
1:BIT1 Select
1:BIT0 Select
1:CW,0:CCW
1:ON
1:1-2 phase both edges, 0:W1-2
phase both edges
0:CCW 1:CW
FAN102, 1:select BIT1
FAN202,
FAN302
FAN202,
FAN302
1:BIT2 select
FAN201,
FAN301
FAN201,
FAN301
0:ON
1: humidity, 0: temperature
1:+24V3 ON
1:ON
SL302 0:Deck open
CL302 1:Connect
CL301 1:Connect
M301 1:CW,0:CCW
M301 0:ON
M001 1:ON
1:24V1 ON
1:ON
SL102 0:deck open
CL102 1:Connect
CL101 1:Connect
M101 1:CW,0:CCW
M101 0:ON
T-5-20
Buffer Path Unit (DC-CON>P031 to P034)

Address
bit
Name
P031
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
Buffer Sensor 1
Buffer Sensor 2
Decurler HP Sensor 1
Decurler HP Sensor 2
Buffer Front Cover Sensor
24V Detection
Decurler Suction Fan Error
Decurler Side Exhaust Fan Error
Decurler Lower Exhaust Fan Error
Reserve Fan Error
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Decurler Compression Distance
Adjustment Motor 1_I1
Decurler Feed Motor 1_I1
Adjustment Motor 1_CW
PS85
PS86
PS88
PS89
PS87
SW4
FM30
FM31
FM32
M50
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: 24V ON, 0: 24V OFF
1: Error, 0: Normal
1: Error, 0: Normal
1: Error, 0: Normal
1: Error, 0: Normal
1: ON, 0: OFF
M50
1: ON, 0: OFF
M53
1: ON, 0: OFF
M53
1: ON, 0: OFF
M51
M51
M52
M52
M50

Adjustment Motor 2_CW
M53
5
4
3
Decurler Feed Motor 1_CW

Decurler Feed Motor 2_CW
Adjustment Motor 1_MD
Adjustment Motor 2_MD
Decurler Feed Motor 1_MD
Decurler Feed Motor 2_MD
M51
M52
M50
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: CCW (Compression distance
increase), 0: CW (Compression
distance increase)
1: CCW (Compression distance
increase), 0: CW (Compression
distance increase)
1: CCW, 0: CW (CCW only)
1: CCW, 0: CW (CW only)
M53
M51
M52
P032
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
2
1
0
Symbol
Remarks
Address
bit
Name
P033
15
14
13
12
11
10
Decurler Suction Fan_FULL

Decurler Suction Fan_HALF
Decurler Side Exhaust Fan_FULL
Decurler Side Exhaust Fan_HALF
Decurler Lower Exhaust Fan_FULL
Decurler Lower Exhaust Fan_
HALF
Reserve Fan_FULL
Reserve Fan_HALF
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
P034
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol
Remarks
FM30
FM30
FM31
FM31
FM32
FM32
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
1: ON, 0: OFF
-
T-5-21
5-163
2-pin Inserter (SORTER>P038 to P048)

Address
bit
P038
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P039
5-164
Name
Name
paper delivery start response
paper delivery start Request
Inlet motor CLK
lower tray document set LED
exit motor1CLK
upper tray document set LED
exit motor phase switching 2
exit motor phase switching 1
exit motor2CLK
-
Symbol
M5
S10
S13
-
Remarks
Remarks
0:OFF/1ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
P31=0,P32=0:2phase
P31=1,P32=0:1-2phase
P31=1,P32=0:1-2phase
-
Address
bit
P040
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P041
Name
Reserve solenoid
upper tray registration sensor
lower tray registration sensor
EEPROM/IO DO signal
EEPROM CS signal
EEPROM/DA/IO/ DIsignal
EEPROM/DA/IO/ CLK signal
PMmotoroutput Enable
upper tray registration clutch
lower tray registration clutch
Reserve unit motor rotation
direction
Reserve unit motor phase
switching1
Symbol
SOL1
S3
S7
CL1
CL2
M6
M6
Remarks
0:PWM/1:PWM
0:no paper /1:paper
0:no paper /1:paper
0:data bit 0/1:data bit 1
0:OFF/1ON
0:OFF/1ON
0:OFF/1ON
0:CCW/1:CW
0:2phase/1:1-2phase
Address
bit
P042
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P043
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
PM motor chip Enable
exit motor1Enable
Brushless motor Enable
HB motor Enable
Inlet motor phase switching2
Inlet motor phase switching1
paper delivery start
drive switching motor rotation
direction
drive switching motor CLK
lower tray lift motor rotation
direction
lower tray lift motor CLK
upper tray lift motor rotation
direction
upper tray lift motor CLK
pickup motor rotation direction
upper tray lift motor current
lower tray lift motor current
drive switching motor current
external I/O data bus 6
Reserve unit motor CLK
pickup motor CLK
Symbol
Remarks
M5
M5
M4
0:OFF/1ON
0:OFF/1ON
0:OFF/1ON
0:OFF/1ON
PH0=0,PH1=0:2phase
PH0=1,PH1=0:1-2phase
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1ON
0:CW/1:CCW
M4
M3
0:CW/1:CCW
M3
M2
0:CW/1:CCW
M2
M1
M2
M3
M4
M6
M1
0:CCW/1:CW
0:PWM/1:PWM
0:PWM/1:PWM
0:PWM/1:PWM
-
Address
bit
P044
15
lower tray pick sensor
S6
14
13
12
11
10
lower tray last paper sensor2

lower tray last paper sensor1
lower tray Empty sensor
upper tray lower limit sensor
upper tray pick sensor
S15
S14
S12
S4
S2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
upper tray last paper sensor1

upper tray Empty sensor
Reserve timing sensor
Reserve sensor
Reserve inlet sensor
Intermediate feed sensor
drive switching sensor
unit open/close sensor
upper cover open/close sensor
lower tray lower limit sensor
power supply lock detect signal 3
Delivery2 sensor
inlet sensor
Front upper cover sensor
Brushless motor Lock detection
signal
S11
S9
S16
S17
S18
S8
S1
S19
SW2
S5
F1
S21
S20
SW1
-
P045
Name
Symbol
Remarks
0:outside pick position/1:pick
position
0:no paper /1:paper
0:paper/1:no paper
0:paper/1:no paper
0:outside lower limit/1:lower limit
0:outside pick position/1:pick
position
0:paper/1:no paper
0:paper/1:no paper
0:no paper /1:paper
0:no paper /1:paper
0:no paper /1:paper
0:no paper /1:paper
0:outside HP/1:inside HP
0:close/1:open
0:close/1:open
0:outside lower limit/1:lower limit
0:normal /1:lock
0:no paper /1:paper
0:no paper /1:paper
0:close/1:open
0:normal /1:lock
5-165
Address
bit
P046
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
P047
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Name
DSW8
DSW7
DSW6
DSW5
DSW4
DSW3
DSW2
DSW1
Wire-speed sorting Identification
signal
PCB Identification signal2
PSW2
PSW1
fan 2 Enable
PCB LED2
PCB LED1
Symbol
Remarks
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:low speed machine/1: high speed
machine
BIT2=1,BIT3=0:insetion
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
F1
-
T-5-22
Professional Puncher + Integration Unit (SORTER>P058 to

P059)
Address
bit
P058
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
P059
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Delivery Sensor
Path Switching Motor HP Sensor
Integration unit reverse path 3
sensor
sensor
sensor
Integration unit bypass 1 sensor
P-puncher bypass 8 sensor
Puncher die Detect HP Sensor
Puncher die sensor 7
-
Symbol
Remarks
PS5
PS7
RS4
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
RS3
1:paper
RS2
1:paper
RS1
S8
S7
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
S1
S16
S15
S14
S13
S12
S11
S10
S9
-
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:ON
1:ON
1:ON
1:ON
1:ON
1:ON
1:ON
1:ON
T-5-23
5-166
Paper Folding Unit (SORTER>P028 to P037)

Address
bit
P028
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
P029
14
P030
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Fold position accuracy sensor
Separation timing sensor
Speed down timing sensor
paper delivery start request
Rotation direction of fold position
adjustment motor
Rotation direction of fold position
adjustment motor CLK
Saddle Folder/Feeder Motor CLK
C-fold stopper solenoid
Separation solenoid
Fold tray branch flapper solenoid
Exit Motor phase switching 2
Exit Motor phase switching 1
Exit Motor 2CLK
Upper stopper paper sensor AD
Fold position accuracy sensor AD
Separation timing sensor AD
Speed down timing sensor AD
Fold tray branch flapper solenoid
Flash write Communication
received
Flash write Communication Send
Symbol
Remarks
S33
S32
S31
S30
M15
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:CW/1:CCW
M15
M11
SOL5
SOL3
SOL2
M13
M14
M13
S33
S32
S31
S30
SOL4
-
0:PWM/1:PWM
0:PWM/1:PWM
0:PWM/1:PWM
0:ON/1:OFF
P31=0,P32=0:2phase
P31=1,P32=0:1-2phase
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
1:paper
0:PWM/1:PWM
-
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P031
15
14
13
12
EEPROM/IO DO signal
C-fold tray motor CLK
lead edge holding guide motor CLK
Rotation direction of lead edge
holding guide motor
C-fold stopper adjustment motor
CLK
Rotation direction of C-fold stopper
adjustment motor
upper stopper motor
Rotation direction of upper stopper
motor
External DAC CS signal
EEPROM CS signal
EEPROM/DA/IO/ DI signal
EEPROM/DA/IO/ CLK signal
PM motor output Enable
External I/O Address bus3
Fold position adjustment clutch
(negative)
Fold position adjustment clutch
(positive)
PM motor chip Enable
exit motor1Enable
Brushless motor Enable
HB motor Enable
entrance motor phase switching 2
entrance motor switching 2
M7
M10
M10
0:data bit0/1::data bit1

0:CW/1:CCW
M9
M9
0:CW/1:CCW
M8
M8
0:CW/1:CCW
CL4
1:OFF/0:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
CL3
0:OFF/1:ON
M14
M12
M5
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
PH0=0,PH1=0:2phase excitation
PH0=1,PH1=0:1-2phase excitation
11
10
9
8
P032
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
5-167
Address
bit
P033
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P034
5-168
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
paper delivery start
current
upper stopper motor current
current
lead edge holding guide motor
current
external I/O Data Bus 6
external I/O Data Bus5
-
Symbol
Remarks
M7
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:PWM/1:PWM
M8
M9
0:PWM/1:PWM
0:PWM/1:PWM
M10
0:PWM/1:PWM
Address
bit
P035
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P036
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Fold unit pull-out sensor
Fold tray full sensor
Fold tray HP sensor
Delivery 1 sensor
2nd fold push-on stopper HP
sensor
C-fold stopper HP sensor
Lead edge holding guide HP
sensor
power supply fan lock detection
signal3
Delivery 2 sensor
Inlet sensor
front upper cover sensor
Brushless motor Lock detection
signal
DSW8
DSW7
DSW6
DSW5
DSW4
DSW3
DSW2
DSW1
Symbol
Remarks
S29
S27
S26
S28
S22
S23
0:close/1:open
1:paper
1:paper
0:HP outside/1HP input
1:paper
S24
S25

F1
S21
S20
-
0:normal/1:Lock
1:paper
1:paper
0:close/1:open
0:close/1:open
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
Address
bit
P037
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Wire-speed sorting Identification
signal
PSW2
PSW1
fan 2 Enable
PCB LED2
PCB LED1
Symbol
Remarks
0:low speed machine/1: high speed

machine
BIT2=1,BIT3=0:insetion
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
Saddle Stitch Finisher A1/Staple Finisher A1 (SORTER>P001

to P024)
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P001
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
Horizontal registration HP sensor

Punch 2-/3-hole encoder
Punch 2-/3-hole sensor
Punch position sensor
Buffer Feed Motor rotation signal
Swing Guide Motor clock signal
Swing Guide Motor rotation signal
Inlet Sensor
Swing Guide Height Detection
Sensor
Feed Path Senor
Inlet Feed Motor
Inlet Feed Motor
Stack Delivery Lower/Shutter
Motor rotation
Motor clock
DA converter 1 clock signal
DA converter 1 data output signal
DA converter 1 chip select signal
Buffer Feed Motor clock signal
Stacking Tray Paper Retainer
Position Sensor
Stacking Tray Paper Retainer Rear
HP Sensor
Tray Auxiliary Guide Rear HP
Sensor
Rear Alignment HP Sensor
Stacking Tray Paper Retainer Front
HP Sensor
Stacking Tray Paper Retainer Front
HP Sensor
Front Alignment HP Sensor
Staple HP Sensor
S101
S103
S102
M102
M110
M110
S101
S118
1:home position
1:home position
1:home position
0:CCW/1:CW
0:CW/1:CCW
0:paper/1:no paper
1:detected
S102
M200
M200
M122
0:no paper/1:paper
0:CW/1:CCW
0:CW/1:CCW
M122
T-5-24
P002
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
S149
1:home
S138
1:home
S136
0:home
S109
S139
1:home
1:home
S137
0:home
S108
S131
1:home
1:home
5-169
Address
bit
P003
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P004
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-170
Name
Tray Auxiliary Guide Motor lock

signal
Motor clock signal
DA converter 2 clock signal
DA converter 2 data output signal
DA converter 2 chip select signal
Processing Tray Paper Sensor
Stacking Tray Paper Retainer HP
Sensor
EXIO1 chip select
Tray Paper Surface Sens ON
DA converter 2 data input signal
Staple Alignment Interference
Sensor
Staple Edging Sensor
Staple Sensor
Staple Cartridge Sensor
-
Symbol
Remarks
M120
M114
S103
S114
PBA600
S128
S132
S133
S134
-
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
Remarks
P005
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Tray Paper Surface Sensor 3

Gripper Base Rear Sensor
Gripper Base Front Sensor
Gripper Position Sensor
Gripper HP Sensor
EXIO2 chip select
Display LED2
Display LED1
Saddle Stitcher Motor CCW signal
PBA700
PBA700
PBA700
PBA700
S117
S116
S115
S140
M209
Saddle Stitcher Motor ON signal
M209
Saddle Stitcher Motor CW signal
M209
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Punch E2 data input signal

Punch DA data input signal
Punch E2 ship select
E2 chip select
Punch DA clock output signal
Punch DA data output signal
E2 data input signal
Punch DA chip select
Front Alignment Motor rotation
Front Alignment Motor CLK
-
0:no paper/1:paper
0:no paper/1:paper
0:no paper/1:paper
0:no paper/1:paper
1:front
1:rear
0:front/1:rear
1:home
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
(ON,CW,CCW)
1,1,0:CW 1,0,1:CCW
0,1,1:brake 0,0,0:free
(ON,CW,CCW)
1,1,0:CW 1,0,1:CCW
(ON,CW,CCW)
1,1,0:CW 1,0,1:CCW
0:CW/1:CCW
1:detected
1:home
0:light/1:charge
1:detedted
1:detected
1:detedted
0:50staples/1:100staples
-
P006
Address
bit
P007
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P008
Name
Rear Alignment Motor CLK
Rear Alignment Motor rotation
Gripper Base Motor CLK
Gripper Base Motor DIR
Gripper Motor CLK
Gripper Motor DIR
Tray 2 Shift Motor ENBL
Tray 2 Shift Motor CLK
Tray 2 Shift Motor CW
Tray 2 Shift Motor CUR
Symbol
M109
M109
M116
M116
M117
M117
M217
M217
M217
M217
Remarks
0:CW/1:CCW
0:CW/1:CCW
0:CW/1:CCW
0:enable
0:CW/1:CCW
0:OFF/1:ON
Address
bit
P009
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
P010
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Symbol
Remarks
Tray 2 Area Sensor 3

S127 0:no paper /1:paper
Tray 2 Paper Sensor
Tray 1 Shift Motor ENBL
M105 0:enable
Tray 1 Shift Motor CLK
M105 Tray 1 Shift Motor CW
M105 0:CW/1:CCW
Tray 1 Shift Motor CUR
M105 0:OFF/1:ON
Stapler Shift HP Sensor
S107 1:home
Escape Tray Paper Sensor
S130 1:detected
Tray 1 Paper Sensor
Tray 1 Shift Motor
M105 0:abnormal/1:normal
Tray 2 Shift Motor alarm
M217 0:abnormal/1:normal
Buffer Flapper HP Sensor
S142 1:home
Tray 2 Paper Surface Sensor
S143 1:detected
Swing Guide HP Sensor
S110 1:home
Shutter Close Detection Sensor
S148
Shutter HP Sensor
S106 0:home
Paper Trailing Edge Pushing Guide S113 1:home
HP Sensor
M122 0:OFF/1:ON
Motor
Shutter Clutch
CL102 0:OFF/1:ON
Swing Guide Solenoid
SL101 0:OFF 1:ON
Front Door Sensor
S129 0:open/1:close
Paper Return Guide HP Sensor
S112 1:home
Paper Retainer HP Sensor
S135 1:home
Feed Roller Separation HP Sensor S111 1:home
5-171
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P011
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
Stapler Shift Motor CLK

Stapler Shift Motor DIR
Paper Trailing Edge Pushing Guide
Motor CLK
Paper Trailing Edge Pushing Guide
Motor DIR
Paper Return Guide Roller Motor
CLK
Paper Return Guide Roller Motor
DIR
Saddle Roller Guide Motor DIR
Feed Roller Disengage/Buffer
Flapper Motor DIR
Processing Tray Paper Retainer
Motor CLK
Processing Tray Paper Retainer
Motor DIR
Paper Return Guide Motor CLK
Paper Return Guide Motor DIR
M107
M107
M113
0:CCW/1:CW
-
M113
0:CW/1:CCW
M121
M121
0:CW/1:CCW
M204
M119
0:CW/1:CCW
M118
M118
0:CW/1:CCW
M112
M112
0:CW/1:CCW
P012
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-172
Remarks
Address
bit
P013
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P014
Name
Punch slide motor CW
Punch slide motor CLK
Inserter connection
IF connection
Punch connection
Punch motor CCW
Punch motor CW
Punch motor ON
Power Supply Fan ON signal
Inserter eject start ack
Inserter entry start
IF unit ejection start ack
IF unit entry start
Fold eject ack
Fold entry start
Power Supply Fan alarm
Inserter eject start
Inserter entry start ack
IF unit ejection start
IF unit entry start ack
Fold eject start
Fold entry ack
Symbol
M101
M101
M102
M102
M102
FAN101
FAN101
-
Remarks
0:CW/1:CCW
0: connected
0:connected
0:connectecd
0:CW/1:CCW
0:CCW/1:CW
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
-
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
-
Address
bit
P015
15
14
13
12
Saddle connection
Staple Position Switch
Swing Guide Safety Switch
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
Front Door Switch

24V1-DETECT
24V-DETECT
Relay ON signal
Feed Motor/Buffer Feed Motor
stepping change
Stack Delivery Upper Motor
stepping change
Motor rotation signal
Tray Auxiliary Guide Motor rotation
signal
Push switch (-)
Push switch (+)
Dip switch 4
Dip switch 3
Dip switch 2
Dip switch 1
P016
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Symbol
Remarks
SW103
SW102/
SW104
SW101
M101/
M102
M101/
M102
M114
0:connected
0:close/1:open
0:close/1:open
M120
0:CCW/1:CW
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P017
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
Punch slide motor standby signal

Punch slide motor enable signal
DipSW input 2
DipSW input 1
Saddle Delivery Tray Paper Sensor
Saddle Trailing Edge Retainer
Move HP Sensor
Saddle Trailing Edge Retainer HP
Sensor
Saddle Lead Edge Stopper Motor
CLK
Saddle Lead Edge Stopper
Solenoid
Saddle Alignment Roller Disengage
Solenoid (Upper)
Saddle Alignment Roller Disengage
Solenoid (Lower)
Saddle Inlet Flapper Solenoid
S228
S219
0:stanfby/1:ready
0:enable/1:disenable
0:ON 1:OFF
0:ON 1:OFF
1:paper
1:home
S221
1:home
M203
0:close/1:open
0:ON 1:OFF
0:ON 1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:2W12phase/1:12phase
0:2W12phase/1:12phase
0:CW/1:CCW
P018
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
SL205
SL203 1:ON
SL204 1:ON
SL206
5-173
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P019
15
Saddle Trailing Edge Moving Motor

rotation
Saddle Trailing Edge Moving Motor
CLK
Motor rotation
Motor CLK
Saddle Alignment Guide Motor
rotation
Saddle Alignment Guide Motor
CLK
Saddle Lead-in Roller HP Sensor
Saddle Folder HP Sensor
Staple HP Sensor
Saddle Paper Push-on Plate HP
Sensor
Saddle Vertical Path Sensor
Saddle Delivery Sensor 1
Saddle Paper Push-on Plate Motor
Sensor
Saddle Folder/Feeder Motor
Sensor
Saddle Alignment Plate HP Sensor
Saddle Lead Edge Stopper HP
Sensor
Saddle Paper Push-on Plate motor
PWM
Trimmer connection detection
Saddle Stitcher Staple Sensor 2
Saddle Stitcher Staple Sensor 1
Saddle Roller Guide HP Sensor
Saddle Delivery Sensor 2
Saddle Paper Tapping HP Sensor
Saddle Inlet Sensor
M211
1:CW/0:CCW
M211
M210
1:CW/0:CCW
M210
M202
0:CW/1:CCW
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P020
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-174
Remarks
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P021
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Saddle Stitcher Motor CCW signal

Saddle Stitcher Motor CW signal
Saddle Stitcher Motor ON signal
Inserter lock power source
detection
Saddle Roller Guide Motor rotation
Saddle Roller Guide Motor CLK
rotation
CLK
Inlet Feed motor standby
Inlet Feed motor output enable
Saddle Alignment Roller Motor
rotation
Saddle Alignment Roller Motor
CLK
Inlet Feed motor rotation
Inlet Feed motor clock
Saddle Feed Motor rotation
Saddle Feed Motor clock
Inlet Feed motor stepping
Saddle Feed Motor stepping
Saddle Lead-in Roller Disengage
Motor rotation
Saddle Lead-in Roller Disengage
Motor CLK
Saddle Folder/Feeder Motor CW
Saddle Folder/Feeder Motor CCW
CW
CCW
Chip select for DAC
Data in for DAC
Data out for DAC
Clock for DAC
M209
M209
M209
-
0:CW/1:CCW
0:CCW/1:CW
0:OFF/1:ON
0: detected 24V
M204
M204
-
1:CW/0:CCW
1:CW/0:CCW
7
6
5
M202
S222
S229
S131
S218
1:home
1:home
S203
S226
S213
1:detected
1: paper
0:ON/1:OFF
S214
S206
S205
1:home
1:home
M205
S225
S224
S207
S227
S215
S201
1:home
0:connected
1:detedted
1:detedted
1:home
1: paper
1:home
1:paper
3
2
1
0
P022
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
M212
Remarks
0:Standby
0:Enable
1:CW/0:CCW
M212
M214
1:CW/0:CCW
1:CW/0:CCW
0:half-step
0:half-step
1:CW/0:CCW
M214
M206
M206
M205
1:CW
1:CCW
1:CW
M205
1:CCW
0:ENABLE
-
Address
bit
P023
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
P024
Name
LED PCB
-
Symbol
-
Trimmer (SORTER>P024 to P028)
Remarks
1:LED ON
-
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P024
M101
P025
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
Feed motor current value setting

D/A output
Waste paper full sensor D/A output
Waste paper full sensor A/D input
Push switch
Press motor HP sensor
Inlet sensor
Waste paper box detection sensor
Rear estrangement motor HP
sensor
Front estrangement motor HP
sensor
Paper delivery sensor
DIPSW-1
DIPSW-2
DIPSW-3
DIPSW-4
Press motor CW/CCW switching
signal
Press motor standby signal
Press motor output permission
signal
Press motor drive clock output
Feed motor CW/CCW switching
signal
Feed motor standby signal
Feed motor output permission
signal
Feed motor drive clock signal
S011
S011
S011
S106
S101
S109
S104
0:ON/1:OFF
0:feed position 1:release position
1:paper
1:waste paper
0:release position 1:feed position
S102
0:feed position 1:release position
M105
1:paper
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:release/1:touch
M105
M105
0:standby/1:ready
0:permission/1:prohibition
M105
M101
0:entrance/1:delivery
M101
M101
0:standby/1:ready
M101
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
T-5-25
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
5-175
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P026
15
Registration motor permission

signal
Cutter motor encoder lock
Registration motor drive clock
output
Registration motor standby signal
Registration motor CW/CCW
switching signal
Registration HP sensor
Registration motor current setting
PWM output
24V detection signal
Rear estrangement motor drive
clock output
Front estrangement motor standby
motor
Front estrangement motor CW/
CCW switching signal
Front estrangement motor current
setting PWM output
Rear estrangement motor current
setting PWM output
Press motor current setting PWM
output
Front estrangement motor output
permission signal
Front estrangement motor drive
clock output
5V shutdown signal
Paddle solenoid ON signal
Stopper solenoid ON signal
Rear estrangement motor output
permission signal
M102
M106
M102
-
M102
M102
0:standby/1:ready
1:registration completion
S105
M102
1:registration completion
-
M104
0:24V detection
-
M103
0:standby/1:ready
M103
0:CW/1:CCW
M103
M104
M105
M103
M103
SL102
SL101
M104
1:shutdown
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
P027
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-176
Remarks
Address
bit
P028
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Name
Symbol
LED on PCB
Cutter motor CCW signal
M106
Cutter motor CW signal
M106
Cutter motor ON/OFF output
M106
M104
Rear estrangement motor CW/
CCW switching signal
Front estrangement motor standby M103
signal
Stopper solenoid/paddle solenoid
SL101/
drive PWM output
SL102
Remarks
0:ON/1:OFF
0:CW/1:CCW
0:CCW/1:CW
0:OFF/1:ON
0:release/1:touch
0:standby/1:ready
T-5-26
1-pin Inserter (SORTER>P047 to P061)

Address
bit
Name
P047
Reserve unit motor*B

Reserve unit motor*A
Reserve unit motorB
Reserve unit motorA
P049
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
P050
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
P048
P051
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol
M3
M3
M3
M3
Remarks
Address
bit
P052
7
6
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
P053
Straight path feed motor(IN)*B

Straight path feed motor(IN)*A
Straight path feed motor(IN)B
Straight path feed motor(IN)A
Front upper cover open/close
sensor
Top cover open/close sensor
M11
M11
M11
M11
SW1
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:open
S2
L:open

P054
PF3098 1:H 2:L

PF4154 1:L 2:L
P055
Through pass/IN_motor driver

current
Paper feed motor driver current
Analog input
Analog input
P056
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Folding unit sensor
By Borah motor driver_standby
signal
Reverse solenoid_PWM
PCB LED2
PCB LED1
DSW5
DSW6
DSW7
Tray lift motor driver current

Reverse unit motor driver current
Inserter open/close sensor
Tray paper sensor2
Tray paper sensor1
Paper feed sensor
Tray lower limit sensor
Paper set sensor
Symbol
-
Remarks
H:No unit
H:Movement is possible L:stop
SL1
PWM
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
M2
M3
S1
S8
S7
S3
S5
S6
Analog output
Analog output
H:open
L:paper on
L:paper on
L:ON
H:lower limit
H:empty
Reverse sensor
S10
H:paper on
5-177
Address
bit
P057
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P058
P059
P060
P061
Name
Symbol
EEPROM/DA converter CLK signal

EEPROM CS signal
Tray lift motor B PHASE
Tray lift motor A PHASE
Tray lift motor B ENABLE
Tray lift motor A ENABLE
M2
M2
M2
M2
Fold adjustment regi clutch BACK

Fold adjustment regi clutchFEED
paper set LED
Interface InsDataEnable signal
Paper feed motor*B

Paper feed motor*A
Paper feed motorB
Paper feed motorA
DSW8
DSW4
DSW3
DSW2
DSW1
PSW2
PSW1
Delivery sensor
M1
M1
M1
M1
S12
S11
S4
S13
Paper Folding Inserter Unit (SORTER>P047 to P061)
Remarks
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:output L:OFF
H:output L:OFF
bit
P047
P049
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
P050
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
P048
H:Absorption
H:Absorption
H:ON
-
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:paper on
L:ON
H:paper on
L:paper on
L:ON
L:ON
H:paper on
P051
T-5-27
5-178
Address
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
Reserve unit motor*B
Reserve unit motor*A
Reserve unit motorB
Reserve unit motorA
DAconverter Cssignal
C fold flapper solenoid
Fold transport motor Clock signal
Front upper cover open/close
sensor
Top cover open/close sensor
Interface FinDataEnable signal
Through pass/IN_motor driver

current
Paper feed motor driver current
C fold paper full sensor
Upper stopper path sensor AD
Fold position sensor AD
Release timing sensor AD
Slowdown timing sensor AD
Tray paper width senor AD
Symbol
Remarks
M3
M3
M3
M3
M9
M9
M9
M9
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
SL5
H:Absorption
M5
M4
M4
M4
M4
SW1
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:open
S2
S24
L:open
H:paper on
PF3098 1:H 2:L
PF4154 1:L 2:L
Analog input
S20
S22
S23
S21
S24
S9
Analog input
L:full
Analog input
Analog input
Analog input
Analog input
Analog input
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P052
7
6
Folding unit sensor

By Borah motor driver_standby
signal
Reverse solenoid_PWM
Straight path flapper solenoid
PWM
Skew correction pressure solenoid
PWM
Skew correction release solenoid
PWM
PCB LED2
PCB LED1
DSW5
DSW6
DSW7
Upper stopper motor B PHASE
Upper stopper motor A PHASE
Upper stopper motor B ENABLE
Upper stopper motor A ENABLE
Tray lift motor driver current
Reverse unit motor driver current
Inserter open/close sensor
Tray paper sensor2
Tray paper sensor1
Paper feed sensor
Tray lower limit sensor
Paper set sensor
C fold tray motor B PHASE
C fold tray motor A PHASE
C fold tray motor B ENABL
C fold tray motor A ENABL
C fold stopper motor B PHASE
C fold stopper motor A PHASE
C fold stopper motor B ENABL
C fold stopper motor A ENABL
Fold position adjustment motor *B
Fold position adjustment motor *A
Fold position adjustment motor B
Fold position adjustment motor A
Reverse sensor
C fold stopper sensor
C fold tray motor sensor
C fold tray empty sensor
S14
-
H:No unit
H:Movement is possible L:stop
SL1
SL2
PWM
PWM
SL4
PWM
SL3
PWM
M7
M7
M7
M7
-
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:output L:OFF
H::output L:OFF
Analog output
Analog output
H:open
L:paper on
L:paper on
L:ON
H:lower limit
H:empty
5
4
3
2
P053
P054
P055
P056
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
S1
S8
S7
S3
S5
S6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
S10
S17
S19
S18
Remarks
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:output L:OFF
H:output L:OFF
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:paper on
H:home
H:home
L:paper on
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P057
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
C fold stopper solenoid

C fold guide solenoid
EEPROM/DA converter CLK signal
EEPROM CS signal
Tray lift motor B PHASE
Tray lift motor A PHASE
Tray lift motor B ENABLE
Tray lift motor A ENABLE
EEPROM/DA converter Disignal
Fold transport motor ON/OFF
signal
Fold adjustment regi clutch BACK
Fold adjustment regi clutch FEED
paper set LED
Interface InsDataEnable signal
Fold transport motor lock signal
Delivery sensor
Upper stopper path sensor
Paper feed motor*B
Paper feed motor*A
Paper feed motorB
Paper feed motorA
DSW8
DSW4
DSW3
DSW2
DSW1
PSW2
PSW1
Delivery sensor
SL7
SL6
M2
M2
M2
M2
M5
H:Absorption
H:Absorption
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:OUTX L:OUT*X
H:output L:OFF
H:output L:OFF
H:Absorption
S25
S16
S22
M1
M1
M1
M1
S12
S11
S4
S25
S23
S21
H:on
H:Absorption
H:Absorption
H:ON
H:lock
H:paper on
H:paper on
H:paper on
H:active
H:active
H:active
H:active
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:ON
L:paper on
L:ON
H:paper on
L:paper on
L:ON
L:ON
H:paper on
H:paper on
H:paper on
P058
P059
P060
P061
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
T-5-28
5-179
External Punch (SORTER>SORTER>P041 to P046)

Address
bit
P041
7
6
5
punch home position sensor

punch motor clock sensor
trailing edge detection snsor
4
3
2
punch OUT signal

not used
SW601-3 on the punch controller
PCB
PCB
PCB
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
punch TxD
punch RxD
punch In
punch motor CW signal
punch motor CCW signal
horizontal registration motor
horizontal registration home
position sensor
EEPROM CS
EEPROM CLK
EEPROM DataOut
EEPROM DataIn
not used
sensor PWM signal
horizontal registration motor
electric current setting
1
0
P042
P043
5
P044
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-180
Name
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
Symbol
PI63
PI62
LED5,
PT5
-
Remarks
Address
bit
Name
Symbol
P045
SW602 on the punch controller

PCB
SW603 on the punch controller
PCB
for R&D
not used
LED602 on the punch controller
PCB
horizontal registration motor phase
B signal
horizontal registration motor phase
A signal
LED601 on the punch controller
PCB
horizontal registration sensor 1 on
the LED PCB
scrap full detector PCB
upper door switch
front door switch
the LED PCB
the LED PCB
the LED PCB
trailing edge sensor on the LED
PCB
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:paper present/1:paper absent
6
5
4
3
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
M61
M61
M62
PI61
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:besides standby/1:drive
0:besides HP/1:HP
M62
0:ON/1:OFF
0:drive electric
current/1:maintenance electric
current
-
P046
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
M62
0:phase B* ON/1:phase B ON
M62
0:phase A* ON/1:phase A ON
LED1,
PT1
LED2,
PT2
LED3,
PT3
LED4,
PT4
LED5,
PT5
0:OFF/1:ON
0:open/1:close
0:open/1:close
T-5-29
Saddle Stitch Finisher B1/Staple Finisher B1 (SORTER>P001

to P040)
Addres
bit
P001
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
P002
P003
P004
P005
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Description
Symbol
Addres
bit
P006
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P007
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
Remarks
punch serial communication

0:OFF/1:ON
escape feed motor clock signal
M112 folding serial communication (RxD)
folding serial communication (TxD)
front cover sensor
PI102 0:close/1:open
saddle unit connection detection
0:saddle present/1:saddle absent
punch serial communication (RxD)
punch serial communication (TxD)
punch serial communication
not used
not used
not used
inserter communication (IN)
0:OFF/1:ON
tray motor clock signal
not used
swing motor clock signal
M106 punch feed motor phase B* signal
M63 punch feed motor phase A* signal
M63 punch feed motor phase B signal
M63 punch feed motor phase A signal
M63 feed motor phase B* signal
M101 feed motor phase A* signal
M101 feed motor phase B signal
M101 feed motor phase A signal
M101 PSW2 on the finisher controller
0:ON/1:OFF
PCB
PSW1 on the finisher controller
0:ON/1:OFF
PCB
stack ejection motor clock signal
M102 tray 2 shift motor FG signal
M108 tray 1 shift motor FG signal
M107 feed motor clock signal
M101 punch feed motor clock signal
M63 punch paper trailing edge detection
0:not detected/1:detected
not used
not used
tray motor clock signal
saddle serial signal
saddle serial signal
PWM output for solenoid
for R&D
for R&D
-
P008
P009
5
4
3
2
1
0
Description
not used
not used
expansion I/O read signal
for R&D
expansion I/O write signal
for R&D
for R&D
PSW3 on the finisher controller
PCB
not used
not used
not used
not used
tray 1 shift motor lock detection
chip select 2
chip select 1
front cover sensor
tray 2 shift area sensor 1
inlet sensor
swing guide HP sensor
download mode
not used
not used
tray 1 paper sensor
host machine software IPC
communication (RxD)
host machine software IPC
communication (TxD)
tray 2 shift motor lock detection
tray 2 paper sensor
Symbol
M107
PI102
PI103
PI105
PI111
M108
PI112
Remarks
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:lock detectioon
0:close/1:open
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:besides HP/1:HP
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:lock detectioon
5-181
Addres
bit
Description
Symbol
P010
DIPSW1-8 on the finisher controller

PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
EEPROM clock signal
EEPROM enable signal
EEPROM output signal
not used
gear change motor electric current
change I1
gear change motor electric current
change I0
gear change motor phase B signal
gear change motor phase A signal
swing height sensor
gear change home position sensor
not used
rear end assist HP sensor
processing tray sensor
rear aligning plate HP sensor
front aligning plate HP sensor
EEPROM input signal
tray 2 shift motor ON signal
tray 2 shift motor CW/CCW signal
feed roller separation solenoid
punch feed motor standby
punch feed motor electric current
change I0
punch feed motor electric current
change I1
feed motor electric current change
I0
I1
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P011
7
6
5
4
3
2
P012
P013
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-182
Remarks
Addres
bit
Description
Symbol
P014
0:ON/1:OFF
7
6
5
4
3
M107
M107
M107
M109
M109
0:standby/1:drive
0:CW/1:CCW
0:OFF/1:ON
0:standby/1:drive
-
0:ON/1:OFF
M109
0:ON/1:OFF
M109
0:CW/1:CCW
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
M110
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
-
5
4
M110
M110
M110
PI123
PI117
PI109
PI108
PI107
PI106
M108
M108
SL101
M63
M63
0:close/1:open
0:HP/1:besides HP
0:HP/1:besides HP
0:HP/1:besides HP
0:HP/1:besides HP
0:OFF/1:ON
0:CW/1:CCW
0:OFF/1:ON
0:standby/1:drive
-
tray 1 shift motor enable signal

tray 1 shift motor CW/CCW signal
tray 1 shift motor ON signal
rear end assist motor enable signal
rear end assist motor electric
current change I1
rear end assist motor electric
current change I0
rear end assist motor directiojn
change
inserter serial communication
(OUT)
staple motor direction change CW
signal
staple motor direction change
CCW signal
Stapler shift motor enable signal
stack ejection motor electric current
change I0
stack ejection motor electric current
change I1
stack ejection motor torque
terminal
swing motor electric current
change
swing motor direction change
not used
rear aligning plate motor direction
change
rear aligning plate motor clock
signal
rear aligning plate motor electric
current change I0
not used
front aligning plate motor electric
current change I0
front aligning plate motor direction
change
front aligning plate motor clock
signal
M63
M101
M101
P015
3
2
1
P016
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
M41
M41
M105
M102
0:drive/1:standby
-
M102
M102
0:71%/1:100%
M106
0:High/1:Low
M106
M104
0:CW/1:CCW
0:CW/1:CCW
M104
M104
0:High/1:Low
M103
0:High/1:Low
M103
0:CW/1:CCW
M103
Addres
bit
P017
7
6
5
4
3
P018
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P019
P020
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Description
Symbol
Remarks
tray 2 paper surface sensor 1

PI115 0:paper present/1:paper absent
tray 1 paper surface sensor
shutter HP sensor
PI113 0:HP/1:besides HP
stapler shift HP sensor
PI110 0:HP/1:besides HP
stapler alignment interference
PI116 0:interference/1:not interference
sensor
stapler needle presence
0:needle present/1:needle absent
stapler READY
0:standby/1:drive
stapler HP detection
0:besides HP/1:HP
stapler shift motor
M105 0:CCW/1:CW
buffer roller separation solenoid
SL102 0:OFF/1:ON
shutter clutch
CL101 0:OFF/1:ON
stack ejection lower roller clutch
CL102 0:OFF/1:ON
buffer rear end holding solenoid
SL104 0:OFF/1:ON
1st delivery roller separation
SL103 0:OFF/1:ON
solenoid
stapler shift motor electric current
M105 change I1
stapler shift motor electric current
M105 change I0
inserter unit connection detection
feed path sensor
swing guide switch signal
MS102 0:OFF/1:ON
staple safety switch signal
MS104 0:OFF/1:ON
not used
not used
not used
Stapler shift motor lock signal
M105 not used
not used
not used
not used
escape feed motor phase B*
M112 signal
escape feed motor phase A*
M112 signal
escape feed motor phase B signal M112 escape feed motor phase A signal M112 -
Addres
bit
P021
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P022
P023
0
P024
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P025
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Description
Symbol
Remarks
puncher unit connection detection

tray 2 paper surface sensor 2
not used
not used
not used
escape tray full sensor
escape door sensor
PI121 0:close/1:open
escape tray path sensor
not used
not used
not used
not used
for host machine download
0:OFF/1:ON
not used
not used
not used
not used
motor enable signal
0:standby/1:drive
punch serial communication (OUT)
0:OFF/1:ON
not used
escape solenoid
SL105 0:OFF/1:ON
escape feed motor standby signal
M112 0:standby/1:drive
escape feed motor electric current
M112 change I1
escape feed motor electric current
M112 change I0
not used
not used
not used
not used
stack ejection motor phase B*
M102 signal
stack ejection motor phase A*
M102 signal
stack ejection motor phase B
M102 signal
stack ejection motor phase A signal M102 not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
for host machine download
0:OFF/1:ON
5-183
Addres
bit
P026
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
P027
P028
P029
P030
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5-184
Description
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
not used
alignment plate HP sensor
not used
not used
not used
saddle staple unit connection
detection
vertical path paper sensor
not used
not used
not used
feed motor clock signal
paper folding motor PWM signal
solenoid PWM signal
stitcher HP sensor (rear)
stitcher HP sensor (front)
paper pushing plate top position
sensor
paper pushing plate HP sensor
Symbol
PI5
PI17
M1
M2
SW5
SW7
PI15
PI14
Remarks
0:besides HP/1:HP
0:paper absent/1:paper present
0:besides HP/1:HP
0:besides HP/1:HP
0:top position/1:besides top
position
0:besides HP/1:HP
Addres
bit
Description
Symbol
P031
7
6
5
4
3
2
guide motor phase B signal

guide motor phase A signal
alignment motor B signal
alignment motor A signal
not used
paper positioning plate motor
phase B signal
paper positioning plate motor
phase A signal
feed motor CW/CCW signal
saddle rear staple electric current
detection (AD)
saddle front staple electric current
detection (AD)
not used
not used
feed motor clock signal
paper folding motor clock sensor
paper pushing plate motor clock
sensor
not used
not used
not used
No.2 paper deflecting solenoid
No.1 paper deflecting solenoid
saddle inlet solenoid
paper folding HP sensor
for R&D
for R&D
not used
PSW1 on the saddle controller
PCB
not used
power ON signal
guide motor I0
feed motor enable
I1
I0
M3
M3
M5
M5
M4
M4
M1
-
0:CCW/1:CW
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
P032
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P033
P034
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Remarks
M1
PI4
PI1
SL2
SL1
SL5
PI21
-
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
M3
M1
M1
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
-
M1
Addres
bit
Description
Symbol
P035
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
not used
not used
not used
not used
stitcher motor (rear) CW signal
not used
staple sensor (rear)
24V detection
not used
feed plate contact solenoid
paper folding motorRV
paper positioning plate motor I0
alignment motor I0
paper positioning plate paper
sensor
paper positioning plate HP sensor
tray paper sensor
paper pushing plate motor EN
signal
paper pushing plate motor FWD
signal
paper pushing plate motor RV
signal
paper folding motor FWD signal
not used
for R&D
for R&D
for R&D
stitcher motor (rear) CCW signal
saddle software IPC
communication
saddle software IPC
communication
stitcher motor (front) CW signal
stitcher motor (front) CCW signal
staple sensor (front)
not used
not used
M6
SW4
SL4
M2
M4
M5
PI8
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
PI7
PI6
M8
0:HP/1:besides HP
0:ON/1:OFF
M8
0:OFF/1:ON
M8
0:OFF/1:ON
M2
M6
-
0:OFF/1:ON
0:ON/1:OFF
-
P036
P037
1
0
7
6
5
P038
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
M7
M7
SW6
-
Remarks
Addres
bit
P039
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P040
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Description
SW504-8 on the saddle controller
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
saddle inlet sensor
guide HP sensor
crescent roller phase sensor
delivery sensor
inlet cover sensor
saddle trailing edge sensor 3
Symbol
Remarks
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
PI22
PI13
PI12
PI11
PI9
-
0:paper absent/1:paper present

0:besides HP/1:HP
0:besides HP/1:HP
0:colse/1:open
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
0:OFF/1:ON
T-5-30
0:ON/1:OFF
0:ON/1:OFF
0:needle absent/1:needle present
-
5-185
ADJUST
COPIER> ADJUST> ADJ-XY

ADJ-Y-DF
Lv.1 Details
ADJ-XY
ADJ-X
Lv.1 Details
Adj of img pstn in book mode: vert scan

To adjust the image reading start position (image lead edge position)
in vertical scanning direction.
When replacing the Reader Controller PCB/clearing RAM data, enter
the value of service label.
When the non-image width is larger than the standard value, set the
smaller value.
When out of original area is copied, set the larger value.
As the value is incremented by 1, the image position moves to the
trailing edge side by 0.1mm.
Use case
When replacing the Reader Controller PCB/clearing RAM data
Adj/set/operate method 1) Enter the setting value, and then press OK key.
2) Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
Caution
Do not use this at the normal service.
1 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
29
ADJ-Y
Adj of img pstn in book mode: horz scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the image reading start position in horizontal scanning
direction.
When the non-image width is larger than the standard value, set the
smaller value.
When out of original area is copied, set the larger value.
rear side by 0.1mm.
Use case
Caution
After the setting value is changed, write the changed value in the
service label.
36 to 236
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
116
5-186
Adj img pstn in DADF mode:horz scan[Frt]

To adjust the image reading start position in horizontal scanning
direction at DADF reading.
rear side by 0.1mm.
Use case
Caution
service label.
2 to 202
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
102
STRD-POS
Adj read pstn in DADF mode: front side
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the reading position at DADF reading (front side).
Use case
Caution
service label.
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> STRD-POS
ADJ-X-MG
Adj img ratio in book mod:vert scan[frt]
Lv.1 Details
To make a fine adjustment of image magnification in vertical
scanning direction at copyboard reading.
As the value is incremented by 1, the image magnification changes
by 0.01%.
+: Enlarge
-: Reduce
Use case
Adj/set/operate method 1) Enter the setting value (switch negative/positive by -/+ key) and
press OK key.
Caution
service label.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.01%
Default value
0

ADJY-DF2
Lv.1 Details
Adj img pstn in DADF mod:horiz scan[bck]

To adjust the image position of back side in horizontal scanning
direction at simultaneous duplex reading.
rear side by 0.1mm.
Use case
Caution
service label.
56 to 220
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
124
T-5-31
CCD
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD
W-PLT-X
Lv.1 Details
White level data(X) entry of white plate

the value of service label. When replacing the Copyboard Glass,
enter the value of barcode label which is affixed on the glass.
Use case
When replacing the Copyboard Glass
Caution
1 to 9999
Default value
8271
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> W-PLT-Y, W-PLT-Z, BW-TGT
W-PLT-Y
White level data(Y) entry of white plate
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
service label.
1 to 9999
Default value
8735
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> W-PLT-X, W-PLT-Z, BW-TGT
W-PLT-Z
White level data(Z) entry of white plate
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
service label.
1 to 9999
Default value
9418
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> W-PLT-X, W-PLT-Y, BW-TGT
5-187
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

SH-TRGT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Shading target value (B&W) [Copyboard]

To set the B&W shading target value in copyboard reading mode.
When replacing the Scanner Unit
Caution
service label.
1 to 2047
Default value
1126
100-RG
Img Sensr RG color displace crrct VL:Frt
Lv.1 Details
To correct the color displacement (R and G lines) in vertical scanning
direction due to the Scanner Unit (paper front).
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
service label.
-256 to 256
Unit
0.001 line
Default value
0
100-GB
Img Sensr GB color displace crrct VL:Frt
Lv.1 Details
To correct the color displacement (G and B lines) in vertical scanning
direction due to the Scanner Unit (paper front).
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
service label.
-256 to 256
Unit
0.001 line
Default value
0
5-188
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

DFTAR-R
Lv.1 Details
Shading target value (R) [Front side]

When replacing the Reader Controller PCB, enter the value of
service label.
When replacing the Copyboard Glass/Scanner Unit (paper front),
execute COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD> DF-WLVL1, DF-WLVL2 and
write the value which is automatically set in the service label.
Use case
When replacing the Copyboard Glass/Scanner Unit (paper front)
1to 2047
Default value
1159
COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD> DF-WLVL1, DF-WLVL2
DFTAR-G
Shading target value (G) [Front side]
Lv.1 Details
service label.
Use case
1to 2047
Default value
1189
DFTAR-B
Shading target value (B) [Front side]
Lv.1 Details
service label.
Use case
1to 2047
Default value
1209
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF2-M1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF value 1 setting: horz scan [Front]

Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
Enter the value of service label on the Reader.
1) Enter the setting value, and then press OK key.
20 to 80
50
COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD> MTF-CLC
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF2-M6
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M7
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M8
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M9
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value

20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
MTF value 1 setting: vert scan [Front]
20 to 80
50
5-189
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF2-S2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S6
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-190

20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF2-S7
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S8
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S9
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
100DF2GB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value

20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
20 to 80
50
Img Sensr GB color displace crrct VL:bck
To correct the color displacement (G and B lines) in vertical scanning
direction due to the Scanner Unit (paper back).
-256 to 256
0.001 line
0
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

100DF2RG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
DFCH2R2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH2R10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH2B2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Img Sensr RG color displace crrct VL:bck

To correct the color displacement (R and G lines) in vertical scanning
direction due to the Scanner Unit (paper back).
-256 to 256
0.001 line
0
Complex chart No.2 data (R) [Front side]
To derive the front/back side linearity, set the Red data (for paper
front) of No.2 image in DADF complex chart.
This setting is enabled for 1-path DADF only.
1 to 2550
2000
Complex chart No.10 data(R) [Front side]
0 to 2550
0
Complex chart No.2 data (B) [Front side]
To derive the front/back side linearity, set the Blue data (for paper
1 to 2550
2000
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

DFCH2B10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH2G2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH2G10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
CCD-CHNG
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Complex chart No.10 data(B) [Front side]

0 to 2550
0
Complex chart No.2 data (G) [Front side]
To derive the front/back side linearity, set the Green data (for paper
1 to 2550
2000
Complex chart No.10 data(G) [Front side]
0 to 2550
0
Scanner Unit(ppr frt) rplce flag setting
To set the calculation mode of MTF filter coefficient that is used at
the replacement of Scanner Unit (paper front).
When replacing the Scanner Unit (paper front), enter 1. When
replacing the Reader Controller PCB/clearing RAM data, enter the
value of service label.
When replacing the Scanner Unit (paper front)
0 to 1
0: Data at factory shipment is used.
1: Data at factory shipment is not used. (Scanner Unit (paper front) is
already replaced.)
0
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> MTFMCL, MTFSCL, MTFMBW,
MTFSBW
5-191
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF-M1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-192
MTF value 1 setting: horz scan [Back]

20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF-M6
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M7
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M8
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M9
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value

20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
MTF value 1 setting: vert scan [Back]
20 to 85
50
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF-S2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S6
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value

20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF-S7
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S8
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S9
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH-R2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value

20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
Complex chart No.2 data (R) [Back side]
back) of No.2 image in DADF complex chart.
1 to 2550
2000
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFCH-R10, DFCH-B2, DFCH-B10,
DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10
COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD> DF-LNR
5-193
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

DFCH-R10
Lv.1 Details
Complex chart No.10 data (R) [Back side]

Use case
0 to 2550
Default value
0
DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10
DFCH-B2
Complex chart No.2 data (B) [Back side]
Lv.1 Details
Use case
1 to 2550
Default value
2000
DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10
DFCH-B10
Complex chart No.10 data (B) [Back side]
Lv.1 Details
Use case
0 to 2550
Default value
0
DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

DFCH-G2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH-G10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-M11
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-194
Complex chart No.2 data (G) [Back side]

1 to 2550
2000
DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10
Complex chart No.10 data (G) [Back side]
0 to 2550
0
DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF2-M12
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S11
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF2-S12
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value

20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

MTF-M11
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-M12
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S11
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
MTF-S12
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value

20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
20 to 85
50
5-195
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

DFCH2K2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH2K10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH-K2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DFCH-K10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-196
Complex chart No.2 data (B&W) [Front]

To derive the front/back side linearity, set the B&W data (for paper
1 to 2550
2000
Complex chart No.10 data (B&W) [Front]
0 to 2550
0
Complex chart No.2 data (B&W) [Back]
1 to 2550
2000
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFCH-R2, DFCH-R10, DFCH-B2,
DFCH-B10, DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10, DFCH-K10
Complex chart No.10 data (B&W) [Back]
0 to 2550
0
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFCH-R2, DFCH-R10, DFCH-B2,
DFCH-B10, DFCH-G2, DFCH-G10, DFCH-K2
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

DFTAR-BW
Lv.1 Details
Shading target value (B&W) [Front side]

service label.
Use case
700 to 1400
Default value
1209
DFTBK-G
Shading target value (G) [Back side]
Lv.1 Details
service label.
When replacing the Copyboard Glass/Scanner Unit (paper back),
Use case
When replacing the Scanner Unit (paper back)
700 to 1400
Default value
1136
DFTBK-B
Shading target value (B) [Back side]
Lv.1 Details
service label.
Use case
700 to 1400
Default value
1126
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD

DFTBK-R
Lv.1 Details
Shading target value (R) [Back side]

service label.
Use case
700 to 1400
Default value
1156
CCD-CHG2
Scanner Unit(paper back) rplce flag set
Lv.1 Details
To set the calculation mode of MTF filter coefficient that is used at
the replacement of Scanner Unit (paper back).
When replacing the Scanner Unit (paper back), enter 1. When
replacing the Reader Controller PCB/clearing RAM data, enter the
Use case
0 to 1
0: Data at factory shipment is used.
1: Data at factory shipment is not used. (Scanner Unit (paper back)
is already replaced.)
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> MTF2MCL, MTF2SCL, MTF2MBW,
MTF2SBW
DFTBK-BW
Shading target value (B&W) [Back side]
Lv.1 Details
service label.
Use case
When replacing the Copyboard Glass/Scanner Unit (paper back)
700 to 1400
Default value
1126
IMG-REG
COPIER> ADJUST> IMG-REG
REG-H-Y
Lv.1 Details
Adj Y color write start pstn: horz scan

To adjust the write start position of yellow color image in the
horizontal scanning direction in increments of 1 pixel.
Use case
When yellow color displacement in the horizontal scanning direction
occurs
Adj/set/operate method Enter the setting value (switch negative/positive by -/+ key) and
press OK key.
Caution
-128 to 127
Unit
1 pixel
Default value
0
REG-H-C
Adj C color write start pstn: horz scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the write start position of cyan color image in the horizontal
scanning direction in increments of 1 pixel.
Use case
When cyan color displacement in the horizontal scanning direction
occurs
press OK key.
Caution
-128 to 127
Unit
1 pixel
Default value
0
REG-H-K
Adj Bk color write start pstn: horz scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the write start position of black color image in the horizontal
Use case
When black color displacement in the horizontal scanning direction
occurs
press OK key.
Caution
-128 to 127
Unit
1 pixel
Default value
0
T-5-32
5-197

REG-HS-Y
Lv.1 Details
Adj Y color write start pstn: horz scan

To adjust the write start position of yellow color image in the
horizontal scanning direction in smaller increments than 1 pixel.
Use case
When yellow color displacement in the horizontal scanning direction
occurs (smaller than 1 pixel)
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5 (At the processing speed of 280 mm/sec)
Unit
1/6 pixel (At the processing speed of 280 mm/sec)
Default value
0
REG-HS-C
Adj C color write start pstn: horz scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the write start position of cyan color image in the horizontal
scanning direction in smaller increments than 1 pixel.
Use case
When cyan color displacement in the horizontal scanning direction
press OK key.
Caution
Unit
Default value
0
REG-V-Y
Adj Y color write start pstn: vert scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the write start position of yellow color image in the vertical
Use case
When yellow color displacement in the vertical scanning direction
occurs
press OK key.
Caution
-128 to 127
Unit
1 pixel
Default value
0

REG-V-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
REG-V-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
REG-H-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
REG-V-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
5-198
Adj C color write start pstn: vert scan

To adjust the write start position of cyan color image in the vertical
When cyan color displacement in the vertical scanning direction
occurs
Enter the setting value (switch negative/positive by -/+ key) and
press OK key.
-128 to 127
1 pixel
0
Adj Bk color write start pstn: vert scan
To adjust the write start position of black color image in the vertical
When black color displacement in the vertical scanning direction
occurs
press OK key.
-128 to 127
1 pixel
0
Adj M color write start pstn: horz scan
To adjust the write start position of magenta color image in the
horizontal scanning direction in increments of 1 pixel.
When magenta color displacement in the horizontal scanning
direction occurs
press OK key.
-128 to 127
1 pixel
0
Adj M color write start pstn: vert scan
vertical scanning direction in increments of 1 pixel.
When magenta color displacement in the vertical scanning direction
occurs
press OK key.
-128 to 127
1 pixel
0

REG-VS-Y
Lv.1 Details
Fine adj Y write start pstn: vert scan

To adjust the write start position of yellow color image in the vertical
scanning direction in the unit of 1/8 pixel.
Use case
When yellow color displacement in the vertical scanning direction
press OK key.
Caution
-7 to 7
Unit
1/8 pixel
Default value
0
REG-VS-M
Fine adj M write start pstn: vert scan
Lv.1 Details
vertical scanning direction in the unit of 1/8 pixel.
Use case
When magenta color displacement in the vertical scanning direction
press OK key.
Caution
-7 to 7
Unit
1/8 pixel
Default value
0
REG-VS-C
Fine adj C write start pstn: vert scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the write start position of cyan color image in the vertical
scanning direction in the unit of 1/8 pixel.
Use case
When cyan color displacement in the vertical scanning direction
press OK key.
Caution
-7 to 7
Unit
1/8 pixel
Default value
0

MAG-H-K
Lv.1 Details
Adj of Bk color magnification: horz scan

To adjust the standard magnification of Bk color in horizontal
scanning direction.
Other colors are adjusted by auto registration.
All correction values registered in the media list are proportionally
changed.
Use case
When adjusting the standard magnification due to environmental
change, etc.
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.01%
Default value
0
REG-HS-M
Fine adj M write start pstn: horz scan
Lv.1 Details
horizontal scanning direction in smaller increments than 1 pixel.
Use case
When magenta color displacement in the horizontal scanning
direction occurs (smaller than 1 pixel)
press OK key.
Caution
Unit
Default value
0
MAG-V
Adj of Bk color magnification: vert scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the standard magnification of Bk color in vertical scanning
direction by changing the Polygon Mirror speed.
Other colors are adjusted by auto registration.
All correction values registered in the media list are proportionally
changed.
Use case
When adjusting the standard magnification due to environmental
change, etc.
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.01%
Default value
0
T-5-33
5-199
DENS
COPIER> ADJUST> DENS

REF-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
REF-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
REF-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SIGG-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SIGG-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SIGG-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-200
Y toner dens target VL entry

To enter the target value of the Toner Density Sensor (Y) of ATR
control after RAM clear.
When checking the value before RAM clear and re-enter it after RAM
clear
0 to 255
M toner dens target VL entry
To enter the target value of the Toner Density Sensor (M) of ATR
clear
0 to 255
C toner dens target VL entry
To enter the target value of the Toner Density Sensor (C) of ATR
clear
0 to 255
Adj of Y color ATR patch dens target VL
To enter the Y color ATR patch density target value which is set at
Developing Assembly INIT.
After the entry, write the value in the service label.
When re-entering the value at the time of DC Controller PCB
replacement/RAM clear
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Adj of M color ATR patch dens target VL
To enter the M color ATR patch density target value which is set at
0 to 1023
200 to 800
Adj of C color ATR patch dens target VL
To enter the C color ATR patch density target value which is set at
0 to 1023
200 to 800
SIGG-K
Lv.1 Details
Adj of Bk color ATR patch dens target VL

To enter the Bk color ATR patch density target value which is set at
Use case
0 to 1023
Default value
200 to 800
HLMT-PTY
Toner Dens Sensr(Y) dens crrct upr limit
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the upper limit of the target density (T/D ratio) adjustment
on the Toner Density Sensor (Y).
Density failures and carrier adherence are alleviated when the upper
limit is smaller, and fogging and scattering are alleviated when it is
larger.
The value is returned to 0 if COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL>
INISET-Y/-4 is executed upon replacement of the developer.
Use case
When adjusting the toner density (T/D ratio) upon occurrence of
density failures, fogging, carrier adherence, and scattering, etc.
Caution
Do not use the setting value 11.
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y/-4
Supplement/memo
Toner dropping: A symptom that toner drops from the Developing
Assembly

HLMT-PTM
Lv.2 Details
Toner Dens Sensr(M) dens crrct upr limit

on the Toner Density Sensor (M).
larger.
INISET-M/-4 is executed upon replacement of the developer.
Use case
Caution
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-M/-4
Supplement/memo
Unit
HLMT-PTC
Toner Dens Sensr(C) dens crrct upr limit
Lv.2 Details
on the Toner Density Sensor (C).
larger.
INISET-C/-4 is executed upon replacement of the developer.
Use case
Caution
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-C/-4
Supplement/memo
Unit

LLMT-PTY
Lv.2 Details
Toner Dens Sensr(Y)dens crrct lowr limit

To adjust the lower limit of the target density (T/D ratio) adjustment of
the Toner Density Sensor (Y).
If the lower limit is smaller, the density increase can be prevented in
the case of high duty because QM down of developer is restrained,
but carrier adherence gets worse.
INISET-Y/-4 is executed upon replacement of the Developing
Assembly.
Use case
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y/-4
LLMT-PTM
Toner Dens Sensr(M)dens crrct lowr limit
Lv.2 Details
the Toner Density Sensor (M).
INISET-M/-4 is executed upon replacement of the Developing
Assembly.
Use case
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-M/-4
5-201

LLMT-PTC
Lv.2 Details
Toner Dens Sensr(C)dens crrct lowr limit

the Toner Density Sensor (C).
INISET-C/-4 is executed upon replacement of the Developing
Assembly.
Use case
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-C/-4
DMAX-Y
Adj D-max ctrl Y color dens target VL
Lv.2 Details
An image failure might occur because the density target value of the
D-max control becomes out of the setting table due to environment
change.
Adjust the offset of the yellow density target value of D-max control.
The offset is reset when D-max control (Full Adjust) is executed.
Use case
When any image failure occurs due to environment change
Caution
This is limited for the use of printer model.
-30 to 30
Default value
0
DMAX-M
Adj D-max ctrl M color dens target VL
Lv.2 Details
change.
Adjust the offset of the magenta density target value of D-max
control.
Use case
Caution
-30 to 30
Default value
0
5-202

DMAX-C
Lv.2 Details
Adj D-max ctrl C color dens target VL

change.
Adjust the offset of the cyan density target value of D-max control.
Use case
Caution
-30 to 30
Default value
0
P-TG-Y
Adj of Y color ATR patch dens target VL
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the ATR patch target value for Y.
When the target value determined upon initialization is changed, the
T/D ratio is also changed.
Fogging and density increase are alleviated when the value is
smaller, and carrier adherence is alleviated when it is larger.
Use case
When density failures, fogging, and carrier adherence, etc. occur
press OK key.
3) Make 50 prints of approx. 10% image ratio (ex. COPIER> TEST>
PG> TYPE: 16) 4 times.
4) Execute Auto Adjust Gradation> Full Adjust.
Caution
Execute the Auto Adjust Gradation first to increase the density. If you
adjust the offset of the target value, fogging might get worse.
-2 to 2
-2: -0.5%, -1: -1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: +0.5%, 2: +1.0%
Default value
0
Related user mode
Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Auto Adjust
Gradation> Full Adjust

P-TG-M
Lv.2 Details
Adj of M color ATR patch dens target VL

To adjust the offset of the ATR patch target value for M.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-2 to 2
-2: -0.5%, -1: -1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: +0.5%, 2: +1.0%
Default value
0
Related user mode
P-TG-C
Adj of C color ATR patch dens target VL
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the ATR patch target value for C.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-2 to 2
-2: -0.5%, -1: -1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: +0.5%, 2: +1.0%
Default value
0
Related user mode

P-TG-K
Lv.2 Details
Adj of Bk color ATR patch dens target VL

To adjust the offset of the ATR patch target value for Bk.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-2 to 2
-2: -0.5%, -1: -1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: +0.5%, 2: +1.0%
Default value
0
Related user mode
ALF-C
Adjustment of Patch Sensor alpha value
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the coefficient alpha value of the Patch Sensor.
The value multiplied by 1000 is displayed on the screen.
When replacing the Patch Sensor/clearing RAM data, enter the value
of service label.
Use case
When clearing RAM data
When replacing the Patch Sensor
0 to 2047
Default value
1200
Supplement/memo
alpha value: Ratio of P wave and S wave
P-K-Y
Adj Y color ptch dens convs coeffct k
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the yellow patch density conversion coefficient k value of
the Patch Sensor.
Use case
When the Patch Sensor fails to read the density
0 to 255
Default value
170
P-K-M
Adj M color ptch dens convs coeffct k
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the magenta patch density conversion coefficient k value of
the Patch Sensor.
Use case
0 to 255
Default value
170
5-203

P-K-C
Lv.2 Details
Adj C color ptch dens convs coeffct k

To adjust the cyan patch density conversion coefficient k value of the
Patch Sensor.
Use case
0 to 255
Default value
170
P-K-K
Adj Bk color ptch dens convs coeffct k
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the black patch density conversion coefficient k value of
the Patch Sensor.
Use case
0 to 255
Default value
170
HLMT-PTK
Toner Dens Sensr(Bk)dens crrct upr limit
Lv.2 Details
of the Toner Density Sensor (Bk).
larger.
INISET-K/-4 is executed upon replacement of the developer.
Use case
Caution
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-K/-4
Supplement/memo
Unit
5-204

LLMT-PTK
Lv.2 Details
Tonr Dens Sensr(Bk)dens crrct lowr limit

the Toner Density Sensor (Bk).
INISET-K/-4 is executed upon replacement of the Developing
Assembly.
Use case
-2 to 2
-2: +2.0%, -1: +1.0%, 0: +/-0%, 1: -1.0%, 2: -2.0%
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-K/-4
REF-K
Bk toner dens target VL entry
Lv.2 Details
To enter the target value of the Toner Density Sensor (Bk) of ATR
Use case
clear
0 to 255
DMLMT-HY
Y toner charging DC voltage upper limit
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage upper limit for Y in
D-max control.
Use case
When a failure occurs due to limiter of D-max control
2) Execute Auto Adjust Gradation > Quick Adjust.
Caution
-1500 to 1500
Unit
1V
Related user mode
Gradation > Quick Adjust

DMLMT-HM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Related user mode
DMLMT-HC
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Related user mode
DMLMT-LY
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Related user mode
DMLMT-LM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Related user mode
M toner charging DC voltage upper limit

To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage upper limit for M in
D-max control.
-1500 to 1500
1V
500 to 1000
C toner charging DC voltage upper limit
To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage upper limit for C in
D-max control.
-1500 to 1500
1V
500 to 1000
Y toner charging DC voltage lower limit
To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage lower limit for Y in
D-max control.
-300 to 300
1V
M toner charging DC voltage lower limit
To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage lower limit for M in
D-max control.
-300 to 300
1V

DMLMT-LC
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Related user mode
CONT-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
CONT-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
C toner charging DC voltage lower limit

To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage lower limit for C in
D-max control.
-300 to 300
1V
Toner Density Sensor (Y) control voltage
To enter the density detection control voltage of the Toner Density
Sensor (Y).
When replacing the DC Controller PCB/clearing RAM data, enter the
When the backup data is cleared by RAM clear, etc.
Enter the setting value, and then press OK key.
service label.
0 to 255
140 to 240
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> CONT-Y
Toner Density Sensor (M) control voltage
Sensor (M).
service label.
0 to 255
140 to 240
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> CONT-M
5-205

CONT-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
CONT-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Toner Density Sensor (C) control voltage

Sensor (C).
service label.
0 to 255
140 to 240
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> CONT-C
Toner Density Sensor(Bk) control voltage
Sensor (Bk).
service label.
0 to 255
140 to 240
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> CONT-K
T-5-34
BLANK
COPIER> ADJUST> BLANK
BLANK-T
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
BLANK-L
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
BLANK-R
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
5-206
Adjustment of leading edge margin

To adjust the margin on the leading edge of paper.
As the value is incremented by 1, the margin is increased toward the
center of the paper by 1 pixel (0.0423 mm).
When reducing the margin upon users request
When enlarging the margin for transfer separation/fixing separation
0 to 1000
1 pixel
29
29
Adjustment of left edge margin
To adjust the margin on the left edge of paper.
0 to 1000
1 pixel
29
29
Adjustment of right edge margin
To adjust the margin on the right edge of paper.
0 to 1000
1 pixel
29
29
COPIER> ADJUST> BLANK

BLANK-B
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
BLANK-T2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
BLANK-B2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adjustment of trailing edge margin

To adjust the margin on the trailing edge of paper.
0 to 1000
1 pixel
29
29
Adj of leading edge margin: Thin paper
To adjust the margin on the leading edge of thin paper.
0 to 1000
1 pixel
0
Adj of trailing edge margin: Thin paper
To adjust the margin on the trailing edge of thin paper.
0 to 1000
1 pixel
0
V-CONT
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT
VCONT-K
Lv.2 Details
Adj of Bk color contrast potential

To adjust the offset of the contrast potential Vcont for Bk.
As the value is incremented by 1, the contrast potential changes by
10V.
+: Image becomes darker.
-: Image becomes lighter.
When the value is too large, paper winds around the Fixing Belt or a
transfer failure occurs.
In principle, the adjustment of the density should be performed in
Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Density Adjustment
Mode.
Use case
When adjusting the density of D-max control in the case that an
image density failure occurs
press OK key.
3) Execute COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DPC
4) Execute Auto Adjust Gradation > Full Adjust.
Caution
Do not use this when the machine is operating correctly.
-20 to 20
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VCONT-Y, VCONT-M, VCONT-C
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DPC
Related user mode
Gradation > Full Adjust
Mode
T-5-35
5-207

VBACK-Y
Lv.2 Details
Adj Y color fogging removal potential

To adjust the offset of the fogging removal potential Vback for Y.
As the value is incremented by 1, the fogging removal potential
changes by 10 V.
+: Reduction of fogging, increase of carrier adhesion, and
increase of white spots at the edge.
-: Increase of fogging, reduction of carrier adhesion, and
reduction of white spots at the edge.
Use case
At the occurrence of Y fogging
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK-M, VBACK-C, VBACK-K
Related user mode
VBACK-M
Adj M color fogging removal potential
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the fogging removal potential Vback for M.
changes by 10 V.
Use case
At the occurrence of M fogging
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK-Y, VBACK-C, VBACK-K
Related user mode
5-208

VBACK-C
Lv.2 Details
Adj C color fogging removal potential

To adjust the offset of the fogging removal potential Vback for C.
changes by 10 V.
Use case
At the occurrence of C fogging
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK-Y, VBACK-M, VBACK-K
Related user mode
VBACK-K
Adj Bk color fogging removal potential
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the fogging removal potential Vback for Bk.
changes by 10 V.
increase of white spots at the edge..
Use case
At the occurrence of Bk fogging
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK-Y, VBACK-M, VBACK-C
COPIER> DISPLAY> DPOT> VBACK-K
Related user mode
EPOTOFST
Manual entry of Potential Sensor offset

Lv.1 Details
To set the offset auto adjustment value of Potential Sensor manually.

As the value is incremented by 1, the offset value changes by 1V.
+: Identified as the lower potential than the detected one
-: Identified as the higher potential than the detected one
Use case
When an error is displayed by executing OFST (auto offset
adjustment) at the replacement of Potential Sensor (When the value
out of specified range is set due to Potential Sensor disconnection/
connection failure/installation failure), restore to the factory setting
values.
1) To stop the error, set 0 (V) in EPOTOFST.
2) Check around the Potential Sensor.
If there is an error, address it and if not, go to the step 3).
3) Enter the value of service label.
4) If image fogging or the like occurs, increase the value by 10V
increment.
Adj/set/operate method Enter the setting value, and then press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
1V
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> OFST
PT-VCT-Y
Adj Y ATR patch target contrast potntl
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the Y patch target contrast potential for ATR patch.
As the value is incremented by 1, the target contrast potential
changes by 1 V.
+: Potential is increased.
-: Potential is decreased.
-40 to 50
Unit
1V
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> PT-VCT-M, PT-VCT-C, PT-VCT-K
PT-VCT-M
Adj M ATR patch target contrast potntl
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the M patch target contrast potential for ATR patch.
changes by 1 V.
-40 to 50
Unit
1V
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> PT-VCT-Y, PT-VCT-C, PT-VCT-K

PT-VCT-C
Lv.2 Details
Unit
PT-VCT-K
Lv.2 Details
Unit
Adj C ATR patch target contrast potntl

To adjust the C patch target contrast potential for ATR patch.
changes by 1 V.
-40 to 50
1V
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> PT-VCT-Y, PT-VCT-M, PT-VCT-K
Adj Bk ATR patch target contrast potntl
To adjust the Bk patch target contrast potential for ATR patch.
changes by 1 V.
-40 to 50
1V
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> PT-VCT-Y, PT-VCT-M, PT-VCT-C
5-209

VDGAIN-Y
Lv.2 Details
Adj of Y color charging DC voltage

To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage Vd for Y.
As the value is incremented by 1, the voltage changes by 10 V.
Increase the gain when the density is low and decrease the gain
when the density is high or an spotted image occurs.
Use case
At the occurrence of a spotted image
Caution
-10 to 10
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VDGAIN-M, VDGAIN-C
VDGAIN-M
Adj of M color charging DC voltage
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage Vd for M.
Use case
Caution
-10 to 10
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VDGAIN-Y, VDGAIN-C
VDGAIN-C
Adj of C color charging DC voltage
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the charging DC voltage Vd for C.
Use case
Caution
-10 to 10
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VDGAIN-Y, VDGAIN-M
5-210

LPGAIN-Y
Lv.2 Details
Adjustment of Y color laser power

To adjust the offset of the laser power for Y.
As the value is incremented by 1, the laser power changes by 4 Hex.
when the density is high or a spotted image occurs.
Use case
Caution
-30 to 30
Unit
4 Hex
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> LPGAIN-M, LPGAIN-C
LPGAIN-M
Adj of M color laser power gain
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the laser power for M.
Use case
Caution
-30 to 30
Unit
4 Hex
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> LPGAIN-Y, LPGAIN-C
LPGAIN-C
Adj of C color laser power gain
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the laser power for C.
Use case
Caution
-30 to 30
Unit
4 Hex
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> LPGAIN-Y, LPGAIN-M

VBACK2-Y
Lv.2 Details
Adj Y fogging removal potential: 1/2SPD

To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for Y at 1/2 speed.
+: Fogging is alleviated, but white/black spots are increased
due to carrier adherence.
-: White/black spots are alleviated, but fogging is increased.
Use case
When any image failure occurs at 1/2 speed
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK2-M, VBACK2-C, VBACK2-K
Related user mode
VBACK2-M
Adj M fogging removal potential: 1/2SPD
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for M at 1/2 speed.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK2-Y, VBACK2-C, VBACK2-K
Related user mode

VBACK2-C
Lv.2 Details
Adj C fogging removal potential: 1/2SPD

To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for C at 1/2 speed.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK2-Y, VBACK2-M, VBACK2-K
Related user mode
VBACK2-K
Adj Bk fogging removal potential: 1/2SPD
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for Bk at 1/2 speed.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK2-Y, VBACK2-M, VBACK2-C
Related user mode
5-211

VBACK3-Y
Lv.2 Details
Adj Y fogging removal potential: 1/3SPD

To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for Y at 1/3 speed.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK3-M, VBACK3-C, VBACK3-K
Related user mode
VBACK3-M
Adj M fogging removal potential: 1/3SPD
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for M at 1/3 speed.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK3-Y, VBACK3-C, VBACK3-K
Related user mode

VBACK3-C
Lv.2 Details
Adj C fogging removal potential: 1/3SPD

To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for C at 1/3 speed.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK3-Y, VBACK3-M, VBACK3-K
Related user mode
VBACK3-K
Adj Bk fogging removal potential: 1/3SPD
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the fogging removal potential Vback for Bk at 1/3 speed.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-5 to 5
Unit
10 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> VBACK3-Y, VBACK3-M, VBACK3-C
Related user mode
T-5-36
5-212
PASCAL
COPIER> ADJUST> PASCAL

COPIER> ADJUST> PASCAL
OFST-P-Y
Lv.1 Details
Y density adj at test print reading

To adjust the offset of Y color test print reading signal at Auto Adjust
Gradation (Full Adjust).
As the greater value is set, the image after adjustment gets darker.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-128 to 128
Default value
According to the adjustment value of the Reader at factory shipment
OFST-P-M
M density adj at test print reading
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of M color test print reading signal at Auto Adjust
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
service label.
-128 to 128
Default value
OFST-P-C
C density adj at test print reading
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of C color test print reading signal at Auto Adjust
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
service label.
-128 to 128
Default value
OFST-P-K
Lv.1 Details
Bk density adj at test print reading

To adjust the offset of Bk color test print reading signal at Auto Adjust
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
service label.
-128 to 128
Default value
T-5-37
5-213
COLOR
COPIER> ADJUST> COLOR

ADJ-Y
Lv.1 Details
Y color balance adjustment

To adjust the default value of the color balance for Y when the
density of Y varies between machines.
As the greater value is set, the image gets darker.
If the value is too large, a transfer failure and/or a fixing failure
occurs.
Use case
When alleviating the variation of the density between machines upon
users request
press OK key.
Caution
-8 to 8
Default value
0
ADJ-M
M color balance adjustment
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the default value of the color balance for M when the
density of M varies between machines.
occurs.
Use case
users request
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
ADJ-C
C color balance adjustment
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the default value of the color balance for C when the
density of C varies between machines.
occurs.
Use case
users request
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
5-214
ADJ-K
Lv.1 Details
Bk color balance adjustment

To adjust the default value of the color balance for Bk when the
density of Bk varies between machines.
occurs.
Use case
users request
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
OFST-Y
Adj of Y bright area dens&color balance
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the bright area density and color balance of Y.
Lower the value when the background cannot be read correctly
because the density of a document is dark and increase the value
when the density of a document is light.
Lower the value when removal of the background is not performed
correctly and a fogging-like image appears.
This setting is linked with Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image
Quality> Color Balance in user mode.
Use case
When the background of a document cannot be read correctly
When removal of the background cannot be performed correctly
and a fogging-like image appears
press OK key.
-32 to 32
Default value
0
Related user mode
Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Color Balance

OFST-M
Lv.1 Details
Adj of M bright area dens&color balance

To adjust the bright area density and color balance of M.
Use case
press OK key.
-32 to 32
Default value
0
Related user mode
OFST-C
Adj of C bright area dens&color balance
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the bright area density and color balance of C.
Use case
press OK key.
-32 to 32
Default value
0
Related user mode

OFST-K
Lv.1 Details
Adj Bk bright area dens&color balance

To adjust the bright area density and color balance of Bk.
Use case
press OK key.
-32 to 32
Default value
0
Related user mode
LD-OFS-Y
Color balance adj of Y low dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the low density area of Y.
Quality> Color Balance.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
LD-OFS-M
Color balance adj of M low dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the low density area of M.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
5-215

LD-OFS-C
Lv.2 Details
Color balance adj of C low dens area

To adjust the color balance of the low density area of C.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
LD-OFS-K
Color balance adj of Bk low dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the low density area of Bk.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
MD-OFS-Y
Color balance adj of Y mid dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of Y.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
5-216

MD-OFS-M
Lv.2 Details
Color balance adj of M mid dens area

To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of M.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
MD-OFS-C
Color balance adj of C mid dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of C.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
MD-OFS-K
Color balance adj of Bk mid dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of Bk.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode

HD-OFS-Y
Lv.2 Details
Color balance adj of Y high dens area

To adjust the color balance of the high density area of Y.
This setting is linked with Adjustment/ Maintenance> Adjust Image
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
HD-OFS-M
Color balance adj of M high dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the high density area of M.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode
HD-OFS-C
Color balance adj of C high dens area
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the color balance of the high density area of C.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
Related user mode

HD-OFS-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
PL-OFS-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PL-OFS-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PL-OFS-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Color balance adj of Bk high dens area

To adjust the color balance of the high density area of Bk.
1) Enter the setting value (switch negative/positive by -/+ key) and
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of Y low dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the low density area of Y at PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of M low dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the low density area of M at PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of C low dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the low density area of C at PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
5-217

PL-OFS-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PM-OFS-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PM-OFS-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PM-OFS-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
5-218
Clr blnce adj of Bk low dens area:PDL

To adjust the color balance of the low density area of Bk at PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of Y mid dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of Y at
PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of M mid dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of M at
PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of C mid dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of C at
PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0

PM-OFS-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PH-OFS-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PH-OFS-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PH-OFS-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Clr blnce adj of Bk mid dens area:PDL

To adjust the color balance of the intermediate density area of Bk at
PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of Y high dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the high density area of Y at PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of M high dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the high density area of M at PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0
Clr blnce adj of C high dens area:PDL
To adjust the color balance of the high density area of C at PDL print.
press OK key.
-8 to 8
0

PH-OFS-K
Lv.2 Details
Clr blnce adj of Bk high dens area:PDL

To adjust the color balance of the high density area of Bk at PDL
print.
Use case
press OK key.
-8 to 8
Default value
0
T-5-38
HV-PRI
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI
PRIMARY
Lv.1 Details
Adjustment of primary charging current

To adjust the offset of primary charging current for the Primary
Charging Assembly.
As the value is incremented by 1, the current is increased by 50 uA.
Use case
When the output difference from the initial value is large due to the
Primary Charging Assembly High Voltage Transformer
When changing the primary charging current and then checking
the high voltage output
press OK key.
Caution
-10 to 6
Unit
1 uA
Default value
0
DIS-TGY
Discharge current ctrl Y offset adj
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for Y upon discharge current
control for plain paper.
Caution
-10 to 15
Unit
5 uA
Default value
0
DIS-TGM
Discharge current ctrl M offset adj
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for M upon discharge current
Caution
-10 to 15
Unit
5 uA
Default value
0
DIS-TGC
Discharge current ctrl C offset adj
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for C upon discharge current
Caution
-10 to 15
Unit
5 uA
Default value
0
DIS-TGY2
Discharge current ctrl Y offset adj
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for Y upon discharge current
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
Approx. 5 uA
Default value
0
5-219

DIS-TGM2
Lv.2 Details
Discharge current ctrl M offset adj

To adjust the offset of the target current for M upon discharge current
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
Approx. 5 uA
Default value
0
DIS-TGC2
Discharge current ctrl C offset adj
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for C upon discharge current
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
Approx. 5 uA
Default value
0
PRI-GAIN
[Not used]
PRI-OFST
[Not used]
OFSTAC-Y
Adj of Y color charging AC voltage
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for Y.
As the value is incremented by 1, the voltage value is increased by
20 Vpp.
Increase the value when the density is low and decrease the value
Use case
Caution
If the value is too large, the life of the Photosensitive Drum
becomes shorter.
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTAC-M, OFSTAC-C
5-220

OFSTAC-M
Lv.1 Details
Adj of M color charging AC voltage

To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for M.
20 Vpp.
Use case
Caution
becomes shorter.
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTAC-Y, OFSTAC-C
OFSTAC-C
Adj of C color charging AC voltage
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for C.
20 Vpp.
Use case
Caution
becomes shorter.
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTAC-Y, OFSTAC-M

OFSTACY2
Lv.1 Details
Adjust Y charge AC voltage (1/2 speed)

To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for Y at 1/2 speed.
As the value is incremented by 1, the offset is increased by 20 Vpp.
Use case
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTACM2, OFSTACC2
OFSTACM2
Adjust M charge AC voltage (1/2 speed)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for M at 1/2 speed.
Use case
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTACY2, OFSTACC2
OFSTACC2
Adjust C charge AC voltage (1/2 speed)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for C at 1/2 speed.
Use case
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTACY2, OFSTACM2

OFSTACY3
Lv.1 Details
Adjust Y charge AC voltage (1/3 speed)

To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for Y at 1/3 speed.
Use case
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTACM3, OFSTACC3
OFSTACM3
Adjust M charge AC voltage (1/3 speed)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for M at 1/3 speed.
Use case
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTACY3, OFSTACC3
OFSTACC3
Adjust C charge AC voltage (1/3 speed)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the offset of the charge AC voltage for C at 1/3 speed.
Use case
Caution
-20 to 20
Unit
20 Vpp
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-PRI> OFSTACY3, OFSTACM3
5-221

PRI-FREQ
Lv.2 Details
Adjustment of YMC charging AC frequency

To adjust the charge AC frequency for Y, M and C.
As the value is smaller, moire is likely to occur.
Use case
At a charge failure
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select the items.
Caution
Be sure to perform discharge current control (COPIER>
FUNCTION> MISC-P> DISCHG) after the execution.
0 to 2
Default value
0
DHT-ON
Forcible ON of Drum Heater (Bk)
Lv.2 Details
To forcibly turn ON the Drum Heater (Bk) regardless of the
environment when the power is turned ON.
Use case
When the density of Bk gets lower at the end of the continuous print
Adj/set/operate method Select the item, and then press OK key.
Caution
T-5-39
5-222
HV-TR
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR
PRE-TR
Lv.1 Details
Set Pre-transfer charge current adj VL

To set the output adjustment value of pre-transfer charging current.
When the toner scattering occurs at the image end side, decrease
the value.
As the value is increased by 1, the current is increased by 5 uA.
Use case
When replacing the DC Controller PCB/clearing RAM data
When an image failure occurs (leopard patterns on Bk solid image)
Caution
-30 to 40
Unit
5 uA
Default value
0
2TR-TGT1
Sec trns indiv set target currnt: set 1
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the target current of secondary transfer for setting 1.
Setting 1 is the combination condition of environment, paper type
(paper weight), color mode and feed side that are set in TR-ENV1,
TR-PPR1, TR-CLR1 and TR-DUP1. When this condition is satisfied,
the target current that is set here is applied to the Secondary
Transfer Outer Roller.
When low-voltage mottled image or toner scattering on solid image
occurs, increase the current.
When high-voltage mottled image or density loss due to excessive
transfer occurs, decrease the current.
As the value is incremented by 1, the current changes by 2 uA.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
When an image failure occurs on all paper types (mottled image,
density loss due to excessive transfer, toner scattering on solid
image, etc.)
Caution
Increase/decrease the value by 1 while checking the symptom each
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> TR-ENV1, TR-PPR1, TR-CLR1, TRDUP1, 2TR-SHR1

2TR-TGT2
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
image, etc.)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0

2TR-TGT3
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
image, etc.)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0
5-223

2TR-TGT4
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
image, etc.)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0
5-224

2TR-TGT5
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
image, etc.)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0

2TR-TGT6
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
image, etc.)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0

2TR-TGT7
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
image, etc.)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0
5-225

2TR-TGT8
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
image, etc.)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 uA
Default value
0
2TR-SHR1
Sec trns indiv set ppr allot voltg:set 1
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the paper allotted voltage of secondary transfer for setting 1.
the paper allotted voltage that is set here is applied to the Secondary
As the value is incremented by 1, the voltage changes by 100V.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
When an image failure that differs due to the paper type occurs
(mottled image/density loss due to excessive transfer/toner scattering
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> TR-ENV1, TR-PPR1, TR-CLR1, TRDUP1, 2TR-TGT1
5-226

2TR-SHR2
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0
2TR-SHR3
Lv.2 Details
+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0

2TR-SHR4
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0
2TR-SHR5
Lv.2 Details
+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0

2TR-SHR6
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0
2TR-SHR7
Lv.2 Details
+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0
5-227

2TR-SHR8
Lv.2 Details

+: Increase
-: Decrease
Use case
on solid image)
Caution
time.
-10 to 10
Unit
100 V
Default value
0
5-228

TR-PPR1
Lv.2 Details
Sec trns indiv setting paper type: set 1

To set the paper type (paper weight) for setting 1.
the target current that is set in 2TR-TGT1 and paper allotted voltage
that is set in 2TR-SHR1 are applied to the Secondary Transfer Outer
Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
1: Plain paper (64 to 105 g/m2)
2: Recycled paper (64 to 105 g/m2)
3: Thin paper (52 to 63 g/m2)
4: Heavy paper (106 to 220 g/m2)
6: Coated paper (106 to 220 g/m2)
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> TR-ENV1, TR-CLR1, TR-DUP1, 2TRTGT1, 2TR-SHR1

TR-PPR2
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1

TR-PPR3
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1
5-229

TR-PPR4
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1
5-230

TR-PPR5
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1

TR-PPR6
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1

TR-PPR7
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1
5-231

TR-PPR8
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 13
8: Transparency
9: Textured paper
10, 11: Not used
12: Postcard
13: Labels
Default value
1
TR-ENV1
Sec trns indiv setting environment:set 1
Lv.2 Details
To set the environment (absolute moisture amount) for setting 1.
Roller.
Use case
When an image failure that differs due to the environment occurs
on solid image)
1 to 3
1: Low humidity (Absolute moisture amount: 5.8g/m3 and less)
2: Normal humidity (5.9 to 15g/m3)
3: High humidity (15.1g/m3 and more)
Default value
2
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> TR-PPR1, TR-CLR1, TR-DUP1, 2TRTGT1, 2TR-SHR1
5-232

TR-ENV2
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 3
Default value
2
TR-ENV3
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 3
Default value
2

TR-ENV4
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 3
Default value
2
TR-ENV5
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 3
Default value
2

TR-ENV6
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 3
Default value
2
TR-ENV7
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 3
Default value
2
5-233

TR-ENV8
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 3
Default value
2
TR-CLR1
Sec trns indiv setting color mode: set 1
Lv.2 Details
To set B&W/color for setting 1.
Roller.
Use case
When an image failure that differs due to the color mode occurs
on solid image)
1 to 2
1: B&W mode, 2: Color mode
Default value
1
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> TR-ENV1, TR-PPR1, TR-DUP1, 2TRTGT1, 2TR-SHR1
5-234

TR-CLR2
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 2
Default value
1
TR-CLR3
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 2
Default value
1

TR-CLR4
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 2
Default value
1
TR-CLR5
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 2
Default value
1

TR-CLR6
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 2
Default value
1
TR-CLR7
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 2
Default value
1
5-235

TR-CLR8
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
on solid image)
1 to 2
Default value
1
TR-DUP1
Sec trns indiv setting feed side: set 1
Lv.2 Details
To set the feed side for setting 1.
that is set in 2TR-TGT1 are applied to the Secondary Transfer Outer
Roller.
Use case
When an image failure that differs on the 1st/2nd side occurs (mottled
image/density loss due to excessive transfer/toner scattering on solid
image)
1 to 4
1: 1-sided, 2: Auto 2-sided, 3: Multi-purpose Tray 2-sided, 4: POD
Deck Lite
Default value
1
COPIER> ADJUST> HV-TR> TR-ENV1, TR-PPR1, TR-CLR1, 2TRTGT1, 2TR-SHR1
5-236

TR-DUP2
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
image)
1 to 4
Deck Lite
Default value
1
TR-DUP3
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
image)
1 to 4
Deck Lite
Default value
1

TR-DUP4
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
image)
1 to 4
Deck Lite
Default value
1
TR-DUP5
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
image)
1 to 4
Deck Lite
Default value
1

TR-DUP6
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
image)
1 to 4
Deck Lite
Default value
1
TR-DUP7
Lv.2 Details
Roller.
Use case
image)
1 to 4
Deck Lite
Default value
1
5-237

TR-DUP8
Lv.2 Details

Roller.
Use case
image)
1 to 4
Deck Lite
Default value
1
1TR-TGY
Adj of prmry trns ATVC Y target current
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for Y upon primary transfer
ATVC control.
As the value is incremented by 1, the offset is increased by 0.5 uA.
Increase the value if spots (white spots), leopard pattern image or
mottled image occurs.
Decrease the value if white dots occur.
Use case
When an image failure due to the primary transfer occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Unit
0.5 uA
Default value
0
1TR-TGM
Adj of prmry trns ATVC M target current
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for M upon primary transfer
ATVC control.
Use case
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Unit
0.5 uA
Default value
0
5-238

1TR-TGC
Lv.2 Details
Adj of prmry trns ATVC C target current

To adjust the offset of the target current for C upon primary transfer
ATVC control.
Use case
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Unit
0.5 uA
Default value
0
1TR-TGK1
Prmry trns ATVC Bk target current (B&W)
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for Bk upon primary transfer
ATVC control.
Use case
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Unit
0.5 uA
Default value
0
1TR-TGK4
Prmry trns ATVC Bk target current(color)
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current for Bk upon primary transfer
ATVC control in color mode.
Use case
press OK key.
-5 to 5
Unit
0.5 uA
Default value
0

2EL
Lv.2 Details
Set of Sec Trns Static Eliminator bias

To adjust the application voltage of the Secondary Transfer Static
Eliminator.
As the value is incremented by 1, the voltage is increased by 500V.
When the Static Eliminator trace (crows footprint image) occurs,
increase the value.
When the Static Eliminator trace (water-drop image) and separation
failure occur, decrease the value.
If the voltage after the adjustment is out of -4000 to 0V, it is forcibly
set to the upper/lower limit value.
Use case
When an image failure due to the Secondary Transfer Static
Eliminator occurs (related with Static Eliminator trace and separation
failure)
Caution
If the value is set too high, the Static Eliminator trace occurs again.
-8 to 6
Unit
1V
Default value
0
POSTSW-K
Pre-trns charging assembly ON/OFF
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of the Pre-transfer Charging Assembly.
Use case
When an image is smeared by the Drum
Caution
When 0 is set, black mottled image and/or leopard patterns (horizontal
long lines) might occur.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
2TC-I11
[Not used (for expansion)]
2ELSW
Sec Trns Static Eliminator bias ON/OFF
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of the Secondary Transfer Static Eliminator bias.
Use case
When stain on the back of paper occurs at secondary transfer
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> 2EL

1TR-TGY2
Lv.2 Details
Adj Y Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/2 speed

To adjust the offset of the target current value for Y upon primary
transfer ATVC control at 1/2 speed.
Increase the value when spots, mottled image, or image failure due
to insufficient transfer current occurs.
Decrease the value when image fogging due to transfer memory or
drum memory due to strong transfer current occurs.
Use case
When an image failure due to inappropriate primary transfer current
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
1TR-TGM2
Adj M Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/2 speed
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current value for M upon primary
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
1TR-TGC2
Adj C Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/2 speed
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current value for C upon primary
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
5-239

1TR-TK12
Lv.2 Details
Adj Bk Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/2 speed

To adjust the offset of the target current value for pure black upon
primary transfer ATVC control at 1/2 speed.
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
1TR-TGY3
Adj Y Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/3 speed
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current value for Y upon primary
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
1TR-TGM3
Adj M Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/3 speed
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current value for M upon primary
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
5-240

1TR-TGC3
Lv.2 Details
Adj C Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/3 speed

To adjust the offset of the target current value for C upon primary
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
1TR-TK13
Adj Bk Pry Trns ATVC tgt crrnt:1/3 speed
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current value for pure black upon
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
1TR-TK42
Adj clr Bk Pry Trn ATVC tgt crrnt:1/2SPD
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the offset of the target current value for Bk (color) upon
As the value is incremented by 1, the offset is increased by 2 micro A.
Increase the value if spots (white spots), leopard pattern image
occurs.
Decrease the value if mottled image due to paper surface nature
occurs when paper type is heavy paper 1/2.
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Unit
2 micro A
Default value
0

1TR-TK43
Lv.2 Details
Adj clr Bk Pry Trn ATVC tgt crrnt:1/3SPD

To adjust the offset of the target current value for Bk (color) upon
Use case
setting occurs
press OK key.
-10 to 10
Default value
0
T-5-40
FEED-ADJ
COPIER> ADJUST> FEED-ADJ
REGIST
Lv.1 Details
Adj of rgst start timing: Plain paper

To adjust the timing to turn ON the Registration Motor in the case of
plain paper.
As the value is incremented by 1, the margin on the leading edge of
paper is increased by 0.1 mm.
+: Top margin becomes smaller. (An image moves upward.)
-: Top margin becomes larger. (An image moves downward.)
Use case
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
ADJ-C1
Right Deck write start pstn in horz scan
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the image write start position in the horizontal scanning
direction when feeding paper from the Right Deck (paper width is
within 320 mm.)
As the value is incremented by 1, the margin on the left edge of
+: Left margin becomes larger (An image moves to the right.)
-: Left margin becomes smaller (An image moves to the left.)
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
If the paper width exceeds 320 mm, execute mechanical adjustment.
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
5-241

ADJ-C2
Lv.1 Details
Left Deck write start pstn in horz scan

direction when feeding paper from the Left Deck (paper width is
within 320 mm.)
+: Left margin becomes larger. (An image moves to the right.)
-: Left margin becomes smaller. (An image moves to the left.)
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
ADJ-C3
Cassette 3 write start pstn in horz scan
Lv.1 Details
direction when feeding paper from the Cassette 3 (paper width is
within 320 mm.)
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
5-242

ADJ-C4
Lv.1 Details
Cassette 4 write start pstn in horz scan

direction when feeding paper from the Cassette 4 (paper width is
within 320 mm.)
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
ADJ-MF
Write start pstn in horz scan: MP tray
Lv.1 Details
direction when feeding paper from the Multi-purpose Tray (paper
width is within 320 mm.)
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0

ADJ-DK
Lv.1 Details
Write start pstn in horz scan:Deck/POD D

direction when feeding paper from the Paper Deck/ POD Deck Lite
(paper width is within 320 mm.)
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
ADJ-REFE
Write start pstn in horz scan: 2nd side
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the image write start position on the second side in the
horizontal scanning direction.
The image write start position is set in the relative amount against
the first side regardless of the paper pickup cassette/tray/deck.
Use case
press OK key.
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
REG-THCK
Rgst start timing adj: Heavy, 1/2 speed
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the top margin by changing the timing to turn ON the
Registration Motor when feeding heavy paper.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
-20

REG-DUP1
Lv.1 Details
Rgst start timing adj: Plain, 2nd side

Registration Motor when feeding the second side of plain paper.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
-10
REG-DUP2
Rgst start timing adj: Heavy, 2nd side
Lv.1 Details
Registration Motor when feeding the second side of heavy paper.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
-10
LP-FEED1
Cassette pre-rgst arch amount: Plain
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the arch amount before registration when feeding plain
paper from the cassette.
As the value is incremented by 1, the pre-registration arch amount
changes by 0.1 mm.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
5-243

LP-FEED2
Lv.1 Details
Casstt pre-rgst arch amount:Heavy/Transp

To adjust the arch amount before registration when feeding heavy
paper/transparency from the cassette.
changes by 0.1 mm.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
LP-MULT1
MP Tray pre-rgst arch amount: Plain
Lv.1 Details
paper from the Multi-purpose Tray.
changes by 0.1 mm.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
LP-MULT2
MP Tray pre-rgst arch amount:Heavy/Trans
Lv.1 Details
paper/transparency from the Multi-purpose Tray.
changes 0.1 mm.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
5-244

LP-DUP1
Lv.1 Details
Duplex pre-rgst arch amount: Plain

paper in duplex mode.
changes by 0.1 mm.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
LP-DUP2
Duplex pre-rgst arch amount:Hvy/Transp
Lv.1 Details
paper/transparency in duplex mode.
changes by 0.1 mm.
+: Increase
-: Decrease
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0

PFIX-FAN
Lv.2 Details
Pre-fix Feed Attraction Fan amount set

To adjust the suction feeding capability of the Pre-fixing Feed Unit by
setting the airflow amount of the Pre-fixing Feed Attraction Fan (FM1).
Heavy paper of small irregular size can be fed when full speed is set,
but noise becomes larger. Noise is alleviated when half speed is set,
but a jam might occur unless an upward curl is added to postcards
and B5-size heavy papers before they reach the Pre-fixing Feed
Unit.
When 0 is set, the fan rotates at full speed in case that postcards/
envelopes of 200mm or shorter in feed direction and 106g/m2 or
more are fed at 1/2 speed or 1/3 speed. The fan rotates at half speed
in other cases.
Cases of full speed: postcard/2 on 1 postcard/4 on 1 postcard,
Catalog Globe No.8 (envelope)
When 1 is set, the fan rotates at full speed if the following conditions
are satisfied, and rotates at half speed in other cases.
The paper weight set in user mode (Settings/Registration>
Preferences> Paper Settings> Paper Type Management
Settings) is 104/149/179/219/255/299g/m2.*
The length in feed direction is 200mm or shorter.
When 2 is set, the fan always rotates at half speed.
Use case
Upon users request (alleviation of noise/feeding of small-size heavy
paper)
Caution
When full speed is set, noise becomes larger.
When half speed is set, a jam might occur unless an upward curl
is added to paper depending on the paper type.
0 to 2
0: Full speed for postcard/2 on 1 postcard/4 on 1 postcard; Half
speed for other papers
1: Full speed for paper of 200mm or shorter in feed direction and a
specific paper weight*; Half speed for other papers
2: Half speed
Default value
0
Related user mode
Settings/Registration> Preferences> Paper Settings> Paper Type
Management Settings
Supplement/memo
* The paper weight (B) that serves as the condition for the fan to
rotate at full speed is set according to the paper weight classification
(A) of the paper used.
A: 91 to 105g/m2 => B: 104g/m2
A: 106 to 150 g/m2 => B: 149 g/m2
A: 151 to 180 g/m2 => B: 179 g/m2
A: 181 to 220 g/m2 => B: 219 g/m2
A: 221 to 256 g/m2 => B: 255 g/m2
A: 257 to 300 g/m2 => B: 299 g/m2

ADJ-MDK1
Lv.1 Details
Write pstn in horz scan:Multi Deck(Upr)

direction when feeding paper from the Multi Deck (Upper) (paper
paper is increased by 0.1mm.
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
ADJ-MDK2
Write pstn in horz scan:Multi Deck(Mid)
Lv.1 Details
direction when feeding paper from the Multi Deck (Middle) (paper
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
5-245

ADJ-MDK3
Lv.1 Details
Write pstn in horz scan:Multi Deck(Lowr)

direction when feeding paper from the Multi Deck (Lower) (paper
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
-100 to 100
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
REG-H2
Rgst start timing adj: Heavy,1/3 speed
Lv.1 Details
Registration Motor when feeding heavy paper at 1/3 speed.
+: Top margin becomes smaller (An image moves upward.)
-: Left margin becomes larger (An image moves downward.)
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
REG-S
Rgst start timing adj:Coated, 1/3,1/2SPD
Lv.1 Details
Registration Motor in the case of slow feeding of coated paper at 1/3
speed in iR-ADV C9xxx.
When Productivity Priority mode is selected in user mode, timing to
turn ON at 1/2 speed is changed and the margin is adjusted.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Related user mode
Function Settings > Common > Print Settings > Coated Productivity/
Image Quality Priority
5-246

REG-MF
Lv.1 Details
Rgst start timing adj: MP Tray, Plain

Registration Motor when feeding plain paper from the Multi-purpose
Tray.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
REG-MFH1
Rgst start tmg adj: MP Tray,Hvy,1/2 SPD
Lv.1 Details
Registration Motor when feeding heavy paper at 1/2 speed from the
Multi-purpose Tray.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
REG-MFH2
Rgst start tmg adj: MP Tray,Hvy,1/3 SPD
Lv.1 Details
Registration Motor when feeding heavy paper at 1/3 speed from the
Multi-purpose Tray.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm

REG-MFS
Lv.1 Details
Rgst start tmg:MP Tray,Coated,1/3,1/2SPD

Registration Motor when feeding coated paper at 1/3 speed from the
Multi-purpose Tray in iR-ADV C9xxx.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Related user mode
PFIX-SPD
Adj of Pre-fix Feed Motor speed
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the speed of the Pre-fixing Feed Motor.
As the value is incremented by 1, the speed is increased by 0.1%.
+: The speed is increased.
-: The speed is decreased.
Increase the value (speed) if a jam occurs as the result that the
trailing edge of thin paper or recycled paper winds around the
If the value is too large, the arch between the pre-fixing feed and
fixing processes becomes too large, and consequently an image
failure and/or jam might occur.
Use case
When the trailing edge of thin paper or recycled paper winds around
the Secondary Transfer Outer Roller, and a jam occurs
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.10%

EXT-SPD
Lv.2 Details
Adj of Delivery Motor speed

To adjust the speed of the Delivery Motor.
The rotation speed of the Outer Delivery Roller changes in the case
of the straight delivery and duplex mode.
As the value is incremented by 1, the speed is increased by 0.5%.
If the value is too large, paper is pulled by both the delivery side and
fixing side, and consequently noise might occur and/or the motor
might become out of sync.
If the value is too small, arch is created between the Outer Delivery
Roller and Fixing Assembly, and consequently a jam due to paper
bending might occur.
Use case
When uneven gloss occurs
When noise is generated from the Outer Delivery Drive Assembly
press OK key.
-5 to 5
Unit
0.50%
5-247

TBLT-SPD
Lv.1 Details
Fine adjustment of ITB speed

To make a fine adjustment of the ITB speed to alleviate blur image
(random uneven pitch).
When the speed is changed, image magnification in the vertical
scanning direction is changed.
As the value is incremented by 1, speed of the ITB Drive Motor is
increased by 0.025%.
Increase the speed (1 to 4) when blur image occurs.
The adjustment result is reflected to 1/1 speed, 1/2 speed, and 1/3
speed.
Use case
When blur image (random uneven pitch) occurs
Adj/set/operate method 1) Enter the setting value (1 to 4; switch negative/positive by -/+ key)
and press OK key.
2) Output an halftone image.
If blur image is alleviated, execute step 3 and later. If not, change
the setting value to 5 to 8, and check again.
3) As needed, change the magnification in the vertical scanning
direction in Fine Adjust Zoom in user mode.
4) As needed, change the leading edge margin with REGIST in
service mode.
5) Adjust the color displacement in the vertical scanning direction in
Auto Correct Color Mismatch in user mode.
Caution
The operation is enabled when the setting value of COPIER >
OPTION > IMG-TR > ITB-TYPE is 1.
If the setting value is out of the range between -4 and 0, banding
of other pitch might get worse.
After execution, check magnification in the vertical scanning
direction and leading edge margin, and then execute auto
registration.
-30 to 30 (-30 to -9, 9 to 30: Not used)
Unit
0.03%
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-TR> ITB-TYPE
COPIER> ADJUST> FEED-ADJ> REGIST
Related user mode
Preferences > Paper Settings > Set Paper Type Management >
Details/Edit > Adjust Image Position > Fine Adjust Zoom
Adjustment/ Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Auto Correct Color
Mismatch
5-248

REG-DUPS
Lv.1 Details
Rgst start tmg: Coated(2nd), 1/3 ,1/2SPD

Registration Motor when feeding coated paper at 1/3 speed.
press OK key.
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Related user mode
T-5-41
CST-ADJ
COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ

MF-A4R
Lv.1 Details
Adj of MP Tray A4R paper width

To adjust the width of A4R paper in the Multi-purpose Tray.
When replacing the Multi-purpose Tray Paper Width Detection PCB
or registering a new value, execute COPIER> FUNCTION> CST>
A4R.
Use case
When the Multi-purpose Tray Paper Width Detection PCB is
replaced or a new value is registered
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
COPIER> FUNCTION> CST> A4R
MF-A6R
Adj of MP Tray A6R paper width
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the width of A6R paper in the Multi-purpose Tray.
A6R.
Use case
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
MF-A4
Lv.1 Details
Adj of MP Tray A4 paper width

To adjust the width of A4 paper in the Multi-purpose Tray.
A4.
Use case
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
COPIER> FUNCTION> CST> A4
MDK1-A4
Adj of Multi Deck (Upper) A4 paper width
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the width of A4 size paper in the Multi Deck (Upper).
When replacing the Paper Width Detection PCB or registering a new
value, execute COPIER> FUNCTION> CST> A4.
Use case
When the Paper Width Detection PCB is replaced or a new value
is registered
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
MDK1-A5R
Adj of Multi Deck(Upper) A5R paper width
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the width of A5R size paper in the Multi Deck (Upper).
value, execute COPIER> FUNCTION> CST> A5R.
Use case
is registered
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
5-249

MDK2-A4
Lv.1 Details
Adj of Multi Deck (Mid) A4 paper width

To adjust the width of A4 size paper in the Multi Deck (Middle).
Use case
is registered
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
MDK2-A5R
Adj of Multi Deck (Mid) A5R paper width
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the width of A5R size paper in the Multi Deck (Middle).
Use case
is registered
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
MDK3-A4
Adj of Multi Deck (Lower) A4 paper width
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the width of A4 size paper in the Multi Deck (Lower).
Use case
is registered
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
5-250

MDK3-A5R
Lv.1 Details
Adj of Multi Deck(Lower) A5R paper width

To adjust the width of A5R size paper in the Multi Deck (Lower).
Use case
is registered
Caution
service label.
0 to 255
T-5-42
MISC
COPIER> ADJUST> MISC

SEG-ADJ
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
K-ADJ
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
ACS-ADJ
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
ACS-EN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Set criteria for text/photo: front side

To set the judgment level of text/photo original in Text/Photo/Map
mode.
As the value is increased, the original tends to be detected as a
photo document, and as the value is decreased, the original tends to
be detected as a text document.
When adjusting the classification level of text and photo in Text/
Photo/Map mode
press OK key.
-4 to 4
0
Set criteria for black text: front side
To set the judgment level of black characters at text processing.
As the value is increased, the text tends to be detected as black.
When preferring the text to be judged as black
press OK key.
-3 to 3
0
Set criteria for B&W/color in ACS:front
To set the judgment level of B&W/color original in ACS mode.
B&W document, and as the value is decreased, the original tends to
be detected as a color document.
When adjusting the color detection level in ACS mode
press OK key.
-3 to 3
0
Set judgment area in ACS mode:front side
To set the judgment area in ACS mode.
As the greater value is set, the judgment area is widened.
When adjusting the judgment area in ACS mode
press OK key.
-2 to 2
1
ACS-CNT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
ACS-EN2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
ACS-CNT2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
WT-ER-LV
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Set jdgmt pixel count area in ACS:front

To set the area which counts the pixel to judge the color presence in
ACS mode.
When adjusting the area which counts the pixel to judge the color
presence in ACS mode
press OK key.
-2 to 2
0
Set ACS mode jdgmt area in DADF mode
To set the judgment area in ACS mode at DADF reading.
When adjusting the judgment area in ACS mode at DADF reading
press OK key.
-2 to 2
1
Set ACS jdgmt pixel count area in DADF
ACS mode at DADF reading.
As the greater value is set, the judgment area is widen.
presence in ACS mode at DADF reading
press OK key.
-2 to 2
0
Setting of Drum Cleaning Motor speed
To set the speed of Drum Cleaning and Waste Toner Feed Drive
Motor (M30).
When 10mm uneven pitch occurs, accelerate the speed.
When 10mm uneven pitch occurs
press OK key.
Change the setting value in accordance with the instructions from
the Quality Support Division.
0 to 3
0: 120%, 1: 150%, 2: 160%, 3: 170%
0
0
5-251

WT-FL-LM
Lv.1 Details
Wst tonr full warning dis timing set

To set the timing to display the waste toner full warning message.
Depending on the users use condition (image duty), the number of
images to be printed until the Waste Toner Container becomes full is
different. By specifying the image duty, the number of images to be
printed until the toner full warning message can be set.
If the image duty is approx. 10%, set to 1 since Waste Toner
Container becomes full with approx. 120,000 images (B&W).
Toner full warning message is displayed when the number of images
reaches the setting value or when the Waste Toner Full Sensor is
ON. If 4,000 images are printed further, the device stops.
Use case
When toner full warning timing is adjusted according to the users
use condition
Caution
After replacing the Waste Toner Container, clear the counter using
W-TN-CLR.
0 to 4
0: Image duty: 30% (B&W 40,000 images)
1: 10% (120,000 images)
2: 5 to 7% (240,000 images)
3: 3.75% or less (320,000 images)
4: Not used
Default value
1
COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEAR> W-TN-CLR
REOS-PG
Set Reos processing coeffct at 1200dpi
Lv.2 Details
To set an optimal Reos processing coefficient for 1200dpi print.
Print PG of the type 55 in COPIER> TEST> PG> TYPE, check the
images in the 4 areas of this PG, and specify the number of the area
in which the character proportion and line width become optimum by
the Reos processing module in the case of PDL1200 dpi setting.
After the setting is done, output the vertical and horizontal patterns
with 3 dots and 10 spaces, which are the same as the PG above,
in 1200 dpi, and confirm that the result is the same as the specified
area.
0 to 4
Default value
2
COPIER> TEST> PG> TYPE
5-252

SEG-ADJ3
Lv.1 Details
Set text/photo jdgmt stdrd: back side

To set the judgment level of text/photo original in Text/Photo/Map
mode (back side at duplex reading with 1 path).
photo document, and as the value is decreased, the original tends to
be detected as a text document.
Use case
When adjusting the classification level of text and photo in Text/
Photo/Map mode (back side at duplex reading with 1 path)
press OK key.
-4 to 4
Default value
0
K-ADJ3
Set Bk text jdgmt stdrd: back side
Lv.1 Details
To set the judgment level of black characters at text processing (back
side at duplex reading with 1 path).
As the value is increased, the text tends to be detected as black.
Use case
When preferring the text to be judged as black (back side at duplex
reading with 1 path)
press OK key.
-3 to 3
Default value
0
ACS-ADJ3
Set ACS B&W/color jdgmt stdrd:back side
Lv.1 Details
To set the judgment level of B&W/color original in ACS mode (back
side at duplex reading with 1 path).
B&W document, and as the value is decreased, the original tends to
be detected as a color document.
Use case
When adjusting the color detection level in ACS mode (back side at
duplex reading with 1 path)
press OK key.
-3 to 3
Default value
0

ACS-EN3
Lv.2 Details
Set of ACS mode jdgmt area: back side

To set the judgment area in ACS mode (back side at duplex reading
with 1 path).
Use case
When adjusting the judgment area in ACS mode (back side at duplex
reading with 1 path)
press OK key.
-2 to 2
Default value
1
ACS-CNT3
ACS mode jdgmt pixel count area: back
Lv.2 Details
ACS mode (back side at duplex reading with 1 path).
As the greater value is set, the judgment area is widen.
Use case
presence in ACS mode (back side at duplex reading with 1 path)
press OK key.
-2 to 2
Default value
0
SH-ADJ
Adjustment of sharpness
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the sharpness of the following images which are set in the
user mode:
Image to be read in the copyboard reading mode
Image on the first side of a document to be read in the
reverse-path duplex stream reading mode
Image on the first side of a document to be read in the 1-path
duplex stream reading mode
As the greater value is set, the image gets sharper.
If the value is too large, moire is likely to occur in an output image of
COPY and SEND.
To match the image quality with that of the second side in the 1-path
duplex stream reading mode, decrease the value when moire on the
first side is stronger than the second side and increase the value
when it is weaker.
Use case
When moire frequently occurs on images of COPY and SEND output
press OK key.
-3 to 3
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> MISC> SH-ADJ2
Related user mode
Settings/Registration> Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image
Quality> Sharpness

SH-ADJ2
Lv.1 Details
Sharpness setting change function

To adjust the sharpness of images on the second side of a
document, which is set in the user mode, in the 1-path duplex stream
reading mode.
As the greater value is set, the image gets sharper.
If the value is too large, moire is likely to occur in an output image of
COPY and SEND.
To match the image quality with that of the second side in the 1-path
duplex stream reading mode, decrease the value when moire on the
first side is stronger than the second side, and increase the value
when it is weaker.
Use case
When moire frequently occurs on images of COPY and SEND output
press OK key.
-3 to 3
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> MISC> SH-ADJ
Related user mode
Settings/Registration> Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image
Quality> Sharpness
T-5-43
5-253
EXP-LED
SENS-ADJ
COPIER> ADJUST> SENS-ADJ
W-TNR-1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
COPIER> ADJUST> EXP-LED
Adj of Waste Toner Full Sensor offset

To adjust the offset of the detection reference voltage of the Waste
Toner Full Sensor.
0 to 1023
0.01 V
0
T-5-44
5-254
PR-EXP-Y
Lv.2 Details
Setting of Y Pre-exposure LED current

To set the current of the Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (Y).
Increase the value when taking a measure for drum ghost.
Decrease the value when potential is not applied well.
Use case
When drum ghost is significant (drum pitch is not correct)
When potential is not applied well
Caution
-10 to 10
Unit
10 mA
Default value
0
PR-EXP-M
Setting of M Pre-exposure LED current
Lv.2 Details
To set the current of the Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (M).
Use case
-10 to 10
Unit
10 mA
Default value
0
PR-EXP-C
Setting of C Pre-exposure LED current
Lv.2 Details
To set the current of the Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (C).
Use case
-10 to 10
Unit
10 mA
Default value
0
COPIER> ADJUST> EXP-LED

PR-EXP-K
Lv.2 Details
Setting of Bk Pre-exposure LED current

To set the current of the Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (Bk).
Use case
0 to 2
0: 40 mA, 1: 80 mA, 2: 80 mA
Unit
1 mA
Default value
0
T-5-45
5-255
5-256
5-257
5-258
5-259
5-260
5-261
5-262
5-263
5-264
5-265
5-266
5-267
5-268
5-269
5-270
5-271
5-272
5-273
5-274
5-275
5-276
5-277
5-278
5-279
FUNCTION
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL
INSTALL
STIR-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
STIR-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
STIR-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
STIR-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
STIR-4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
5-280
Stirring of Y color developer

To stir developer in the Y Developing Assembly.
At installation of the machine
At occurrence of an image failure
Select the item, and then press OK key.
During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: OK!
Approx. 60 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> STIR-M, STIR-C, STIR-K, STIR-4
Stirring of M color developer
To stir developer in the M Developing Assembly.
Approx. 60 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> STIR-Y, STIR-C, STIR-K, STIR-4
Stirring of C color developer
To stir developer in the C Developing Assembly.
Approx. 60 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> STIR-Y, STIR-M, STIR-K, STIR-4
Stirring of Bk color developer
To stir developer in the Bk Developing Assembly.
Approx. 60 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> STIR-Y, STIR-M, STIR-C, STIR-4
Stirring of all color developer
To stir developer in the Developing Assemblies of 4 colors (Y/M/C/
Bk).
Approx. 60 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> STIR-Y, STIR-M, STIR-C, STIR-K
SPLY-H-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SPLY-H-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SPLY-H-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SPLY-H-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SPLY-H-4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Supply of Y toner to Supply Screw

Supply Y color toner from the Hopper to the Supply Screw.
At installation
When replacing the Hopper
1) Select the item, and then press OK key.
2) Press OK key to stop operation.
Supply of M toner to Supply Screw
Supply M color toner from the Hopper to the Supply Screw.
At installation
Supply of C toner to Supply Screw
Supply C color toner from the Hopper to the Supply Screw.
At installation
Supply of Bk toner to Supply Screw
Supply Bk color toner from the Hopper to the Supply Screw.
At installation
Supply of 4 colors toner to Supply Screw
Supply 4 colors (Y/M/C/Bk) toner from the Hopper to the Supply
Screw.
At installation

STRD-POS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Scan position auto adj in DADF mode

To adjust the DADF scanning position automatically.
At DADF installation/uninstallation
1) Set a paper for stream reading position adjustment, and then close
the DADF.
The operation automatically stops after the adjustment.
3) Write the value displayed by COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>STRDPOS in the service label.
Caution
Write the adjusted value in the service label.
At normal termination: OK, At abnormal termination: NG
Required time
Approx. 10 seconds
COPIER> ADJUST> ADJ-XY> STRD-POS
Supplement/memo
For the details of paper for stream reading position adjustment, refer
to the Service Manual.
CARD
Card number setting
Lv.1 Details
To set the card number to be used for Card Reader.
A series of numbers from the entered number to the number of cards
specified by CARD-RNG can be used.
Use case
At installation of the Card Reader
After replacement of the HDD
Adj/set/operate method 1) Enter the number, and then press OK key.
Caution
The card management information (department ID and password) is
initialized.
0 to 2001
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> CARD-RNG (Level 2)
KEY
ON/OFF of management key function
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to enable or disable the management key function.
Use case
At installation
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0

INISET-Y
Lv.1 Details
Exe of Y Dev Assy initial install mode

To automatically execute operation necessary for initial installation of
the Y Developing Assembly.
1. Patch light intensity correction
2. Background correction
3. Potential control
4. Idle rotation of the Developing Assembly
5. Initialization of the Toner Density Sensor
6. Initialization of the Patch Sensor
7. Counter reset of the Developing Assembly
After execution, the AINR-OFF setting automatically returns to 0:
OFF.
Use case
When replacing the Y Developing Assembly
Caution
When installing the machine or replacing the Developing Assembly
of other color, do not use this item. .
Execute this item after setting AINR-OFF to 1: ON.
During operation: xxx second (remaining time), At normal termination:
OK, At abnormal termination: NG
Required time
155 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-M, INISET-C, INISET-K,
INISET-4, AINR-OFF
INISET-M
Exe of M Dev Assy initial install mode
Lv.1 Details
the M Developing Assembly.
OFF.
Use case
When replacing the M Developing Assembly
Caution
Required time
155 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y, INISET-C, INISET-K,
INISET-4, AINR-OFF
5-281

INISET-C
Lv.1 Details
Exe of C Dev Assy initial install mode

the C Developing Assembly.
OFF.
Use case
When replacing the C Developing Assembly
Caution
Required time
155 seconds
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y, INISET-M, INISET-K,
INISET-4, AINR-OFF
AINR-OFF
ON/OFF of warm-up rotation deactivation
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF to disable execution of warm-up rotation.
Warm-up rotation can be omitted when turning OFF/ON the power to
check the image, etc. after the adjustment of warm-up rotation, etc.
This mode is executed when warm-up rotation is not needed.
Use case
At installation
When replacing the Developing Assembly
Caution
Be sure to enable the operation (cancel disabling) before the
machine is used by the user. The operation is automatically enabled
by executing INISET-Y/M/C/K/4.
0: OFF (warm-up rotation enabled), 1: ON (warm-up rotation
disabled)
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> INISET-Y, INISET-M, INISET-C,
INISET-K, INISET-4
5-282

E-RDS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Set use/no use of Embedded-RDS function

To set whether to use the Embedded-RDS function.
When using Embedded-RDS
Caution
Be sure to use E-RDS, RGW-PORT, COM-TEST, COM-LOG and
RGW-ADR as a set.
0: Function not used, 1: Function used (All the counter information is
sent.)
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> RGW-PORT, COM-TEST, COMLOG, RGW-ADR
Supplement/memo
Embedded-RDS: Function to send device information such as the
device counter, failure, and consumables to the sales companys
server via SOAP protocol
RGW-PORT
Set port number of Sales Cos server
Lv.1 Details
To set the port number of the sales companys server to be used for
Embedded-RDS.
Use case
Caution
RGW-ADR as a set.
1 to 65535
Default value
443
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> E-RDS, COM-TEST, COM-LOG,
RGW-ADR
Supplement/memo
COM-TEST
Disp connect result w/ Sales Cos server
Lv.1 Details
To display the result of the connection test with the sales companys
server.
Use case
Caution
RGW-ADR as a set.
During operation: ACTIVE, When connection is completed: OK,
When connection is failed: NG
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> E-RDS, RGW-PORT, COM-LOG,
RGW-ADR
Supplement/memo

COM-LOG
Lv.1 Details
Disp connect error w/ Sales Cos server

To display error information when the connection with the sales
companys server failed.
Use case
Adj/set/operate method Display only
Caution
RGW-ADR as a set.
Year, date, time, error code, error detail information (maximum 128
characters)
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> E-RDS, RGW-PORT, COM-TEST,
RGW-ADR
Supplement/memo
RGW-ADR
URL setting of Sales Companys server
Lv.1 Details
To set the URL of the sales companys server to be used for
Embedded-RDS.
Use case
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select the URL.
2) Enter the URL, and then press OK key.
Caution
Do not use Shift-JIS character strings.
RGW-ADR as a set.
URL
Default value
https://a01.ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> E-RDS, RGW-PORT, COM-TEST,
COM-LOG
Supplement/memo
CNT-DATE
Set counter send start date to SC server
Lv.1 Details
To set the year, month, date, hour and minute to send counter
information to the sales companys server.
This is displayed only when the Embedded-RDS third-party extended
function is available.
Use case
When the Embedded-RDS third-party expanded function is available
YYYYMMDDHHMM (12 digits)
YYYY: Year, MM: Month, DD: Date, HH: Hour, MM: Minute
Default value
000000000000
Supplement/memo

CNT-INTV
Lv.1 Details
Set counter send interval to SC server

To set the interval of sending counter information to the sales
companys server in a unit of one hour.
This is displayed only when the Embedded-RDS third-party extended
function is available.
Use case
When restarting the potential control after executing COPIER>
OPTION> IMG-FIX> PO-CNT.
When D-max control conditions are changed
1 to 168 (= 1 week)
Unit
1 hour
Default value
24
Supplement/memo
INISET-4
All color Dev Assy initial instal mode
Lv.1 Details
the Developing Assemblies of 4 colors (Y, M, C, Bk).
OFF.
Use case
At installation
When replacing the Developing Assemblies of all colors
Caution
Use this item only when replacing Developing Assemblies of 4
colors simultaneously.
Required time
155 seconds
INISET-K, AINR-OFF
5-283

INISET-K
Lv.1 Details
Exe of Bk Dev Assy initial instal mode

the Bk Developing Assembly.
OFF.
Use case
When replacing the Bk Developing Assembly
Caution
Required time
155 seconds
INISET-4, AINR-OFF
INIT-ITB
Creation of ITB edge profile
Lv.1 Details
To create the initial ITB edge profile to be used for the ITB
displacement correction control.
The initial ITB edge profile is created after neutral position of the
Steering Roller is determined by the ITB displacement correction
control.
Use case
When replacing the ITB
During operation: ACTIVE, When the operation finished normally: OK
Required time
3 minutes
5-284

BRWS-ACT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
CDS-CTL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Supplement/memo
TD-AD-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TD-AD-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TD-AD-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ON/OFF of service browser

To set ON/OFF of service browser.
ON/OFF of service browser switches whenever the main power
switch is turned OFF/ON after execution.
If connection with the UGW server is successful, OK! is displayed.
If NG! is displayed, execute a communication test using COMTEST.
The setting is enabled after reboot. Whether the service browser is
ON or OFF can be checked in COPIER> DISPLAY> USER> BRWSSTS (1: ON, 2: OFF).
When using the service browser
At operation check
After execution, turn OFF/ON the main power switch. After reboot,
be sure to check the usage status in COPIER> DISPLAY> USER>
BRWS-STS.
At normal termination: OK!, At abnormal termination: NG!
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> COM-TEST
COPIER> DISPLAY> USER> BRWS-STS
Setting of country/area when CDS is used
To set the country/area to enable the CDS.
When enabling the CDS
CA (Canada), LA (Latin America), HK (Hong Kong) and the country/
area specified in COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> CONFIG.
It differs according to the location.
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> CONFIG
CDS: Contents Delivery System
Setting of Y-toner density
To set toner density of the Y Developing Assembly to 10%.
When replacing to a new Y Developing Assembly
COPIER> FUNCTION> TD-AD-M, TD-AD-C, TD-AD-K, TD-AD-4C
Setting of M-toner density
To set toner density of the M Developing Assembly to 10%.
When replacing to a new M Developing Assembly
COPIER> FUNCTION> TD-AD-Y, TD-AD-C, TD-AD-K, TD-AD-4C
Setting of C-toner density
To set toner density of the C Developing Assembly to 10%.
When replacing to a new C Developing Assembly
COPIER> FUNCTION> TD-AD-Y, TD-AD-M, TD-AD-K, TD-AD-4C

TD-AD-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TD-AD-4C
Lv.1 Details
Setting of Bk-toner density

To set toner density of the Bk Developing Assembly to 10%.
When replacing to a new Bk Developing Assembly
COPIER> FUNCTION> TD-AD-Y, TD-AD-M, TD-AD-C, TD-AD-4C
Setting of all color toner density
To set toner density of the Developing Assemblies of all colors to
10%.
Use case
When replacing to a new Developing Assemblies for all colors
COPIER> FUNCTION> TD-AD-Y, TD-AD-M, TD-AD-C, TD-AD-K
T-5-46
CCD
COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD
DF-WLVL1
Lv.1 Details
White level adj in book mode: color

To adjust the white level for copyboard scanning automatically by
setting the paper which is usually used by the user on the Copyboard
Glass.
Use case
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set paper on the Copyboard Glass.
Caution
Be sure to execute DF-WLVL2 in a row.
During operation: ACTIVE, When the operation finished normally:
OK!
COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD> DF-WLVL2
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFTBK-R, DFTBK-G, DFTBK-B
DF-WLVL2
White level adj in DADF mode: color
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the white level for DADF scanning automatically by setting
the paper which is usually used by the user on the DADF.
Use case
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set paper on the DADF.
Caution
Be sure to execute this item after DF-WLVL1.
COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD> DF-WLVL1
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFTAR-R, DFTAR-G, DFTAR-B,
DFTAR2-R, DFTAR2-G, DFTAR2-B, DFTAR-BW, DFTAR2BW,
DFTBK-R, DFTBK-G, DFTBK-B
DF-LNR
Deriving of DADF front/back linearity
Lv.1 Details
To derive the front/back side linearity characteristics in the use of
DADF based on the scanning data of the DADF complex chart (No. 2,
No. 10).
Use case
Adj/set/operate method 1) Enter the value of the readers service label. (under COPIER>
ADJUST> CCD)
DFCH-R2, DFCH-G2, DFCH-B2, DFCH-K2, DFCH-R10,
DFCH-G10, DFCH-B10, DFCH-K10, DFCH2R2, DFCH2G2,
DFCH2B2, DFCH2K2, DFCH2R10, DFCH2G10, DFCH2B10,
DFCH2K10
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFCH-R2, DFCH-G2, DFCH-B2,
DFCH-K2, DFCH-R10, DFCH-G10, DFCH-B10, DFCH-K10,
DFCH2R2, DFCH2G2, DFCH2B2, DFCH2K2, DFCH2R10,
DFCH2G10, DFCH2B10, DFCH2K10
5-285
COPIER> FUNCTION> CCD

MTF-CLC
Lv.1 Details
Deriving of MTF filter coefficient

To derive the MTF filter coefficient to be set for ASIC based on the
MTF value of the DADF complex chart.
Use case
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> MTF-M1 to M12, MTF-S1 to S12,
MTF2-M1 to M12, MTF2-S1 to S12
Supplement/memo
The scanning data of the DADF complex chart is indicated in the
label of the Scanner Unit (DADF/Reader).
DF-WLVL3
White level adj in book mode (B&W)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the white level for copyboard scanning automatically by
setting the paper which is usually used by the user on the Copyboard
Glass.
Use case
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set paper on the Copyboard Glass.
Caution
Be sure to execute DF-WLVL4 in a row.
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFTBK-BW
DF-WLVL4
White level adj in DADF mode (B&W)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the white level for DADF scanning automatically by setting
the paper which is usually used by the user on the DADF.
Use case
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set paper on the DADF.
Caution
Be sure to execute this item after DF-WLVL3.
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> DFTAR-R, DFTAR-G, DFTAR-B,
DFTAR2-R, DFTAR2-G, DFTAR2-B, DFTBK-BW
BW-TGT
Set of B&W shading target value
Lv.1 Details
After the white level data (X/Y/Z) for the Standard White Plate is set,
read the Standard White Plate and set the black and white shading
target value.
Use case
When replacing the Copyboard Glass/Scanner Unit
Caution
Be sure to execute this item after execution of COPIER> ADJUST>
CCD>W-PLT-X, W-PLT-Y, W-PLT-Z.
1 to 2047
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> W-PLT-X, W-PLT-Y, W-PLT-Z
T-5-47
5-286
LASER
COPIER> FUNCTION> LASER
LD-ADJ-Y
Lv.2 Details
Restore Y Skew Crrct Motor initial pstn

When Y-color skew volume in vertical scanning direction is larger
than estimation, the Skew Correction Motor (Y) is locked, and color
displacement cannot be corrected even when color displacement
correction control is executed. This item places the Skew Correction
Motor (Y) to the center position in such cases.
Use case
When replacing the Laser Scanner Unit to identify the failure position
Required time
10 seconds
LD-ADJ-M
Restore M Skew Crrct Motor initial pstn
Lv.2 Details
When M-color skew volume in vertical scanning direction is larger
than estimation, the Skew Correction Motor (M) is locked, and color
Motor (M) to the center position in such cases.
Use case
Required time
10 seconds
LD-ADJ-C
Restore C Skew Crrct Motor initial pstn
Lv.2 Details
When C-color skew volume in vertical scanning direction is larger
than estimation, the Skew Correction Motor (C) is locked, and color
Motor (C) to the center position in such cases.
Use case
Required time
10 seconds
T-5-48
DPC
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC

DPC
Lv.1 Details
Execution of potential control

To execute potential control for the Photosensitive Drum manually. (It
is usually executed automatically.)
When this item is executed, the same condition is set for
development of plain paper and coated paper.
Use case
When checking potential control operation
Caution
Since the same condition is set for development of plain paper and
coated paper groups, be sure to execute D-max control for both
groups after execution of this item.
Required time
Approx. 30 seconds
OFST
Potential adjustment of Potential Sensor
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the detection potential offset value of the Potential Sensor
automatically.
Use case
When replacing the Photosensitive Sensor
At diagnosis for a failure of the Photosensitive Sensor
Caution
An error is displayed when disconnection/connection failure/
installation failure occurs to the Potential Sensor at the time of
replacement. In this case, manually set the value to 0 by EPOTOFST
and then make an adjustment.
Required time
Approx. 4 seconds
COPIER> ADJUST> V-CONT> EPOTOFST
DRM-RSET
Exe of all color Drums replacement mode
Lv.1 Details
When replacement of Drum Unit is completed within 30 minutes,
warm-up rotation may not be executed at power-off/on because of
high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential becomes
unstable, causing an image failure to occur. To prevent this symptom,
this item forcibly executes the same operation as warm-up rotation.
At this time, laser power values, etc., that were corrected according
to drum counter for all colors, total charging time, target Vd values
for potential control and drum durability are reset.
Use case
When replacing the Drum Units for all colors
When the drum replacement mode is enabled, it becomes disabled
automatically after execution.
Caution
Be sure to execute this item after replacement of the Drum Units for
all colors.
0 to 1
0: Disabled (Not executed), 1: Enabled (Executed)
Required time
Approx. 2 minutes
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DRMRSETY, DRMRSETM,
DRMRSETC, DRMRSETK
DRMRSETY
Lv.1 Details
Forcible exe of Y Drum replacement mode

to Y drum counter, total charging time, target Vd values for potential
control and drum durability are reset.
Use case
When detection of the Drum Unit replacement has failed
When the Drum Unit used in other machine for a while is used as
a dummy unit
Caution
Use a Drum Unit that is not close to the end of life as a dummy unit.
When using a Drum Unit that is close to the end of life, it affects the
life of developer, etc.
0 to 1
Required time
Approx. 2 minutes
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DRM-RSET, DRMRSETM,
DRMRSETC, DRMRSETK
5-287

DRMRSETM
Lv.1 Details
Forcible exe of M Drum replacement mode

to M drum counter, total charging time, target Vd values for potential
Use case
a dummy unit
Caution
0 to 1
Required time
Approx. 2 minutes
COPIER> FUNCTION> DPC> DRM-RSET, DRMRSETY,
DRMRSETC, DRMRSETK
5-288

DRMRSETC
Lv.1 Details
Forcible exe of C Drum replacement mode

to C drum counter, total charging time, target Vd values for potential
Use case
a dummy unit
Caution
0 to 1
Required time
Approx. 2 minutes
DRMRSETM, DRMRSETK

DRMRSETK
Lv.1 Details
Forcible exe of Bk Drum replacement mode

When replacement of Drum is completed within 30 minutes, warmup rotation may not be executed at power-off/on because of high
fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential becomes unstable,
causing an image failure to occur. To prevent this symptom, this
item forcibly executes the same operation as warm-up rotation. At
this time, laser power values, etc., that were corrected according to
Bk drum counter, total charging time, target Vd values for potential
Use case
When detection of the Drum replacement has failed
When the Drum used in other machine for a while is used as a
dummy unit
Caution
Use a Drum that is not close to the end of life as a dummy unit.
When using a Drum that is close to the end of life, it affects the life of
developer, etc.
0 to 1
Required time
Approx. 2 minutes
DRMRSETM, DRMRSETC
T-5-49
CST
COPIER> FUNCTION> CST
MF-A4R
Lv.1 Details
Reg Multi-purpose Tray A4R stdrd width

To register the standard value of A4R paper width (210mm) on the
Multi-purpose Tray.
Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF-A4R.
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A4R paper on the Multi-purpose Tray, and set the guide so
that it fits the paper width.
The value is registered after automatic adjustment.
Caution
After execution, check the registered value by COPIER> ADJUST>
CST-ADJ> MF-A4R, and write it down on the service label.
COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF-A4R
MF-A6R
Reg Multi-purpose Tray A6R stdrd width
Lv.1 Details
To register the standard value of A6R paper width (105 mm) on the
Multi-purpose Tray.
Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF-A6R.
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A6R paper on the Multi-purpose Tray, and set the guide so
Caution
CST-ADJ> MF-A6R, and write it down on the service label.
COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF-A6R
MF-A4
Reg Multi-purpose Tray A4 standard width
Lv.1 Details
To register the standard value of A4 paper width (297 mm) on the
Multi-purpose Tray.
Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF-A4.
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A4 paper on the Multi-purpose Tray, and set the guide so that
it fits the paper width.
Caution
CST-ADJ> MF-A4, and write it down on the service label.
COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF-A4
5-289

MDK1-A4
Lv.1 Details
Reg Multi Deck (Upper) A4 standard width

Multi Deck (Upper).
Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ>
MDK1-A4.
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A4 paper on the Multi Deck (Upper), and set the guide so that
Caution
CST-ADJ> MDK1-A4, and write it down on the service label.
0 to 255
COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MDK1-A4
MDK1-A5R
Reg Multi Deck (Upper) A5R stdrd width
Lv.1 Details
To register the standard value of A5R paper width (148.5 mm) on the
Multi Deck (Upper).
Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MDK1A5R.
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A5R paper on the Multi Deck (Upper), and set the guide so
Caution
CST-ADJ> MDK1-A5R, and write it down on the service label.
0 to 255
COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MDK1-A5R
MDK2-A4
Reg Multi Deck (Middle) A4 stdrd width
Lv.1 Details
Multi Deck (Middle).
MDK2-A4.
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A4 paper on the Multi Deck (Middle), and set the guide so that
Caution
0 to 255

MDK2-A5R
Lv.1 Details
Reg Multi Deck (Middle) A5R stdrd width

Multi Deck (Middle).
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A5R paper on the Multi Deck (Middle), and set the guide so
Caution
0 to 255
MDK3-A4
Reg Multi Deck (Lower) A4 standard width
Lv.1 Details
Multi Deck (Lower).
MDK3-A4.
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A4 paper on the Multi Deck (Lower), and set the guide so that
Caution
0 to 255
MDK3-A5R
Reg Multi Deck (Lower) A5R stdrd width
Lv.1 Details
Multi Deck (Lower).
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set A5R paper on the Multi Deck (Lower), and set the guide so
Caution
0 to 255
T-5-50
5-290
CLEANING
COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEANING
TBLT-CLN
Lv.1 Details
ITB cleaning
To execute three idle rotations of the ITB and clean the ITB.
The Process Unit forms toner patch on the ITB with 100mm interval
(for 2 rotations) by doing the operation that is the same at image
formation.
The Primary Transfer Roller comes into contact with the ITB, but the
Secondary Transfer Outer Roller is disengaged.
This mode is stopped when the last toner patch passes through the
ITB Cleaning Unit.
Use case
When image failure occurs periodically due to the assumption of
soiled ITB
When contacting with the ITB at the time of periodical replacement,
etc.
0 to 1
0: Stop cleaning, 1: Execute cleaning
Default value
0
Required time
Approx. 10 seconds
WIRE-CLN
Cleaning of Charge Wire(1-reciprocation)
Lv.1 Details
To clean the Charging Wire of the Primary Charging Wire/Pretransfer Charging Wire simultaneously (1 reciprocation).
Use case
When replacing the Primary Charging Assembly/Pre-transfer
charging assembly
When replacing the Charging Wire
When vertical lines occur on an image
Required time
Approx. 30 seconds
TB-INSD
Cleaning inside ITB
Lv.1 Details
To execute two idle rotations of the ITB and clean inside of the ITB
and Primary Transfer Roller.
Both the Primary Transfer Roller and the Secondary Transfer Outer
Roller are engaged with ITB.
Positive/reverse bias secondary transfer high voltage is alternately
applied to the Secondary Transfer Outer Roller.
After the two idle rotations of the ITB, operation stops.
Use case
When image failure occurs periodically due to the assumption of
inside ITB or Primary Transfer Roller soiling
When contacting with the inside of ITB at the time of periodical
replacement
Required time
Approx. 10 seconds
BK-BNDEX
Lv.1 Details
Toner supply to Photosensitive Drum

To form the toner band on the Photosensitive Drum, and collect it
with the Drum Cleaning Blade to decrease friction between the two.
All Photosensitive Drums and the ITB perform idle rotation, and stop
after toner cleaning.
Use case
When image smear occurs due to the Drum Cleaning Blade
Required time
30 seconds
WIRE-EX
Cleaning of Charge Wire(5-reciprocation)
Lv.1 Details
To clean the Primary Charging Wire and the Pre-transfer Charging
Wire simultaneously (5 reciprocations).
Polish new Charging Wires to remove foreign matters or protrusions.
Use case
When replacing the Primary Charging Assembly/Pre-transfer
Charging Assembly
When replacing the Charging Wire
When vertical lines occur on an image
Required time
Approx. 50 seconds
2TR-CLN
Clean of Secondary Transfer Outer Roller
Lv.1 Details
To clean paper dust adhered on the Secondary Transfer Outer Roller.
Both the Primary Transfer Roller and the Secondary Transfer Outer
Roller are engaged to the ITB.
The Process Unit does operation that is the same at image
formation. It forms 4 toner bands which the 4 colors are laid on top of
another on the ITB.
The base voltage (Vb) calculated with the Secondary Transfer ATVC
control is applied to the Secondary Transfer Outer Roller until the
toner bands pass through, so that toner is adhered on the Secondary
After the toner bands passed, Secondary Transfer Outer Roller
cleaning control is executed (positive/reverse bias is applied every 2
rotations of the roller). Toner is adhered on the ITB.
When the toner adhered on the ITB passed through the ITB Cleaning
Unit, the operation is stopped.
Use case
When the back side of the sheet is soiled by the Secondary
Transfer Outer Roller
When contacting with the Secondary Transfer Outer Roller at the
time of jam processing, etc.
0 to 1
0: Stop cleaning, 1: Execute cleaning
Default value
0
Required time
8 seconds
T-5-51
5-291
PANEL
FIXING
COPIER> FUNCTION> FIXING
NIP-CHK
Lv.1 Details
Use case

FX-UHP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FX-LHP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPIER> FUNCTION> PANEL
Check of fixing nip width

To check whether the fixing nip width is appropriate by printing.
If it is not appropriate, a fixing failure may occur.
When replacing the fixing-related parts (Fixing Belt Unit, Pressure
Belt Unit)
When a fixing failure occurs
1) Set A4/LTR plain paper (75 to 90g/m2) on the main unit deck.
2) Select the cassette, and then press OK key.
Printing is started, and a sheet is automatically stopped at the
fixing nip (10 seconds) and then is automatically delivered.
3) Measure the nip width.
Center: 15.5 +/- 1mm, Edge: 17.5 +/- 1mm
Exe of Fixing Belt displacement control
To execute Fixing Belt displacement control and check the operation
result.
When checking Fixing Belt displacement control
During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: OK!,
At timeout: NG
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> FX-U-POS
Exe of Pressure Belt displacement ctrl
To execute Pressure Belt displacement control and check the
operation result.
When checking Pressure Belt displacement control
During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: OK!,
At timeout: NG
COPIER> DISPLAY> ANALOG> FX-L-POS
LCD-CHK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LED-CHK
Lv.1 Details
Use case

LED-OFF
Lv.1 Details
Use case
KEY-CHK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TOUCHCHK
Lv.1 Details
T-5-52
Use case
Check of LCD Panel dot missing

To check whether there is a missing dot on the LCD Panel of the
Control Panel.
When replacing the LCD Panel
2) Check that the LCD Panel lights up in the order of white, black,
red, green and blue.
3) Press STOP key to terminate checking.
Check of Control Panel LED
To check whether the LED on the Control Panel lights up.
2) Check that the LED lights up in the order.
3) Terminate checking with LED-OFF.
COPIER> FUNCTION> PANEL> LED-OFF
End check of Control Panel LED
To terminate checking of the LED on the Control Panel.
During execution of LED-CHK
COPIER> FUNCTION> PANEL> LED-CHK
Check of key entry
To check the key input on the Control Panel.
1) Select the item and press the key on the Control Panel.
2) Check that the input value is displayed.
3) Release the selection to terminate checking.
Adj of coordinate pstn of Touch Panel
To adjust the coordinate position on the Touch Panel of the Control
Panel.
2) Press the 9 + in sequence.
T-5-53
5-292
PART-CHK
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK

CL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Specification of operation Clutch

To specify the Transfer Cleaning Clutch (CL1) to operate.
When replacing the Clutch/checking the operation
Enter 1, and then press OK key.
1 to 7
1: Deck Pickup Clutch (CL1)
2: Multi Deck (Upper) Pickup Clutch (CL2)
3: Multi Deck (Upper) Pullout Clutch (CL5)
4: Multi Deck (Middle) Pickup Clutch (CL3)
5: Multi Deck (Middle) Pullout Clutch (CL6)
6: Multi Deck (Lower) Pickup Clutch (CL4)
7: Multi Deck (Lower) Pullout Clutch (CL7)
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> CL-ON
CL-ON
Operation check of Clutch
Lv.1 Details
To start operation check of the Transfer Cleaning Clutch (CL1).
During operation, ON/OFF is repeated with an interval of 3 seconds.
Use case
When replacing the Clutch/checking the operation
Adj/set/operate method 1) Drive the ITB and Drum (COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P> MAINDRV).
3) Check the gear of the Transfer Cleaning Assembly.
Default value
0
Required time
Approx. 1 minute
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P> MAIN-DRV
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> CL
Supplement/memo
Remove the Inner Cover so that the Clutch can be checked visually.
FAN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Specification of operation Fan

To specify the Fan to operate.
When replacing the Fan/checking the operation
Enter the value, and then press OK key.
1 to 23
1: Pre-fixing Feed Suction Fan (FM1)
2: Primary Charging Suction Fan (FM2)
3: Primary Charging Exhaust Fan (FM3)
4: Developing/Pre-transfer Charging Fan (FM4)
5: Color Cleaning Fan (FM5)
6: Fixing Heat Fan (FM6)
7: IH Power Supply Fan (FM7)
8: Power Supply Fan 1 (FM8)
9: Power Supply Fan (FM9)
10: Delivery Heat Fan 1 (FM10)
14: Power Supply Cooling Fan (38V) (FM14)
15: Pressure Belt Cooling Fan (Front) (FM15)
16: Pressure Belt Cooling Fan (Rear) (FM16)
17: Hopper Cooling Fan (FM18)
18: Hopper Cooling Suction Fan (FM22)
19: Anti-adhesion Fan 1 (FM23)
20: Anti-adhesion Fan 2 (FM24)
21: Decurler Suction Fan (FM30)
22: Decurler Side Suction Fan (FM31)
23: Decurler Lower Exhaust Fan (FM32)
Default value
1
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> FAN-ON
FAN-ON
Operation check of Fan
Lv.1 Details
To start operation check of the Fan specified by FAN.
Use case
When replacing the Fan/checking the operation
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> FAN
5-293

MTR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Specification of operation Motor

To specify the Motor to operate.
When replacing the Motor/checking the operation
1 to 21
1: Duplex Left Motor (M32)
2: Duplex Right Motor (M33)
3: Pre-registration Multi-purpose Tray Drive Motor (M36)
4: Registration Motor (M34)
5: Pre-fixing Feed Motor (M35)
6: Delivery Motor (M37)
7: Reverse Motor (M38)
8: Left Deck Pickup Motor (M42)
9: Right Deck Pickup Motor (M43)
10: Cassette 3 Pickup Motor (M44)
11: Cassette 4 Pickup Motor (M45)
12: Deck Pickup Motor (M1)
13: Decurler Feeding Motor 1 (M51)
14: Decurler Feeding Motor 2 (M52)
15: Cassette Vertical Path Motor (M39)
16: Right Deck Vertical Path Motor (M40)
17: Left Deck Vertical Path Motor (M41)
18: Vertical Path Upper Feed Motor (M002)
19: Vertical Path Lower Feed Motor (M003)
20: Horizontal Path Feed Motor (M004)
21: Deck Pickup Motor (M001)
Default value
1
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> MTR-ON
MTR-ON
Operation check of Motor
Lv.1 Details
To start operation check of the Motor specified by MTR.
The operation automatically stops after operation of 5 seconds.
Use case
When replacing the Motor/checking the operation
Caution
While the Toner Container Drive Motor is active, be sure to remove
the Toner Container. Otherwise, toner leakage may occur in the
machine.
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> MTR
5-294

SL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Specification of operation Solenoid

To specify the Solenoid to operate.
When replacing the Solenoid/checking the operation
1 to 10
1: Delivery Flapper Solenoid (SL2)
2: Reverse Upper Wheel Detachment Solenoid (SL3)
3: Multi-purpose Tray Pickup Solenoid (SL4)
4: Right Deck Pickup Solenoid (SL5)
5: Left Deck Pickup Solenoid (SL6)
6: Cassette 3 Pickup Solenoid (SL7)
7: Cassette 4 Pickup Solenoid (SL8)
8: Multi Deck (Upper) Pickup Solenoid (SL9)
9: Multi Deck (Middle) Pickup Solenoid (SL10)
10: Multi Deck (Lower) Pickup Solenoid (SL11)
Default value
1
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> SL-ON
SL-ON
Operation check of Solenoid
Lv.1 Details
To start operation check for the Solenoid specified by SL.
The operation stops after ON for 0.5 sec => OFF for 10 sec => ON
for 0.5 sec => OFF for 10 sec => ON for 0.5 sec.
Use case
When replacing the Solenoid/checking the operation
Required time
1 minute
COPIER> FUNCTION> PART-CHK> SL
T-5-54
CLEAR
COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEAR

ERR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
DC-CON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution

R-CON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution

JAM-HIST
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ERR-HIST
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PWD-CLR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Clear of error code

To clear error codes (E000, E001, E002, E003, E717,E719).
At error occurrence
RAM clear of DC Controller PCB
To clear the RAM data of the DC Controller PCB.
When clearing the RAM data of the DC Controller PCB
Before execution of this item, be sure to output the service mode
setting values by P-PRINT. After execution, enter necessary
setting values.
The RAM data is cleared after the main power switch is turned
OFF/ON.
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P> P-PRINT
RAM clear of Reader Controller PCB
To clear the RAM data of the Reader Controller PCB.
When clearing the RAM data of the Reader Controller PCB
setting values.
OFF/ON.
Clear of jam history
To clear the jam history.
When clearing the jam history
Clear of error code history
To clear the error code history.
When clearing the error code history
Clear of system administrator password
To clear the password of the system administrator set in the user
mode.
When clearing the password of the system administrator
ADRS-BK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Clear of address book

To clear the address book data.
When clearing the address book data
Caution
The address book data is cleared after the main power switch is
turned OFF/ON.
CNT-MCON
Clear of Main Controller service counter
Lv.1 Details
To clear the service counter counted by the Main Controller PCB.
Use case
When clearing the service counter counted by the Main Controller
PCB
COPIER> COUNTER
Supplement/memo
See COUNTER for the target counter.
CNT-DCON
Clear of DC Controller service counter
Lv.1 Details
To clear the service counter (FIN-STPR, FIN-PDDL, SADDLE, STPL)
counted by the DC Controller PCB.
Use case
When clearing the service counter counted by the DC Controller
PCB
COPIER> COUNTER> DRBL-2> FIN-STPR, FIN-PDDL, SADDLE,
STPL
OPTION
Clear of service mode setting VL(OPTION)
Lv.1 Details
To return the value specified in service mode (OPTION) to the default
value (value at the time of RAM clear).
Caution
setting values.
This item is executed for the data on the Main Controller PCB, DC
Controller PCB and Reader Controller PCB.
5-295

MMI
Lv.1 Details
Clear of user mode setting value

To clear the user mode setting values (excluding values for Control
Panel, common settings, and FAX).
Common Settings
Timer Settings
Adjustment/Cleaning
Report Settings
System Settings
Copy Settings
Communications Settings
Printer Settings
Use case
When clearing various setting values of user mode
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select the item, and then press OK key.
Caution
The setting value is cleared after the main power switch is turned
OFF/ON.
MN-CON
RAM clear of MNCON PCB SRAM Board
Lv.1 Details
To clear the RAM data of the Main Controller PCB SRAM Board.
All data on the SRAM Board is initialized.
Use case
When clearing the RAM data of the Main Controller PCB SRAM
Board
The machine is automatically rebooted.
Caution
Inform the user that all images in Inbox will be deleted and get
approval for it.
Since the file management information is initialized, images on the
HDD cannot be read.
setting values.
OFF/ON.
CARD
Clear of card ID-related data
Lv.1 Details
To clear the data related to the card ID (department).
Use case
When clearing the data related to the card ID
Caution
The value is cleared after the main power switch is turned OFF/ON.
W-TN-CLR
Clear of waste toner full alarm & error
Lv.1 Details
To clear the Waste Toner Container full alarm/error.
Use case
When replacing the Waste Toner Container
COPIER> ADJUST> MISC> WT-FL-LM
5-296

CA-KEY
Lv.2 Details
Deletion of CA certificate and key pair

To simultaneously delete the CA certificate and key pair which are
additionally registered by the user.
Use case
When a service person replaces/discards the device
2) Check that OK is displayed.
Caution
Unless this item is executed at the time of replacement/discard of
the device, the CA certificate and key pair which are additionally
registered by the user remain in the HDD, which is a problem in
terms of security.
Do not execute this item carelessly because the CA certificate
and key pair which are additionally registered are deleted when
it is executed. If they are deleted mistakenly, they need to be
again registered by the user. If no CA certificate and key pair are
additionally registered, the machine condition becomes the same
as the one at the time of factory shipment.
When NG is displayed in 2), there is a possibility that deletion
was not executed. In this case, surely execute the deletion by
initializing the HDD, etc.
Supplement/memo
The CA certificate is used in the MEAP application with E-RDS
and SSL client connection, and the key pair is used in the SSL
function of IPP, RUI and MEAP.
When the main power switch is turned OFF/ON, the CA certificate
and key pair which were registered at the time of factory shipment
are decompressed from the archive (/BOOTDEV/KCMNG), and
become available in the E-RDS/SSL function.
ERDS-DAT
Initialization of E-RDS SRAM data
Lv.1 Details
To initialize the SCM value of the Embedded-RDS stored in the
SRAM.
SCM values are ON/OFF of E-RDS, servers port number, servers
SOAP URL, and communication schedule with the server (how often
the data is acquired), etc.
The value set by COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> E-RDS, RGWPORT, RGW-ADR, COM-LOG is cleared.
Use case
When upgrading the Bootable in the E-RDS environment
Caution
The method of using the SRAM in E-RDS differs depending on the
Bootable version. Therefore, unless the SRAM data is cleared at the
time of version upgrade, data inconsistency occurs.
COPIER> FUNCTION> INSTALL> E-RDS, RGW-PORT, RGW-ADR,
COM-LOG

KEY-CLR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
USBM-CLR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FX-L-CLR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
JV-CACHE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FXTX-CLR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
LANG-CLR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Encrypt key clear of HDD Encrypt Board

To clear the encryption key of the HDD Encryption Board (Security
Kit) for replacement.
Processing is executed at the time of replacement of the encryption
board, and a new encryption key is generated.
When replacing the encryption key for the HDD Encryption Board
2) Check that OK is displayed.
Since all data in the HDD becomes unavailable when executing this
item, be sure to initialize the HDD after turning OFF/ON the main
power switch.
Initialize USB MEAP priority rgst info
To initialize the registered ID data retained in the OS field by calling
the API provided by the OS.
When a failure occurs in USB MEAP priority registration
Clear of Fixing Motor current value
To reset the log of current value of the Fixing Motor.
When resetting the current value due to any factor other than
replacement of the Pressure Belt (e.g. when recovering from failure
of the Fixing Motor or gear)
COPIER> DISPLAY> FIXING> FX-MTR2 to 8
Cache clear of JAVA application
To clear the cache information used by JAVA application.
When initializing the JAVA application
Clearing fax job information
To clear fax job information stored on SRAM.
Use this mode to restore from E611-0001.
When E611-0001 occurs
Uninstallation of language files
To uninstall the language files other than English file.
When rebooting the machine after execution, language files other
than English file are deleted, and language displayed on the screen
becomes English.
When uninstalling language files
2) Reboot the machine.
T-5-55
MISC-R
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R
SCANLAMP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
1PSCLB-A
Lv.1 Details
Light-up check of LED

To light up the LED for 3 seconds.
When replacing the LED
3 seconds
DADF 2 faces color differ crrct (front)
To acquire scanning data on the front side in order to correct the
color difference between the front and back side at the time of duplex
stream reading.
A significant color difference may occur between the front and back
side of the image scanned on DADF caused by variations in the light
source of the lamp and changes in durability. Such a color difference
is corrected by executing 1PSCLB-B following 1PSCLB-A.
Use case
When a significant color difference occurs between the front and
back side caused by variations in the light source of the lamp and
changes in durability
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set paper on DADF.
Caution
Be sure not to turn OFF/ON the power after OK is displayed by
1PSCLB-A.
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> 1PSCLB-B, 1PCLBRST
1PSCLB-B
DADF 2 faces color differ crrct (back)
Lv.1 Details
To acquire scanning data on the back side in order to correct the
color difference between the front and back side at the time of duplex
stream reading.
A significant color difference may occur between the front and back
side of the image scanned on DADF caused by variations in the light
source of the lamp and changes in durability. Such a color difference
is corrected by executing 1PSCLB-B following 1PSCLB-A.
Use case
When a significant color difference occurs between the front and
back side caused by variations in the light source of the lamp and
changes in durability
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set the document used by 1PSCLB-A on DADF, so that the front
side is faced down and the cyan image is placed at the left rear
side.
Caution
Be sure not to turn OFF/ON the power after OK is displayed by
1PSCLB-A.
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> 1PSCLB-A, 1PCLBRST
5-297

1PCLBSET
Lv.1 Details
DADF 2 faces color differ crrct ref side

To set which side of the front or back side should be the reference
side when correcting a color difference at the time of duplex stream
reading.
The correction result is reflected after executing the following
operation: specify the reference side, execute a series of color
difference correction processing, and then turn OFF/ON the power.
Use case
Before starting correction of color difference in DADF duplex printing
0 to 2
0: N/A, 1: Front side, 2: Back side
Default value
0
1PCLBUDR
DADF 2 faces clr differ crrct lowr limit
Lv.1 Details
Colors which do not need to be corrected are sometimes corrected
as a result of correction of color difference in duplex stream reading.
To keep colors which do not need to be corrected, the correction
amount is adjusted so that the effect of correction is weakened.
The result is reflected when correction of color difference is executed
again after the setting is made.
When 1: ON is specified, unnecessary correction is not executed,
but an expected effect may not be obtained for other colors.
Use case
If the color difference occurs on the colors which didnt have any
difference before correction, adjust the correction amount before
executing the color difference correction again.
Caution
Expected correction result may not be obtained.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
1PCLBOVR
DADF 2 faces clr differ crrct upr limit
Lv.1 Details
Excessive correction is sometimes made when correcting color
difference in duplex stream reading.
To control excessive correction, adjust the correction amount to
weaken the effect of correction.
The result is reflected when correction of color difference is executed
again after the setting is made.
When 1: Weak control or 2: Strong control is specified, excessive
correction is not made, but an expected effect may not be obtained
for other colors.
Use case
If the color difference occurs on the colors which didnt have any
difference before correction, adjust the correction amount before
executing the color difference correction again.
Caution
Expected correction result may not be obtained.
0 to 2
0: No control, 1: Weak control, 2: Strong control
5-298

CLM-PLTN
Lv.1 Details
Sampling of color copyboard read MTF VL

The MTF value for the Reader Unit is sometimes displaced from the
factory setting value depending on the condition at transportation/
storage. If the machine is installed without correcting the value, it
may cause an image failure such as moire. Therefore, it is necessary
to readjust the MTF value by reading the MTF adjustment chart at
installation.
When color copyboard reading is performed, the controller performs
sampling of the MTF value. This value is set in COPIER> ADJUST>
CCD> MTF2-Mx, MTF2-Sx.
Use case
At installation
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set the MTF chart on the copyboard glass.
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> MTF2-M1 to 12, MTF2-S1 to 12
BWM-PLTN
Sampling of B&W copyboard read MTF value
Lv.1 Details
installation.
When B&W copyboard reading is performed, the controller performs
sampling of the MTF value. This value is set in COPIER> ADJUST>
CCD> MTF2-Mx, MTF2-Sx.
Use case
At installation
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set the MTF chart on the copyboard glass.
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> MTF2-M1to 12, MTF2-S1 to 12
CLM-DF1
Sampling of clr front stream read MTF VL
Lv.1 Details
installation.
When color front side stream reading is performed, the controller
performs sampling of the MTF value. This value is set in COPIER>
ADJUST> CCD> MTF2-Mx, MTF2-Sx.
Use case
At installation
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set the MTF chart on the ADF.
3) Perform color front side stream reading with the MTF chart set on
the ADF. (CLM-DF1)

BWM-DF1
Lv.1 Details
Sampling of B&W front stream read MTF VL

installation.
When B&W front side stream reading is performed, the controller
performs sampling of the MTF value. This value is set in COPIER>
ADJUST> CCD> MTF2-Mx, MTF2-Sx.
Use case
At installation
Adj/set/operate method 1) Set the MTF chart on the ADF.
3) Perform B&W front side stream reading with the MTF chart set on
the ADF. (BWM-DF1)
CLM-DF2
Sampling color back stream read MTF VL
Lv.1 Details
installation.
When color back side stream reading is performed, the controller
performs sampling of the MTF value. The MTF value is set in MTFMx, MTF-Sx.
Use case
At installation
Adj/set/operate method 1) Perform color back side stream reading with the MTF chart set on
the ADF. (CLM-DF2)
2) Set the MTF chart on the ADF.
COPIER> ADJUST> CCD> MTF-M1 to 12, MTF-S1 to 12

BWM-DF2
Lv.1 Details
Sampling B&W back stream read MTF value

installation.
When B&W back side stream reading is performed, the controller
performs sampling of the MTF value. The MTF value is set in MTFMx, MTF-Sx.
Use case
At installation
Adj/set/operate method 1) Perform B&W back side stream reading with the MTF chart set on
the ADF. (BWM-DF2)
2) Set the MTF chart on the ADF.
CLPLT-EN
Color copyboard read MTF VL initial set
Lv.1 Details
To return the MTF value for color copyboard reading to the factory
setting value.
Since overwriting is performed with the backup data retained in the
Reader Controller PCB, the MTF value obtained by sampling of the
MTF chart becomes disabled.
When CLM-PLTN is executed, the value is automatically set to 1.
When the value is set to 0, the value adjusted with CLM-PLTN
becomes disabled and returned to the factory setting value.
Use case
When returning the MTF value to the initial setting value upon users
request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be obtained on
the front side of a color image even performing a fine adjustment
with CLM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value with CLM-PLTN.
Caution
The MTF value obtained by reading the MTF chart becomes
disabled.
0 to 1
0: Factory setting value, 1: Adjustment value at installation
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> CLM-PLTN, CLM-TGT
5-299

BWPLT-EN
Lv.1 Details
B&W copyboard read MTF value initial set

To return the MTF value for B&W copyboard reading to the factory
setting value.
When BWM-PLTN is executed, the value is automatically set to 1.
When the value is set to 0, the value adjusted with BWM-PLTN
Use case
the front side of a B&W image even performing a fine adjustment
with BWM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value with BWM-PLTN.
Caution
disabled.
0 to 1
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> BWM-PLTN, BWM-TGT
CLDF1-EN
Clr front stream read MTF VL initial set
Lv.1 Details
To return the MTF value for color front side stream reading to the
factory setting value.
When CLM-DF1 is executed, the value is automatically set to 1.
When the value is set to 0, the value adjusted with CLM-DF1
Use case
the front side of a color image even performing a fine adjustment
with CLM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value with CLM-DF1.
Caution
disabled.
0 to 1
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> CLM-DF1, CLM-TGT
5-300

BWDF1-EN
Lv.1 Details
B&W front stream read MTF VL initial set

To return the MTF value for B&W front side stream reading to the
When BWM-DF1 is executed, the value is automatically set to 1.
When the value is set to 0, the value adjusted with BWM-DF1
Use case
the front side of a B&W image even performing a fine adjustment
with BWM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value with BWM-DF1.
Caution
disabled.
0 to 1
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> BWM-DF1, BWM-TGT
CLDF2-EN
Clr back stream read MTF VL initial set
Lv.1 Details
To return the MTF value for color back side stream reading to the
When CLM-DF2 is executed, the value is automatically set to 1.
When the value is set to 0, the value adjusted with CLM-DF2
Use case
the back side of a color image even performing a fine adjustment
with CLM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value with CLM-DF2.
Caution
disabled.
0 to 1
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> CLM-DF2, CLM-TGT

BWDF2-EN
Lv.1 Details
B&W back stream read MTF VL initial set

To return the MTF value for B&W back side stream reading to the
When BWM-DF2 is executed, the value is automatically set to 1.
When the value is set to 0, the value adjusted with BWM-DF2
Use case
the back side of a B&W image even performing a fine adjustment
with BWM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value with BWM-DF2.
Caution
disabled.
0 to 1
Default value
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-R> BWM-DF2, BWM-TGT
CLM-TGT
Fine adjustment of color MTF value
Lv.1 Details
To perform the filter processing inside of the Reader Controller so
that the MTF value measured by CLM-PLTN/CLM-DF1/CLM-DF2
becomes 55% or lower of the value.
When 1 is specified, the MTF correction filter is calculated again,
and the MTF value becomes 50% or lower of the value (the image
becomes foggy). The backed up MTF filter correction coefficient is
updated.
Use case
When decreasing the MTF value (to make the image foggy) upon
users request (moire, incorrect judgment)
0 to 1
0: 55%
1: 50% (The image becomes foggy.)
Default value
0
Required time
Approx. 2 minutes
Supplement/memo
The MTF value is set to 65% at the time of shipment.

BWM-TGT
Lv.1 Details
Fine adjustment of B&W MTF value

To perform the filter processing inside of the Reader Controller so
that the MTF value measured by BWM-PLTN/BWM-DF1/BWM-DF2
becomes 55% or lower of the value.
When 1 is specified, the MTF correction filter is calculated again,
and the MTF value becomes 50% or lower of the value (the image
becomes foggy). The backed up MTF filter correction coefficient is
updated.
Use case
When decreasing the MTF value (to make the image foggy) upon
users request (moire, incorrect judgment)
0 to 1
0: 55%
1: 50% (The image becomes foggy.)
Default value
0
Required time
Approx. 2 minutes
Supplement/memo
The MTF value is set to 65% at the time of shipment.
SCANLMP2
Light-up check of LED Lamp Unit: back
Lv.1 Details
To light up the LED Lamp Unit for back side, which is placed in the
ADF, and check whether there is a missing block or no lighting in
LED.
Use case
When replacing the LED Lamp Unit for back side
Required time
Approx. 5 seconds
RD-SHPOS
Shift to fixed pstn of Reader Scan Unit
Lv.2 Details
Scanner Unit on the Reader side is shifted to the fixed position
before moving the machine.
If the machine is moved after Reader is installed, the Scanner Unit
moves and it might cause damage. The damage is prevented by
tightening the screws after the Scanner Unit is shifted to the specific
position before the machine is moved.
Use case
When the machine is moved after Reader is installed
Caution
When the machine is moved after Reader is installed, be sure to shift
the Scanner Unit to the specific position to be fixed and then tighten
the screws. If the Scanner Unit is not fixed, it might cause damage
when the machine is moved.
Required time
a few seconds
T-5-56
5-301
MISC-P
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P

P-PRINT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
Supplement/memo
MAIN-DRV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
Related user mode
KEY-HIST
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
HIST-PRT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
TRS-DATA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-302
Output of service mode setting value

To print the service mode setting value.
Before executing the CLEAR service mode, etc.
1) Place paper in Cassette 1.
Be sure to use A4/LTR size plain paper/recycled paper.
Approx. 120 seconds
It takes approximately 15 seconds before printing starts.
Adj of user mode Drum cleaning time
To adjust the duration to execute cleaning of the Photosensitive
Drum to be performed by the user mode.
The Photosensitive Drum and ITB perform idle rotation for the
specified period of time without high voltage applied.
Upon users request
When image smear occurs
When the period is too long, flip occurs on the Drum Cleaning Blade
or the blade is getting close to the end of life.
Second
30
Adjustment/Maintenance> Maintenance> Clean Drum
Output of Ctrl Panel key entry history
To print the key input history on the Control Panel.
When printing the key input history on the Control Panel
Approx. 40 seconds
Output of jam and error history
To print the jam history and error history.
When printing the jam/error history
Approx. 30 seconds
Moving memory reception data to Inbox
To move the data received in memory to Inbox.
When moving the data received in memory to Inbox
USER-PRT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
Supplement/memo
LBL-PRNT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
Supplement/memo
PRE-EXP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
D-PRINT
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Required time
1ATVC-EX
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
Output of user mode list

To print the user mode list.
When printing the user mode list
Approx. 35 seconds
Output of service label
To print the service label.
When printing the service label
Approx. 55 seconds
Light-up of Pre-exposure LED
To light up the Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (Y/M/C/Bk).
Open the Front Cover, and check that the LEDs light up visually.
It automatically stops after all light up.
When checking that the Pre-exposure LEDs light up
Drum memory may occur, so be sure not to execute this item
frequently.
Approx. 30 seconds
Output of service mode (DISPLAY)
To output items displayed by DISPLAY in the service mode .
Items output by P-PRINT, LBL-PRNT and HIST-PRT and ALARM are
excluded.
Approx. 45 seconds
Execute of primary transfer ATVC control
To execute the primary transfer ATVC control to optimize the primary
transfer voltage.
At occurrence of the primary transfer failure
When replacing the Primary Transfer Roller and ITB
Approx. 3.5 seconds

ENV-PRT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
ITB-ROT
1TR-ROT
ATR-EX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
INTR-EX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
PJH-P-1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
Inside temp/hmdy & fix roller temp log

To print the data of temperature and humidity in the machine/
temperature of the surface of the Fixing Roller as logs.
When grasping information of temperature in the machine/fixing
temperature for trouble analysis
Approx. 30 seconds
[Not Used (for expansion)]
[Not Used (for expansion)]
Execution of ATR control
To execute the ATR control for all colors.
At occurrence of E020
At operation check
Execution of warm-up rotation
To execute the regular warm-up rotation performed first time for the
day excluding the Photosensitive Drum idle rotation and Charging
Wire cleaning.
When restarting potential control after execution of COPIER>
OPTION> IMG-FIX> PO-CNT
When the D-max control condition is changed
Detail info of print job history:100 job
To print the print job history for the latest 100 jobs with detailed
information.
In the case of less than 100 jobs, the history of all print jobs is
printed.
When printing the print job history with detailed information
Output the print job history with detailed information which is
not displayed/printed in the job history screen under System
Monitor>Print>Log>Printer and in the report of the print job history.

PJH-P-2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Supplement/memo
PT-LPADJ
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
AT-IMG-X
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
Related user mode
WTN-OFST
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
Detail info of print job history:all job

To print the history of all print jobs stored in the machine with detailed
information (for maximum 5000 jobs).
The difference between PJH-P-1 and this item is only the number of
jobs printed.
When printing the print job history with detailed information
Output the print job history with detailed information which is
not displayed/printed in the job history screen under System
Monitor>Print>Log>Printer and in the report of the print job history.
Adj of Patch Sensor light intensity
To execute correction of patch intensity and correction of
background.
When replacing the Patch Sensor
5 seconds
COPIER> DISPLAY> DENS> P-SENS-P, P-SENS-S, P-LED-DA
COPIER> ADJUST> DENS> ALF-C
Execute image position correct control
To execute a series of operation of image position correction control
at parts replacement.
Image position correction control is usually executed by the printer
engine at the specified timing according to operating condition and
environmental variation.
This service mode is linked with following user mode: Adjustment/
Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Auto Correct Color Mismatch.
When removing the Drum Unit
When releasing the ITB pressure
Approx. 95 seconds
Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Auto Correct Color
Mismatch
Adj of Waste Toner Full Sensor
To adjust offset of Waste Toner Full Sensor.
When replacing the Waste Toner Full Sensor
When replacing the DC Controller PCB
1 second
5-303

USBH-PRT
Lv.1 Details
Caution
DISCHG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Required time
SPIT-EX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
DRUM-TH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Output of USB device information report

To output information of the connected USB device in the form of a
report.
Execution of discharge current control
To execute the discharging current control.
When image failure occurs due to uneven YMC discharge.
20 seconds
COPIER> DISPLAY> HV-STS> PRISMP-Y, PRISMP-M, PRISMP-C,
PRIMACV-Y, PRIMACV-M, PRIMACV-C, PRIACI-Y, PRIACI-M,
PRIACI-C
Execution of toner ejection
To supply new toner by ejecting the toner in the Developing
Assembly.
Use this mode when the image density is low or coarseness occurs
on halftone image after the machine is left for a long time.
When the image density is low or coarseness occurs on halftone
image after the machine is not used for a long time (e.g. summer
vacation)
Drum Thermopile operation check
To check if the Drum Thermopile detects the surface temperature of
the Drum correctly.
The operation status and the surface temperature are displayed.
When replacing the Drum Thermopile
-58 to 64
T-5-57
5-304
SYSTEM
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM
DOWNLOAD
Lv.1 Details
Shift to download mode

To make the machine enter the download mode and wait for a
command.
Perform downloading by SST.
Use case
At upgrade
2) Perform downloading by SST.
Caution
Do not turn OFF the power before HOLD is displayed.
When waiting for a command: STAND-BY/STNDBY, In
communication: CONNECTED, Communication terminated: HOLD
Supplement/memo
SST: Service Support Tool
CHK-TYPE
Specify HD-CLEAR/HD-CHECK partition No.
Lv.1 Details
To specify the partition number of the HDD to execute HD-CLEAR/
HD-CHECK.
Use case
When executing HD-CLEAR/HD-CHECK
Adj/set/operate method Enter the value, and then press OK key.
0 to 65535
0: Entire HDD
1: Image accumulation area
2: Universal file storage area
3: PDL file storage area
4: Program file storage area
5: MEAP application
6: Address book transfer setting
7: MEAP storage data
8: System log storage area
9: Advanced Box area
10: Area for distribution server
11: Storage area of universal data
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> HD-CLEAR, HD-CHECK
Supplement/memo
Universal file: Management information of user setting data, various
log data, PDL spool data, and image data, etc.
HD-CHECK
Entire HDD check and recovery
Lv.1 Details
To check the entire HDD and execute recovery processing.
Caution
Be sure to execute this item after CHK-TYPE.
During operation: Progress ratio (%), When operation finished
normally: OK!
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> CHK-TYPE

HD-CLEAR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Initialization of specified partition

To initialize the HDD partition specified by CHK-TYPE.
When initializing the HDD partition
Be sure to execute this item after CHK-TYPE.
Top 2 digits: Progress ratio (%, Returns to 00 at termination)
Last 2 digits: Result at termination (00: Normally finished, Others:
Abnormally finished)
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> CHK-TYPE
DEBUG-1
Setting of log type and save timing
Lv.2 Details
To set the types of logs to be stored and the timing to store logs in
the HDD.
Logs are used to analyze the cause of a trouble.
Use case
When analyzing the cause of a trouble
Caution
0 to 3
0: Save PLOG at detection of Reboot/Exception
1: Save PLOG at detection of Reboot/Exception/Encode
2: Save SUBLOG at detection of Reboot/Exception/Encode
3: Save SUBLOG in overwrite mode at detection of Reboot/
Exception/Encode
Default value
3
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> DEBUG-2(Level 2)
Supplement/memo
PLOG can be printed by COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM>
DEBUG-2.
SUBLOG cannot be printed. (It should be uploaded from SST.)
DEBUG-2
Output of log saved on HDD
Lv.2 Details
To print the PLOG saved in HDD by COPIER> FUNCTION>
SYSTEM> DEBUG-1. (A4: Approx. 20 sheets)
SUBLOG is not printed. It should be uploaded from SST.
Use case
When printing PLOG
Caution
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> DEBUG-1(Level 2)
DSRAMBUP
Backup of DC Controller PCB SRAM

Lv.2 Details
Use case
To back up the setting data in SRAM of the DC Controller PCB.

When replacing the DC Controller PCB for troubleshooting at the
time of trouble occurrence
Caution
During operation, the setting data changes by manual or automatic
adjustment. When backup data which has been left for a long period
of time is restored, it is overwritten by the old setting data and the
new data is deleted.
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> DSRAMRES
DSRAMRES
Restore of DC Controller PCB SRAM
Lv.2 Details
To restore the setting data which has been backed up in SRAM of
the DC Controller PCB.
Use case
When replacing the DC Controller PCB for troubleshooting at the
Caution
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> DSRAMBUP
RSRAMBUP
Backup of Reader Controller PCB SRAM
Lv.2 Details
To back up the setting data in SRAM of the Reader Controller PCB.
Use case
When replacing the Reader Controller PCB for troubleshooting at the
Caution
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> RSRAMRES
RSRAMRES
Restore of Reader Controller PCB SRAM
Lv.2 Details
To restore the setting data which has been backed up in SRAM of
the Reader Controller PCB.
Use case
When replacing the Reader Controller PCB for troubleshooting at the
Caution
of time is restored, it is overwritten with new setting data and the old
data is deleted.
COPIER> FUNCTION> SYSTEM> RSRAMBUP
REBOOT
Reboot of host machine
Lv.2 Details
To reboot the host machine.
Use case
For customization
REBOOT
Reboot of host machine
Lv.2 Details
To reboot the host machine.
Use case
When rebooting the host machine by remote control
T-5-58
5-305
5-306
5-307
5-308
5-309
5-310
5-311
5-312
5-313
5-314
5-315
5-316
5-317
5-318
5-319
5-320
5-321
5-322
5-323
5-324
OPTION
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW

DH-SW
Lv.2 Details
FNC-SW
PO-CNT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ON/OFF of potential control function

To set ON/OFF of potential control function.
When replacing the Potential Sensor
Caution
Be sure to set the value back to 1 (ON) after servicing.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
MODEL-SZ
Fixed magnifictn & DADF orgnl dtct size
Lv.1 Details
To set the fixed magnification ratio display and the original detection
size with DADF.
It is set automatically at the time of installation of the Reader
according to the location.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 3
0: AB configuration (6R5E) for Japan, 1: Inch configuration (5R4E)
for North/Middle/South America, 2: A configuration (3R3E) for
Europe, 3: AB/Inch configuration (6R5E) for Asia, Oceania, South
America
Default value
The default differs according to the location.
SCANSLCT
ON/OFF of scan area calculate function
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of the function to calculate scanning area from the
specified paper size.
When the paper size is larger than the original size, selecting ON
reduces productivity because the scanning area gets larger.
Use case
When matching the scanning area with the paper size
0 to 1
0: OFF (calculated from the detected original size)
1: ON (calculated from the specified paper size)
Default value
0
ON/OFF of auto D-half control

To set ON/OFF of auto D-half control.
Execution interval can be set by COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX>
INTROT-2.
Use case
When D-half-related failure occurs/when identifying the cause of
D-half-related failure
Upon users request
Caution
Be sure to set the value back to 1 (ON) after servicing.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX> DH-TMG
SENS-CNF
Setting of original detection size
Lv.2 Details
To set original detection size according to AB configuration/Inch
configuration/A configuration.
Select 1 (Inch configuration) for Inch configuration machine or 2 (A
configuration) for A configuration machine.
Use case
0 to 1
0: AB configuration, 1: Inch configuration
Default value
0
5-325

CONFIG
Lv.1 Details
Set country/area/lang/location/ppr size

To set the country/region, language, location, paper size
configuration for multiple system software in HDD.
Use case
Upon users request
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select the setting item.
2) Switch with +/- key, and then press OK key.
XX YY.ZZ.AA
XX: Country/region
JP: Japan, US: United States, GB: England, FR: France, DE:
Germany, IT: Italia, AU: Australia, SG: Singapore, NL: Netherlands,
KR: Korea, CN: China, TW: Taiwan, ES: Spain, SE: Sweden, PT:
Portugal, NO: Norway, DK: Denmark, FI: Finland, PL: Poland, HU:
Hungary, CZ: Czech, SI: Slovenia, GR: Greek, EE: Estonia, RU:
Russia, AD: Andorra, AL: Albania, AM: Armenia, AR: Argentine,
AT: Austria, BA: Bosnia Herzegovina, BE: Belgium, BG: Bulgaria,
BO: Bolivia, BR: Brazil, CA: Canada, CH: Switzerland, CL: Chile,
CY: Cyprus, HR: Croatia, ID: Indonesia, IE: Ireland, IL: Israel,
IN: India, IS: Iseland, LU: Luxembourg, LV: Latvia, MX: Mexico,
MY: Malaysia, NZ: New Zealand, PE: Peru, PH: Philippine, PY:
Paraguay, RO: Romania, SK: Slovakia, TH: Thailand, TR: Turkey,
UA: Ukraine, UY: Uruguay, VE: Venezuela, VN: Vietnam
YY: Language (fixed, e.g. ja: Japanese)
ZZ: Location (fixed, e.g. 00: CANON)
AA: Paper size configuration (00: AB configuration, 01: Inch
configuration, 02: A configuration, 03: Inch/AB configuration)
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> MODEL-SZ
W/SCNR
Setting of Reader Unit installation
Lv.1 Details
To set installation of the Reader Unit.
1 (installed) is automatically selected once the Reader Unit is
detected at the start of the machine.
Use case
When installing/removing the Reader Unit
0 to 1
Default value
According to the setting at shipment

ORG-LGL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
ORG-LTR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
ORG-B5
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
INTROT-1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
5-326
Special paper size set in DADF mode: LGL

To set the size of special paper (LGL configuration) that cannot be
recognized in DADF stream reading mode.
Upon users request
When picking up special paper size original from DADF
0 to 10
0: LEGAL-R, 1: FOOLSCAP-R, 2: OFICIO-R, 3: FOLIO-R, 4:
Australian FOOLSCAP-R, 5: Ecuador OFICIO-R, 6: Bolivia
OFICIO-R, 7: Argentine OFICIO-R, 8: Argentine LEGAL-R, 9:
Government LEGAL-R, 10: Mexico OFICIO-R
0
Special paper size set in DADF mode: LTR
To set the size of special paper (LTR configuration) that cannot be
recognized in DADF stream reading mode.
Upon users request
0 to 3
0: LETTER, 1: EXECUTIVE, 2: Argentine LETTER, 3: Government
LETTER
0
Special paper size set in DADF mode: B5
To set the size of special paper (B5) that cannot be recognized in
DADF stream reading mode.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: B5, 1: Korean government office paper
0
Set ini/last rotation auto adj exe intvl
To set the paper interval to execute process auto adjustment (ACR
toner ejection control) at initial/last rotation.
As the value is incremented by 1, the interval is increased by 1
sheet.
When matching the use environment of the user.
Increasing the number of sheets (widening the interval) causes
higher frequency of image failure.
50 to 1000
1 sheet
100

INTROT-2
Lv.1 Details
Set of last rotation auto adj exe intvl

To set the paper interval to execute auto adjustment (D-max control,
D-half control) at last rotation.
As the value is incremented by 1, the paper interval is increased by 1
sheet. When 0 is specified, the control is not executed.
Use case
When matching the use environment of the user.
Caution
Increasing the number of sheets (widening the interval) causes
higher frequency of image failure.
0 to 20000
0: No control
Unit
1 sheet
Default value
15000
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING> W-CLN-P
INTROT-T
Clr displace crrct:horz scan after start
Lv.1 Details
Color displacement may occur right after starting a job (1 to 5 sheets)
due to the ITB Unit specific variation.
When the setting value is changed, write start position of each color
is adjusted according to the color displacement correction level only
right after starting a job (1 to 5 sheets), so color displacement can be
corrected.
Use case
When color displacement in the horizontal scanning direction occurs
Caution
Do not use the setting value 4 to 10. Use 0 to 3 in the normal
operation.
0 to 10
0: Color displacement correction level 0
4 to 10: Not used
Default value
3

MODELSZ2
Lv.2 Details
Ppr size dtct global support in bookmode

To set ON/OFF for global support of document size detection in
copyboard reading mode.
Use case
Upon users request (mixed media original with AB/Inch
configuration)
Caution
The Document Size Sensor (Photo Sensor) is additionally required
to correctly detect the document size when the original consists of
mixed media (AB/Inch configuration).
0 to 1
0: Detected with detection size according to location, 1: Detected
with AB/Inch mixed media.
Default value
0
SVMD-ENT
Setting of entry method to service mode
Lv.2 Details
To set the way to get in service mode to prevent information leak.
Use case
As needed
0 to 1
0: [Settings/Registration] - Pressing [2] and [8] at the same time [Settings/Registration]
1: [Settings/Registration] - Pressing [4] and [9] at the same time [Settings/Registration]
Default value
0
FXWRNLVL
Set No.of fed sht FxBltUnt warn dis lvl
Lv.2 Details
To set the threshold value for the number of fed sheets to display the
life alarm message of Fixing Belt Unit.
Use case
When switching the warning level of the Fixing Belt Unit
0 to 3
0: Error display threshold value
1: The value 10,000 smaller than the error display threshold value
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX> FX-U-ERR
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> FXMSGSW2
5-327

BASE-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
KSIZE-SW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
ORG-A4R
Lv.2 Details
5
Use case
Default value
PDF-RDCT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
5-328
Model switch set from MEAP-Full to Base

To switch from the MEAP-Full model to the Base model.
Switch this mode in the case of restricting the operation of MEAP
application for trouble analysis.
When trouble that caused by MEAP application occurs
Switch from the Base model to the MEAP-Full model is not available.
0 to 1
0: OFF (Base model), 1: ON (Full model)
Depending on the setting of option bit (MeapModelBIT).
Set of Chinese paper (K-size) support
To set to detect/display the Chinese paper (K size paper: 8K, 16K).
When using K size paper
Go through the following: COPIER > OPTION > FNC-SW > MODELSZ; and if MODEL-SZ is 0: AB configuration, this mode is enabled.
0 to 1
0: Not supported, 1: Supported
0
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> MODEL-SZ
8K paper: 270 x 390 mm, 16K paper: 270 x 195 mm
Special paper size set in DADF mode: A4R
To set the size of special paper (A4R) that cannot be recognized in
DADF stream reading mode.
When picking up A4R size original from the DADF of the Inch/AB
configuration models, the size is converted into the specified size so
that an image can be formed properly.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: A4R, 1: FOLIO-R
0
PDF reduction set at forwarding
To set whether to reduce the image for transmission when converting
the image received by IFAX into PDF for e-mail/file transmission.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Following the current setting, 1: Image reduction
0

REBOOTSW
Lv.2 Details
Restart setting at E240 error occurrence

To set whether to reboot in the case of E240 error.
In the case of E240 error, the machine is automatically rebooted due
to the possibility of continuous operation of the drive system while
the spooled print job is cleared.
Print job can be obtained if selecting the setting not to reboot.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
Be sure to get approval from the user by telling the possibility of
continuous operation of the drive system in the case of E240 error.
0 to 1
0: Rebooted, 1: Not rebooted
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
E240 error: Communication error between the Main Controller and
the DC Controller.
SJB-UNW
Reserve upper limit of secure print job
Lv.2 Details
To set the upper limit for the number of reserved jobs in secure print
job.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: 50 jobs, 1: 90 jobs
Default value
0
WEBV-SW
ON/OFF of WebDAV function
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of WebDAV function.
OFF setting can reduce memory use of the machine. In addition, the
following WebDAV-related items are hidden in user mode.
Settings/Registration> Set Destination> Register
Destinations> Register New Dest.> File> Protocol> WebDAV
Settings/Registration> Function Settings> Send> Common
Settings> Use Divided Chunk Send for WebDAV TX
Use case
When reducing memory use of the machine
0 to 1
0: ON, 1: OFF
Default value
0
Related user mode
Settings/Registration> Set Destination> Register Destinations>
Register New Dest.> File> Protocol> WebDAV
Settings/Registration> Function Settings> Send> Common Settings>
Use Divided Chunk Send for WebDAV TX
Supplement/memo
WebDAV function is equipped as standard with the machine.

CARD-RNG
Lv.2 Details
Card number setting (department number)

To set the number of cards (departments) that can be used with the
Card Reader.
Use case
When setting the number of cards (departments)
0 to 1000
Default value
1000
COMP-PRT
Img proc memory allocate at job conflict
Lv.2 Details
When making 2 or more composition prints (page number, number
of copies, stamp, date, booklet, watermark), memory for image
processing is allotted preferentially to print jobs.
Meanwhile, memory for image processing of scan/send and PDL
input becomes insufficient depending on the options and document
size, and these jobs might be unprocessed until composition prints
are finished.
If these jobs are interfered each other, image processing can be put
forward little by little by allotting memory equally to each job.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Print priority, 1: Equal allocation
Default value
0
ARCDT-SW
ON/OFF of ARCDAT control
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of ARCDAT control.
When 1: OFF is set, the result of ARCDAT control is not reflected to
LUT.
When the hue variation occurs in the case of failure value displayed
in COPIER> DISPLAY> HT-C, turn OFF the ARCDAT control once
and check the hue.
If hue variation is alleviated, analyze the cause of ARCDAT control
error (developer, Patch Sensor, etc.).
Use case
Caution
Make sure to set 0: ON again when ARCDAT control recovers.
0 to 1
0: ON, 1: OFF
Default value
0

SJOB-CL
Lv.1 Details
Set of scan job canceling by logout

To set whether to cancel the scan job in operation by logout of the
user.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
The job in scanning operation cannot be canceled.
0 to 1
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Scan job: A job after the scanning operation is completed.
USB-RCNT
Auto connect set at USB device disconnct
Lv.2 Details
To set to enable/disable automatic connection when the USB device
is disconnected.
With the setting to disable automatic connection, USB device cannot
be used if disconnecting and then connecting the USB device. To
enable connection again, the power needs to be turned OFF/ON.
With the setting to enable automatic connection, connect again after
disconnecting, and then connecting the USB device again.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
With the setting to enable automatic connection, disconnecting of 1
area makes automatic connection of all USB devices if there is USB
hub.
0 to 1
0: No automatic connection, 1: Automatic connection
Default value
0
UNLMTBND
Over 400 binders print job support set
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to support print job that exceeds 400 binders.
With the setting to support, the machine makes print by sharing
binders according to job attribution.
Select 1: Not supported if the user does not print job* with large
quantity of binders.
0 to 1
0: Automatic setting (when the print server is not connected: no
support; When the print server is connected: supported)
1: Not supported
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
* : A job that requires finishing (such as stapling) in one job. Does not
apply in the case of executing finishing with multiple sets of output.
5-329

MIBCOUNT
Lv.2 Details
Default value
MEAP-PRI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
CNTR-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
W/RAID
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-330
Scope range set of Charge Counter MIB

To set the range of counter information that can be obtained as MIB
(Management Information Base).
0 to 2
0: All charge counters are obtained, 1: Only displayed counter* is
obtained, 2: All charge counters are not obtained
* : Counter specified by the following: COPIER > OPTION > USER >
COUNTER 1 to 6
0
COPIER> OPTION> USER> COUNTER1 to 6
Setting of MEAP task priority
Selecting ON increases MEAP task priority.
When improving processing performance of MEAP
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
1
Init of parts counter replacement timing
To return the estimated life of parts counter to the initial value.
Upon users request
1) Enter 0, and then press OK key.
0: Returned to the initial value
0
Setting of RAID Board installation
To set installation condition of RAID Board (HDD Mirroring Kit).
Select 1: Installed when installing the RAID Board. Select 0: Not
installed when removing the RAID Board.
When installing/removing RAID Board
0 to 1
0

PSWD-SW
Lv.1 Details
Password type set to enter service mode

To set the type of password that is required to enter when getting into
service mode.
2 types are available: one for service technician and the other for
system administrator + service technician.
When selecting the type for system administrator + service
technician, enter the password for service technician after the
password entry by the users system administrator.
Use case
Upon request from the user who concerns security
0 to 2
0: No password, 1: Service technician, 2: System administrator +
service technician
Default value
0
SM-PSWD
Password setting for service technician
Lv.2 Details
To set password for service technician that is used when getting into
service mode.
Use case
When password is required to get into service mode
Caution
Be sure to select 1 or 2 with PSWD-SW in advance.
1 to 99999999
Default value
11111111
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> PSWD-SW
RPT2SIDE
Set of report 1sided/2-sided output
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to use 1-sided or 2-sided for report output of service
mode.
Use case
When making 2-sided report output to reduce the number of output
pages
0 to 1
0: 1-sided, 1: 2-sided
Default value
1
BRWS-FAV
Set of service browser favorite register
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to allow registration of favorites in the browser for
service.
When 1 is set, favorites in the browser for service can be edited, and
any URLs can be accessed.
Use case
When service engineers edit favorites in the browser for service
0 to 1
Default value
0

PSCL-MS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DMX-DISP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
STND-PNL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
INVALPDL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Setting of last rotation D-half control

To set at which speed (1/1 speed, 1/2 speed, or 1/3 speed) D-half
control is executed at last rotation.
When 2 is set, it is executed only for the lastly used speed only. This
is suitable for the users who frequently use a specific paper type.
When 3 is set, it is executed for all speeds simultaneously. This is
suitable for the users who use various paper types.
When setting the speed according to the materials used by the user
2 to 3
2: Lastly used speed, 3: All speeds
2
ON/OFF auto grdtn adj D-max PASCAL ctrl
To set whether to execute D-max PASCAL control at full adjustment
of auto gradation adjustment.
When 0: ON is set, D-max PASCAL control and PASCAL control
are executed. Four A4-size sheets are used for test prints (One for
D-max PASCAL control and three for PASCAL control)
When 1: OFF is set, PASCAL control (gradation adjustment) only is
executed. Three A4-size sheets are used for test prints (for PASCAL
control).
When making the setting according to the usage of the user
0 to 1
0: ON, 1: OFF
0
Set of 3-D Control Panel installation
To set whether the 3-D Control Panel is installed.
When the 3-D Control Panel is installed, set 1: Installed.
At installation of the 3-D Control Panel
0 to 1
0
Disable of PDL license
To disable the registered PDL license.
When 1: Disabled is set, PDL is disabled even if a PDL license
is registered. This is set to the machines installed at convenience
stores, which do not allow PDL to be used.
When prohibiting the use of PDL
0 to 1
0: Registered PDL license is enabled, 1: Disabled
0

IMGCNTPR
Lv.1 Details
Setting of image quality mode

To set the image quality mode.
The counter priority mode is applied when 1 is set, and the image
quality priority mode is applied when 0 is set.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Image quality priority mode, 1: Counter priority mode
Default value
JP:0 USA:1 EUR:1 AU:0 CN:0 KR:0 TW:0 ASIA:0
CDS-FIRM
Set to allow firmware update by admin
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to permit update of the firmware by user
(administrator).
When 1: Enabled is set, Updater can be activated from the user
mode.
Use case
When allowing the administrator to update the firmware
0 to 1
Default value
Europe: 1, Other than Europe: 0
CDS-MEAP
Set to allow MEAP instal by admin
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to permit the user (administrator) to install MEAP
applications and enable iR options from CDS.
When 1: Enabled is set, Updater can be activated from the user
mode.
Use case
When allowing the administrator to install MEAP applications and
enable iR options from CDS
0 to 1
Default value
1
Supplement/memo
CDS-UGW
Set to allow firmware update from UGW
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to permit update of the firmware from the UGW
server.
When 1: Enabled is set, Updater accepts the operation from the
UGW server in cooperation with CDS.
Use case
When allowing update of the firmware from the UGW server
0 to 1
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-331

LOCLFIRM
Lv.1 Details
Set to allow firmware update by file

To set whether to permit the user (administrator) to update the
firmware from the remote UI using a local file.
This update is executed as a measure for vulnerability in emergency
situations.
Use case
When prohibiting the administrator to update the firmware using a file
0 to 1
Default value
1
RSHDW-SW
ON/OFF of remote shutdown
Lv.1 Details
A shared multi-function machine is not likely to be shut down at
power failure. Set ON/OFF of the remote shutdown function to
prevent accident.
When 1: ON is set, the machine can be shut down from the remote
shutdown menu displayed in the remote UI.
Use case
When preventing an accident at specified power-off time.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
T1HP-POS
Set pry-trns diseng/eng pstn:initial VL
Lv.1 Details
To set the engagement or disengagement position as the home
position of the Primary Transfer Rollers (Y, M, C).
When 0: Engagement position is set, the Primary Transfer Rollers
of 4 colors engage the ITB in the initial state.
When 1: Disengagement position is set, the Primary Transfer Roller
of Bk only engages the ITB in the initial state.
Set 0: Engagement position if you give priority to the first copy time
in the color mode.
Set 1: Disengagement position if you give priority to the first copy
time in the B&W mode.
Use case
Upon users request (Frequency to use color/B&W)
0 to 1
0: Engagement position, 1: Disengagement position
MC-FANSW
Set of Controller Cooling Fan control
Lv.1 Details
To set full speed/half speed to fan control of the Controller Cooling
Fan 1 and 2.
When 1: Full speed is set, the heat exhaust efficiency is enhanced.
Use case
When HDD damage occurs multiple times
When the machine is installed in high temperature environment in
which HDD damage is likely to occur
0 to 1
0: Half speed, 1: Full speed
Default value
0

OP-FAN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
BXNUPLOG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
BUSI-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SDLMTWRN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
5-332
Setting of Anti-adhesion Fan airflow

In the normal sequence, the Anti-adhesion Fan is set to OFF for the
reverse delivery, and 1/1 speed for the straight delivery or 2-sided
delivery.
Set the airflow of the Anti-adhesion Fan when the delivery adhesion
occurs or the delivery stackability decreases.
Set to 1 (1/2 speed) or 2 (1/1 speed) when the delivery adhesion
occurs at the time of the reverse delivery.
Set to 1 (1/2 speed) or 3 (OFF) when the delivery stackability
decreases at the time of the straight delivery or the 2-sided delivery.
When the delivery adhesion occurs at the time of the reverse
delivery
When the delivery stackability is low at the time of the straight
delivery or the 2-sided delivery
When changing the value from 3 to 1 or 2, the delivery stackability
decreases.
When changing the value from 2 to 1 or 3, the delivery adhesion
may deteriorate.
0 to 3
0: Normal sequence, 1: 1/2 speed, 2: 1/1 speed, 3: OFF
0
ON/OFF of Nup log at Inbox print
To set whether to keep Nup log at Inbox print.
When keeping Nup log at Inbox print
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
At normal service: 0, At customization: 1
Setting of customized function
To set the function in accordance with the customized specification.
When installing the customized machine
0 to 1
0: Standard, 1: Customization
0
Cpcty warn dis ON/OFF at E-mail/I-Fax TX
To set whether to display the warning message when sending data
that exceeds the upper limit value for the transmission data size via
E-mail/I-Fax.
For customization
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Function Settings> Send> E-Mail/I-Fax Settings> Maximum Data
Size for Sending

JLK-PWSC
Lv.2 Details
ON/OFF of PCAM password auth doc scan

To set whether to scan the PCAM password authentication document
with the MEAP application.
Use case
When scanning the PCAM password authentication document
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
ATUDILOG
ON/OFF of UDI log record
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of UDI log record mode.
UDI log file is normally written in HDD file, but it is deleted at start-up
so the UDI log is not recorded.
When 1 is set, UDI log is recorded in HDD at job assignment, and is
written out with sub log when obtaining it with USB memory (it can
be also obtained from SST).
Use case
When investigation is not possible with only sub log at the time of
trouble occurrence
Caution
Be sure to get approval from the user by telling that third party other
than Canon cannot recover the original document and image from
UDI log.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
FAX-INT
Set FAX RX print interruption oprtn mode
Lv.2 Details
To set the mode performing interruption operation of FAX reception
print automatically.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Normal, 1: Interruption operation mode
Default value
0

PDL-Z-LG
Lv.1 Details
Setting of draw algorithm

To switch the draw algorithm of the iR C Series and the iR-ADV C
Series to obtain output the user expects.
When 0 (FURUYA mode) is set, image is output as displayed on the
screen by the new algorithm adopted from the iR-ADV C Series.
Pseudo outline (boundary for processing divided graphics separately)
occurred with the iR C Series does not occur. However, when PDL
job with special data structure is sent, output the user expects may
not be obtained.
When 1 (FLAG mode) is set, the draw algorithm adopted by the
conventional iR C Series is used. Output equivalent to that of the
iR C Series can be obtained; however, draw-related phenomenon
occurred with the series occurs.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
Do not use setting value 2 and 3.
0 to 3
0: FURUYA mode, 1: FLAG mode, 2,3: For R&D use
Default value
0
CDS-LVUP
Set to allow CDS periodical update
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to permit periodical update by CDS.
When 0 is set, the user administrator/service technician can set the
periodical update function from the user mode/service mode. With
this setting, Updater performs periodical update.
1 to 1
Default value
The value differs according to the location.
Supplement/memo
UA-OFFSW
ON/OFF of unified auth function
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of the Unified Authentication function.
Set 0 when not preferring to use the Unified Authentication function
because of security concern.
Use case
Upon users request (not to use the Unified Authentication function)
0 to 1
0: ON, 1: OFF
Default value
0
5-333

MIB-NVTA
Lv.1 Details
RFC-compatible character stringMIB write

As default, MIB object which NVT-ASCII can be written exists in
order to link with LUI entry value. This violates RFC order, so a
problem like garbled 2-byte characters may occur in the SNMP
monitoring system, such as the 3rd vendors MPS.
Whether non-RFC-compatible character strings are written in MIB
can be set using this mode.
When 1 is set, only the character strings which are strictly compatible
with RFC are written. (Writing operation is executed from the SNMP
manager.) LUI is not linked.
Use case
Upon users request (operation with RFC-compatible system)
0 to 3
0: Compatible in a conventional manner, 1: RFC-compatible, 2 to 3:
Not used
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
RFC: Document of internet-related technical standards
NVT-ASCII: Network Virtual Terminal-ASCII
MIB-EXT
ON/OFF of link with Ex-Cont on network
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to link with External Controller on network (HewlettPackard Co.).
Use case
When linking with External Controller of Hewlett-Packard Co.
0 to 2
0: OFF, 1: ON, 2: Not used
Default value
0
T-5-59
5-334
DSPLY-SW
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW
UI-COPY
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Display/hide of copy screen

To set whether to display or hide the copy function.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
1
UI-BOX
Display/hide of Inbox screen
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display or hide the Inbox function.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 2
0: No Inbox function (Storing is not available even with PDL to
Inbox.)
1: Inbox function is active
2: Inbox function is active (with limitation; Storing is available with
PDL to Inbox despite no display on the Control Panel/remote UI)
Default value
1
Related user mode
Preferences> Display Settings> Store Location Display Settings>
Mail Box
The setting value is changed to 2 when turning OFF the foregoing
user mode, and the value is changed to 1 when turning ON the mode
at power-off/on.
As the setting value of this service mode is changed, the setting
value of the foregoing user mode is also changed.
UI-SEND
Display/hide of send screen
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display or hide the SEND function.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
1
UI-FAX
Display/hide of FAX screen
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display or hide the FAX function.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
1

T-LW-LVL
Lv.2 Details
Dis timing of toner level warning mssg

To set the warning message display timing (indicate the remaining
toner in Toner Container using %).
When the residual toner level becomes lower than the threshold, a
warning message of Toner is low. Replacement not yet needed. is
displayed on the Control Panel.
When the value is incremented by 1, the threshold is increased by
1%. As the bigger value is set, the message timing to be displayed
becomes earlier.
Use case
Upon users request
At the timing that the service engineer visits to the customer, etc.
5 to 100
Unit
1%
Default value
Europe: 5, Other than Europe: 10 (iR-ADV C9074 PRO/9070 PRO
for Japan only: 20)
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> TNR-WARN
NWERR-SW
OFF/ON of network-related error display
Lv.2 Details
To set OFF/ON of network-related error message display.
When setting 0: OFF while the machine is not connected to
network, the error message Check the network connection. is not
displayed.
Use case
When using the machine as a copy machine
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1: Normal model, 0: Self-copy model
UISW-DSP
ON/OFF of user screen switch display
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of the switch to change the standard screen and
simple screen for the users.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
T-CRG-SW
ON/OFF of Toner Cntner rplce user mode
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display or hide the Toner Container replacement
screen in user mode.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
Required time
Adjustment/Maintenance> Maintenance> Replace Specified Toner

FXMSG-SW
Lv.2 Details
ON/OFF of Fixing Assy rplce warning dis

To set whether to display the warning prompting to replace the Fixing
Assembly on the Control Panel when the Fixing Assembly reaches
its life.
Criteria for judging the life differ, depending on the setting value of
FXMSGSW2.
FXMSGSW2 = 0: Fixing Assembly Motor current value + Fixing Belt
Unit rotation time
FXMSGSW2 = 1: Items above + Total number of sheets fed on
Fixing Belt Unit
Factor at warning occurrence is identified in accordance with CODE

column of log displayed in COPIER> DISPLAY> ALARM-2.
06-0004: Current value of the Fixing Assembly Motor (FXMTR2 to 8)
No log: Rotation time of the Fixing Belt Unit (FX-U-TM1)
06-0002: Total number of sheets fed on Fixing Belt Unit (FXBLT-U)
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> FXMSGSW2
COPIER> DISPLAY> ALARM-2
COPIER> DISPLAY> FIXING>FX-MTR2 to 8, FX-U-TM1
MEAP-DSP
Screen switch set from MEAP to standard
Lv.2 Details
To set to enable/disable switching from MEAP screen to the standard
screen (COPY/SEND/Mail Box screen, etc). (Setting to display/hide
the arrow mark on MEAP screen)
In the case of an error/jam/alarm, the screen is switched to the
standard screen to display warning even if disabling this mode.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> ANIM-SW
Supplement/memo
If disabling the switch with ANIM-SW, the screen will not be switched
to the standard screen even in the case of an error/jam/alarm.
5-335

ANIM-SW
Lv.2 Details
Default value
Supplement/memo
UI-PRINT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
IMGC-ADJ
Lv.1 Details
5
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
UI-RSCAN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
5-336
Screen switch set from MEAP to warning

To set to enable/disable switching from MEAP screen to the error/
jam screen.
If disabling this mode, the screen will not be switched to the warning
screen in the case of an error/jam/alarm, and a message is appeared
on the MEAP screen indicating to contact the service person.
0 to 1
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled (No display of warning screen)
0
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> MEAP-DSP
If just disabling the switch with MEAP-DSP, the screen is switched to
the standard screen in the case of an error/jam/alarm. If disabling the
switch with ANIM-SW, the screen will not be switched to the standard
screen and a warning is appeared on MEAP screen.
Display/hide of print job screen
To set whether to display or hide the print job screen.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1
Dis/hide of img adj item in user mode
To set whether to display or hide the item relating to image
adjustment in user mode.
When selecting display setting, detailed image adjustment procedure
will be displayed only for the duplicated paper specified with the
following settings: Preferences> Paper Settings> Set Paper Type
Management.
As needed
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
Preferences> Paper Settings> Set Paper Type Management
Display/hide of remote scan screen
To set whether to display or hide the remote scan screen on the
Control Panel.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1

UI-EPRNT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
UI-WEB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
UI-HOLD
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TNR-WARN
Lv.1 Details
Default value
RMT-CNSL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Display/hide of extended print screen

To set whether to display or hide the extended print screen (print
screen for print server).
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1
Display/hide of Web browser screen
To set whether to display or hide the Web browser screen.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1
Display/hide of hold job screen
To set whether to display the hold job screen on the Control Panel.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1
ON/OFF of toner alarm message
To set whether to display the toner alarm message.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0 (other than USA), 1 (USA)
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> T-LW-LVL
ON/OFF of MEAP console screen
Selecting 1: ON enables to obtain log for Function Composer on
console screen.
When obtaining log for Function Composer
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0

UI-SBOX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
UI-MEM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
UI-NAVI
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
UI-MOBP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
ON/OFF of Advanced Box screen display

To set ON/OFF of the Advanced Box screen on the Control Panel.
When not displaying the Advanced Box screen on the Control Panel
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0: Europe, 1: Other than Europe
Advanced Box / Network
at power-off/on.
ON/OFF of memory media screen display
To set ON/OFF of the memory media screen display on the Control
Panel.
When not displaying the memory media screen on the Control Panel
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Memory Media
at power-off/on.
Dis/hide of introduce to useful features
To set whether to display or hide Introduction to Useful Features in
the main menu.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1
Display/hide of mobile print
To set whether to display or hide Mobile Print in the main menu.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1

FCOT-DSP
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF of FCOT priority mode in usermode

To set whether to display Color/Black Priority for First Print Time in
the user mode.
When 1 is set, the home position of the Primary Transfer Rollers for Y,
M, C can be switched. (Equivalent to COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW>
T1HP-POS.)
Use case
When setting Color/Black Priority for First Print Time in the user
mode
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> T1HP-POS
Related user mode
Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Action> Color/Black Priority for
First Print Time
FXMSGSW2
ON/OFF of Fix Belt Uni life criteria
Lv.2 Details
To set whether the total number of sheets fed on Fixing Belt Unit is
included as one of the criteria for judging the message indication of
the Fixing Assembly replacement.
When FXMSG-SW is 1, this setting is enabled.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> FXMSG-SW
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> FXWRNLVL
SLS-PTH
[Not used]
UI-CUSTM
ON/OFF of Quick Menu screen display
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of the Quick Menu screen on the Control Panel.
Use case
When not displaying the Quick Menu screen on the Control Panel
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
5-337

CNTCNFSW
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF of Counter Check screen display

To set whether to display the Counter Check screen.
When 1 is set, the Counter Check screen can be displayed. The
setting value automatically returns to 0 (OFF) when the screen is
closed.
Use case
When checking the counter at servicing
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
T-5-60
5-338
IMG-FIX
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX
FX-WUT
Lv.2 Details
Set of Fixing Assembly warm-up time

To set the warm-up time of the Fixing Assembly, which is performed
first time for the day.
Use 0: Initial value in the normal operation.
Extend the time as needed when a fixing failure occurs first time for
the day.
As the value is incremented by 1, the time is increased by 60
seconds.
Use case
When a fixing failure occurs first time for the day
In the environment of 15 deg C or lower
When using media out of the specifications
0 to 3
0: Initial value, 1: Initial value + 60 seconds, 2: Initial value + 120
seconds, 3: Initial value + 180 seconds
Unit
60 seconds
Default value
0
TMP-ST1
Adjustment of standby 1 temperature
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the fixing start target temperature, fixing recovery target
temperature and standby 1 fixing control temperature.
Set a positive value when a fixing failure occurs first time for the day,
and set a negative value when a control temperature cooling wait
time is shorten. (Note the fixing failure.)
Use case
When a control temperature cooling wait time is shorten
Caution
When -3 or less is set, a fixing failure might occur.
-7 to 2 (Although -7 or -6 is entered, the value is automatically set to
-5.)
-7 to -5: -25 deg C, -4: -20 deg C, -3: -15 deg C, -2: -10 deg C, -1: -5
deg C, 0: 0 deg C, 1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Standby 1: within 5 minutes since the completion of startup/recovery

TMP-ST2
Lv.1 Details
Adjustment of standby 2 temperature

To adjust the standby 2 fixing control temperature.
Set a positive value when a fixing failure occurs first time for the day,
and set a negative value when a control temperature cooling wait
time is shorten. (Note the fixing failure.)
Use case
When a control temperature cooling wait time is shorten
Caution
-7 to 2
-7: -35 deg C, -6: -30 deg C, -5: -25 deg C, -4: -20 deg C, -3: -15 deg
C, -2: -10 deg C, -1: -5 deg C, 0: 0 deg C, 1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Standby 2: after 5 minutes since the completion of startup/recovery
TMP-ST1L
Adj of standby 1 pressure temperature
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the standby 1 pressure temperature control temperature,
pressure start target temperature.
-1 to 3
-1: -10 deg C, 0: 0 deg C, 1: +10 deg C, 2: +20 deg C, 3: +30 deg C
Unit
10 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-ST2L
Adj of standby 2 pressure temperature
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the standby 2 pressure temperature control temperature.
-1 to 3
Unit
10 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-P1-1
Adj of Plain ppr 1 print temperature 1
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the print temperature 1 for Plain 1.
Set a positive value when a fixing failure occurs, and set a negative
value when a separation failure or wrinkles occur.
When an image failure occurs, adjust appropriately.
Use 0 (initial value) in the normal operation.
Use case
When a fixing failure, a separation failure, wrinkles or an image
failure occurs
Caution
-9 to 2
C, -4: -20 deg C, -3: -15 deg C, -2: -10 deg C, -1: -5 deg C, 0: 0 deg C,
1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0

TMP-P1-2
Lv.2 Details
Plain ppr1ini rotn temp, print temp 2&3

To adjust the initial ration temperature and print temperature 2 and 3
for Plain 1.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-7 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-P2-1
Adj of plain ppr 2 print temperature 1
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the print temperature 1 for Plain 2.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-9 to 2
1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
5-339

TMP-P2-2
Lv.2 Details
Plain ppr2 ini rotn temp, print temp 2&3

for Plain 2.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-7 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-H1-1
Adj of heavy ppr 1 print temperature 1
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the print temperature 1 for Heavy 1.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-9 to 2
1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
5-340

TMP-H1-2
Lv.2 Details
Heavy ppr1 ini rotn temp, print temp 2&3

for Heavy 1.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-7 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-H2-1
Lv.2 Details
Set a positive value when a fixing failure occurs.
In addition, use this mode when an image failure or deterioration of
gloss occurs.
Use case
When a fixing failure, an image failure, or deterioration of gloss
occurs
-4 to 2
-4: -20 deg C, -3: -15 deg C, -2: -10 deg C, -1: -5 deg C, 0: 0 deg C, 1:
+5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-H2-2
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the initial rotation temperature, print temperature 2 and 3
for Heavy 2.
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
-2: -10 deg C, -1: -5 deg C, 0: 0 deg C, 1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0

TMP-H3-1
Lv.2 Details

gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-4 to 2
+5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-H3-2
Lv.2 Details
for Heavy 3.
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-H4-1
Lv.2 Details
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-4 to 2
+5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0

TMP-H4-2
Lv.2 Details

for Heavy 4.
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-C1
Coat ppr1 ini rotn temp, print temp 1-3
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the initial rotation temperature and print temperature 1 to 3
for Coated 1 which paper weight is customized to 106 to 128g/m2.
Set a negative value when wrinkles occur.
gloss occurs.
Use case
When wrinkles, an image failure, or deterioration of gloss occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-C2
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the initial rotation temperature, print temperature 1 to 3 for
Coated 2.
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
5-341

TMP-C3
Lv.2 Details

Coated 3.
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-C4
Lv.2 Details
Coated 4.
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-THIN
Thin ppr ini rotn temp, print temp 1-3
Lv.2 Details
Thin Paper.
Set a negative value when wrinkles or separation failure occurs, and
set a positive value when a fixing failure occurs.
gloss occurs.
Use case
When wrinkles, a separation failure, a fixing failure, an image failure,
or deterioration of gloss occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
5-342

TMP-OHT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
TMP-L
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
DWN-TMP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Transp ini rotn temp, print temp 1-3

Transparency.
gloss occurs.
occurs
-2 to 2
5 deg C
0
Pressure ini rotn temp, print temp 1-3
To adjust the pressure temperature control temperature (initial
rotation temperature, print temperature 1 to 3). (Common setting for
all paper types)
When a fixing failure or an image failure occurs (Adjust the fixing
control temperature in the normal operation.)
-1 to 3
10 deg C
0
0
Adj of down sequence temp threshold VL
To adjust the threshold value of the temperature at which the
machine goes into the down sequence.
As the value is smaller, the machine is less likely to enter the down
sequence.
When -4 is set, the down sequence actually becomes OFF.
When making adjustments according to the environment and media.
Conditions in which the machine is likely to go into the down
sequence (the center temperature is likely to be lowered): 500 sheets
or more of continuous prints in small size, LL or lower temperature
environment, input voltage lower than the rated voltage
-4 to 1
+1 deg C
0

EDG-WAIT
Lv.2 Details
Edge heat stby set: thin/pln1,2/rcycl1,2

To set ON/OFF of job standby in the case of temperature rise at the
edge of Thin, Plain 1, Plain 2, Recycled 1 and Recycled 2, and
adjust the job acceptance judgment temperature when ON is set.
Use 0: OFF in the normal operation.
When hot offset due to temperature rise at the paper edge occurs,
set 1 to 3 (ON). As the value is incremented by 1, the job acceptance
judgment temperature is decreased by 5 deg C.
Use case
When hot offset occurs
Caution
When ON is set, job standby occurs after small size sheets are
continuously fed.
0 to 3
0: OFF
1: ON (Job acceptance judgment temperature: Initial value)
2: ON (Job acceptance judgment temperature: Initial value - 5 deg C)
3: ON (Job acceptance judgment temperature: Initial value - 10 deg
C)
Default value
0
FX-FAN1
Adj of Press Belt Cooling Fan ON temp
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the temperature condition (center and edge) which the
Pressure Belt Cooling Fan is turned ON during/after a job.
Use case
When changing the temperature condition to which the Pressure Belt
Cooling Fan is turned ON
-1 to 4
-1: -10 deg C, 0: 0 deg C, 1: +10 deg C, 2: +20 deg C, 3: +30 deg C, 4:
+40 deg C
Unit
10 deg C
Default value
0
FX-FAN2
Adj of Press Belt Cooling Fan OFF temp
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the temperature condition (edge) which the Pressure Belt
Cooling Fan is turned OFF during/after a job.
Use case
When changing the temperature condition to which the Pressure Belt
Cooling Fan is turned OFF
-2 to 2
Unit
10 deg C
Default value
0

NIP-DWN
Lv.2 Details
Adj of pressure amount: Coated paper

To adjust the pressure amount of the Pressure Belt when feeding
Coated Paper.
As the value is smaller, the pressure amount is decreased.
Use case
When wrinkles or rain-like spots occur
-3 to 2
-3: 892 pulses, -2: 792 pulses, -1: 692 pulses, 0: 592 pulses, 1: 492
pulses, 2: 392 pulses
Unit
100 pulses
Default value
0
NIP-DWN2
Adj of pressure amount: heavy paper 1, 2
Lv.2 Details
Heavy 1, 2.
Use case
When paper edge scratches the Pressure Belt
Caution
Fixing at the paper edge might be deteriorated.
-3 to 3
pulses, 2: 392 pulses, 3: 0 pulse
Unit
100 pulses
Default value
0
NIP-DWN3
Adj of pressure amount: heavy paper 3, 4
Lv.2 Details
Heavy 3, 4.
As the value is smaller, the pressure amount is lowered.
Use case
Caution
Fixing at the edge might be deteriorated.
-3 to 3
pulses, 2: 392 pulses, 3: 0 pulse
Unit
100 pulses
Default value
0
5-343

TMP-R1-1
Lv.2 Details
Adj rcycl paper 1 print temperature 1

To adjust the print temperature 1 for Recycled 1.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-9 to 2
1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-R2-1
Adj rcycl paper 2 print temperature 1
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the print temperature 1 for Recycled 2.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-9 to 2
1: +5 deg C, 2: +10 deg C
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
5-344

TMP-R1-2
Lv.2 Details
Adj rcycl1 ini rotn temp, print temp 2&3

for Recycled 1.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-7 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-R2-2
Adj rcycl2 ini rotn temp, print temp 2&3
Lv.2 Details
for Recycled 2.
Use case
failure occurs
Caution
-7 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-C5
Coat 5 ini rotn temp, print temp 1-3
Lv.2 Details
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0

TMP-C6
NIP-DWN1
Lv.2 Details
[Not used]
Adj of pressure amount: Plain paper 2
Plain 2.
Use case
Caution
FCOT, wrinkles, and fixing deterioration at the edge might occur.
-6 to 0
-6: 892 pulses, -5: 792 pulses, -4: 692 pulses, -3: 592 pulses, -2: 492
pulses, -1: 392 pulses, 0: 0 pulse
Unit
100 pulses
Default value
0
FX-ERRSW
ON/OFF of Fixing Belt Unit life judgment
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to judge the life of the Fixing Belt Unit using the
number of fed sheets.
The number of fed sheets is counted by COPIER> COUNTER>
DRBL-1> FX-BLT-U.
When 1 is set, FX-U-ERR (error display) is enabled.
Use case
When enabling the judgment of the Fixing Belt Unit life
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX> FX-U-ERR
FX-U-ERR
Set Fix Belt Unit life error thresholdVL
Lv.2 Details
To set the threshold value for the number of fed sheets which an
error indicating that the Fixing Belt Unit reaches its life is displayed
when the life of the Fixing Belt Unit is judged by the number of fed
sheets.
The number of fed sheets is counted by COPIER> COUNTER>
DRBL-1> FX-BLT-U.
When FX-ERRSW is 1, this setting is enabled.
Use case
When enabling the judgment of the Fixing Belt Unit life
1 to 4
1: 300K, 2: 400K, 3: 500K, 4: 600K
Default value
2
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX> FX-ERRSW
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> FXWRNLVL
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> FXMSG-SW, FXMSGSW2

TMP-C1B
Lv.2 Details
Adj coated ppr 1B print fix ctrl temp

for Coated 1 which paper weight is 129 to 150g/m2 (default).
Set a negative value when wrinkles occur, and set a positive value
when a fixing failure occurs.
gloss occurs.
Use case
When wrinkles, a fixing failure, an image failure, or deterioration of
gloss occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-C1C
Adj coated ppr 1C print fix ctrl temp
Lv.2 Details
Set a negative value when wrinkles occur, and set a positive value
when a fixing failure occurs.
gloss occurs.
Use case
When wrinkles, a fixing failure, an image failure, or deterioration of
gloss occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
TMP-C5B
Adj coated ppr 5B print fix ctrl temp
Lv.2 Details
for Coated 5 which paper weight is 129 to 150g/m2 (default).
gloss occurs.
Use case
occurs
-2 to 2
Unit
5 deg C
Default value
0
5-345

TMP-C5C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
L-WAIT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution

Default value
LOW-NS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Adj coated ppr 5C print fix ctrl temp

gloss occurs.
occurs
-2 to 2
5 deg C
0
ON/OFF of standby:Press Belt temp rise
To set ON/OFF of standby mode at temperature rising of Pressure
Belt and the threshold value.
When setting to ON, the machine enters standby mode to cool down
when the temperature exceeds the specified temperature, so this
mode can prevent image error which occurs at temperature rising.
When wrinkles or rain-like spots occur due to the temperature rising
When ON is set, the machine may enter standby mode (approx. 30
seconds) due to temperature rising during a job.
0 to 3
0:OFF, 1: ON (Judgment temperature table value), 2: ON (Judgment
temperature table value -3 deg C), 3: ON (Judgment temperature
table value -6 deg C)
0
0
ON/OFF of silent mode at shift to copy
To set whether to activate the Fixing Heat Exhaust Fan (FM6) in
silent mode when shifting from standby mode to copy mode.
When shifting from standby mode to copy mode, noise occurs
because the rotation speed of the Fixing Heat Exhaust Fan is
switched from 40% to 70%.
When 1 is set, the noise is alleviated by changing the timing of
switching the fan rotation speed (silent mode).
Upon users request (alleviation of noise when shifting to copy mode)
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
T-5-61
5-346
IMG-TR
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-TR
2TR-RVON
Lv.2 Details
ON/OFF end edge white spot crrct scrn

To set whether to display the screen to set ON/OFF of the paper
trailing edge weak bias in user mode.
When 1 is set, trailing edge white spot correction screen is displayed
in user mode. If ON is set in this screen, weak bias is applied to
the paper trailing edge, and white spots at the trailing edge are
alleviated.
Use case
Upon users request (when white spots occur at the trailing edge)
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> IMGC-ADJ
Related user mode
Adjustment/ Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Tail End White
Patch Correct
TR-BND1
ON/OFF of ITB toner supply at last rotn
Lv.2 Details
At last rotation, the toner band formed on the ITB is removed by the
ITB Cleaning Blade to decrease the friction between them.
This is to set whether to form the toner band on the ITB at last
rotation.
When 0: OFF is set, toner is not supplied at last rotation, and the
ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped by friction.
Use case
Upon users request (Reduction of toner consumption)
Caution
When OFF is set, the ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-TR> TR-BND2, TRCLN1-P, TRCLN2-P

TR-BND2
Lv.2 Details
ON/OFF of ITB toner supply at ppr intvl

At paper interval, the toner band formed on the ITB is removed by
the ITB Cleaning Blade to decrease the friction between them.
This is to set whether to form the toner band on the ITB at paper
interval.
When 0: OFF is set, toner is not supplied at paper interval, and the
ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped by friction.
Use case
Upon users request (Reduction of toner consumption, retention of
productivity)
Caution
When OFF is set, the ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-TR> TR-BND1, TRCLN1-P, TRCLN2-P
TRCLN1-P
Set ITB toner supply intvl at last rotn
Lv.2 Details
At last rotation, the toner band formed on the ITB is removed by the
ITB Cleaning Blade to decrease the friction between them.
This is to set the number of sheets which a toner band is formed on
the ITB at last rotation.
If the value is large, the interval of toner supply becomes longer, and
the ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped by friction.
Use case
Upon users request (Reduction of toner consumption)
Caution
If the value is too large, the ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped by
friction.
0 to 1000
Unit
1 sheet
Default value
70
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-TR> TR-BND1, TR-BND2, TRCLN2-P

TRCLN2-P
Lv.1 Details
Set of ITB toner supply intvl: ppr intvl

At paper interval, the toner band formed on the ITB is removed by
the ITB Cleaning Blade to decrease the friction between them.
This is to set the number of sheets which a toner band is formed on
the ITB.
If the value is large, the interval of toner supply becomes longer, and
the ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped by friction.
Use case
Upon users request (Reduction of toner consumption, retention of
productivity)
Caution
If the value is too large, the ITB Cleaning Blade might be flipped by
friction.
0 to 1000
Unit
1 sheet
Default value
100
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-TR> TR-BND1, TR-BND2, TRCLN1-P
ITB-TYPE
Setting of ITB thickness
Lv.2 Details
To set thickness of the ITB to be used.
Setting value of the primary transfer current differs depending on the
thickness of ITB.
Use case
When replacing the ITB
Caution
After the setting is changed, execute the following procedures.
1) Service mode: COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P> INTR-EX
2) User mode: Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Image Quality> Auto
Adjust Gradation> Full Adjust
0 to 2
0: Thick (old belt)
1: Thin (new belt) + old Primary Transfer Roller (8 mm shaft dia.)
2: Thin (new belt) + new Primary Transfer Roller (6 mm shaft dia.)
Default value
1
COPIER> FUNCTION> MISC-P> INTR-EX
Related user mode
T-5-62
5-347
IMG-DEV
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-DEV

DEVL-VTH
Lv.2 Details
Set low duty toner ejectn image duty VL

To set the threshold value of the image duty, which is the condition to
perform the low duty toner ejection sequence.
When any of the average image duty of 4 colors indicates the
threshold value or below, low duty toner ejection sequence is
executed at the paper interval calculated by dividing the value
specified in DEVL-PTH by the value of threshold value - average
image duty value.
There are 5 selections for setting value and they changes
automatically depending on the inside temperature.
As the value is larger, coarseness is decreased, but productivity is
lowered and toner consumption is increased.
As the value is smaller, productivity and toner consumption are
improved, but coarseness is worsened.
Use case
When printing low duty (low image ratio) images,
graininess (coarseness) occurs
low productivity or high toner consumption is pointed out by
the user
Caution
1 to 5
The value differs depending on the inside temperature. (Following
indicates the case of below 40 deg C, 40 deg C or higher and below
42 deg C, 42 deg C or higher from the left.)
1: 1.5%, 3%, 5%
2: 2%, 3%, 5%
3: 3%, 4%, 5%
4: 5%, 5%, 10%
5: 1%, 2%, 3%
Default value
2
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX> DEVL-PTH
INTPPR-1
Set Wire clean interval in ppr interval
Lv.2 Details
To set the paper interval for automatic cleaning of the Primary
Charging Wire and Pre-transfer Charging Wire.
Adj/set/operate method 0 to 9999
Unit
1 sheet
Default value
4000
5-348
DEVL-PTH
Lv.1 Details
Set low duty toner ejectn img duty ttlVL

To set the total value of the image duty, which is the condition to
perform the low duty toner ejection sequence.
When any of the average image duty of 4 colors indicates the
threshold value or below, low duty toner ejection sequence is
executed at the paper interval calculated by dividing the total value
by the value of threshold value - average image duty value. (The
value specified in DEVL-VTH is used as a threshold value.)
Use case
While printing low duty (low image ratio) images,
graininess (coarseness) occurs
low productivity or high toner consumption is pointed out by
the user
Caution
0 to 4
0: 50%, 1: 100%, 2: 150%, 3: 200%, 4: 250%
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX> DEVL-VTH
AUTO-DH
ON/OFF of Drum clean at warm-up rotation
Lv.1 Details
To set OFF/ON of the Photosensitive Drum cleaning at warm-up
rotations.
When setting 1: ON, set the cleaning time in increments of 1
second with D-CLN-TM.
Use case
When image smear occurs in a HH environment
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING> D-CLN-TM
CDEV-IDL
ON/OFF Dev Assy(YMCBk) first idle rotn
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of idle rotation of the Y, M, C, Bk Developing
Assemblies to be performed first time for the day.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
PCHINT-1
ATR patch ppr interval adj (1st limit)
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the paper interval which patch detection is performed by
ATR control. (1st limit)
0 to 4
0: 25 sheets, 1: 50 sheets, 2: 100 sheets, 3: 150 sheets, 4: 200
sheets
Default value
1

PCHINT-2
Lv.2 Details
Default value
PCHINT-V
Lv.2 Details
Default value
ATR patch ppr interval adj (2nd limit)

To adjust the paper interval which patch detection is performed by
ATR control. (2nd limit)
0 to 4
sheets
1
Adj ATR patch VD counter total VL intvl
To adjust the interval calculated by the total video counter value at
which the patch detection is performed in ATR control and weighting
at high duty.
If any of the average image duty of 4 colors indicates the threshold
value or higher, the patch detection of ATR control is executed at the
paper interval calculated by dividing the total standard value by the
average image duty value.
Patch detection is normally executed at the paper interval per 200
sheets; however, if the foregoing condition is satisfied, detection will
be executed even though it does not reach the specified number of
sheet.
When the negative value is specified, weighting (6.5 times) is applied
to the video counter total value only if a new Toner Container is set
and also in case of high duty (threshold value: 80% or higher). As the
value is incremented by 1, the total standard value of video counter
is increased by 1000%.
When 0 or higher value is specified, weighting is always applied
when the duty value indicates the threshold value or higher.
Combination of threshold value and weighting differs depending on
the setting value. Total standard value of video counter is fixed to
6000%.
-10 to 10
-10: Total standard value 10000%, -9: 9000%, -8: 8000%, -7: 7000%,
-6: 6000%, -5: 5000%, -4: 4000%, -3: 3000%, -2: 2000%, -1: 1000%
0: Threshold value 80%, weighting 6.5 times
1: 60%, 6.5 times
2: 40%, 6.5 times
3: 20%, 6.5 times
4: 80%, 8 times
5: 60%, 8 times
6: 40%, 8 times
7: 20%, 8 times
8: 80%, 10 times
9: 60%, 10 times
10: 40%, 10 times
-6

ADJ-VPP
Lv.2 Details
Adj of developing AC bias Vpp

To adjust Vpp of the developing AC bias.
Ring marks and uneven sleeve pitch are alleviated when the value
is decreased in the - direction, and white spots are alleviated when
the value is increased in the + direction. When the value is set to 0,
Vpp is controlled at low speed according to the life of Developing
Assembly (in the number of sheets). Other than 0 setting, Vpp is
controlled regardless of the life.
Use case
When image failures (ring marks, white spots) occur
press OK key.
Caution
When the value is decreased too much in the - direction, density
might be lowered.
-4 to 2
-4: 1.3 kV
-3: 1.4 kV
-2: 1.5 kV
-1: 1.6 kV (1/1 speed), 1.3 kV (1/2, 1/3 speed)
0: 1.6 kV (1/1 speed), 1.4 to 1.6 kV (1/2, 1/3 speed, durability control)
1: 1.6 kV (1/1 speed), 1.5 kV (1/2, 1/3 speed)
2: 1.6 kV
Default value
0
DMX-OF-Y
Adjustment of Y-color D-max setting
Lv.2 Details
Even auto gradation adjustment is executed, the density on a solid
part (Y-color image) might be inappropriate, so use this mode to
adjust the D-max control setting.
When the density is low, increase the value, and when the density is
high, decrease the value.
Use case
When the density on the solid part of the image is inappropriate
although auto gradation adjustment is executed
3) Execute the auto gradation adjustment.
Caution
Be sure to execute auto gradation adjustment (full adjustment) after
the setting is done.
-3 to 3
Default value
0
5-349

DMX-OF-M
Lv.2 Details
Adjustment of M-color D-max setting

part (M-color image) might be inappropriate, so use this mode to
Use case
Caution
-3 to 3
Default value
0
DMX-OF-C
Adjustment of C-color D-max setting
Lv.2 Details
part (C-color image) might be inappropriate, so use this mode to
Use case
Caution
-3 to 3
Default value
0
DMX-OF-K
Adjustment of Bk-color D-max setting
Lv.2 Details
part (Bk-color image) might be inappropriate, so use this mode to
Use case
Caution
-3 to 3
Default value
0
5-350

SLS-TM-Y
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
SLS-TM-M
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
SLS-TM-C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
SLS-TM-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Adj Y developer ejectn time:continuous

In case of many continuous jobs, the developer might increase or
decrease too much.
To keep the proper developer amount, adjust the time which Y-color
developer is forcibly ejected.
When the developer increases or decreases too much at continuous
jobs
0 to 10
0
Adj M developer ejectn time:continuous
decrease too much.
To keep the proper developer amount, adjust the time which M-color
jobs
0 to 10
0
Adj C developer ejectn time:continuous
decrease too much.
To keep the proper developer amount, adjust the time which C-color
jobs
0 to 10
0
Adj Bk developer ejectn time:continuous
decrease too much.
To keep the proper developer amount, adjust the time which Bk-color
jobs
0 to 10
0

2S-SS-3C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
2S-SS-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
3S-SS-3C
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
3S-SS-K
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Adj YMC developer ejectn block: 1/2 SPD

When processing many jobs at 1/2 speed (heavy paper), the
developer might increase or decrease too much.
To keep the proper developer amount, adjust the number of supply
blocks until transition to YMC-color developer forcible ejection.
When the developer increases or decreases too much due to
frequent use of 1/2 speed (heavy paper)
0 to 5
0
Adj Bk developer ejectn block: 1/2 SPD
blocks until transition to Bk-color developer forcible ejection.
0 to 5
0
Adj YMC developer ejectn block: 1/3 SPD
blocks until transition to YMC-color developer forcible ejection.
0 to 5
0
Adj Bk developer ejectn block: 1/3 SPD
blocks until transition to Bk-color developer forcible ejection.
0 to 5
0
IMG-LSR
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-LSR
PRI-FAN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Setting of Primary Charge Fan ON timing

To set the timing to forcibly turn ON the Primary Charging Suction
Fan, Primary Charging Exhaust Fan and Developing/Pre-transfer
Charging Fan.
When 1 is set, they are always turned ON by full speed and when 2
is set, they are always turned ON by half speed during power-ON.
When image is smeared by the drum
0 to 2
0: Release forcible turn ON, 1: Always ON by full speed, 2: Always
ON by half speed
0
T-5-64
T-5-63
5-351
IMG-RDR
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-RDR

DFDST-L1
Lv.1 Details
DADF mode dust dtct level adj: ppr intvl

To adjust dust detection level with dust detection correction control
that is executed at paper interval in DADF mode.
Reduce the value in the case of frequent display of cleaning
instruction at the time of dust detection. As the value is smaller, the
dust is less detected.
Increase the value in the case of black lines. As the value is larger,
the small dust is more likely detected.
Use case
When black line occurs due to dust
Upon users request
Caution
When increasing the value too much, the cleaning instruction screen
may appear too often since even small dust that will not be appeared
on the image can be detected.
When reducing the value too much, black lines may appear on the
image.
0 to 255
0: OFF
Default value
200
Supplement/memo
Black lines can appear on the image if there is dust. With dust
detection correction control, the image is corrected to prevent black
lines once dust is detected.
DFDST-L2
DADF mode dust dtct level adj: after job
Lv.1 Details
that is executed after the job is completed in DADF mode.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
image.
0 to 255
0: OFF
Default value
200
Supplement/memo
5-352
DF2DSTL1
Lv.1 Details
DADF dust dtct lvl adj at ppr intvl:bck

that is executed at paper interval by the Scanner Unit (paper back) in
DADF mode.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
image.
0 to 255
0: OFF
Default value
200
Supplement/memo

DF2DSTL2
Lv.1 Details
Adj DADF dust dtct level at job end:bck

that is executed by the Scanner Unit (paper back) after the job is
completed in DADF mode.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
image.
0 to 255
0: OFF
Default value
200
Supplement/memo
T-5-65
IMG-MCON
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-MCON
PASCAL
Lv.1 Details
Use/no use of auto gradation adj data

To set to use/not to use the gradation adjustment data gamma LUT
that is generated by auto gradation adjustment (Full/Quick Adjust)
control.
Selection is available as to whether to use gamma LUT at the time of
image formation.
Use case
When PASCAL-related failure occurs/when identifying the cause of
PASCAL-related failure
0 to 3
0: Initial LUT is used. (Automatic gradation adjustment is not used.)
1: Auto gradation adjustment is used.
2 to 3: Not used
Default value
1
SCR-SLCT
Halftone process in Photo Printout mode
Lv.2 Details
To set halftone process (error diffusion, screen 2 types) in Photo
Printout mode when making a copy.
Change the setting if the copy image has a problem with the initial
setting (Low screen ruling).
Select 0 (error diffusion) in the case of moire (suitable for character
reproduction).
Select 2 (High screen ruling) in the case of rough dots.
Use case
When moire image or rough dots occurs on copy image
0 to 2
0: Error diffusion, 1: Low screen ruling, 2: High screen ruling
Default value
1
Related user mode
Function Settings> Copy> Photo Printout Mode
TMC-SLCT
Setting of error diffusion coefficient
Lv.2 Details
To set coefficient to be used for error diffusion process.
Specify according to the level of granularity and dot stability.
0: Small granularity/low dot stability
1: Small granularity/low dot stability (color mode), Large granularity/
high dot stability (B&W mode)
2: Large granularity/high dot stability
Default value
2
5-353

PRN-FLG
Lv.2 Details
Select of image area flag (PDL image)

To set the image area flag for the image processing which is
performed when a PDL image fails to be compressed at a specified
compression rate.
If an image fails to be compressed at a specified compression rate,
the following operations are performed as default:
Processing to prioritize reproduction of text
Replacing Bk color to black plain color
Set 1 when moire occurs or jaggy is significant.
Set 2 when not preferring to replace Bk color with black plain color.
Use case
When moire occurs or jaggy is significant in case of printing an
image containing many halftone dots or photos
When avoiding to replace Bk color with black plain color
Caution
This setting trades off with reproducibility of text.
0 to 2
0: High screen ruling, gray compensation LUT
1: Error diffusion, gray compensation LUT
2: High screen ruling, normal LUT
Default value
0
SCN-FLG
Select of image area flag (copy image)
Lv.2 Details
To set the image area flag for the image processing which is
performed when a scanned image fails to be compressed at a
specified compression rate.
If an image fails to be compressed at a specified compression rate,
processing to prioritize reproduction of text is performed by default.
Set 1 when an image contains many halftone photos.
Set 2 when an image contains many printed photos.
Use case
When copying an image which contains many halftone dots and
photos
Caution
This setting trades off with reproducibility of text.
0 to 2
0: Text
1: Halftone photo image
2: Printed photo
Default value
0
5-354

TNR-DWN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TMIC-BK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
DH-MODE
Lv.2 Details
Default value
DH-TMG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Set of toner deposit amount reduction

To reduce the toner deposit amount when toner scatters or paper
winds around the Fixing Assembly in the case of full color.
When 1 is set, blur of images is decreased, but the hue is changed.
When an image is blurred due to toner scattering, etc. in the case of
full color
0 to 2
0: Standard
1: Reduce toner amount both for 1-sided and 2-sided modes
2: Standard for 1-sided mode and reduce toner amount for both
sides in 2-sided mode
0
ON/OFF of TMIC Bk_LUT end edge correct
To set ON/OFF of the trailing edge adjustment of Bk_LUT for PDL
and for copy which are used by TMIC.
When the trailing edge adjustment is set to ON, the density of the
high density area becomes high, and consequently text and thin
lines become clear. While an image becomes clear, the hue of the
gradation area of photos, etc. is changed.
When thin lines are partly missing or characters are faded
0 to 3
0: ON for PDL, OFF for copy
1: OFF for PDL, OFF for copy
2: ON for PDL, ON for copy
3: OFF for PDL, ON for copy
2
Set ptch data at Dhalf except full crrct
To set whether to use the high-density patch data that has been
scanned by D-half control of full correction at the time of D-half
control other than full correction.
0 to 1
0: Used, 1: Not used
0
Set auto D-max/half control exe interval
To set the paper interval to execute auto D-max/D-half control.
D-max/D-half control is executed at the time of warm-up rotations
after completion of job with specified number of sheets.
Upon users request
0 to 15000
1 sheet
1000

MIX-FLG
Lv.2 Details
Set image composition image processing

To set the image processing which is performed when an image
fails to be compressed at a specified compression rate by the Main
Controller upon image composition.
Use case
When an image processing failure occurs
0 to 3
0: Equivalent to PDL text mode (Black text is reproduced with 4
colors. Error diffused image. The hue of the photo area is more
vivid than 2.)
1: Equivalent to PDL photo mode (Black text is reproduced with 4
colors. Screen processed image.)
2: Equivalent to scanned text mode (Black text is reproduced with
black plain color. Error diffused image. The hue of the photo area
might be different from 0.)
3: Equivalent to scanned photo mode (Black text is reproduced with
black plain color. Screen processed image.)
Default value
0
REPORT-Z
Set of report print image processing
Lv.1 Details
To set the image processing which is performed when printing a
report.
Use case
When there is a request for image improvement
0 to 3
vivid than 2.)
Default value
0

IFXEML-Z
Lv.1 Details
Set clr iFAX,mail recv print img process

To set the image processing which is performed when printing color
iFAX or received mail.
Use case
0 to 3
vivid than 2.)
Default value
0
BMLNKS-Z
Set BMLinkS reception print img process
Lv.1 Details
To set the image processing which is performed when printing
received BMLinkS.
Use case
0 to 3
vivid than 2.)
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
BMLinkS (Business Machine Linkage Service): An integrated
network OA device interface
5-355

REDU-CNT
Lv.2 Details
Set toner deposit amount limt at clr adj

To set whether to limit the toner deposit amount at color adjustment
(color balance, fine adjustment of density).
When 0 is set, the color adjustment value is reflected to an image
precisely, but toner scattering in the Transfer Assembly and Fixing
Assembly might occur, and paper might wind around the Fixing
Assembly.
When COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> IMGC-ADJ is set to 1, this
setting can be also made in the user mode.
Use case
Upon users request
When reflecting the color adjustment value to an image precisely
Caution
When 0 is set, toner scattering in the Transfer Assembly and Fixing
Assembly might occur, and paper might wind around the Fixing
Assembly.
0 to 1
0: Toner deposit amount is not limited.
1: Toner deposit amount is limited to the specified amount.
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> IMGC-ADJ
Related user mode
Mode
VP-ART
Setting of line art processing
Lv.2 Details
To make a setting for outline processing for line art on scalable PDF.
In the outline processing, a binary image outline is extracted in the
field which is recognized as line art, and is converted into vector
data.
Specify whether to convert the binary image outline into vector data
or to recognize it as one line (as a thin line). For the thin line, the line
width can be specified.
Change this value when you want to obtain an output of a wide-width
line as one line rather than as an outline (when you want to prioritize
edit operation as a line rather than image quality).
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 99
Default value
1
5-356

VP-TXT
Lv.2 Details
Setting of character vectorization

To make a setting of vector conversion processing for text on
scalable PDF.
In the vector conversion processing, a binary image outline is
extracted in the field which is recognized as text, and is converted
into vector data.
In regular vector conversion, function approximation is not used for
small text because the image quality is not changed.
When the value is changed, function approximation processing is
executed for small text, which realizes smooth text although the
image quality is changed.
Change this value when you want to prioritize smoothness in small
text.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 99
Default value
1
PASCL-TY
Paper setting for auto gradation adj
Lv.2 Details
Auto gradation adjustment is normally executed with the
recommended paper specified for each location. However, if you
want to change the paper type, use this setting to change the paper
type.
Use case
When executing the auto gradation adjustment using a paper other
than the recommended paper type
Caution
Do not change the setting in the normal operation.
1 to 3
1: CS-814 (Except for USA and EU. Mainly for Japan)
2: Hammermill (For USA)
3: Mondi (For EU)
Default value
AST-SEL
Adj of advanced smoothing effect
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the smoothing effect which is set in the advanced
smoothing UI.
Set 3 if no smoothing effect is obtained even though Strong is set in
the advanced smoothing UI.
Set 0 if too much effect is obtained even though Weak is set in the
advanced smoothing UI.
Use case
When image failures (jaggy, moire) occur
0 to 3
Default value
2
Supplement/memo
AST: Advanced Smoothing Technology

REGM-SEL
Lv.2 Details
Adj of fine-line density correction

To adjust the line and text density which is set in the thin line density
adjustment UI.
Set 4 if density is too low even though +2 is set in the thin line
density adjustment UI.
Set 0 if density is too high even though -2 is set in the thin line
density adjustment UI.
Use case
When line and text adjusted by thin line density adjustment is too
dark or too light in the case of 1200 dpi print
0 to 4
Default value
2
Supplement/memo
REGM-SEL: REos GaMma SELect
L-PWR-SW
Adjustment of thin line width
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the line width of thin lines.
As the value is larger, lines become thicker.
Use case
When enhancing the reproducibility of thin lines
2) Execute Auto Adjust Gradation (Full Adjust).
0 to 3
0: No adjustment
1: 10%
2: 20%
3: 30%
Default value
2
SCR-SW
Set of low screen ruling dither
Lv.1 Details
To set the dithering method for low screen ruling.
When changing the value, confirm the change by setting 1: Low
screen ruling in COPIER> TEST> PG> TXPH.
Use case
Upon users request (Dot dithering is used)
2) Execute Auto Adjust Gradation (Full Adjust).
0 to 1
0: Line dithering, 1: Dot dithering
Default value
0
COPIER> TEST> PG> TXPH

ERS-SEL1
Lv.1 Details
Use case

Default value
ERS-SEL2
Lv.1 Details
Use case

Default value
Set 1200 dpi ERS process:PS Expnsn Kit

To change the ERS processing when the hue of patterned graphics
is changed according to phase in the case of making 1200-dpi output
with the PS Expansion Kit installed.
The processing is changed only for graphics and images, and ERS
weighting processing is performed to characters even if the setting is
changed.
Set 1 when the aforementioned symptom occurs.
Set 3 if the proportion of small characters is distorted after 1 is set.
Set 5 if the color of graphics is not stabilized after 1 or 3 is set. In this
setting, however, a thin line of a single line disappears.
When the hue is changed according to phase when making 1200-dpi
output
0 to 7
The following processing are performed to graphics and images
respectively:
0: Max skipping, simple skipping
1: ERS (average), simple skipping
2: ERS (average), ERS (average)
3: ERS (weighting), simple skipping
4: ERS (weighting), ERS (weighting)
5: Simple skipping, simple skipping
6, 7: Not used
0
0
Set 1200 dpi ERS process: print server
To change the ERS processing when the hue of patterned graphics
is changed according to phase in the case of making 1200-dpi output
through connection to the print server.
Set 1 when the aforementioned symptom occurs.
Set 3 if the proportion of small characters is distorted after 1 is set.
Set 5 if the color of graphics is not stabilized after 1 or 3 is set. In this
setting, however, a thin line of a single line disappears.
When the hue is changed according to phase when making 1200-dpi
output
0 to 5
The following processing are performed to characters, graphics, and
images respectively:
0: ERS (weighting), Max skipping, simple skipping
1: ERS (average), ERS (average), simple skipping
2: ERS (average), ERS (average), ERS (average)
3: ERS (weighting), ERS (weighting), simple skipping
4: ERS (weighting), ERS (weighting), ERS (weighting)
5: ERS (weighting), simple skipping, simple skipping
0
0
5-357

PRESTART
Lv.2 Details
Setting to extend initial rotation time

To set whether to extend the time from start of initial rotation to image
formation.
When hue is not stable at the start of printing, engine can be stable
by extending the initial rotation time.
Use case
When hue is not stable at the time of printing in first few sheets
2) Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply.
0 to 5
Unit
2 seconds
Default value
0
CL-RDCTN
High compress PDF TX clr reduct mode
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to execute the color reduction processing mode at
high compression PDF (text mode) transmission.
Set 1 when image quality is deteriorated at high compression PDF
(text mode) transmission. Image quality is improved by executing the
color reduction processing mode.
Use case
Upon users request (improvement of image quality)
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
IMG-SPD
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-SPD
ARC-INT1
Lv.2 Details
Unit
Default value
ARC-INT2
Lv.2 Details
T-5-66
5
Caution
Unit
Default value
5-358
Set of ARCDAT interruption interval

To set the number of sheets as the intervals at which ARCDAT
control is executed.
When the number of sheets reaches the specified value, ARCDAT
control is executed by interrupting an ongoing job.
If the value is too large, the density of image becomes different
before and after the interruption.
If the value is too small, the productivity is lowered.
Actual setting value is calculated by dividing the entry value by 0.9
and rounding up after the decimal points. (e.g.: If an entry value is
100, setting value will be 122.)
5 to 1000
1 sheet
100
0
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-LSR> ARC-INT2
Set ARCDAT exe interval: last rotation
To set the number of sheets which ARCDAT control is not executed,
from the start of a job.
ARCDAT control which is supposed to be executed during the
specified number of sheets is executed at last rotation of the previous
job. Since the number of interruptions during a job is reduced, the
productivity is enhanced.
However, the number of times of ARCDAT control executed at last
rotation might be increased depending on the print conditions.
Actual setting value is calculated by dividing the entry value by 0.9
and rounding up after the decimal points. (e.g.: If an entry value is
25, setting value will be 28.)
Do not set a larger value than ARC-INT1.
5 to 1000
1 sheet
25
0
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-LSR> ARC-INT1
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-SPD

CHG-INT
Lv.2 Details
Unit
Default value
COAT-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
TAB-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Set dischg crrnt ctrl intvl: last rotn

To set the number of sheets as the intervals at which discharge
current control for Y, M, and C is executed at last rotation.
When the number of sheets reaches the specified value, discharge
current control is executed at last rotation of the job.
If the value is too large, Y, M, C image failure occurs before and after
the execution.
If the value is too small, the productivity is lowered.
0 to 10000
1 sheet
400
0
Setting of coated paper feeding speed
To set the feeding speed (1/3, 1/2 speed) for coated paper (105g/m2
or more)
1/3 speed: Proper gloss mode (22ppm)
1/2 speed: High productivity mode (35ppm)
When improving productivity in printing on coated paper
0 to 1
0: 1/3 speed, 1: 1/2 speed
0
ON/OFF of cleaning at tab paper feeding
To set whether to clean when tab paper is fed.
When printing an image on a whole tab area of tab paper, the
backside of the succeeding paper is soiled.
When 1 is set, cleaning is executed every time a tab paper is fed.
Soiled backside can be prevented, but productivity decreases.
When the backside of the succeeding paper to tab paper is soiled
Upon users request (to improve quality)
Be sure to get approval from the user in advance by telling that
backside is not soiled by cleaning, but productivity decreases.
0 to 2
0: OFF, 1: ON, 2: Not used
0
CLEANING
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING
W-CLN-P
Lv.2 Details
Set last rotation simple wire cln intvl

To set the paper interval for automatic cleaning of the Primary
Charging Wire.
The Primary Charging Wire is cleaned (1 reciprocation) at the time
of last rotation after completion of job with every specified number of
sheets.
The operation is enabled when the setting value of COPIER>
OPTION> CLEANING> W-CLN-PH is 1: ON.
Use case
Upon users request
50 to 10000
Unit
1 sheet
Default value
2000
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING> W-CLN-PH
W-CLN-T
Set of Pre-trns Chg Wire auto cln intvl
Lv.2 Details
To set the paper interval for automatic cleaning of the Pre-transfer
Charging Wire.
Cleaning is executed at the time of last rotation after completion of
job with every specified number of sheets.
The operation is enabled when the setting value of COPIER>
OPTION> CLEANING> W-CLN-PH is 1: ON.
50 to 10000
Unit
1 sheet
Default value
2000
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING> W-CLN-PH
D-CLN-TM
Set of warm-up rotation Drum clean time
Lv.2 Details
To adjust the time for cleaning the surface of the Photosensitive
Drum which is performed at warm-up rotations.
This item is enabled when AUTO-DH is 1: ON.
Use case
When image smear occurs in a HH environment
1 to 300
Unit
1 second
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> IMG-FIX> AUTO-DH
T-5-67
5-359
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING

OHP-PTH
Lv.2 Details
Set of ITB clean transp threshold value

When a large number of transparencies is fed, surface active agent
which coats the surface of an transparency adheres to the ITB, and
consequently the transfer efficiency is lowered, causing an image
failure. After feeding a certain number of transparencies, a patch
is formed on the ITB, and the ITB Cleaning Blade scrapes it off
together with surface active agent.
This setting is used to set the threshold value for the number of fed
transparency which is the condition to execute ITB cleaning.
Use case
When an image failure occurs due to lowering of the transfer
efficiency
0 to 100
0: Not executed
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
15
COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEANING> TBLT-CLN
W-CLN-PH
ON/OFF of Charging Wire auto cleaning
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of automatic cleaning of the Primary Charging Wire
and Pre-transfer Charging Wire.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING> W-CLN-P, W-CLN-T
T-5-68
5-360
ENV-SET
COPIER> OPTION> ENV-SET
ENVP-INT
Lv.1 Details
Temp, humid &Fix Belt temp log get cycle

To set the cycle to obtain log of the humidity inside the machine and
the surface temperature of the Fixing Belt.
As the value is incremented by 1, the cycle is increased by 1 minute.
Obtained log can be displayed by selecting the following: COPIER >
DISPLAY > ENVRNT
Use case
At trouble analysis
0 to 480
Unit
1 minute
Default value
60
COPIER> DISPLAY> ENVRNT
DRY-CISU
ON/OFF of condensation prevention mode
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of condensation mode.
When droplets are appeared on the Scanner Unit due to
condensation and image failure or E225 occurs, set 1: ON.
By selecting 1, the Scanner Unit (paper front) stops the fan for
15 seconds and the Scanner Unit (paper back) lights LED for 30
seconds from the next startup.
Use case
When droplets are appeared on the Scanner Unit due to
condensation and image failure or E225 occurs
0 to 1
0: OFF (Normal mode), 1: ON (Anti-condensation mode)
T-5-69
FEED-SW
COPIER> OPTION> FEED-SW

EVLP-SPD
Lv.1 Details
Envelope feeding speed setting

To set the envelope feeding speed.
By feeding an envelop at 1/2 speed (default) in the case of a high
humidity environment, the glue flap may adhere at the time of fixing.
As a result of that, the envelop may not be opened.
By setting to 1/1 speed, adhesion can be prevented, but fixing might
be deteriorated in a low humidity environment.
Use case
When a glue flap of envelop adheres
Caution
The fixing is deteriorated by setting 1/1 speed in a low humidity
environment.
0 to 1
0: 1/2 speed, 1: 1/1 speed
Default value
0
DK5-REST
Adj paper level for Multi Deck (Upper)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the threshold value for paper level to be determined as no
paper in Multi Deck (Upper).
When the setting value is increased for the case that too many
sheets are remained in the Deck, paper can be used almost to the
limit.
As the value is incremented by 1, the paper level decreases by
approx. 20 sheets.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
The number of remaining papers varies according to the air-floatation
condition.
0 to 5
Unit
Approx. 20 sheets
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> FEED-SW> DK6-REST, DK7-REST
DK6-REST
Adj paper level for Multi Deck (Middle)
Lv.1 Details
paper in Multi Deck (Middle).
limit.
approx. 20 sheets.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
condition.
0 to 5
Unit
Approx. 20 sheets
Default value
0
DK7-REST
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
REG-SPD2
Lv.2 Details
Unit
Default value
REG-SPD3
Lv.2 Details
Unit
Default value
Adj paper level for Multi Deck (Lower)

paper in Multi Deck (Lower).
limit.
approx. 20 sheets.
Upon users request
condition.
0 to 5
Approx. 20 sheets
0
Speed adj of Rgst Roller: 1/2 speed
To adjust the Registration Roller speed when 1/2 speed is set for
heavy paper/transparency, etc.
Increase the value if the image at the leading edge of paper shrinks
in the feeding direction, and decrease the value if it expands.
Decrease the value if wavy-line image occurs.
If these symptoms are not alleviated after adjustment is made,
replace the Registration Roller.
-30 to 30
0.001
0
COPIER> OPTION> FEED-SW> REG-SPD, REG-SPD3
Speed adj of Rgst Roller: 1/3 speed
heavy paper/coated paper, etc.
-30 to 30
0.001
0
COPIER> OPTION> FEED-SW> REG-SPD, REG-SPD2
5-361

REG-SPD
Lv.2 Details
Speed adj of Rgst Roller: plain paper

plain paper, etc.
-30 to 30
Unit
0.001
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> FEED-SW> REG-SPD2, REG-SPD3
INSRT-SW
Insert ppr presence/absence jdgmt ON/OFF
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of paper presence/absence judgment of the Inserter.
When 1 is set, a job is started before the Inserter starts paper
detections so productivity is improved..
Use case
Upon users request (improvement of productivity when using the
Inserter)
Caution
If there is no insertion sheet in the Inserter while 1 is set, pages will
be out of order. Consequently, a lot of papers being fed from the host
machine will be handled as jam papers.
0 to 1
0: ON (starting pickup after confirming the presence of papers)
1: OFF (starting pickup without judging paper presence and absence)
Default value
0
PINT-REG
Set ppr intvl img pstn crrct frequency
Lv.2 Details
To set the paper interval for executing the paper interval image
position correction control.
As the paper interval is larger (low frequency of execution), color
displacement tends to occur.
This control is executed at warm-up rotation to be performed first
time for the day and after jam processing regardless the setting
value.
Use case
Upon users request (shortening the time required for paper interval
control)
Caution
When increasing the paper interval, confirm the tolerance of color
displacement with the user.
0 to 5
sheets, 5: no correction
Default value
0
5-362

DK2-TURN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DK3-TURN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DK4-TURN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
ON/OFF of Left Deck Pickup Rol last rotn

To set whether to execute last rotation of the Pickup Roller on the
Left Deck for 50 msec after completion of job.
As the usage is extended, a part of the Separation Roller engaged
with the Pickup Roller becomes worn and the roller stops rotation.
As a result of that, jam may occur. By rotating the Pickup Roller after
completion of job, it can reduce wear of the Separation Roller.
When frequency of use is relatively low
When pickup jam tends to occur
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
COPIER> OPTION> FEED-SW> DK1-TURN, DK3-TURN, DK4TURN, DK5-TURN, DK6-TURN, DK7-TURN
ON/OFF of Cassette3 Pickup Rol last rotn
Cassette 3 for 50 msec after completion of job.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
ON/OFF of Cassette4 Pickup Rol last rotn
Cassette 4 for 50 msec after completion of job.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0

DK1-TURN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DK5-TURN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DK6-TURN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
ON/OFF Right Deck Pickup Roll last rotn

Right Deck for 50 msec after completion of job.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
ON/OFF M-Deck (upr) Pickup Rol last rotn
Multi Deck (Upper) for 50 msec after completion of job.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
ON/OFF M-Deck (Mid) Pickup Rol last rotn
Multi Deck (Middle) for 50 msec after completion of job.
As the usage is extended, part of the Separation Roller engaged with
the Pickup Roller become worn and the roller stops the rotation. As
a result of that, jam may occur. By rotating the Pickup Roller after
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0

DK7-TURN
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF M-Deck (Low) Pickup Rol last rotn

Multi Deck (Lower) for 50 msec after completion of job.
Use case
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
DK1-AIR
ON/OFF of PDF Deck Lite air assist
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of the POD Deck Lite air assist.
In the initial settings, the air assist is OFF for plain paper or heavy
paper, and ON for coated paper, texture paper, heavy paper 2 to 5,
OHT, etc.
When a jam or double feed error frequently occurs with plain paper,
etc., set the value to 1. When the transfer performance is low with
coated paper, texture paper, etc., set the value to 2.
Use case
When a jam or double feed error frequently occurs with plain
paper or heavy paper 1
When the transfer performance is low with coated paper, texture
paper, etc.
0 to 2
0: Initial setting, 1: ON, 2: OFF
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> FEED-SW> DK2-AIR, DK3-AIR, DK4-AIR
5-363

DK2-AIR
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF of Multi Deck (Upper) air assist

To set ON/OFF of the POD Deck (Upper) air assist.
OHT, etc.
Use case
paper, etc.
0 to 2
Default value
0
DK3-AIR
ON/OFF of Multi Deck (Middle) air assist
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of the POD Deck (Middle) air assist.
OHT, etc.
Use case
paper, etc.
0 to 2
Default value
0
5-364

DK4-AIR
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF of Multi Deck (Lower) air assist

To set ON/OFF of the POD Deck (Lower) air assist.
OHT, etc.
Use case
paper, etc.
0 to 2
Default value
0
TFL-RTC
Set delvry dest at rcvry after tray full
Lv.1 Details
To select the delivery destination for a job with multiple pages after
recovering the Delivery Tray that reaches the full level.
When 0 (default) is set, a job is output from the delivery destination
again from which the last job was delivered.
When 1 is set, a job is output from the delivery destination which
priority is set as high at Output Tray Settings in user mode.
Use case
When changing the delivery tray
0 to 1
0: Output from the tray from which the last job was output.
1: Output from the delivery destination which priority is high among
the delivery trays.
Default value
0
Related user mode
Function Settings> Common> Paper Output Settings> Output Tray
Settings
D-MXDSZ
Prdctvty prrty mod in media mix: 2-sided
Lv.1 Details
At a 2-sided job in media mixed situation, productivity is reduced
because paper circulation inside of the machine is stopped.
When 1 (productivity priority mode) is set, productivity improves
because paper circulation is not stopped.
Use case
Upon users request (Improving productivity in media mixed situation)
Adj/set/operate method Enter the setting value and press OK key.
0 to 1
0: Normal mode, 1: Productivity priority mode
Default value
0

USZ-FEED
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF Job set/Pckup Cst ppr size chck

To set whether to check if the paper size set for the job matches the
paper size set on the Pickup Cassette.
When 1 is set, papers are picked up without checking even user
defined size papers that differ from the job setting size are set on the
Pickup Cassette.
Use case
When forcibly picking up papers even the paper size setting differs
between a job and the Pickup Cassette
0 to 1
0: ON, 1: OFF
Default value
0
T-5-70
5-365
NETWORK
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK

RAW-DATA
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
RMT-LANG
Lv.2 Details
Use case
IFAX-LIM
Lv.2 Details
5
Use case
Default value
SMTPTXPN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
5-366
Setting of received data print mode

To set print mode for the received image data.
This item is used to identify the cause whether its due to image data
or image processing in the case of trouble with received image.
When received image trouble occurs
Be sure to set the value back to 0: normal print operation after
recovering from the trouble.
0 to 1
0: Normal print operation, 1: Print with original data without image
processing
0
Language setting of remote UI
To set the language on remote UI.
Upon users request
1) Switch with +/- key, and then press OK key.
ja/en/de/fr/it/es
ja: Japanese, en: English, de: German, fr: French, it: Italian, es:
Spanish
No. of max print lines at IFAX reception
To set the maximum number of lines for e-mail text to be printed
when receiving IFAX.
Setting of this item can prevent endless printing of the attached file
data in the case of receiving an error e-mail or failure in interpretation
of the context.
Selecting 0 prints the header/footer in 1 sheet when receiving e-mail
text without attached file.
When preventing endless print in the case of failure in reception
0 to 999
0: E-mail text not printed, 999: Unlimited
500
Setting of SMTP TX port number
To set SMTP transmission port number.
Upon users request
0 to 65535
25
SMTPRXPN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Setting of SMTP reception port number

To set SMTP reception port number.
Upon users request
0 to 65535
Default value
25
POP3PN
Setting of POP3 reception port number
Lv.2 Details
To set POP3 reception port number.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 65535
Default value
110
FTPTXPN
Specification of SEND port (FTP) number
Lv.2 Details
To specify address port (FTP) number for SEND.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 65535
Default value
21
STS-PORT
ON/OFF of TOT sync status comctn port
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF for Inquiry/Response (sync)-mode status
communication port with T.O.T.
Select 1: ON in the case of connecting the PC and the machine
with the cross cable while Service NAVI is used.
Use case
When the Service NAVI is used
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> CMD-PORT
Supplement/memo
T.O.T: TUIF over TCP. Communication protocol to be used for
communication with the built-in application (UI) and the internal
application such as COPY/ SEND/ BOX, etc. (Canons own protocol).

CMD-PORT
Lv.2 Details
ON/OFF TOTasync command comctn port

To set ON/OFF for asynchronous command communication port with
T.O.T.
Select 1: ON in the case of connecting the PC and the machine
with the cross cable while Service NAVI is used.
Use case
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> STS-PORT
Supplement/memo
T.O.T: TUIF over TCP. Communication protocol to be used for
communication with the built-in application (UI) and the internal
application such as COPY/ SEND/ BOX, etc. (Canons own protocol).
NS-CMD5
Limit CRAM-MD5 auth method at SMTP auth
Lv.2 Details
To restrict use of CRAM-MD5 authentication method at the time of
SMTP authentication.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: SMTP server-dependent, 1: Not used
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
SMTP authentication: Protocol in which user authentication
function is added to SMTP, which is the protocol to be used
for e-mail transmission. At the time of e-mail transmission, this
protocol executes authentication of the user account and the
password between the SMTP server and the user to approve e-mail
transmission only when its authenticated.
NS-GSAPI
Limit GSSAPI auth method at SMTP auth
Lv.2 Details
To restrict use of GSSAPI authentication method at the time of SMTP
authentication.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

NS-NTLM
Lv.2 Details
Limit NTLM auth method at SMTP auth

To restrict use of NTLM authentication method at the time of SMTP
authentication.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
NS-PLNWS
Limit clear text auth at SMTP auth encry
Lv.2 Details
To restrict use of PLAIN/LOGIN authentication, which is clear text, at
the time of SMTP authentication under the environment where the
communication packet is encrypted.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
NS-PLN
Limit plain txt auth at SMTPauth noencry
Lv.2 Details
To restrict use of PLAIN/LOGIN authentication, which is plain text, at
the time of SMTP authentication under the environment where the
communication packet is not encrypted.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-367

NS-LGN
Lv.2 Details
Limit LOGIN authentication at SMTP auth

To restrict use of LOGIN authentication at the time of SMTP
authentication.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
MEAP-PN
HTTP port No.setting of MEAP application
Lv.2 Details
To set HTTP port number of MEAP application.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
Do not specify port 8080 when the Print Server is connected.
Otherwise, you cannot browse the device RUI in which MEAP
authentication application is running (Port 8080 is reserved for
redirection of EFI controller to the iR side.)
0 to 65535
Default value
8000
DA-PORT
Port setting with DA
Lv.2 Details
To set the communication port when DA is installed.
Select ON when DA is installed.
Use case
When DA is installed (This mode is used for the Japanese models
only and not used with overseas models (outside Japan)).
Caution
When going through the following: COPIER > OPTION > FNC-SW
> DA-CNCT, and selecting 1 for DA-CNCT, the following item is also
ON:
COPIER > OPTION > NETWORK > STS-PORT, CMD-PORT
COPIER > OPTION > FNC-SW > DA-PORT
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON (When installed)
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DA: Digital Accessory
5-368

DA-CNCT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
CHNG-STS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
CHNG-CMD
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
MEAP-SSL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Connection setting of WPGW

To set WPGW connection.
This mode is used for the Japanese models only and not used with
overseas models (outside Japan)
Go through the following: COPIER > OPTION > ACC > COIN; and
if the setting value for COIN is changed from 0/1/2 to 3 (select DA
charge), the value is automatically turns 1.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1:ON
0
COPIER> OPTION> ACC> COIN
WPGW: Workplace Gateway
Set of TOT status connection port number
To set the port number for status connection with T.O.T.
1 to 65535
20010
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> STS-PORT
Set of TOT command connection port No.
To set the port number for command connection with T.O.T.
1 to 65535
20000
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> CMD-PORT
HTTPS port setting of MEAP
To set the port of HTTPS server in the case of using SSL with HTTP
of MEAP.
When specifying the setting of HTTPS port for MEAP
0 to 65535
8443

LPD-PORT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Setting of LPD port number

To set the LPD port number.
Upon users request
1 to 65535
Default value
515
Supplement/memo
LPD port: Network port for TCP/IP communication when making
prints through network.
WUEV-SW
Setting of sleep notification execution
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to notify the sleep mode to the application
(imageWARE, etc) on the network when shifting to/recovering from
the sleep mode.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Notified, 1: Not notified
Default value
0
WUEV-INT
Setting of sleep notification interval
Lv.2 Details
To set the interval of sleep notification.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
This is active when COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> WUEV-SW is
set to 0: Notified.
60 to 65535
Unit
1 second
Default value
600
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> WUEV-SW
WUEV-POT
Port number setting for sleep notice
Lv.2 Details
To set port number of the PC to notify the sleep mode.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
set to 0: Notified.
1 to 65535
Default value
11427

WUEV-RTR
Lv.2 Details
Setting of sleep notification range

To set the number of available routers to the target for sleep
notification.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
set to 0: Notified.
0 to 254
Default value
3
WUEN-LIV
Recovery time setting after sleep notice
Lv.2 Details
To set the time from the sleep start from network without job
assignment until the mode is shifted to the sleep mode.
Use case
When setting the startup time after sleep notification
1 to 600
Unit
1 second
Default value
15
DHCP-12
ON/OFF of DHCP-option 12 request
Lv.2 Details
To set ON/OFF of inquiry on the host name (Option 12) which uses
Option 55 of DHCP.
Selecting OFF can prevent DHCP packet from including Option 12 or
Option 81 under the packet-monitoring network environment.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
Supplement/memo
DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
5-369

DHCP-81
Lv.2 Details
ON/OFF IPaddress dynamic chng in DHCP-81

To set ON/OFF for dynamic change of IP address by Option 81 of
DHCP.
Selecting OFF can prevent DHCP packet from including Option 12 or
Option 81 under the packet-monitoring network environment.
Selecting ON enables dynamic change of IP address by Option 81 of
DHCP in the case that the dynamic DNS setting is ON in user mode.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
Be sure to set ON for the dynamic DNS setting in user mode to
enable dynamic change of IP address.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
Supplement/memo
DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
IFX-CHIG
Set operation by IFAX recv mail content
Lv.1 Details
To set the number of characters for the IFAX received mail content,
so that the mail is not printed/forwarded when the characters in the
text is less than the number of specified characters.
This machine can output blank paper because some senders send
e-mail text consists of linefeed codes only. In such case, specify 2
(number of characters) so that there will be no output of blank paper.
In the case of specifying any number other than 0, header/footer is
printed/forwarded in 1 sheet only if the e-mail (body) text is less than
the specified value while no TIFF file is attached.
As the value is incremented by 1, the number of target characters in
e-mail body text is increased by 1 character.
Use case
When reducing print of blank paper due to e-mail received by IFAX.
Caution
Be sure to get approval from the user by telling that there will be no
print of e-mail (body) text if the number of characters is less than the
specified value.
0 to 999
0: E-mail (body) text is not ignored.
Unit
1 character
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
1 Japanese Kanji character is calculated as 2 bytes, and the control
codes (such as linefeed code, etc) are included in the number of
characters.
5-370

DNSTRANS
Lv.1 Details
Setting of DNS transfer priority

To set priority order of the protocol (IPv4/IPv6) to be used for DNS
query.
In the case of using both IPv6 and IPv4 while the DNS server
supports IPv4, it takes time because of timeout when executing DNS
query with priority on IPv6.
Giving priority on query by IPv4 can shorten the time.
Use case
When it takes time to execute DNS query with priority on IPv6
because the DNS server supports IPv4
0 to 1
0: IPv4, 1: IPv6
Default value
1
PROXYRES
Setting of proxy response to Windows
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to provide proxy response or return the device status
when an inquiry is received via Windows while the device is in sleep
mode.
Use case
When executing status response for query from Windows correctly
0 to 1
0: No proxy response, 1: Proxy response
Default value
1
WOLTRANS
Setting of sleep recovery protocol
Lv.1 Details
To set the protocol for recovery from sleep mode according to the
value of WOL (Wake On LAN) trans.
Reception of a specific network packet is one of the requirements for
the device to recover from sleep mode.
When the number of network protocols supported by the device
increases, the types of network packets which activate recovery from
sleep mode vary. However, there is a possibility that the existing
network protocol is actually used.
Select the type of network packet which activates recovery from
sleep mode according to the environment where the device is used.
Use case
When selecting protocol for sleep recovery
1 to 3
1: WSD and SNMP, 2: WSD and CPCA, 3: CPCA and SNMP
Default value
1

802XTOUT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
IKERETRY
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Supplement/memo
SPDALDEL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Supplement/memo
NCONF-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Supplement/memo
Set of IEEE802.1X authentication timeout

To set timeout value for IEEE802.1X authentication.
If the device executes 802.1X authentication, change the wait time
for response from the authentication server.
When response from the authentication server is slow/fast
10 to 120
second
30
Setting of IKE retry times
To set the number of retries in the case of no response from the
communication target at the time of IKE packet transmission.
Upon users request
0 to 3
2
IKE: Internet Key Exchange
Initialization of SPD value
To initialize all the SPD values that is under management.
SPD values can be initialized without clearing SRAM.
At the time of SPD value mismatch when IPSec Board is added
2) Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
SPD: Database that manages SA (Security Association).
SPD value is managed when IPSec Board is used. Normally, SRAM
needs to be cleared in the case of mismatch in SPD value.
ON/OFF of Network Configurator function
To set ON/OFF of Network Configurator function.
If the user does not use the function, select OFF to prevent remote
attack through network.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
1
Network Configurator function is a function to be used for
communication with NetSpot Device Installer, etc., and the network
setting can be changed from the remote.

IKEINTVL
Lv.1 Details
Setting of IKE retry interval

To set retry interval in the case of no response from the
communication target at the time of IKE packet transmission.
Use case
Upon users request
1 to 10
Unit
second
Default value
5
Supplement/memo
IKE: Internet Key Exchange
IPSDEBLV
Setting of IPSec debug level
Lv.2 Details
For R&D use
SP-LINK
Mode setting at 1W sleep
Lv.1 Details
Switch to execute 10base-T standby as default to realize the standby
power 1W in sleep mode.
Use case
When shifting to sleep mode after negotiation (same as conventional
machines)
0 to 1
0: Shift to sleep mode with 10base-T
1: Shift to sleep mode after negotiation
Default value
0
AFS-JOB
Set of FAX server job reception port
Lv.1 Details
To set the reception port of the fax server to which a fax client sends
jobs.
Use case
When changing the job reception port of the fax server
0 to 65535
Default value
20317
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> AFC-JOB, AFC-EVNT
AFC-JOB
Set of FAX client job sending port
Lv.1 Details
To set the port of a fax client from which jobs are sent to the fax
server.
Use case
When changing the job sending port of a fax client
0 to 65535
Default value
20317
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> AFS-JOB, AFC-EVNT
AFC-EVNT
Set of FAX client event reception port
Lv.1 Details
To set the event notification reception port of a fax client.
Use case
When changing the event notification reception port of a fax client
0 to 65535
Default value
29400
COPIER> OPTION> NETWORK> AFS-JOB, AFC-JOB
5-371

ILOGMODE
Lv.1 Details
Setting of IP address block mode

To set all protocols or TCP/UDP/ICMP unicast as the target of IP
block.
When 0 is set, the machine responds to ARP, ICMP multicast and
broadcast which have no direct relation, and consequently the
number of logs is increased.
When 1 is set, the machine filters TCP, UDP and ICMP unicast only.
Use case
Upon users request
0: All protocols support mode
1: TCP/UDP/ICMP unicast support mode
2, 3: Not used
Default value
0
ILOGKEEP
Set of IP address block log hold time
Lv.1 Details
To set the retention time from the log time of IP block.
When access is made again from a same IP address which was
blocked before, if it is within the retention time of the previous log, its
log is not recorded.
If access is frequently made from a same IP address, the log record
of the UI might be filled with its logs. If the user considers that a
single log for a same IP address is enough, set the longer retention
time.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 48
0: 1 minute (special mode)
1 to 48: 1 hour to 48 hours
Default value
1
IPTBROAD
Set to allow broad/multi cast TX
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to permit transmission of broadcast packets and
multicast packets.
Transmission of broadcast packets and multicast packets is
permitted without specifying an exception address. It is permitted
within the device even if it is rejected in the default setting of the
IPv4/v6 transmission filter.
Set 1: Disabled when the user does not want to send them.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 5
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled, 2 to 5: Not used
Default value
0
5-372

PFWFTPRT
Lv.1 Details
Set of RST reply at IP filter FTP SEND

When FTP SEND is executed using an IP filter by which packets
from a specific remote PC are rejected, SYN is returned to the port
113 if the PC supports authentication of the FTP port 113. However,
since the IP filter blocks the packets, the block logs are increased
and the performance is lowered.
When 1 is set, RST is returned to the port 113 without blocking
packets.
Use case
When executing FTP SEND against the OS which supports
authentication of the FTP port 113 while the IP filter is enabled
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
PRNIPBLK
ON/OFF of IP address block function
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of IP address block function.
When 1 is set, IP Address Range Settings and RX/Print Range
screen is displayed on the Control Panel.
Use case
When using the IP address block function
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
Related user mode
Preferences> Network> TCP/IP Settings> IPv4 Settings/IPv6
Settings> IP Address Range Settings> RX/Print Range
IPMTU
Setting of MTU size
Lv.1 Details
To set MTU size of network packet.
This item is used when performing SEND communication between
locations connected with Ethernet in a field environment where MTU
black hole problem occurs.
Use case
When MTU black hole problem occur
Caution
With IPv6, use of MTU which size is less than 1280 bytes is not
recommended by RFC. Therefore, when setting IPv6 to ON and MTU
to 7 or smaller, communication using IPv6 may not be available.
1 to 10
1: 600 byte, 2: 700 byte, ..., 9: 1400 byte, 10: 1500 byte
Unit
100 byte
Default value
10

DDNSINTV
Lv.1 Details
Set of DDNS periodical update interval

DNS registration is executed only once at start-up with the current
iR, so the registered contents are deleted in an environment where
the DNS server settings are deleted at intervals.
To set the interval of DDNS periodical update for not deleting the
registered contents.
Use case
When the DNS server settings are deleted at intervals
0 to 48
0: No periodical update, 1: 1-hour interval, 2: 2-hour interval, ..., 47:
47-hour interval, 48: 48-hour interval
Unit
1 hour
Default value
24
T-5-71
CUSTOM
COPIER> OPTION> CUSTOM
SC-L-CNT
Lv.1 Details
Set large paper jdgmt reference at scan

To set the judgment reference of the scan counter as to which to use
B4 or LTR to determine large size.
The threshold is determined by the combination with the setting of
B4-L-CNT.
SC-L-CNT=0, B4-L-CNT=0: paper exceeding B4 is determined as
large size, paper with B4 or smaller is determined as small size.
SC-L-CNT=0, B4-L-CNT=1: paper with B4 or larger is determined as
large size, paper smaller than B4 is determined as small size.
Use case
As needed
0 to 1
0: B4 size, 1: LTR size
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> USER> B4-L-CNT
SCANTYPE
Switch of ADF + Reader
Lv.1 Details
To switch to a different type ADF + Reader Unit.
Use case
At installation
0 to 1
0: Reverse Duplex ADF + Reader, 1: 1-Path Duplex ADF + Reader
Default value
0
ABK-TOOL
Allow access from address book mntc tool
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to accept import from the address book maintenance
tool.
Use case
When executing import from the address book maintenance tool
0 to 1
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Address book maintenance tool: Tool provided from CMJ.
DEV-SP1
Device special settings 1
Lv.2 Details
To execute the device special settings.
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
5-373
DEV-SP2
Lv.2 Details
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
DEV-SP3
Lv.2 Details
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
DEV-SP4
Lv.2 Details
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
DEV-SP5
Lv.2 Details
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
DEV-SP6
Lv.2 Details
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
5-374

DEV-SP7
Lv.2 Details
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
DEV-SP8
Lv.2 Details
Caution
00000000 to 11111111
Unit
bit
Default value
00000000
T-5-72
5-375
5-376
5-377
5-378
5-379
5-380
5-381
5-382
5-383
5-384
5-385
5-386
5-387
USER
COPIER> OPTION> USER

COPY-LIM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SLEEP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SIZE-DET
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
COUNTER1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
COUNTER2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Setting of upper limit for copy

To set the upper limit value for copy.
Upon users request
1 to 9999
9999
Setting of auto sleep function
To set ON/OFF of auto sleep function.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
1
ON/OFF of original size detect function
To set ON/OFF of original size detection function.
Upon users request (glare of the scan lamp, etc)
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
1
Display of software counter 1
To display counter type for software counter 1 on the Counter Check
screen.
Upon user/dealers request
Display only. No change is available.
Setting of software counter 2
To set counter type for software counter 2 on the Counter Check
screen.
0 to 999
COUNTER3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
COUNTER4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
COUNTER5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
COUNTER6
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DATE-DSP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
5-388

screen.
0 to 999
screen.
0 to 999
screen.
0 to 999
0
screen.
0 to 999
0
Setting of data/time display format
To set date/time display format according to the country or region.
After the display format is set with this mode, the order of date is
reflected to the followings: Preferences > Timer/Energy Settings >
Date/Time Settings, and report output.
Upon users request
0 to 2
0: YYMM/DD, 1: DD/MMYY, 2: MM/DD/YY
Preferences > Timer/Energy Settings > Date/Time Settings

MB-CCV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Control card usage limit for Mail Box

To restrict use of control card for Mail Box.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Unlimited, 1: Limited
Default value
0
CONTROL
Charge setting of PDL job
Lv.1 Details
To set charge count transmission of PDL job to the connecting
charging management device (coin manager or non-Canon-made
control card).
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: No charge, 1: Charge
Default value
0
B4-L-CNT
Count setting of B4 size
Lv.1 Details
To set B4 count with software counter 1 to 8 as to whether B4 is
counted as large size or small size.
Selecting 1 counts B4 or larger size paper as large size while paper
smaller than B4 size as small size.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Small size, 1: Large size
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> SC-L-CNT
MF-LG-ST
Dis/hide of long strip mode
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display or hide the [Long Original] button.
When 1 is set, [Long Original] button is displayed in Copy > Options
screen and the long strip paper becomes available.
Use case
Upon users request. (use of long strip original or long strip paper)
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
Related user mode
Copy > Options
Supplement/memo
Up to 630mm length paper is supported when DADF is used.

CNT-DISP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
COPY-JOB
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
OP-SZ-DT
Lv.2 Details
Default value
NW-SCAN
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Display/hide of serial No.

To set whether to display or hide the serial No. on the Counter Check
screen.
When setting to display/hide serial No. on the Counter Check screen.
0 to 1
0: Display, 1: Hide
0
Setting of copy job reservation
To set to enable/disable copy job reservation when the Card Reader/
Coin Manager is used.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0
ON/OFF original size dtct:Cpybrd open
To set ON/OFF of original size detection function in the state which
the Copyboard is opened.
When setting to 0 (OFF), enter the original size on the Control Panel
manually.
When setting to 1 (ON), the original size is automatically detected.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Setting of network scan function usage
To set to enable/disable use of network scan function.
Upon users request
Do not use this mode in Japan.
For PS/PCL machines for overseas (outside Japan), fix the setting
value as 1. For others, permit the use.
0 to 1
5-389

HDCR-DSP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Setting of HDD complete delete method

To set data deletion method of HDD data complete deletion function.
When switching the deletion method in HDD data complete deletion
mode
1 to 4
1: 1-time deletion with 0 data, 2: 1-time deletion with random data, 3:
3-time deletion with random data, 4: DOD
Default value
1
Supplement/memo
HDD data complete deletion function: a function to completely delete
data in HDD by overwriting with 0 (null) data or random data to the
file data when logically deleting file on HDD (deleting management
information data).
JOB-INVL
Job intvl setting at interruption copy
Lv.2 Details
To set output interval between jobs at the time of interruption copy.
Sorting is difficult after interruption copy because of the continuous
output of the next job. Paper interval becomes longer when starting
pickup for the next job after the last sheet of the previous job is
delivered.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 2
0: Continuous output of the interruption copy and the next job
1: Starting pickup for the next job after the interruption copy is
delivered all.
2: Starting pickup for the next job after the previous job is delivered
all. (For all jobs)
Default value
0
LGSW-DSP
ON/OFF of Log display ON/OFF setting
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display Management Settings> Device
Management> Display Log in user mode.
When 1: ON is set, Display Log is displayed in the Device
Management screen. When ON is set, the logs of each job are
displayed in System Status.
When 0: OFF is set, Display Log is not displayed in the Device
Management screen, and the logs of each job are not displayed
either.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Related user mode
Management Settings > Device Management > Display Log
5-390

TAB-ROT
Lv.1 Details
Set of landscape img rotn at PDL:tab ppr

To set whether to rotate landscape image by 180 degrees when PDL
print is made on tab paper.
When 1: Rotated is set, image is rotated.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Not rotated, 1: Rotated
Default value
0
PR-PSESW
Display/hide of output Stop button
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to display or hide [Stop] button on the Status Monitor
screen.
Use case
Upon users request.
When promptly stopping the print job in operation or under
reservation
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
IDPRN-SW
Charge target job set of dept mngm cntr
Lv.1 Details
To set the job type that advances the department management
counter.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0:
PRINT category: Box Print, Report Print, Send Local Print, PDL
Print
COPY category: COPY
1:
PRINT category: Report Print, Send Local Print, PDL Print
COPY category: COPY, Box Print
Default value
0

CPRT-DSP
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF of [Print Charge Log] button

To set whether to display the [Print Charge Log] button to print the
charge logs on the charge log screen in user mode.
When 1: ON is set, the button is displayed in Management
Settings> Charge Management> Charge Log Screen.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
Related user mode
Management Settings > Charge Management > Charge Log
PCL-COPY
Set of PCL COPIES command control method
Lv.2 Details
To set the binder control method of COPIES command with PCL.
Select whether to use the control method of Canon-made PCL or
use the same control method of non-Canon-made PCL.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 65535
0: Control method of Canon-made PCL (following the value of
COPIES command that is specified for each page to control on a
page basis)
1: Control method of non-Canon-made PCL (handling the value of
COPIES command, which is specified for page 1 at the time of
Collate mode, as bind figure while the value of COPIES command
for the next page or later is invalid. Same control applies as
Canon-made PCL at the time of Non Sorted mode)
2 to 65535: For future use
Default value
0

CNT-SW
Lv.1 Details
Set default dis items on charge counter

To set default display items of the charge counter on the Counter
Check screen.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
Do not use this mode overseas (outside Japan).
0 to 1
0:
Counter 1 - Total 1: 101
Counter 2 - Total (Black 1): 108
Counter 3 - Copy (Full Color + Single Color/1): 232
Counter 4 - Print (Full Color + Single Color/1): 324
1:
Counter 1 - Total 2: 102
Counter 2 - Copy (Full Color + Single Color/2): 231
Counter 3 - Total A (Full Color + Single Color/2): 148
Counter 4 - Copy (Black 2): 222
Counter 5 - Total A (Black 2): 133
Default value
0
TAB-ACC
Auto cassette change set for tab paper
Lv.1 Details
To set to enable/disable auto cassette change when tab paper runs
out.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
Be sure to instruct the user to thoroughly comply the following:
Use tab paper with the same number of tabs
Set tab paper
Be sure to comply the above; otherwise, proper print is not available
and it can cause soil inside the machine because of toner.
0 to 1
0: Auto cassette change disabled, 1: Auto cassette change enabled
Default value
1
BCNT-AST
Set of box print charge target job
Lv.1 Details
To set the job type that advances the count in box print with NE
Controller (ASSIST).
Use case
When switching the job type that is subject to counting of the box
print with NE Controller
0 to 1
0: PDL job, 1: Copy job
Default value
0
5-391

PRJOB-CP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Supplement/memo
DFLT-CPY
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
DFLT-BOX
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
DOC-REM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-392
Set count TX at RX/report print

To set to enable/disable a page-basis count pulse transmission to the
charging management device at the time of reception print or report
print.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: No transmission, 1: Transmission
0
Charging management device: Coin manager, Non-Canon-made
control card
Setting of color mode for copy
To set the default color mode for copy operation.
Upon users request
0 to 2
0: Based on Auto/ACS/Printer Driver settings, 1: Color mode, 2: B/W
mode
Function Settings> Copy> Select Color Settings for Copy> Use Auto
(Color/Black) Selection
Set of color mode for box print
To set the default color mode for box print operation.
Upon users request
0 to 2
0: Based on Auto/ACS/Printer Driver settings, 1: Color mode, 2: B/W
mode
Function Settings> Copy> Select Color Settings for Copy> Use Auto
(Color/Black) Selection
Dis/hide of original removal message
To set whether to display or hide the message to remove original
when scanning with DADF without opening/closing DADF after
scanning with the copyboard.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0

DPT-ID-7
Lv.2 Details
Password entry set at dept ID reg/auth

To set whether to require a password entry at the time of registration/
authentication of department ID.
With the setting to require entry, entry of 7-digit password is required
as well as entry of department ID.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Department ID only, 1: 7-digit (password) entry
Default value
0
RUI-RJT
Connct set at invalid auth from remoteUI
Lv.2 Details
To set to disconnect HTTP port when the machine receives invalid
authentication from remote UI 3 times.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Continued connection, 1: Disconnected
Default value
0
SND-RATE
Set compress ratio at SEND high compress
Lv.2 Details
To set the compression ratio when the data compression ratio for
SEND (transmission) is set to High Compression.
As the value is larger, the compression ratio is higher (the file size
becomes small).
Use case
When making the transmission file size smaller
Caution
As the value is too large, an image is deteriorated.
0 to 2
0: Compression ratio 1/16, 1: Compression ratio 1/20, 2:
Compression ratio 1/24
Default value
0
Related user mode
Function Settings > Send > Common Settings > Data Compression
Ratio

CTM-S06
Lv.2 Details
Set of password delete from export file

To set to delete password for file transmission address from export
file.
With the setting to delete password, the password of file transmission
target is deleted at the time of export of address book data from
remote UI.
Use case
Upon users request
When avoiding information leak
0 to 1
0: Password is retained, 1: Password is deleted.
Default value
0
FREG-SW
Dis/hide of MEAP counter free rgst area
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display or hide the free register area of MEAP
counter for SEND
Use case
At trouble analysis
Caution
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Individual count-up (counter advance) of MEAP application is
available in the free register area of MEAP counter.
IFAX-SZL
Setting of IFAX send size limit
Lv.2 Details
To set for restricting data size at the time of IFAX transmission that
does not go through the server.
With the setting to restrict the data size, there will be #830 error in
the case of sending data that exceeds the upper limit value.
In the case that the data goes through the server, the size of
transmission data is always restricted.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Limited, 1: Not limited (Restriction applies when data goes through
the server.)
Default value
1
Related user mode
Function Settings > Send > E-Mail/I-Fax Settings > Maximum Data
Size for Sending
Supplement/memo
Specify the upper limit value for transmission data size in user mode.

IFAX-PGD
Lv.2 Details
Set page split TX at IFAX Simple mode TX

To set to enable/disable split-data transmission on a page basis in
the case that the transmission size in IFAX Simple mode exceeds
the upper limit value.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
In the case to enable split-data transmission, be sure to get approval
from the user by explaining the following:
No guarantee for page order on the reception side
There is a possibility of interruption of other received jobs
between pages
0 to 1
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> CLEANING> W-CLN-P
Related user mode
Function Settings > Send > E-Mail/I-Fax Settings > Maximum Data
Size for Sending
Supplement/memo
Specify the upper limit value for transmission data size in user mode.
MEAPSAFE
Setting of MEAP safe mode
Lv.2 Details
To set safe mode for MEAP platform.
MPSF is displayed on the Control Panel in safe mode.
In safe mode, MEAP application is stopped while just the system
application, which starts with initial state, is activated. This mode
enables obtaining log for cause analysis of MEAP failure.
Use case
Perform system recovery processing when MEAP platform fails to
be activated due to resource confliction between MEAP applications,
service registration or use order
0 to 1
0: Normal mode, 1: Safe mode
Default value
0
TRAY-FLL
Set of target tray for tray full notice
Lv.2 Details
To set the tray which is the target of an output tray full notification.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: All trays to which paper can be output, 1: All trays which are
specified as the dedicated trays
Default value
0
5-393

PRNT-POS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
AFN-PSWD
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PTJAM-RC
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
PDL-NCSW
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
5-394
ON/OFF of all pauses at error job cancel

To set whether to pause the print operation of following jobs when
a job is cancelled due to an error inside the machine (#037, etc.)
except service calls during PDL print.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Access limit setting to user mode
To set to restrict password entry when accessing to the user mode.
With this setting is enabled, password entry of system administrator
is required after pressing Settings/Registration key.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Password is not required, 1: Password is required
0
Auto reprint setting at PDL print jam
To set to automatically restart printing after jam recovery that occurs
with PDL print.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Not automatically reprinted, 1: Automatically reprinted
1
Card mngm setting for PDL print job
To set to make PDL print job to be subject to card management by
the Card Reader.
With the setting to enable this mode, PDL print is available only
when the card ID of the card inserted to the Card Reader matches
the department ID.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: PDL print is available with no card inserted.
1: PDL print is available only when the card ID matches the
department ID when the card is inserted.
0

SLP-SLCT
Lv.2 Details
Usage setting of network applications

With the setting to use network-related application, the machine can
be recovered through network because it does not move to sleep
mode 1.
For this machine to recover from sleep mode 1 through network,
a particular packet needs to be received; however, the existing
network-related application does not send this packet.
With the setting not to use the network-related application, this
machine cannot recover from sleep mode 1 through network when it
gets into sleep mode 1.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
0 to 1
0: Not used (Shift to sleep mode 1 is available.)
1: Used (Shift to sleep mode 1 is not available.)
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Network-related application: NetSpot Accountant, imageWARE
PS-MODE
Compatible mode setting at PS usage
Lv.2 Details
To set for compatibility with existing machine regarding image
process or print specification with PS print.
Selecting 1 enables to have the print result equivalent to that of
iR2200/2800/3300 series while selecting 2 enables to have the print
result equivalent to that of iR105 series.
Use case
At replacement
0 to 65535
0: No use of compatibility mode with PS
1: Image processing equivalent to that of iR2200/2800/3300 series
(compatibility with existing machine)
2: Image processing equivalent to that of iR105 (compatibility with
existing machine)
3: Spare
4: 2-sided print with landscape and portrait mixed when using Canonmade controller (compatibility with non-Canon-made controller)
5 to 65535: Spare

CNCT-RLZ
Lv.2 Details
Setting of connection serialize function

Connection serialize is a function to assure job grouping function of
imageWARE Output Manager Select Edition V1.0.
The setting to enable this mode can avoid job rearrangement
because the machine does not receive job data from other
connection until it completes job data reception from the current
connection.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Connection: Connection to be established through network between
multiple hosts (PC, etc).
Job grouping function: A function of imageWARE Output Manager
Select Edition V1.0 to prevent job interruption from other PC by
group job (sending multiple jobs in 1 session at job transmission).
COUNTER7
Lv.1 Details
screen.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 999
0: Not registered
Default value
0
COUNTER8
Lv.1 Details
screen.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 999
0: Not registered
Default value
0
2C-CT-SW
Set of color counter at 2-color mode
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to use the mono color counter or full color counter for
count-up in 2-color mode.
0 to 1
0: Mono color counter, 1: Full color counter
Default value
0 (Japan)/1 (Others)

JA-FUNC
Lv.2 Details
Caution
Default value
JA-JOB
Lv.2 Details
Caution
Default value
JA-RESTR
Lv.2 Details
Caution
Default value
ON/OFF of job archive function

To set ON/OFF of job archive function.
Changing this mode is not available in service mode, but only
reference is available.
This mode can be set only with the MEAP program that supports job
archive.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Setting of job archive target job
To set the job type subject to job archive.
With the job archive function enabled, archive operation is executed
when executing the target job.
Changing this mode is not available in service mode, but only
reference is available.
This mode can be set only with the MEAP program that supports job
archive.
0: N/A, 3: Limited to FAX/IFAX, 0xFFFFFFFF: All jobs
0
COPIER > OPTION > USER > JA-FUNC
Setting of job archive limit items
To set restriction items for job archive specification.
With job archive function enabled, follow the setting to execute
operation to restrict specification.
Changing this mode is not available in Service Mode, but reference
is available (in Service mode).
This mode is available only with the MEAP program that supports job
archive.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
32 specification restrictions with Bit definition
Bit0: Function to obtain image file (0: OFF, 1:ON)
Bit1: Function to compose form registration (0: OFF, 1: ON)
Bit2: Function to edit document (0:OFF, 1: ON)
0
COPIER > OPTION > USER > JA-FUNC
5-395

LDAP-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Retrieval condition set for LDAP server

To set the condition to search e-mail address, etc. from LDAP server.
When specifying condition to search e-mail address, etc. from LDAP
server
0 to 5
0: Includes the next, 1: Not include the next, 2: Equivalent to the
next, 3: Not equivalent to the next, 4: Starts with the next, 5: Finishes
with the next
Default value
4
Supplement/memo
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol): Registering LDAP
server enables to search e-mail address, etc. from LDAP server and
the result can be registered in the Address Book, etc. Registration is
available by the following: Set Destination > Register LDAP Server
FROM-OF
Deletion of mail senders address
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to delete the senders address (From) at the time of
e-mail transmission.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Retained, 1: Deleted
Default value
0
DOM-ADD
Additional entry of mail destn domain
Lv.2 Details
To set to automatically add the domain specified in user mode to the
sending address (To) entered at the time of e-mail transmission.
If specifying xxx.com as a domain in user mode in advance, just
entering aaa enables to display aaa@xxx.com when sending
e-mail.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Not added, 1: Added
Default value
0
5-396

SPEAKER
Lv.1 Details
Dis/hide to switch speaker/headphone

To set whether to display or hide Voice Guidance from Speaker on
the Voice Mode Setting screen in user mode.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
Related user mode
Settings/Registration> Preferences> Accessibility> Voice Mode
Setting> Voice Guidance from Speaker
Supplement/memo
Voice Mode Setting in user mode is displayed only when the Voice
Guidance Kit is installed.
FILE-OF
File send prohibition to entered address
Lv.1 Details
To set to prohibit address entry at the time of file transmission.
File transmission is not available by entering the address because of
no display of File on the transmission screen.
The addresses already registered in the Address Book can be used.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
To restrict addresses for transmission, be sure to manually delete
them because the addresses registered in the Address Book can be
used.
0 to 1
Default value
0
MAIL-OF
Mail send prohibition to entered address
Lv.1 Details
To set to prohibit address entry at the time of e-mail transmission.
E-mail transmission is not available by entering the address because
of no display of E-Mail on the transmission screen.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
used.
0 to 1
Default value
0

IFAX-OF
Lv.1 Details
IFAX send prohibition to entered address

To set to prohibit address entry at the time of I-Fax transmission.
IFAX transmission is not available by entering the address because
of no display of I-Fax on the transmission screen.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
used.
0 to 1
Default value
0
LDAP-DEF
Initial condtn set of LDAP server search
Lv.1 Details
To set initial condition for search target attribute that is specified at
the time of LDAP server Details search.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 6
0: Name, 1: E-mail, 2: FAX, 3: Organization, 4: Organization unit, 5:
No registration 1 (any setting), 6: No registration 2 (any setting)
Default value
0
COPIER > OPTION > USER > LDAP-SW
JA-DPI
Dis of job archive record resolution
Lv.2 Details
To display the resolution of images for job archives recorded in jobs
other than FAX reception and IFAX reception, etc.
Only display is available in service mode. The setting is available
only in the MEAP applications which support job archiving.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 3
0: No conversion, 1: 100 x 100 dpi, 2: 200 x 200 dpi, 3: 300 x 300 dpi
Default value
3
JA-COMPR
Dis of job archive record compress ratio
Lv.2 Details
To display the compression ratio of images for job archives recorded
in jobs other than FAX reception and I-Fax reception, etc.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 5
0: No conversion, 1: Compression ratio 1/4, 2: Compression ratio
1/8, 3: Compression ratio 1/16, 4: Compression ratio 1/32, 5:
Compression ratio 1/64
Default value
3

DK3-ASST
Lv.1 Details
Set of M-Deck(Middle) Air Heater control

To set the condition to turn on the Air Heater at the Multi Deck (Middle)
in accordance with media/environment.
When the media is switched from non-coated paper to coated paper,
pickup operation does not start until the temperature of the Air
Heater reaches the specified temperature; thus, waiting time occurs.
By selecting 1, the Air Heater is ON only for the coated paper.
When the use environment is near the threshold for turning ON/OFF
the Air Heater, switching occurs frequently, which increases the wait
time. By selecting 2, the heater is always ON regardless of media
and environment.
Use case
Upon users request (shorten the wait time)
Caution
When selecting 2, be sure to receive approval from the user in
advance after explaining that there is a possibility that transfer
performance may decrease if humidity decreases.
0 to 2
0: ON/OFF depending on the media/environment condition
1: ON only for the coated paper
2: Always ON (No environment/media-dependant)
Default value
0
FREE-DSP
Display/hide of charge disable screen
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display or hide the Use Charge Management
screen for switching between charge and no charge.
The hardware switch for switching charge/no charge in the Coin
Manager enables the mode in which all the services are available
for free (store manager mode) by temporarily releasing the charging
system.
Even without the hardware switch, the mode can be switched
with the software switch when it is set to display the Use Charge
Management screen in Settings/Registration.
Use case
When enabling all the services to be provided for free by temporarily
releasing the charging system
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
Related user mode
Management Settings > Charge Management > Use Charge
Management
5-397

TNRB-SW
Lv.2 Details
Setting of Toner Cntner counter display

To set whether to display or hide the Toner Container counter on the
Counter Check screen.
Use case
When not showing the screen to users
0 to 2
0: Hide, 1: Display (Toner Container counter only), 2: Display (Toner
Container counter + ejection counter)
Default value
Countries other than USA: 0, USA: 2
CLR-TIM
Set of HDD Encry Kit data delete timing
Lv.2 Details
To set the timing to completely delete the data when HDD Encryption
Kit is used.
Selecting 0 may reduce the job processing speed because page
data that has been already processed is deleted while the other job
is in process, causing overload to CPU and HDD access.
Selecting 1 improves the job processing speed because the process
is executed after a job is completed.
Use case
Upon request to improve the job processing speed
0 to 1
0: During job process, 1: After the job is completed
Default value
0
JA-FORMT
Display of job archive record format
Lv.2 Details
To display the format of images for job archives recorded in jobs
other than FAX reception and IFAX reception, etc.
Whether the images processed by Packet JPEG are recorded in
Packet JPEG, or converted into Raster JPEG and then recorded is
displayed.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Packet JPEG, 1: Raster JPEG
Default value
0
5-398

HDCR-DSW
Lv.1 Details
Dis/hide of HDD complete delete ON/OFF

To set whether to display or hide Hard Disk Data Complete Deletion
in user mode.
With this setting, HDD data complete deletion function is available
with ON/OFF button on the screen.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
Related user mode
Management Settings > Data Management > HDD Data Complete
Deletion > Hard Disk Data Complete Deletion
DK1-ASST
Set of P-Deck Air Heater control
Lv.1 Details
To set the condition to turn on the Air Heater at the POD Deck Lite in
accordance with media/environment.
and environment.
Use case
Caution
0 to 2
Default value
0

DK4-ASST
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
DK2-ASST
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Set of M-Deck (Lower) Air Heater control

To set the condition to turn on the Air Heater at the Multi Deck (Lower)
and environment.
0 to 2
0
Set of M-Deck (Upper) Air Heater control
To set the condition to turn on the Air Heater at the Multi Deck (Upper)
and environment.
0 to 2
0

SNMP-COA
Lv.2 Details
Inside comty name SNMPaccess limit:admin

To restrict SNMP access by the community name (administrator
right) that is kept internally.
This machine internally retains the community name (administrator
right) other than the SNMP community name that is specified in
user mode. Canon-made utility software, such as NetSpot, uses this
community name.
Because of security concern, select 0/1 in the case to restrict SNMP
access with the internal community name.
Use case
When restricting SNTP access with the community name
(administrator right) that is retained internally
0 to 2
0: OFF, 1: Read only, 2: Read/Write
Default value
2
Related user mode
Preferences > Network > SNMP Settings > Community Name 1
Settings
SNMP-COU
Inside comty name SNMP access limit:user
Lv.2 Details
To restrict SNMP access by the community name (user right) that is
kept internally.
This machine internally retains the community name (user right)
other than the SNMP community name that is specified in user
mode. Canon-made utility software, such as NetSpot, uses this
community name.
Because of security concern, select 0/1 in the case to restrict SNMP
access with the internal community name.
Use case
When restricting SNTP access with the community name (user right)
that is retained internally
0 to 2
0: OFF, 1: Read only, 2: Read/Write
Default value
2
Related user mode
Preferences > Network > SNMP Settings > Community Name 2
Settings
BWCL-DSP
ON/OFF of color/B&W selection screen
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display the color/B&W selection screen to select
the default of the color mode.
Use case
When displaying the color mode default selection screen
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
5-399

STPL-MAX
Lv.2 Details
Set of max number of sheets for staple

To set the maximum number of sheets to be stapled in the Finisher.
When 1: 60 sheets is set, the stapling capacity becomes 60 sheets.
0 to 1
0: 50 sheets, 1: 60 sheets
Default value
0
USBK-DSP
[Not used]
SCALL-SW
Display/hide of repair request button
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to display or hide the repair-request button on the
Control Panel.
Use case
When the sales company supports service by the repair-request
button
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
SCALLCMP
Set of repair request complete notice
Lv.1 Details
With this setting enabled, a notification of repair completion is sent
to UGW server to clear the repair-request status that is retained
internally.
Use case
Service technician uses this mode after completing repair
0 to 1
Default value
0
USBH-DSP
Display/hide of USB host usage
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to display Preferences > External Interface > USB
Settings > Use USB Host.
By selecting 1: Display, whether to use USB host on USB setting
screen can be selected.
Use case
When switching to display or hide Use USB Host on USB setting
screen
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
Related user mode
Preferences > External Interface > USB Settings > Use USB Host
5-400

USBM-DSP
Lv.2 Details
Dis/hide of USB ex-memory device driver

Settings > Use MEAP Driver for USB External Device.
By selecting 0: Hide, the item is not displayed, and the user
administrator cannot change the setting of the MEAP driver for the
USB external memory device.
Use case
When prohibiting the user administrator to change the setting of
Use MEAP driver for USB external device, set 0 after the specified
setting is completed.
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
1
Related user mode
Preferences> External Interface> USB Settings> Use MEAP Driver
for USB External Device
USBI-DSP
Dis/hide of USB input device driver set
Lv.2 Details
Settings > Use MEAP Driver for USB Input Device.
By selecting 0: Hide, the item is not displayed, and the user
USB input device.
Use case
When prohibiting the user administrator to change the setting of Use
MEAP Driver for USB Input Device, set 0 after the specified setting
is completed.
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
1
Related user mode
Preferences > External Interface > USB Settings > Use MEAP Driver
for USB Input Device
CTCHKDSP
Display/hide of counter print
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to display or hide Print List on the Counter Check
screen.
Model name, model number information, counter check date and
counter information can be output as a total count management
report.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
1

USBB-DSP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
USBR-DSP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
POL-SCAN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
W-TN-DSP
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Related user mode
Dis/hide of USB Bluetooth device driver

Settings > Use MEAP Driver for Bluetooth Device.
When 0: Hide is set, this item is not displayed, and the user
USB Bluetooth device.
When prohibiting the user administrator to change the setting of Use
MEAP Driver for USB Bluetooth Device, set 0 after the specified
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
for Bluetooth Device
Dis/hide of USB infrared device driver
Settings > Use MEAP Driver for USB Infrared Device.
When prohibiting the user administrator to change the setting of
Use MEAP Driver for USB Infrared Device, set 0 after the specified
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
for USB Infrared Device
Dis/hide of Rights Management Server set
When 1: Display is set, the Rights Management Server function
screen is displayed.
While the Rights Management Server function is a standard feature,
it is possible to hide if not necessary.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
1: Japan, 0: Others
Dis/hide of waste toner counter clear
To set whether to display the Initialize After Waste Toner
Replacement on the Settings/Registration screen.
When 1 is set, users can initialize the waste toner counter by
themselves.
When allowing users to clear the counter of waste toner.
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
COPIER> FUNCTION> CLEAR> W-TN-CLR
Settings/Registration> Adjustment/ Maintenance> Maintenance>
Initialize After Waste Toner Replacement

JA-SBOX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-DFAX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-REP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-FREP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-BOX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-FORM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Setting of linking with Advanced Box:SAM

To set the link with Advanced Box when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, linking with Advanced Box is enabled.
When the operation restriction is cleared at the time of iW SAM
0 to 1
0
Setting of direct fax transmission: SAM
To set the direct fax transmission when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, the direct fax transmission is enabled.
0 to 1
0
Setting of TX Report with image: SAM
To set the TX Report with image when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, the TX Report with image is enabled.
0 to 1
0
Setting of Fax TX Report with image: SAM
To set the Fax TX Report with image when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, the Fax TX Report with image is enabled.
0 to 1
0
Setting of Inbox document operation: SAM
To set the operation for Inbox document at the time of iW SAM
When 1 is set, the Inbox document can be operated.
0 to 1
0
Setting of image composition: SAM
To set the image composition when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, the image composition is enabled.
0 to 1
0
5-401

JA-PREV
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-PULL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-PDLB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-JOBK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
JA-JDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
5-402
Setting of preview page deletion: SAM

To set whether a page is deleted from the scan preview screen at the
time of iW SAM
When 1 is set, a page is deleted from the scan preview screen.
0 to 1
0
Setting of network scan: SAM
To set the network scan when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, the network scan is enabled.
0 to 1
0
Set of printer driver multi box save:SAM
To set whether a document can be simultaneously saved to multiple
Inboxes from the printer driver at the time of iW SAM.
When 1 is set, a document can be saved to multiple Inboxes from
the printer driver.
0 to 1
0
Setting of job merge allowance:SAM
To set whether merging jobs is allowed when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, jobs can be merged.
0 to 1
0
Setting of JDF: SAM
To set the use of JDF when iW SAM is enabled.
When 1 is set, JDF can be used.
0 to 1
0

JA-RUI
Lv.2 Details
Setting of Inbox document access: SAM

To set the Inbox document access from remote UI at the time of iW
SAM
When 1 is set, accessing to the Inbox document from remote UI is
enabled.
Use case
0 to 1
Default value
0
JA-WEB
Setting of Inbox document upload: SAM
Lv.2 Details
To set the Inbox document upload with the Web browser at the time
of iW SAM.
When 1 is set uploading to the Inbox document with the Web
Browser is enabled.
Use case
0 to 1
Default value
0
CS-ACC
Set Pickup Cassette switch in color mode
Lv.1 Details
To change Paper Drawer Auto Selection On/Off in user mode to
switch of Pickup Cassette in color mode.
When 1 is set, the meaning of ON/OFF of Paper Drawer Auto
Selection On/Off screen changes.
ON: Pickup Cassette that can be selected when color mode is other
than B&W
OFF: Pickup Cassette that can be selected when color mode is
B&W
Use case
When switching the Pickup Cassette in color mode
0 to 1
0: Same as conventional machines, 1: Pickup Cassette switch in
color mode
Default value
0
Related user mode
Function Settings > Common > Paper Feed Settings > Paper Drawer
Auto Selection On/Off

EXP-CRYP
Lv.1 Details
Confdntial encrypt ON/OFF:add book exprt

To set whether to encrypt the confidential part (password part) in the
Address Book when exporting the Address Book and device settings
via RUI.
When 0 is set, the confidential part in the Address Book is exported
without encryption.
Use case
When there is a need to export password without encryption because
of operation and tool
Caution
Be sure not to allow the user to execute export without encryption
because of security concern.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
SLEEP1SW
Power supply when shifting to SLEEP1
Lv.1 Details
When shifting to SLEEP1 mode, the power stops to be supplied, so it
takes time to activate after a job is received.
When 1 is set, the power keeps to be supplied even after shifting to
SLEEP1 mode, so the activation of job processing becomes earlier.
Use case
Upon users request (when job processing after shifting to SLEEP1
is slow)
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
EZY-SCRP
ON/OFF of secure print simple auth
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to conduct secure print simple authentication.
When 1 is set, secured print, encryption secured print and inbox print
are received, but the normal print jobs are canceled.
If the password "3758211" is entered at job sending, authentication
by entering the password on the Control Panel is not required. If the
password is not entered at job sending, authentication by entering
the password on the Control Panel is necessary at job output.
In addition, the following selection is added as auto deletion time of
secure job: 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes
Use case
Upon user's request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0

DMN-MTCH
Lv.1 Details
ON/OFF of secure print domain judgment

To set whether to display only the job which matches the domain in
the "My Job Status" screen of the secure print.
When 1 is set, only the job which matches the user name and
domain name is displayed in the "My Job Status" screen, so the job
which does not match the domain is not displayed.
Use case
Upon user's request
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
1
TRY-STP
Set of suspension at full Finisher Tray
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to suspend or continue output when the full Finisher
Tray is detected.
Use case
Upon user's request
0 to 1
0: At detection of full tray, 1: Detection of height only
Default value
0
T-5-73
5-403
CST
COPIER> OPTION> CST

COPIER> OPTION> CST
U1-NAME
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
U2-NAME
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
U3-NAME
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
U4-NAME
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
P-SZ-C1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
5-404
Dis/hide of ppr name in ppr size groupU1

To set whether to display or hide paper name at paper size group U1
detection.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
detection.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
detection.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
detection.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
Setting of Right Deck paper size
To set the paper size used in the Right Deck.
Upon users request
Be sure to match with the hardware setting size.
0 to 2
0: A4, 1: B5, 2: LTR
0
P-SZ-C2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
D1-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
D2-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
Setting of Left Deck paper size

To set the paper size used in the Left Deck.
Upon users request
0 to 2
0: A4, 1: B5, 2: LTR
0
Set of curl correct at Right Deck pickup
To set the curl correction level for the sheets picked up from the
Right Deck.
As the value is incremented by 1, the curl correction level is
increased.
Regardless of face-up or face-down, increase the value in the case
of upward curl and decrease it in the case of downward curl.
When this setting is made, the same curl correction level is applied
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to the Right Deck in
Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Action> Correct Curl for Each
Paper Drawer in user mode.
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
Set of curl correct at Left Deck pickup
To set the curl correction level for the sheets picked up from the Left
Deck.
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to the Left Deck in
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
COPIER> OPTION> CST

D3-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
D4-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
D5-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
Set of curl correct at Cassette 3 pickup

To set the curl correction level for the sheets picked up from Cassette
3.
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to Cassette 3 in
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
Set of curl correct at Cassette 4 pickup
To set the curl correction level for the sheets picked up from Cassette
4.
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to Cassette 4 in
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
Set curl correct at Deck/POD Deck pickup
Paper Deck/POD Deck Lite.
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to the POD Deck Lite
in Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Action> Correct Curl for Each
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
COPIER> OPTION> CST

D6-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
D7-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
D8-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
Set of curl correct at MP tray pickup

Multi-purpose Tray.
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to the Paper Deck in
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
Set curl correct at M-Deck (Upr) pickup
To set the curl correction level for the sheets picked up from the Multi
Deck (Upper).
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to the Multi Deck (Upper)
in Adjustment/Maintenance> Adjust Action> Correct Curl for Each
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
Set curl correct at M-Deck (Mid) pickup
Deck (Middle).
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to the Multi Deck
(Middle) in Adjustment/Maintenance > Adjust Action > Correct Curl
for Each Paper Drawer in user mode.
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
5-405
COPIER> OPTION> CST

D9-CURL
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Related user mode
CST3-P1
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST3-P2
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST4-P1
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
5-406
Set curl correct at M-Deck (Lowr) pickup

Deck (Lower).
increased.
to all media.
This setting is linked with the value specified to the Multi Deck (Lower)
in Adjustment/Maintenance > Adjust Action > Correct Curl for Each
-10 to 10
0
Paper Drawer
Setting of Cassette 3 paper size
To set the paper size used in Cassette 3.
0 to 1
0: A5R, 1: STMTR
USA: 1, Countries other than USA: 0
Preferences> Paper Settings> Paper Settings> A5R/STMTR Original
Selection
0 to 1
0: B5, 1: EXEC
Preferences> Paper Settings> Paper Settings> B5/EXEC Original
Selection
0 to 1
0: A5R, 1: STMTR
Selection
COPIER> OPTION> CST

CST4-P2
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST5-P1
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST5-P2
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST6-P1
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST6-P2
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode

0 to 1
0: B5, 1: EXEC
Selection
Setting of M-Deck (Upr) paper size
To set the paper size used in the Multi Deck (Upper).
0 to 1
0: A5R, 1: STMTR
Selection
Setting of M-Deck (Upr) paper size
To set the paper size used in the Multi Deck (Upper).
0 to 1
0: B5, 1: EXEC
Selection
Setting of M-Deck (Mid) paper size
To set the paper size used in the Multi Deck (Middle).
0 to 1
0: A5R,1: STMTR
Selection
Setting of M-Deck (Mid) paper size
To set the paper size used in the Multi Deck (Middle).
0 to 1
0: B5, 1: EXEC
Selection
COPIER> OPTION> CST

CST7-P1
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST7-P2
Lv.1 Details
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
CST3-U1
Lv.1 Details
Default value
CST3-U3
Lv.1 Details
Default value
CST4-U1
Lv.1 Details
Default value
CST4-U3
Lv.1 Details
Default value
Setting of M-Deck (Lowr) paper size

To set the paper size used in the Multi Deck (Lower).
0 to 1
0: A5R, 1: STMTR
Selection
Setting of M-Deck (Lowr) paper size
To set the paper size used in the Multi Deck (Lower).
0 to 1
0: B5, 1: EXEC
Selection
Set cst 3 oversea special ppr category 1
To set the overseas special paper category 1 used in Cassette 3.
0 to 43
0: Do not use special papers, 1 to 22: Not used, 23: K-LGL-R, 24:
FLSP, 25: A-FLSP, 26: OFI, 27: E-OFI, 28: B-OFI, 29: Not used, 30:
A-LTRR, 31: Not used, 32: G-LTRR, 33: A-LGL, 34: G-LGL, 35 to 36:
Not used, 37: M-OFI, 38 to 41: Not used, 42: FA4, 43: FB4 (FLSP-R)
0
Set cst3 overseas special ppr category 3
0 to 31
0: Do not use special papers, 1 to 21: Not used, 22: K-LGL, 23 to 28:
Not used, 29: A-LTR, 30: Not used, 31: G-LTR
0
0 to 43
0
0 to 31
0
COPIER> OPTION> CST

CST5-U1
Lv.1 Details
Default value
CST5-U3
Lv.1 Details
Default value
CST6-U1
Lv.1 Details
Default value
CST6-U3
Lv.1 Details
Default value
CST7-U1
Lv.1 Details
Default value
MDeck(Upr) oversea special ppr category1

To set the overseas special paper category 1 used in the Multi Deck
(Upper).
0 to 43
0
MDeck(Upr) oversea special ppr category3
(Upper).
0 to 31
0
MDeck(Mid) oversea special ppr category1
(Middle).
0 to 43
0
MDeck(Mid) oversea special ppr category3
(Middle).
0 to 31
0
MDeck(Low) oversea special ppr category1
(Lower).
0 to 43
0
5-407
COPIER> OPTION> CST

CST7-U3
Lv.1 Details
Default value
MDeck(Low) oversea special ppr category3

(Lower).
0 to 31
0
T-5-74
ACC
COPIER> OPTION> ACC
COIN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Related user mode
Supplement/memo
DK-P
Lv.1 Details
Default value
5-408
Setting of charge management

To set charging management method.
At installation of Coin Manager
Following items are automatically specified when changing the value
to 3 (from 0 to 2). The change will not be returned even if changing
back the value to 0 to 2 (from 3) once the mode has been changed.
COPIER> OPTION> USER> CONTROL=1
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> DA-CNCT=1
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> UI-BOX,UI-SEND,UIFAX=0
Function Settings > Send > E-Mail/I-Fax Settings >
Communication Settings > SMTP Receive, POP=OFF
Preferences> Network > TCP/IP Settings > DNS Settings >
FTP Print Settings > Use FTP Printing=OFF
Preferences> Network > TCP/IP Settings > DNS Settings >
IPP Print Settings > Use IPP Printing=ON
0 to 7
0: No charge
1: Charge with Coin Manager
2 Charge with remote counter
3: Charge with DA (only in Japan)
4: Charge with this machine itself
5: Not used
6: External charge mode 6
7: External charge mode 7
0
COPIER> OPTION> USER> CONTROL
COPIER> OPTION> FNC-SW> DA-CNCT
COPIER> OPTION> DSPLY-SW> UI-BOX, UI-SEND, UI-FAX
Function Settings > Send > E-Mail/I-Fax Settings > Communication
Settings
Preferences> Network > TCP/IP Settings > DNS Settings > FTP
Print Settings
Preferences> Network > TCP/IP Settings > DNS Settings > IPP Print
Settings
Control card can be used with 0: No charge.
Setting of Paper Deck paper size
To set the paper size used in the Paper Deck.
0 to 2
0: A4, 1: B5, 2: LTR
0
COPIER> OPTION> ACC

CARD-SW
Lv.1 Details
Screen set when Coin Manager connected

To set coin or card that the user is urged to insert on the Control
Panel when the Coin Manager is connected.
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 3
0: Coin, 1: Card, 2: Coin and card, 3: Card (for customization)
Default value
0
STPL-LMT
Set Number of sheets for saddle stitch
Lv.2 Details
To set the number of sheets for saddle stitch
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 3
0: 5 sheets without white band (6 sheets when a cover is included)
1: 10 sheets without white band (11 sheets when a cover is included)
2: 10 sheets with white band (11 sheets when a cover is included)
3: 15 sheets with white band (16 sheets when a cover is included)
Default value
3
SC-TYPE
Set of Coin Manager support machine
Lv.2 Details
To set the machine that supports the Coin Manager.
Use case
Upon users request
Caution
Do not use this setting for the machines other than the ones that
support the Coin Manager.
0 to 1
0: Machine installed in convenience stores, 1: Self-operated copy
machine
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> ACC

CC-SPSW
Lv.2 Details
Support setting of control card I/F

To set support level for control card (CCIV/CCV) interface.
To keep processing performance of printer engine, select 1: Priority
on speed.
To correctly stop the output by the upper limit number of sheets,
select 2: Priority on upper limit number of sheets.
Use case
Upon users request (when connecting to the external counter
management system using the control card interface)
Caution
With priority on speed, output cannot be correctly stopped by the
upper limit number of sheets.
With priority on the upper limit number of sheets, processing
performance of the printer engine is decreased depending on pickup
location.
0 to 2
0: No support, 1: Priority on speed, 2: Priority on upper limit number
of sheets
Default value
0
USB-MSK
Limit for USB host using cannel
Lv.1 Details
To set the channel that cannot use the USB host.
Use case
Upon users request
0: Not limited, 1: CH 1, 2: Not used
Default value
0
UNIT-PRC
Setting of Coin Manager currency unit
Lv.2 Details
To set currency unit to be handled with Coin Manager
Use case
0 to 6
0: Japanese yen, 1: Euro, 2: Pound, 3: Swiss Franc. 4: Dollar, 5: No
currency unit (no fractional unit), 6: No currency unit (with fractional
unit)
Default value
0
5-409
COPIER> OPTION> ACC

DA-PUCT
Lv.2 Details
Set pickup/delivery comctn at DA charge

When a pickup and delivery notification error occurs due to network
failure, etc., the print operation might be done without charging.
This is to set the number of sheets that can be fed after the machine
receives Ack single from DA.
When the value is decreased, the number of prints to be made
without charging is decreased, but the productivity might be lowered.
When the value is increased, the productivity is not lowered, but the
number of prints to be made without charging is increased.
Caution
As the smaller value is set, the number of prints to be made without
charging is decreased, but the productivity might be lowered.
2 to 10
Default value
6
Supplement/memo
MIN-PRC
Set of Coin Manager minimum price
Lv.1 Details
To set the minimum amount to be handled with Coin Manager.
Enter 10 when specifying 10 Japanese yen as the minimum amount
to be handled with the Coin Manager that supports Japanese yen.
In the case to specify 1 to 4 (Euro/Pound/Swiss Franc/Dollar) by
going through the following: COPIER> OPTION> ACC > UNIT-PRC,
entry is in fractional unit. Entry of 50 indicates 50 cents ($ 0.50).
Use case
Caution
This mode is enabled when selecting 4 for the following: COPIER >
OPTION > ACC > COIN.
0 to 9999
Unit
According to the setting value by the following: COPIER> OPTION>
ACC> UNIT-PRC.
Default value
10
COPIER> OPTION> ACC> COIN, UNIT-PRC
Supplement/memo
As for the charging amount, it causes an error if specifying the
value that is smaller than the minimum currency unit with Settings/
Registration mode.
5-410
COPIER> OPTION> ACC

MAX-PRC
Lv.1 Details
Set of Coin Manager maximum price

To set the maximum amount to be handled with Coin Manager.
Enter 8800 when specifying 8800 Japanese yen as the maximum
amount to be handled with the Coin Manager that supports Japanese
yen.
In the case to specify 1 to 4 (Euro/Pound/Swiss Franc/Dollar) by
going through the following: COPIER> OPTION> ACC> UNIT-PRC,
entry is in fractional unit. Entry of 50 indicates 50 cents ($ 0.50).
Use case
Caution
This mode is enabled when selecting 4 for the following: COPIER>
OPTION> ACC> COIN.
0 to 9999
Unit
According to the setting value by the following: COPIER> OPTION>
ACC> UNIT-PRC.
Default value
8800
COPIER> OPTION> ACC> COIN, UNIT-PRC
Supplement/memo
As for charging amount, it causes an error if specifying the value that
is larger than the maximum currency unit with Settings/Registration
mode.
MIC-TUN
Manual adj of voice recognize microphone
Lv.1 Details
To manually adjust the sound receiving level (sensitivity) of the
connected voice recognition microphone.
Microphone sensitivity is automatically tuned in user mode; however,
adjust it manually as needed.
Use case
When the sensitivity of microphone is not improved by auto tuning
0 to 255
Default value
128
Related user mode
Preferences > Accessibility > Voice Navigation Settings > Tune
Microphone
SRL-SPSW
Setting of Serial I/F Kit support
Lv.1 Details
To set the support level of the Serial Interface Kit.
To keep processing performance of printer engine, select 1: Priority
on speed.
To correctly stop the output by the upper limit number of sheets,
select 2: Priority on upper limit number of sheets.
Use case
At installation of Serial Interface Kit
Caution
With priority on speed, output cannot be correctly stopped by the
upper limit number of sheets.
With priority on the upper limit number of sheets, processing
performance of the printer engine is decreased depending on pickup
location.
0 to 2
0: No support, 1: Priority on speed, 2: Priority on upper limit number
of sheets
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> ACC

CC-EXT
Lv.1 Details
Set of information output at CCV control

To set the information output of large/small paper size and color/
B&W at CCV control.
Use case
When installing a machine which requires the information on large/
small paper size and color/B&W
0 to 1
0: Not output, 1: Output
Default value
0
PDL-THR
Normal PDL print set in ex-charge mode
Lv.2 Details
To set the normal PDL print process when the external charge mode
6/7 is set in COIN.
As the value is set to 0, a job is canceled and 1 is set, a job is
executed.
0 to 1
0: Cancel, 1: Execute
Default value
0
COPIER> OPTION> ACC> COIN
CR-TYPE
Setting of Card Reader
Lv.1 Details
To set the model of the Card Reader.
Set 1 in the case of connecting the Card Reader-C1. It operates
even 0 is set, but recognition rate decreases.
Use case
When connecting the Card Reader-C1
0 to 1
0: Card Reader-F1, 1: Card Reader-C1
Default value
0
T-5-75
INT-FACE
COPIER> OPTION> INT-FACE
IMG-CONT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
AP-OPT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
AP-ACCNT
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
AP-CODE
Lv.2 Details
Default value
NWCT-TM
Lv.2 Details
Unit
Default value
Supplement/memo
Connection setting of print server

To set connection with print server.
At installation
0 to 5
0: Normal mode (Print server not connected), 1, 2: Not used, 3: Print
server connected, 4, 5: Not used
0
Output set of appli with print server
To set whether to permit output from the application (PrintMe)
equipped with print server.
Upon users request
0 to 2
0: Permits the specified account only, 1: Permits, 2: Permits the
specified department ID only
0
Job dept ID set of appli w/ print server
To set department ID to the print job from the application (PrintMe)
equipped with print server.
Upon users request
0 to 9999999
0
Set output pass code from print server
To set the pass code for output from print server.
0 to 9999999
0
Timeout setting of network connection
To set the time to keep network connection between this machine
and the PC application (keep-alive setting).
As the value is incremented by 1, the time is increased by 1 minute.
1 to 5
1 minute
5
Expected PC application: Network print application, E-mail function,
cascade copy, MEAP network application, etc.
5-411
COPIER> OPTION> INT-FACE

CNT-TYPE
Lv.1 Details
Connection setting of print server

To switch print server to be connected.
Specify print server with EFI controller ID.
Use case
At installation of print server
1 to 999
442: imagePASS-A1, 443: ColorPASS-GX300
Default value
1
AUTHMODE
Setting to allow print server connection
Lv.2 Details
To set whether to permit the print server connection prohibited
models to connect the printer server.
When 0: Disabled is set, even if a machine is connected to the print
server, it is not activated correctly and fails to make prints.
When 1: Enabled is set, specific models only can be connected to
the print server.
Use case
For customization
0 to 1
Default value
0
T-5-76
LCNS-TR
COPIER> OPTION> LCNS-TR
ST-SEND
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-SEND
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-ENPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-ENPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
5-412
Installation state dis of SEND function

To display installation state of SEND function when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether SEND function is installed
1) Select ST-SEND.
When installation has been completed, the transfer license key is
displayed under TR-SEND.
When operation finished normally: OK!
0
Trns license key dis of SEND function
To display transfer license key to use SEND function when transfer is
disabled.
When replacing HDD
When replacing the device
1) Select ST-SEND.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-SEND.
24 digits
Installation state dis of Encryption PDF
To display installation state of Encryption PDF when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Encryption PDF is installed
1) Select ST-ENPDF.
displayed under TR-ENPDF.
0
Trns license key dis of Encryption PDF
To display transfer license key to use Encryption PDF when transfer
is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-ENPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-ENPDF.
This mode is enabled when SEND function is installed.
24 digits

ST-SPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-SPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
ST-EXPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-EXPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Installation state dis of Searchable PDF

To display installation state of Searchable PDF when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Searchable PDF is installed
1) Select ST-SPDF.
displayed under TR-SPDF.
0
Trns license key dis of Searchable PDF
To display transfer license key to use Searchable PDF when transfer
is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-SPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-SPDF.
24 digits
Instal state of Encry PDF + Searchbl PDF
To display installation state of Encryption PDF + Searchable PDF
when transfer is disabled.
When checking whether Encryption PDF + Searchable PDF is
installed
1) Select ST-EXPDF.
displayed under TR-EXPDF.
0
Trns lcns key of Encry PDF+Searchbl PDF
To display transfer license key to use Encryption PDF + Searchable
PDF when transfer is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-EXPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-EXPDF.
This mode is enabled when SEND function is installed for Japan.
24 digits

ST-PDFDR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-PDFDR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-SCR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-SCR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Install state dis of Direct Print PDF

To display installation state of Direct Print PDF when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Direct Print PDF is installed
1) Select ST-PDFDR.
displayed under TR-PDFDR.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Direct Print PDF
To display transfer license key to use Direct Print PDF when transfer
is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-PDFDR.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PDFDR.
24 digits
Install state dis of Encry Secure Print
To display installation state of Encrypted Secure Print when transfer
is disabled.
When checking whether Encrypted Secure Print is installed
1) Select ST-SCR.
displayed under TR-SCR.
0
Trns license key dis of Encry Secure Pnt
To display transfer license key to use Encrypted Secure Print when
transfer is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-SCR.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-SCR.
This mode is enabled when there is 3DES+USH-H Board.
24 digits
5-413

ST-HDCLR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-HDCLR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
ST-BRDIM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-BRDIM
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-414
Installation state display of Data Erase

To display installation state of Data Erase (for old model) when
When checking whether Data Erase (for old model) is installed
1) Select ST-HDCLR.
displayed under TR-HDCLR.
0
Transfer license key dis of Data Erase
To display transfer license key to use Data Erase (for old model)
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-HDCLR.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-HDCLR.
This mode is enabled when there is 3DES+USH-H Board.
24 digits
Install state dis: PCL Barcode Printing
To display installation state of Barcode Printing for PCL when transfer
is disabled.
When checking whether Barcode Printing for PCL is installed
1) Select ST-BRDIM.
displayed under TR-BRDIM.
0
Trns lcns key dis: PCL Barcode Printing
To display transfer license key to use Barcode Printing for PCL when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-BRDIM.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-BRDIM.
24 digits

ST-VNC
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-VNC
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-WEB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-WEB
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis of Remote Oprtr Soft

To display installation state of Remote Operators Software when
When checking whether Remote Operators Software is installed
1) Select ST-VNC.
displayed under TR-VNC.
0
Trns lcns dis of Remote Operators Soft
To display transfer license key to use Remote Operators Software
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-VNC.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-VNC.
24 digits
Install state dis of Web Access Software
To display installation state of Web Access Software when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Web Access Software is installed
1) Select ST-WEB.
displayed under TR-WEB.
0
Trns license key dis of Web Access Soft
To display transfer license key to use Web Access Software when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-WEB.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-WEB.
24 digits

ST-HRPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-HRPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-TRSND
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-TRSND
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis of High Compress PDF

To display installation state of High Compression PDF when transfer
is disabled.
When checking whether High Compression PDF is installed
1) Select ST-HRPDF.
displayed under TR-HRPDF.
0
Trns lcns key dis of High Compress PDF
To display transfer license key to use High Compression PDF when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-HRPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-HRPDF.
24 digits
Install state dis of Trial SEND function
To display installation state of Trial SEND function when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Trial SEND function is installed
1) Select ST-TRSND.
displayed under TR-TRSND.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Trial SEND function
To display transfer license key to use Trial SEND function when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-TRSND.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-TRSND.
24 digits

ST-WTMRK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-WTMRK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-TSPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-TSPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
Install state dis of Secure Watermark

To display installation state of Secure Watermark when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Secure Watermark is installed
1) Select ST-WTMRK.
displayed under TR-WTMRK.
0
Trns license key dis of Secure Watermark
To display transfer license key to use Secure Watermark when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-WTMRK.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-WTMRK.
24 digits
Install state dis of Time Stamp PDF: JP
To display installation state of Time Stamp PDF (JP only) when
When checking whether Time Stamp PDF (JP only) is installed
1) Select ST-TSPDF.
displayed under TR-TSPDF.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Time Stamp PDF: JP
To display transfer license key to use Time Stamp PDF (JP only)
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-TSPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-TSPDF.
24 digits
5-415

ST-USPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-USPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
ST-DVPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-DVPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
5-416
Install state dis of Dgtl User Sign PDF

To display installation state of Digital User Signature PDF when
When checking whether Digital User Signature PDF is installed
1) Select ST-USPDF.
displayed under TR-USPDF.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Dgtl User Sign PDF
To display transfer license key to use Digital User Signature PDF
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-USPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-USPDF.
24 digits
Install state dis of Device Sign PDF
To display installation state of Device Signature PDF when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Device Signature PDF is installed
1) Select ST-DVPDF.
displayed under TR-DVPDF.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Device Sign PDF
To display transfer license key to use Device Signature PDF when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-DVPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-DVPDF.
24 digits

ST-SCPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-SCPDF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Caution
ST-AMS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-AMS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis of Trace & Smooth PDF

To display installation state of Trace & Smooth PDF when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Trace & Smooth PDF is installed
1) Select ST-SCPDF.
displayed under TR-SCPDF.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Trace & Smooth PDF
To display transfer license key to use Trace & Smooth PDF when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-SCPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-SCPDF.
24 digits
Install state dis of Access Management System
To display installation state of Access Management System when
When checking whether Access Management System is installed
1) Select ST-AMS.
displayed under TR-AMS.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Access Management System
To display transfer license key to use Access Management System
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-AMS.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-AMS.
24 digits

ST-ERDS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
Supplement/memo
TR-ERDS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Supplement/memo
ST-PS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-PS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis: E-RDS 3rd Pty Expnsn

To display installation state of E-RDS 3rd Party Expansion when
When checking whether E-RDS 3rd Party Expansion is installed
1) Select ST-ERDS.
displayed under TR-ERDS.
0
E-RDS 3rd Party Expansion: A function to send charge counter to
the third partys charge server.
Trns lcns key dis: E-RDS 3rd Pty Expnsn
To display transfer license key to use E-RDS 3rd Party Expansion
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-ERDS.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-ERDS.
24 digits
E-RDS 3rd Party Expansion: A function to send charge counter to
the third partys charge server.
Install state display of PS function
To display installation state of PS function when transfer is disabled.
When checking whether PS function is installed
1) Select ST-PS.
displayed under TR-PS.
0
Transfer license key dis of PS function
To display transfer license key to use PS function when transfer is
disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-PS.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PS.
24 digits

ST-PCL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state display of PCL function

To display installation state of PCL function when transfer is disabled.
When checking whether PCL function is installed
1) Select ST-PCL.
displayed under TR-PCL.
Default value
0
TR-PCL
Transfer license key dis of PCL function
Lv.2 Details
To display transfer license key to use PCL function when transfer is
disabled.
Use case
When replacing HDD
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select ST-PCL.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PCL.
24 digits
ST-PSLI5
Install state dis:PS/LIPS4/LIPS LX: JP
Lv.2 Details
To display installation state of PS/LIPS4/LIPS LX function (JP only)
Use case
When checking whether PS/LIPS4/LIPS LX function (JP only) is
installed
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select ST-PSLI5.
displayed under TR-PSLI5.
Default value
0
TR-PSLI5
Trns lcns key dis:PS/LIPS4/LIPS LX: JP
Lv.2 Details
To display transfer license key to use PS/LIPS4/LIPS LX function (JP
only) when transfer is disabled.
Use case
When replacing HDD
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select ST-PSLI5.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PSLI5.
24 digits
5-417

ST-LIPS5
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-LIPS5
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-LIPS4
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-LIPS4
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-418
Install state dis:LIPS LX/LIPS4 func: JP

To display installation state of LIPS LX/LIPS4 function (JP only) when
When checking whether LIPS LX/LIPS4 function (JP only) is installed
1) Select ST-LIPS5.
displayed under TR-LIPS5.
0
Trns lcns key dis:LIPS LX/LIPS4 func: JP
To display transfer license key to use LIPS LX/LIPS4 function (JP
only) when transfer is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-LIPS5.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-LIPS5.
24 digits
Install state display of LIPS4 func: JP
To display installation state of LIPS4 function (JP only) when transfer
is disabled.
When checking whether LIPS4 function (JP only) is installed
1) Select ST-LIPS4.
displayed under TR-LIPS4.
0
Trns license key dis of LIPS4 func: JP
To display transfer license key to use LIPS4 function (JP only) when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-LIPS4.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-LIPS4.
24 digits

ST-PSPCL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-PSPCL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-PCLUF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-PCLUF
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis of PS/PCL function

To display installation state of PS/PCL function when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether PS/PCL function is installed
1) Select ST-PSPCL.
displayed under TR-PSPCL.
0
Transfer license key dis of PS/PCL func
To display transfer license key to use PS/PCL function when transfer
is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-PSPCL.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PSPCL.
24 digits
Install state dis of PCL/UFR II function
To display installation state of PCL/UFR II function when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether PCL/UFR II function is installed
1) Select ST-PCLUF.
displayed under TR-PCLUF.
0
Trns license key dis of PCL/UFR II func
To display transfer license key to use PCL/UFR II function when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-PCLUF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PCLUF.
24 digits

ST-PSLIP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-PSLIP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-PSPCU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-PSPCU
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis of PS/LIPS4 func: JP

To display installation state of PS/LIPS4 function (JP only) when
When checking whether PS/LIPS4 function (JP only) is installed
1) Select ST-PSLIP.
displayed under TR-PSLIP.
0
Trns license key dis of PS/LIPS4 func:JP
To display transfer license key to use PS/LIPS4 function (JP only)
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-PSLIP.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PSLIP.
24 digits
Install state dis of PS/PCL/UFR II func
To display installation state of PS/PCL/UFR II function when transfer
is disabled.
When checking whether PS/PCL/UFR II function is installed
1) Select ST-PSPCU.
displayed under TR-PSPCU.
0
Trns lcns key dis of PS/PCL/UFR II func
To display transfer license key to use PS/PCL/UFR II function when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-PSPCU.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PSPCU.
24 digits

ST-LXUFR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-LXUFR
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-HDCR2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-HDCR2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis of UFR II function

To display installation state of UFR II function when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether UFR II function is installed
1) Select ST-LXUFR.
displayed under TR-LXUFR.
0
Trns license key dis of UFR II function
To display transfer license key to use UFR II function when transfer
is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-LXUFR.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-LXUFR.
24 digits
Install state dis:HDD Init All Data/Set
To display installation state of HDD Initialize All Data/Settings when
When checking whether HDD Initialize All Data/Settings is installed
1) Select ST-HDCR2.
displayed under TR-HDCR2.
0
Trns lcns key dis:HDD Init All Data/Set
To display transfer license key to use HDD Initialize All Data/Settings
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-HDCR2.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-HDCR2.
24 digits
5-419

ST-MOBIL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-MOBIL
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-JBLK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-JBLK
Lv.2 Details
Use case
5-420
Install state dis of Mobile Link func:JP

To display installation state of Mobile Link function (JP only) when
When checking whether Mobile Link function (JP only) is installed
1) Select ST-MOBIL.
displayed under TR-MOBIL.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Mobile Link func:JP
To display transfer license key to use Mobile Link function (JP only)
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-MOBIL.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-MOBIL.
24 digits
Install state dis of Document Scan Lock
To display installation state of Document Scan Lock when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Document Scan Lock is installed
1) Select ST-JBLK.
displayed under TR-JBLK.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Document Scan Lock
To display transfer license key to use Document Scan Lock when
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-JBLK.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-JBLK.
24 digits

ST-AFAX
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Installation state dis of Remote Fax

To display installation state of Remote Fax when transfer is disabled.
When checking whether Remote Fax is installed
1) Select ST-AFAX.
displayed under TR-AFAX.
Default value
0
TR-AFAX
Transfer license key dis of Remote Fax
Lv.2 Details
To display transfer license key to use Remote Fax when transfer is
disabled.
Use case
When replacing HDD
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select ST-AFAX.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-AFAX.
24 digits
ST-REPDF
Install state dis:Reader Extensions PDF
Lv.2 Details
To display installation state of Reader Extensions PDF when transfer
is disabled.
Use case
When checking whether Reader Extensions PDF is installed
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select ST-REPDF.
displayed under TR-REPDF.
Default value
0
TR-REPDF
Trns lcns key dis:Reader Extensions PDF
Lv.2 Details
To display transfer license key to use Reader Extensions PDF when
Use case
When replacing HDD
Adj/set/operate method 1) Select ST-REPDF.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-REPDF.
24 digits

ST-OOXML
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-OOXML
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-XPS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-XPS
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Install state dis of Office Open XML

To display installation state of Office Open XML when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Office Open XML is installed
1) Select ST-OOXML.
displayed under TR-OOXML.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Office Open XML
To display transfer license key to use Office Open XML when transfer
is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-OOXML.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-OOXML.
24 digits
Install state dis of Direct Print XPS
To display installation state of Direct Print XPS when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether Direct Print XPS is installed
1) Select ST-XPS.
displayed under TR-XPS.
0
Trns lcns key dis of Direct Print XPS
To display transfer license key to use Direct Print XPS when transfer
is disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-XPS.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-XPS.
24 digits

ST-2600
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-2600
Lv.2 Details
Use case
ST-PPML
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Default value
TR-PPML
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Instal state dis: IEEE2600.1 scrty func

To display installation state of the IEEE2600.1 security function when
When checking whether the IEEE2600.1 security function is installed
1) Select ST-2600.
displayed under TR-2600.
0
Trn lcns key dis: IEEE2600.1 scrty func
To display transfer license key of the IEEE2600.1 security function
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-2600.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-2600.
24 digits
Install state dis of PPML function
To display installation state of PPML function when transfer is
disabled.
When checking whether PPML function is installed
1) Select ST-PPML.
displayed under TR-PPML.
0
Trns license key dis of PPML function
To display transfer license key to use PPML function when transfer is
disabled.
When replacing HDD
1) Select ST-PPML.
The transfer license key is displayed under TR-PPML.
24 digits
T-5-77
5-421
5-422
5-423
5-424
5-425
5-426
5-427
5-428
5-429
5-430
5-431
5-432
5-433
5-434
5-435
5-436
5-437
5-438
5-439
5-440
5-441
5-442
5-443
5-444
5-445
5-446
5-447
TEST
COPIER> TEST> PG
DENS-Y
Lv.1 Details
PG
COPIER> TEST> PG
TYPE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
TXPH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
THRU
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
5-448
Test print
To execute the test print.
At trouble analysis
Enter the setting value, and then press Start key.
Test print is executed.
Be sure to return the value to 0 after the test print output.
0 to 100
0: Image from CCD (normal print)
1 to 3: For R&D use
4: 16 gradations
5: Halftone for all areas
6: Grid
7 to 9: For R&D use
10: MCYBk horizontal (side) line
11: For R&D use
12: YMCBk 64 gradations
13: For R&D use
14: Full color 16 gradations
15 to 54: For R&D use
55: PG for REOS
56 to 100: For R&D use
0
Setting of test print image mode
To set the image mode at the time of test print output.
This mode is enabled for test print only.
At trouble analysis
0 to 6
0: Error diffusion
1: Low screen ruling screen (approx. 133 to 190 lines)
2: High screen ruling screen (approx. 200 to 268 lines)
3: Copy screen (approx. 220 lines)
4: REOS screen (no screen structure)
5: Error diffusion (with end correction)
6: High-line-count screen (with end correction)
Image correction table use at test print
To set whether to use the image correction table at the time of test
print output.
At trouble analysis
0 to 1
0: Used, 1: Not used
0
Use case
DENS-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
DENS-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
DENS-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COLOR-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COLOR-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COLOR-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Adj of Y color density at test print

To adjust Y color density when performing test print (TYPE=5).
As the value is increased, the density becomes higher.
At test print (TYPE=5)
0 to 255
Adj of M color density at test print
To adjust M color density when performing test print (TYPE=5).
0 to 255
Adj of C color density at test print
To adjust C color density when performing test print (TYPE=5).
0 to 255
Adj of Bk color density at test print
To adjust Bk color density when performing test print (TYPE=5).
0 to 255
Y color output setting at test print
To make a setting of Y color output for test print.
The setting is applied to all types.
When setting COLOR-Y to 1 and other items to 0, a single Y color
is output.
At test print
0 to 1
M color output setting at test print
To make a setting of M color output for test print.
When setting COLOR-M to 1 and other items to 0, a single M
color is output.
At test print
0 to 1
C color output setting at test print
To make a setting of C color output for test print.
When setting COLOR-C to 1 and other items to 0, a single C color
is output.
At test print
0 to 1
COPIER> TEST> PG
COLOR-K
Lv.1 Details
Bk color output setting at test print

To make a setting of Bk color output for test print.
When setting COLOR-K to 1 and other items to 0, a single Bk
color is output.
Use case
At test print
0 to 1
F/M-SW
Setting of PG full color/mono color
Lv.1 Details
To set for the output in full color/monochrome color with PG.
Use case
When separating (identifying) the cause whether its due to color or
monochrome.
0 to 1
0: Full color, 1: Monochrome color
PG-PICK
Setting of test print pickup cassette
Lv.1 Details
To set the pickup cassette for test print output.
Use case
At trouble analysis
At test print output
1 to 19
1: Right Deck, 2: Left Deck, 3: Cassette3, 4: Cassette4, 5: POD
Deck Lite/Paper Deck, 6 to 7: Not used, 8: Multi-purpose Tray, 9 to
16: Not used, 17: Multi Deck (Upper) 18: Multi Deck (Middle), 19:
Multi Deck (Lower)
2-SIDE
Setting of PG 2-sided mode
Lv.1 Details
To set 1-sided/2-sided print for PG output.
Use case
At trouble analysis
0 to 1
0: 1-sided, 1: 2-sided
Default value
0
PG-QTY
Setting of PG output quantity
Lv.1 Details
To set the number of sheets for PG output.
Use case
At trouble analysis
1 to 999
Unit
1 sheet
Default value
1
COPIER> TEST> PG
FINISH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Accessory processing function test print

To execute the test print relating to accessory processing function.
When checking operation of accessory processing function
1) Enter the number of sheets for PG-QTY, and then press OK key.
3) Press Start button.
The machine outputs a test print.
0 to 99
0: N/A
1: Staple (front) *1
2: Staple (2 points) *1
3: Staple (rear) *1
4: Booklet (saddle stitch) *1
5: Z-fold (single sleeve) *1
6: 2-fold *1
7: C-fold *2
8: V-fold *2
9: 4-fold *2
10: Z-fold (out-3-fold) *2
11: Punch (Inner Puncher) *3
12: Multiple-hole punch *4
13: Shift *1
14 to 99: Spare (for future use)
*1 Finisher, *2 Multi-folding machine, *3 Inner Puncher, *4 Multiplehole Puncher
0
COPIER> TEST> PG> PG-QTY
T-5-78
5-449
NETWORK
COPIER> TEST> NETWORK

COPIER> TEST> NETWORK
PING
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Network connection check

To check connection between this machine and TCP/IP network.
When checking network connection at the time of installation
At network connection failure
Adj/set/operate method 1) Turn OFF the main power switch.
2) Connect the network cable to this machine, and then turn ON the
main power switch.
3) Inform the system administrator at user's site that installation of
this machine is complete, and ask for network setting.
4) Ask the system administrator to check the network connection,
and check the remote host address of PING transmission target.
5) Select the item and enter the remote host address, and then press
OK key and Start key.
OK: Connection is normal. Checking procedure is complete.
NG: Connection failed. Go to step 6) if the cable connection is
OK. In case of cable connection failure, connect again and
then go to step 5).
6) Select the item and enter loopback address, and then press OK
key and Start key.
OK: TCP/IP setting of this machine is normal. Go to step 7) to
check NIC.
NG: TCP/IP setting of this machine has failure. Go to step 3) to
check the setting again.
7) Select the item and enter the local host address, and then press
OK key.
OK: Network setting of this machine and NIC are normal.
Inform the system administrator that the trouble is due to
network environment and ask for countermeasure.
NG: Connection failure/fault with NIC. Check connection of
NIC/ replace NIC.
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
At normal state: OK
At failure occurrence: NG
Supplement/memo
Remote host address: IP address of PC terminal in network.
Loopback address: 127.0.0.1. Checking TCP/IP of this machine is
available because the signal is returned before NIC.
NIC: Network interface board
Local host address: IP address of this machine
BML-DISP
Lv.2 Details
Set System Monitor scrn: Bmlinks support

To set whether to only display the device configuration in the System
Monitor screen when supporting BMlinks.
When the setting is switched, the Status and Log are not displayed.
Use case
When supporting Bmlinks
0 to 1
0: Ordinary System Monitor screen
1: Screen in which only the device configuration is displayed
Default value
0
IPV6-ADR
Setting of PING send address (IPv6)
Lv.1 Details
To set the IPv6 address to send PING.
When PING is sent to this address by COPIER> TEST> NETWORK>
PING-IP6, the network connection condition in the IPv6 environment
can be checked.
Caution
Enter a consistent character string as an address of IPv6.
Enter an address within 39 characters including hexadecimal
numbers (0-9, a-f) and a separator (:).
COPIER> TEST> NETWORK> PING-IP6
PING-IP6
PING transmission to IPv6 address
Lv.1 Details
To send PING to the address specified by IPV6-ADR.
The network connection condition in the IPv6 environment can be
checked.
COPIER> TEST> NETWORK> IPV6-ADR
IPSECPOL
Polling test of IPSec Encryption Board
Lv.1 Details
To execute polling test of IPSec Encryption Board.
To check whether a hardware failure has occurred.
Use case
When checking whether a hardware failure has occurred to the
IPSec Encryption Board
At normal state: OK
At failure occurrence: NG (0: The board cannot be recognized. 1: An
error occurred to the result.)
Required time
Approx. 3 minutes
IPSECINT
Interrupt test of IPSec Encryption Board
Lv.1 Details
To execute the interrupt test of IPSec Encryption Board.
To check whether a hardware failure has occurred.
Use case
When checking whether a hardware failure has occurred to the
IPSec Encryption Board
At normal state: OK
At failure occurrence: NG (0: The board cannot be recognized. 1: An
error occurred to the result.)
Required time
Approx. 3 minutes
T-5-79
5-450
5-451
5-452
5-453
COUNTER
COPIER> COUNTER> TOTAL

2-SIDE
Lv.1 Details
TOTAL
COPIER> COUNTER> TOTAL
SERVICE1
Lv.1 Details
SERVICE2
Lv.1 Details
COPY
Lv.1 Details
PDL-PRT
Lv.1 Details
FAX-PRT
Lv.1 Details
BOX-PRT
Lv.1 Details
RPT-PRT
Lv.1 Details
5-454
Service-purposed total counter 1

To count up when the paper is delivered outside the machine.
Large size: 1, small size: 1
A blank sheet is not counted.
0 to 99999999
Service-purposed total counter 2
0 to 99999999
Total copy counter
0 to 99999999
PDL print counter
To count up when the paper is delivered outside the machine
according to the charge counter at PDL print.
0 to 99999999
FAX reception print counter
according to the charge counter at FAX reception.
0 to 99999999
Inbox print counter
according to the charge counter at Inbox print.
0 to 99999999
Report print counter
according to the charge counter at report print.
0 to 99999999
2-sided copy/print counter

according to the charge counter at 2-sided copy/print.
0 to 99999999
SCAN
Scan counter
Lv.1 Details
To count the number of scan operations according to the charge
counter when the scanning operation is complete.
Adj/set/operate method When the counter is cleared
Select the item, and then press Clear key.
0 to 99999999
T-5-80
PICK-UP
FEEDER
COPIER> COUNTER> PICK-UP
C1
Lv.1 Details
Unit
C2
Lv.1 Details
Unit
C3
Lv.1 Details
Unit
C4
Lv.1 Details
Unit
MF
Lv.1 Details
Unit
DK
Lv.1 Details
Unit
2-SIDE
Lv.1 Details
Unit
D1
Lv.1 Details
Unit
D2
Lv.1 Details
Unit
D3
Lv.1 Details
Unit
COPIER> COUNTER> FEEDER
Cassette 1 pickup total counter

Large size: 1, Small size: 1
Number of sheets
Number of sheets
Number of sheets
Number of sheets
Multi-purpose Tray pickup total counter
Number of sheets
Deck pickup total counter
Number of sheets
2-sided pickup total counter
Number of sheets
POD Upper Deck pickup total counter
Number of sheets
POD Middle Deck pickup total counter
Number of sheets
POD Lower Deck pickup total counter
Number of sheets
FEED
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
DFOP-CNT
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
DADF original pickup total counter

When checking the total counter of original pickup by DADF
Number of sheets
DADF hinge open/close counter
When checking the DADF hinge open/close counter
Number of times
T-5-82
5
T-5-81
5-455
MISC
JAM
COPIER> COUNTER> JAM
TOTAL
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
FEEDER
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
SORTER
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
2-SIDE
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
MF
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
C1
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
C2
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
C3
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
C4
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
DK
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
MDK1
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
MDK2
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
MDK3
Lv.1 Use case
Unit
COPIER> COUNTER> MISC
Printer total jam counter

When checking the total jam counter of printer
Number of times
Feeder total jam counter
When checking the total jam counter of feeder
Number of times
Finisher total jam counter
When checking the total jam counter of finisher
Number of times
Duplex Unit jam counter
When checking the jam counter of Duplex Unit
Number of times
Multi-purpose Tray jam counter
When checking the jam counter of Multi-purpose Tray
Number of times
Right Deck jam counter
When checking the jam counter of machines Right Deck
Number of times
Left Deck jam counter
When checking the jam counter of machines Left Deck
Number of times
Cassette 3 pickup jam counter
When checking the jam counter of machines Cassette 3
Number of times
Cassette 4 pickup jam counter
When checking the jam counter of machines Cassette 4
Number of times
POD Deck Lite jam counter
When checking the jam counter of POD Deck Lite
Number of times
Multi Deck (Upper) jam counter
When checking the jam counter of Multi Deck (Upper)
Number of times
Multi Deck (Middle) jam counter
When checking the jam counter of Multi Deck (Middle)
Number of times
Multi Deck (Lower) jam counter
When checking the jam counter of Multi Deck (Lower)
Number of times
T-SPLY-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
T-SPLY-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
T-SPLY-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
T-SPLY-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
ALLPW-ON
Lv.1 Details
T-5-83
5-456
Use case
Unit
HDD-ON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
ST-NDL
Lv.1 Details
Unit
ENT-PTH
Lv.1 Details
Unit
TRAY-CHA
Lv.1 Details
Unit
PUNCH
Lv.1 Details
Unit
PUN-CAB
Lv.1 Details
Unit
Y toner supply counter

Number of Y color toner supply blocks.
Counted for every one rotation of Toner Stirring Screw.
When checking the usage status of toner
Number of blocks
M toner supply counter
Number of M color toner supply blocks.
Number of blocks
C toner supply counter
Number of C color toner supply blocks.
Number of blocks
Bk toner supply counter
Number of Bk color toner supply blocks.
Number of blocks
Number of DCON PCB power-on times
Number of power-on times (Non-all-night Power Unit).
To count up when power is turned ON (Non-all-night Power Unit).
When checking the usage status of the product
Number of times
Number of HDD start-up times
To count up at HDD start-up.
When checking the usage status of the product
Number of times
Staple needle counter: Fin-B1
To count the use of the staple needle.
Number of times
Entrance paper path counter: Fin-B1
Entrance paper path counter
Number of sheet
Tray change counter: Fin-B1
Tray change counter
Number of times
Punch Unit counter: Fin-B1
Punch Unit counter
Number of times
Punch Unit Cable counter: Fin-B1
Punch Unit Cable counter
Number of times
JOB
COPIER> COUNTER> MISC

PUN-WST
Lv.1 Details
SADDLE
Lv.1 Details
Unit
SDL-STPL
Lv.1 Details
Unit
SDL-NDL
Lv.1 Details
Unit
ESC-PTH
Lv.1 Details
Unit
SUC-A-Y
SUC-A-M
SUC-A-C
SUC-A-K
SUC-L-Y
SUC-L-M
SUC-L-C
SUC-L-K
Punch waste counter: Fin-B1

Punch Unit punch waste counter
Saddle paper path counter: Fin-B1
Saddle paper path counter
Number of sheets
Saddle Staple counter: Fin-B1
Saddle Staple Unit counter
Number of times
Saddle staple needle counter: Fin-B1
To count the use of the Saddle staple needle.
Number of times
Escape paper path counter: Fin-B1
Escape paper path counter
Number of sheets
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
For R&D use
COPIER> COUNTER> JOB

DVPAPLEN
Lv.1 Details
Unit
DVRUNLEN
Lv.1 Details
Unit
Average paper length of job

Average paper length in the period from when the printer engine
starts printing operation to when it stops the operation.
Since the printer engine considers small jobs that are executed
continuously as a large job, the average paper length affects
calculation of the life.
0 to 99999999
mm
Average distance of job
Average running distance in the period from when the printer engine
starts printing operation to when it stops the operation.
Since the printer engine considers small jobs that are executed
continuously as a large job, the average running distance affects
calculation of the life.
0 to 99999999
mm
T-5-85
T-5-84
5-457
PRDC-1
COPIER> COUNTER> PRDC-1

PRM-WIRE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
PRM-GRID
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PO-WIRE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PRM-CLN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
5-458
Primary Charging Wire parts counter

1st line: Total counter value from the previous replacement
2nd line: Estimated life
When checking the consumption level of parts/replacing the parts
To clear the counter value: Select the item, and then press Clear key.
To change the estimated life: Select the item, enter the value, and
then press OK key.
Clear the counter value after replacement.
0 to 99999999
0
This is commonly used as operator maintenance parts counter.
Grid Plate parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Pre-transfer Charging Wire parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Primary Charge Wire Clean Pad prts cntr
Primary Charging Wire Cleaning Pad 1, 2
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
PO-CLN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PRM-CLN2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PO-CLN2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PO-UNIT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Pre-transfer Chg Wire Cln Pad prts cntr

Pre-transfer Charging Wire Cleaning Pad 1, 2
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Prmry Charge Wire Cleanr Pad2 prts cntr
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Pre-trn Chg Wire Clnr Pad2 parts cntr
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Pre-transfer Charging Assy parts cntr
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

PRM-UNIT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
GRID-PAD
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
FIX-TH1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
FIX-TH2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Primary Charging Assembly parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Grid Cleaning Pad parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Pressure Sub Thermistor 1 parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Pressure Sub Thermistor 2 parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

OZ-FIL1
Lv.1 Details
Fixing Dustproof Filter parts counter

Use case
Adj/set/operate method To clear the counter value: Select the item, and then press Clear key.
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
OZ-FIL2
Pry Chg Dustproof Filter parts counter
Lv.1 Details
Primary Charging Dustproof Filter parts counter
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
TN-FIL1
Ozone Filter parts counter
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
T-5-86
5-459
DRBL-1
COPIER> COUNTER> DRBL-1

TR-BLT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
2TR-ROLL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Supplement/memo
TR-STC-H
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
2TR-INRL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
5-460
ITB parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Sec Transfer Outer Roller parts counter
Secondary Transfer Outer Roller
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Sec Transfer Static Eliminator prts cntr
Secondary Transfer Static Eliminator
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Sec Transfer Inner Roller parts counter
Secondary Transfer Inner Roller
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
ITB-BLD1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PT-DRM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
CLN-BLD
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
DV-UNT-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
ITB Cleaning Blade parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Bk Photosensitive Drum parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Drum Cleaning Blade (Bk) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Developing Assembly (C) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

DV-UNT-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
DV-UNT-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
DV-UNT-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
D-UNIT-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Developing Assembly (Y) parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Developing Assembly (M) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Developing Assembly (Bk) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Drum Unit (Y) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

D-UNIT-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
D-UNIT-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
D-UNIT-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C1-PU-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Drum Unit (M) parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Drum Unit (C) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Drum (Bk) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Right Deck Pickup Roller parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
5-461

C1-SP-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C1-FD-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C2-PU-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C2-SP-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
5-462
Right Deck Separation Roller parts cntr

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Right Deck Feed Roller parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Left Deck Pickup Roller parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Left Deck Separation Roller prts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

C2-FD-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C3-PU-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C3-SP-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C3-FD-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Left Deck Feed Roller parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Cassette 3 Pickup Roller parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Cassette 3 Separation Roller parts cntr
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Cassette 3 Feed Roller parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

C4-PU-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C4-SP-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
C4-FD-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
M-SP-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Cassette 4 Pickup Roller parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Cassette 4 Separation Roller parts cntr
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Cassette 4 Feed Roller parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Multi-purpose Tray Sprtn Roll prts cntr
Multi-purpose Tray Separation Roller
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

M-FD-RL
Lv.1 Details
Multi-purpose Tray Feed Roll prts cntr

Multi-purpose Tray Feed Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
WST-TNR
Waste Toner Container parts counter
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
ITB-SCRP
ITB Inner Scraper Holder parts counter
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
5-463

FX-BLT-U
Lv.1 Details
Fixing Belt Unit parts counter

To display the accumulated number of paper transported through
Fixing Belt Unit on a small size conversion basis.
By pressing Clear key, the accumulated number of paper transported
through Fixing Belt Unit, the running time of the Fixing Belt Unit (FXU-TM1 to 8), and displacement control steering setting value (FX-USTR) are reset.
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
COPIER> DISPLAY> FIXING> FX-U-TM1 to 8, FX-U-STR
FX-BLT-L
Pressure Belt Unit parts counter
Lv.1 Details
Pressure Belt Unit on a small size conversion basis.
By pressing Clear key, the accumulated number of paper transported
through Pressure Belt Unit, the running time of the Fixing Belt Unit
(FX-U-TM1 to 8), and displacement control steering setting value
(FX-U-STR) are reset.
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
COPIER> DISPLAY> FIXING> FX-L-TM1 to 8, FX-MTR2 to 8
PT-DR-Y
Y Photosensitive Drum parts counter
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
5-464

PT-DR-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PT-DR-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
1TR-RL-Y
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
1TR-RL-M
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
M Photosensitive Drum parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
C Photosensitive Drum parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Primary Transfer Roller(Y) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Primary Transfer Roller(M) parts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

1TR-RL-C
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
1TR-RL-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
SU-SHT-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
EDGE-F-K
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Primary Transfer Roller(C) parts counter

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Primary Transfer Roller(Bk) prts counter
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Drum Clean Scoop-up Sheet (Bk) prts cntr
Drum Cleaning Scoop-up Sheet (Bk)
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Edge Scraper (Bk) parts counter
Edge Scraper 1, 2 (Bk)
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
DRBL-2
DF-PU-RL
Lv.1 Details
Pickup Roller parts counter: DADF

Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Regardless of the read mode (1-sided/2-sided), the counter is
advanced every time a sheet is fed.
DF-FD-RL
Feed Roller parts counter: DADF
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DF-SP-RL
Separation Roller parts counter: DADF
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
T-5-87
5-465

LNT-TAP1
Lv.1 Details
Dust Removal Sheet 1 counter: DADF

Dust-colleting
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
LNT-TAP2
Dust Removal Sheet 2 counter: DADF
Lv.1 Details
Dust-colleting typeE
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
STAMP
Stamp parts counter: DADF
Lv.1 Details
To display the estimated life and parts counter of DADF stamp.
2nd line: Estimated life to be entered by operator
Use case
At replacement
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
5-466

PD-PU-RL
Lv.1 Details
Pickup Roller parts counter: Deck

Pickup Roller (Front/Rear) of Paper Deck/POD Deck Lite/Multi Deck
(Upper)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-SP-RL
Separation Roller parts counter: Deck
Lv.1 Details
Separation Roller of Paper Deck/POD Deck Lite/Multi Deck (Upper)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-PU-CL
Upr Deck Pickup Clutch prts cntr:M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0

PD-FD-RL
Lv.1 Details
Feed Roller parts counter: Deck

Feed Roller of Paper Deck/POD Deck Lite/Multi Deck (Upper)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-PU-SL
Upr Deck Pickup Solend prts cntr: M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Pickup Roller Release Solenoid
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
FIN-STPR
Stapler parts counter: Fin-A1/B1
Lv.1 Details
Stapler Unit
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of times
Default value
0

SDL-STPL
Lv.1 Details
Saddle Stapler parts counter: Fin-B1

Saddle Stapler Unit
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of times
Default value
0
FN-BFFRL
Buffer Roller parts counter: Fin-B1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Default value
0
DL-STC-L
Static Eliminator prts cntr: Fin-A1/B1
Lv.1 Details
Fin-A1: Swing Guide Assembly Static Eliminator (Front/Rear)
Fin-B1: Delivery Static Eliminator (Left)
Use case
At replacement
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
5-467

DL-STC-R
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
ENT-STC
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
CENT-STC
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
BACK-ROL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
5-468
Static Eliminator prts cntr: Fin-A1/B1

Fin-A1: Feed Guide Assembly Static Eliminator
Fin-B1: Delivery Static Eliminator (Right)
At replacement
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Inlet Static Eliminator prts cntr:Fin-B1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Swinging Sttc Elim prts cntr: Fin-B1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0
Paper Return Roller parts counter:Fin-B1
Paper Return Roller (Front/Rear)
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
0

STK-STC
Lv.1 Details
Stck Delv Rol Sttc Elim prts cntr:Fin-A1

Process delivery static eliminator
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
IS-P-RL1
Pickup Roll prts cntr: INS-H1/J1, PF/INS
Lv.1 Details
INS-H1: Upper Tray Pickup Roller
INS-J1, PF/INS: Inserter Pickup Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
IS-S-RL1
Sprtn Roll prts cntr: INS-H1/J1, PF/INS
Lv.1 Details
INS-H1: Upper Tray Separation Roller
INS-J1, PF/INS: Inserter Separation Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0

IS-F-RL1
Lv.1 Details
Feed Roller prts cntr: INS-H1/J1, PF/INS

INS-H1: Upper Tray Feed Roller
INS-J1, PF/INS: Inserter Feed Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
IS-TQLM1
Drv Torq Limt prts cntr:INS-H1/J1,PF/INS
Lv.1 Details
INS-H1: Upper Tray Torque Limiter
INS-J1, PF/INS: Inserter Drive Torque Limiter
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
IS-P-RL2
Lowr Tray Pickup Roll prts cntr: INS-H1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0

IS-S-RL2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
IS-F-RL2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
IS-TQLM2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
BEHL-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
Lower Tray Sprtn Roll parts cntr: INS-H1

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Lower Tray Feed Roller prts cntr: INS-H1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Lower Tray Torque Limt prts cntr: INS-H1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Stck Tray Ppr Rtnr Roll prts cntr:Fin-A1
Stacking Tray Paper Retainer Roller
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
5-469

IU-ELM
Lv.1 Details
Static Eliminator parts counter: P-PuncherIFU

Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
DIESET1
Die set 1 parts counter: P-puncher
Lv.1 Details
1st line: total counter value from the previous replacement
2nd line: estimated life
Use case
When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts.
Adj/set/operate method To clear the counter value: Select the item and press the Clear key.
To change the estimated life: Select the item, enter the value and
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
Product name of P-Puncher: Professional Puncher-C1
DIESET2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-470

DIESET3
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET6
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET7
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET8
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET9
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET10
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET11
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-471

DIESET12
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET13
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET14
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-472

DIESET15
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET16
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET17
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET18
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET19
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET20
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET21
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET22
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET23
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-473

DIESET24
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET25
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET26
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-474

DIESET27
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET28
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET29
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET30
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET31
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET32
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET33
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET34
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET35
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-475

DIESET36
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET37
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET38
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-476

DIESET39
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET40
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET41
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET42
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET43
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET44
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET45
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET46
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET47
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-477

DIESET48
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET49
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET50
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-478

DIESET51
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET52
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET53
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET54
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET55
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET56
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo

DIESET57
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET58
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET59
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-479

DIESET60
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET61
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET62
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
5-480

DIESET63
Lv.1 Details

Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
DIESET64
Lv.1 Details
Use case
press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
BEHLTQLM
Tray 1/2 Torque Limt parts cntr: Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
Process Tray Torque Limiter (Tray 1/2 Paper Retainer)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0

SWG-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
SWG-DL-1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
SWG-DL-2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
SHT-CL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
Proc Tray Ppr Rtn Roll prts cntr:Fin-A1

Process Tray Paper Return Roller (Front/Rear)
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Swng Ejectn Roll (F/R) prts cntr: Fin-A1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Delivery Upr Roll (Ctr) prts cntr:Fin-A1
Swing Guide Delivery Upper Roller (Center)
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Swng Guide Electmag Clt prts cntr:Fin-A1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0

SHT-TQLM
Lv.1 Details
Shutter Torque Limiter prts cntr: Fin-A1

Stack Wall Lower Assembly Torque Limiter (Shutter)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
SWG-TQLM
Process Tray Torq Limt prts cntr: Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
Process Tray Torque Limiter (Process Tray Paper Retainer)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
SUB-TQLM
Sub Guide Torque Limt prts cntr: Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
Process Tray Torque Limiter (Sub Guide)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
5-481

TRY-TQLM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
TR2-TQLM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
SWG-RB
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
TRM-GD
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
5-482
Tray 1 Torque Limiter prts cntr: Fin-A1

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Tray 2 Torque Limiter prts cntr: Fin-A1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Proc Tray Ppr Rtnr Rubr prts cntr:Fin-A1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Scar Prev Sheet Plate prts cntr: Trimmer
Scar Prevention Sheet (Upper/Lower)
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0

IS-CL2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
IS-ELM1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
IS-CL1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
IS-RV-SL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
Lowr Tray Electmag Clt prts cntr: INS-H1

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of times
0
Thru Fd Inlt Sttc Elim prts cntr: INS-H1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Upr Tray Electmag Clt parts cntr: INS-H1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of times
0
Reverse Solenoid parts counter: INS-H1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of times
0

IS-ELM2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
PF-ELM2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
PF-CL2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
PF-ELM1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
Thru Feed Out Sttc Elim prts cntr:INS-H1

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Thru Feed Out Sttc Elim prts cntr: PFU
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Pre-fold Lowr Rol Drv Clt2 prts cntr:PFU
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of times
0
Thru Feed Inlet Sttc Elim prts cntr: PFU
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0

PF-CL1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
PF-RL-SL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
PF-FL-SL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
PF-ST-SL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
Pre-fold Lowr Rol Drv Clt1 prts cntr:PFU

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of times
0
Fold/Separation Solenoid parts cntr: PFU
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Thru/Fold Flapper Solend parts cntr: PFU
Through/Fold Branch Flapper Solenoid
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
C-fold Stopper Solenoid parts cntr: PFU
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
5-483

PF-TR-SL
Lv.1 Details
C-fold Tray Branch Solend prts cntr: PFU

Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-PU-R2
Mid Deck Pickup Roll parts cntr: M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Middle Deck Pickup Roller (Front/Rear)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-SP-R2
Mid Deck Sprtn Roll parts cntr: M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Middle Deck Separation Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
5-484

PD-FD-R2
Lv.1 Details
Mid Deck Feed Roller parts cntr: M Deck

Middle Deck Pickup/Feed Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-PU-C2
Mid Deck Pickup Clutch prts cntr: M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of times
Default value
0
PD-PU-S2
Mid Deck Pickup Solend prts cntr: M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Middle Deck Pickup Roller Release Solenoid
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0

PD-PU-R3
Lv.1 Details
Lowr Deck Pickup Roll parts cntr: M Deck

Lower Deck Pickup Roller (Front/Rear)
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-SP-R3
Lower Deck Sprtn Roll parts cntr: M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Lower Deck Separation Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PD-FD-R3
Lower Deck Feed Roller prts cntr: M Deck
Lv.1 Details
Lower Deck Pickup/Feed Roller
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0

PD-PU-C3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
PD-PU-S3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
TRM-CUT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
IS-COLL1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Unit
Default value
Lowr Deck Pickup Clutch prts cntr:M Deck

then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of times
0
Lowr Deck Pickup Solend prts cntr:M Deck
Lower Deck Pickup Roller Release Solenoid
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
Trimmer Unit trimming counter: Fin-A1
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sets
0
Horz Fd Drv Roll prts cntr:INS-J1,PF/INS
then press OK key.
0 to 99999999
Number of sheets
0
5-485

IS-COLL2
Lv.1 Details
Fold Uni Ppr Fd Drv Rol prts cntr:PF/INS

Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
PUNC-BG
[Not used]
SWG-SL
Swing Solenoid parts counter: Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
then press OK key.
Caution
0 to 99999999
Unit
Number of sheets
Default value
0
T-5-88
5-486
T-CNTR
COPIER> COUNTER> T-CNTR
YELLOW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
MAGENTA
Lv.1 Details
Use case
CYAN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BLACK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Y Toner Container counter

To count up in the unit of 0.1 Y color Toner Container consumed.
When checking the consumption volume of Toner Container
M Toner Container counter
To count up in the unit of 0.1 M color Toner Container consumed.
C Toner Container counter
To count up in the unit of 0.1 C color Toner Container consumed.
Bk Toner Container counter
To count up in the unit of 0.1 Bk color Toner Container consumed.
T-5-89
V-CNTR
V2-CNTR
COPIER> COUNTER> V-CNTR
TOTAL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
YELLOW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
MAGENTA
Lv.1 Details
Use case
CYAN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BLACK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
COPIER> COUNTER> V2-CNTR
Video count total counter

To display distribution of total video count for each color.
Small size: 1, Large size: 1
When checking distribution of video count
Video count Y counter
To display distribution of yellow video count.
Video count M counter
To display distribution of magenta video count.
Video count C counter
To display distribution of cyan video count.
Video count Bk counter
To display distribution of black video count.
TOTAL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
YELLOW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
MAGENTA
Lv.1 Details
Use case
CYAN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
BLACK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
T-5-90
Video count total counter

To display distribution of total video count for each color.
Video count Y counter
To display distribution of yellow video count.
Video count M counter
To display distribution of magenta video count.
Video count C counter
To display distribution of cyan video count.
Video count Bk counter
To display distribution of black video count.
T-5-91
5-487
FIXING
COPIER> COUNTER> FIXING
FX-CNT
Lv.1 Details
Fixing Assembly feed counter

Fixing Assembly on a small size conversion basis.
Use case
When checking durability of Fixing Assembly
then press OK key.
Caution
When clearing the counter, press Clear key at FX-BLT-U and FXBLT-L.
COPIER> COUNTER> DRBL-1> FX-BLT-U, FX-BLT-L
T-5-92
5-488
5-489
5-490
5-491
5-492
5-493
5-494
5-495
5-496
5-497
5-498
5-499
5-500
FEEDER
FEEDER> DISPLAY
RDSN-RCV
Lv.1 Details
Use case
DISPLAY
FEEDER> DISPLAY
FEEDSIZE
Lv.1 Details
TRY-WIDE
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
SPSN-LMN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
SPSN-RCV
Lv.1 Details
Use case
RDSN-LMN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Dis of original size detected by DADF

To display the original size detected by DADF.
N/A (Display only)
Distance of Original Width Detect Slider
To display the distance between the Original Width Detection Sliders.
At original size detection error
Check whether the value matching the slide position is displayed
when the Original Width Slider is moved to the specified size width
position.
0 to approx. 2970
0.1 mm
Dis of Post-sprtn Sensr emission voltage
To display the light-emitting voltage value for the Post-separation
Sensor.
When jams frequently occur
N/A (Display only)
0 to 255
Approx. 113
Dis of Post-sprtn Sensr recv voltage
To display the light-receiving voltage value for the Post-separation
Sensor.
Remove and insert the paper at the sensor position, and check the
value at presence/absence of the paper.
0 to 255
At the presence of paper: 123 or lower, At the absence of paper: 179
or higher
Dis of Lead Sensor emission voltage
To display the light-emitting voltage value for the Lead Sensor.
N/A (Display only)
0 to 255
Approx. 113
DRSN-LMN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
DRSN-RCV
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Display of Lead Sensor reception voltage

To display the light-receiving voltage value for the Lead Sensor.
0 to 255
or higher
Dis of Delivery Sensor emit voltg
To display the light-emitting voltage value for the Delivery Sensor.
N/A (Display only)
0 to 255
Approx. 113
Dis of Delivery Sensor recv voltg
To display the light-receiving voltage value for the Delivery Sensor.
0 to 255
or higher
T-5-93
ADJUST
FEEDER> ADJUST
DOCST
Lv.1 Details
Adj of DADF img lead edge margin: front

To adjust the margin at the leading edge of the image for DADF
scanning.
Execute when the output image after DADF installation is dislocated.
Enter the value of service label when Reader Controller PCB is
replaced/RAM data is cleared.
As the value is incremented by 1, the margin at the leading edge of
the image is decreased by 0.1mm. (The image moves in the direction
of the leading edge of the sheet.)
Use case
When installing DADF
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
LA-SPEED
Fine adj of DADF image magnifictn: front
5-501
FEEDER> ADJUST
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the image magnification in vertical scanning direction for

DADF scanning.
As the value is incremented by 1, the image is reduced by 0.1% in
vertical scanning direction. (The feeding speed increases, and the
image is reduced.)
Use case
-30 to 30
Unit
0.10%
Default value
0
DOCST2
Adj of DADF img lead edge margin: back
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the margin at the leading edge of the image for DADF
scanning.
Execute when the output image after DADF installation is dislocated.
Enter the value of service label when Reader Controller PCB is
replaced/RAM data is cleared.
As the value is incremented by 1, the margin at the leading edge of
the image is decreased by 0.1mm. (The image moves in the direction
of the leading edge of the sheet.)
Use case
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
FEEDER> ADJUST
LA-SPD2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
ADJMSCN1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
ADJMSCN2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
ADJSSCN1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
5-502
Fine adj of DADF image magnifictn: back

To adjust the image magnification in vertical scanning direction for
DADF scanning.
vertical scanning direction. (The feeding speed increases, and the
image is reduced.)
-20 to 20
0.10%
0
Zoom adj in 2-sided horz scan way: front
To make a fine adjustment of the front side image magnification in
horizontal scanning direction at the time of DADF duplex scanning.
When a displacement occurs to the front/back side image
magnification at the time of duplex scanning
-10 to 10
0.10%
0
Zoom adj in 2-sided horz scan way: back
To make a fine adjustment of the back side image magnification in
horizontal scanning direction at the time of DADF duplex scanning.
-10 to 10
0.10%
0
Zoom adj in 2-sided vert scan way: front
To make a fine adjustment of the front side image magnification in
vertical scanning direction at the time of DADF duplex scanning.
vertical scanning direction.
-10 to 10
0.10%
0
FEEDER> ADJUST
ADJSSCN2
Lv.1 Details
Zoom adj in 2-sided vert scan way: back

To make a fine adjustment of the back side image magnification in
vertical scanning direction at the time of DADF duplex scanning.
vertical scanning direction.
Use case
-10 to 10
Unit
0.10%
Default value
0
T-5-94
FUNCTION
FEEDER> FUNCTION
SENS-INT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Initialization of DADF Sensors

To initialize DADF Sensors.
When replacing Reader Controller PCB / Post-separation Sensor 1
(SR2) / Post-separation Sensor 2 (SR3) / Post-separation Sensor 3
(PCB2) / Registration Sensor (PCB3) / Lead Sensor 1 (PCB4) / Lead
Sensor 2 (SR5)
MTR-CHK
Specifying DADF Operation Motor
Lv.1 Details
To specify the DADF Motor to operate.
The motor is activated by MTR-ON.
Use case
At operation check
Adj/set/operate method Enter the value, and then press OK key.
0 to 9
0: Pickup Motor (M1), 1: Feed Motor (M2), 2: Registration Motor (M3),
3: Read Motor (M4), 4: Delivery Motor (M5), 5: Disengagement Motor
1 (M6), 6: Disengagement Motor 2 (M7), 7: Tray Lifter Motor (M8), 8:
Glass Shift Motor (M9), 9: Pickup Roller Unit Lifter Motor (M10)
FEEDER> FUNCTION> MTR-ON
TRY-A4
Adj of DADF Tray width detect ref 1: A4
Lv.1 Details
To automatically adjust the paper width detection reference point 1
for the DADF Tray. (A4)
Use case
When replacing the Original Width Volume (VR)
TRY-A5R
Adj of DADF Tray width detect ref 2: A5R
Lv.1 Details
for the DADF Tray. (A5R)
Use case
TRY-LTR
Adj of DADF Tray width detect ref 1: LTR
Lv.1 Details
for the DADF Tray. (LTR)
Use case
TRY-LTRR
Adj of DADF Tray width detect ref2: LTRR
Lv.1 Details
for the DADF Tray. (LTRR)
Use case
5-503
FEEDER> FUNCTION
FEED-CHK
Lv.1 Details
Use case

FAN-CHK
Lv.1 Details
Use case

FAN-ON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Required time
SL-CHK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
5-504
Specifying DADF individual feed mode

To specify the feed mode for DADF.
Feed operation is activated by FEED-ON.
At operation check
0 to 3
0: 1-sided pickup/delivery operation
1: 2-sided pickup/delivery operation
2: 1-sided pickup/delivery operation (with stamp)
3: 2-sided pickup/delivery operation (with stamp)
FEEDER> FUNCTION> FEED-ON
Specifying DADF Operation Fan
To specify the DADF Fan to operate.
The fan is activated by FAN-ON.
At operation check
0 to 1
0: Motor Driver Cooling Fan (FM1),
1: Read Motor Cooling Fan (FM2)
FEEDER> FUNCTION>FAN-ON
Operation check of DADF Fan
To start operation check for the fan specified by FAN-CHK.
At operation check
The fan operates for approximately 5 seconds and automatically
stops.
2) Press OK key.
The operation check is completed.
Be sure to press the OK key again after execution. The operation
automatically stops after approximately 5 seconds, but is not
completed unless the OK key is pressed (STOP is not displayed).
Approx. 5 seconds
FEEDER> FUNCTION> FAN-CHK
Specifying DADF Operation Solenoid
To specify the DADF solenoid to operate.
The solenoid is activated by SL-ON.
At operation check
0 to 1
0: Disengagement Solenoid (SL1)
1: Stamp Solenoid (SL2)
FEEDER> FUNCTION> SL-ON
FEEDER> FUNCTION
SL-ON
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Operation check of DADF Solenoid

To start operation check for the solenoid specified by SL-CHK.
At operation check
The unit operates for approximately 5 seconds and automatically
stops.
2) Press OK key.
Caution
Required time
Approx. 5 seconds
FEEDER> FUNCTION> SL-CHK
MTR-ON
Operation check of motor
Lv.1 Details
To start operation check for the motor specified by MTR-CHK.
Use case
At operation check
The unit operates for approximately 5 seconds and automatically
stops.
2) Press OK key.
Caution
Required time
Approx. 5 seconds
FEEDER> FUNCTION> MTR-CHK
ROLL-CLN
Rotation of DADF Rollers
Lv.1 Details
To rotate for cleaning the DADF Rollers.
Clean the roller by putting the lint-free paper moistened with alcohol
while it is rotating.
Use case
At roller cleaning
2) Clean the rotating rollers with lint-free paper moistened with
alcohol.
3) Press OK key.
The rollers stop.
FEED-ON
Operation check of DADF individual feed
Lv.1 Details
To start operation check for the feed mode specified by FEED-CHK.
Use case
At operation check
FEEDER> FUNCTION> FEED-CHK
T-5-95
5-505
5-506
5-507
SORTER
SORTER> ADJUST
PF-A3Z2
Lv.1 Details
ADJUST
SORTER> ADJUST
PNCH-HLE
Lv.1 Details
Adj of punch hole pstn from paper edge

To adjust the length from the paper edge to the punch hole.
As the value is incremented by 1, the punch hole moves by mm.
+:
-:
Use case
Upon users request
-4 to 2
Unit
mm
Default value
0
PNCH-Y
Adj punch hole side rgst pstn (Booklet)
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the punch hole in side registration direction.
As the value is incremented by 1, the punch hole moves by 0.45mm.
+: Toward rear
-: Toward front
Use case
When the punch hole is misaligned in the side registration direction
-5 to 5
Unit
0.45 mm
Default value
0
PF-A3Z1
Adj of A3 Z-fold position (1st): PFU
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the 1st fold position of A3 paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
As the value is incremented by 1, the fold position moves by 0.5mm.
+:
-:
Use case
When the fold position adjustment in user mode is inadequate
-65 to 65
Unit
0.5 mm
Appropriate target value 0
Default value
0
5-508
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-B4Z1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-B4Z2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adj of A3 Z-fold position (2nd): PFU

To adjust the 2nd fold position of A3 paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of B4 Z-fold position (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of B4 paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of B4 Z-fold position (2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of B4 paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
SORTER> ADJUST
PF-A4RZ1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-A4RZ2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-LDRZ1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adj of A4R Z-fold position (1st): PFU

To adjust the 1st fold position of A4R paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of A4R Z-fold position (2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of A4R paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LDR Z-fold position (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of LDR paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
SORTER> ADJUST
PF-LDRZ2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-LGLZ1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-LGLZ2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adj of LDR Z-fold position (2nd): PFU

To adjust the 2nd fold position of LDR paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LGL Z-fold position (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of LGL paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LGL Z-fold position (2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of LGL paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
5-509
SORTER> ADJUST
PFLTRRZ1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PFLTRRZ2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-A4RC1
Lv.1 Details
5
Use case
Unit
Default value
5-510
Adj of LTRR Z-fold position (1st): PFU

To adjust the 1st fold position of LTRR paper Z-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LTRR Z-fold position (2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of LTRR paper Z-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of A4R C-fold position (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of A4R paper C-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-30 to 75
0.5 mm
0
0
SORTER> ADJUST
PF-A4RC2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PFLTRRC1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PFLTRRC2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adj of A4R C-fold position (2nd): PFU

To adjust the 2nd fold position of A4R paper C-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-75 to 45
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LTRR C-fold position (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of LTRR paper C-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-30 to 75
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LTRR C-fold position (2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of LTRR paper C-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-75 to 45
0.5 mm
0
0
SORTER> ADJUST
PF-A4R31
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-A4R32
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PFLTRR31
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adj of A4R out-3-fold position(1st): PFU

To adjust the 1st fold position of A4R paper out-3-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of A4R out-3-fold position(2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of A4R paper out-3-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LTRR out-3-fold pstn (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of LTRR paper out-3-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
SORTER> ADJUST
PFLTRR32
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-A4R41
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-A4R42
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adj of LTRR out-3-fold pstn (2nd): PFU

To adjust the 2nd fold position of LTRR paper out-3-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of A4R 4-fold position (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of A4R paper 4-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-75 to 30
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of A4R 4-fold position (2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of A4R paper 4-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
5-511
SORTER> ADJUST
PFLTRR41
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PFLTRR42
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PF-A4R21
Lv.1 Details
5
Use case
Unit
Default value
5-512
Adj of LTRR 4-fold position (1st): PFU

To adjust the 1st fold position of LTRR paper 4-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-75 to 30
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of LTRR 4-fold position (2nd): PFU
To adjust the 2nd fold position of LTRR paper 4-fold position on
Paper Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-65 to 65
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj of A4R 2-fold position (1st): PFU
To adjust the 1st fold position of A4R paper 2-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
-75 to 30
0.5 mm
0
0
SORTER> ADJUST
PFLTRR21
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PRCS-ALG
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
STP-F1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Adj of LTRR 2-fold position (1st): PFU

To adjust the 1st fold position of LTRR paper 2-fold position on Paper
Folding Unit.
+:
-:
When the fold position adjustment in user mode is inadequate.
-75 to 30
0.5 mm
0
0
Adj Process Tray Align Plate width: Bklt
To adjust the width of Alignment Plate on Finisher Process Tray
Assembly.
As the value is incremented by 1, the width of Alignment Plate is
increased by 0.1mm.
+: Increase (widen)
-: Decrease (narrow)
When the paper displacement occurs on paper stack
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
Front 1-staple position (R size): Bklt
To adjust the A4R/LGL/LTRR paper front 1-staple position on
Finisher.
As the value is incremented by 1, the staple position moves by
0.1mm.
+: Toward front
-: Toward rear
When the A4R/LGL/LTRR paper front staple position is displaced
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
SORTER> ADJUST
STP-F2
Lv.1 Details
Front 1-staple position(half size): Bklt

To adjust the A3/B4/A4/B5/LDR/LTR/EXEC/8K/16K paper front
1-staple position on Finisher.
0.1mm.
+: Toward front
-: Toward rear
Use case
When the A3/B4/A4/B5/LDR/LTR/EXEC/8K/16K paper front staple
position is displaced
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
STP-R1
Rear 1-staple position (R size): Bklt
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the A4R/LGL/LTRR paper rear 1-staple position on
Finisher.
0.1mm.
+: Toward front
-: Toward rear
Use case
When the A4R/LGL/LTRR paper rear staple position is displaced
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
STP-R2
Rear 1-staple position (half size): Bklt
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the A3/B4/A4/B5/LDR/LTR/EXEC/8K/16K paper rear
1-staple position on Finisher.
0.1mm.
+: Toward front
-: Toward rear
Use case
When the A3/B4/A4/B5/LDR/LTR/EXEC/8K/16K paper rear staple
position is displaced
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
SORTER> ADJUST
STP-2P
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
BFF-SFT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
PNCH-X
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
TRM-RG1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Adj front/rear 2-staple position: Bklt

To adjust the front/rear 2-staple position on Finisher.
0.1mm.
+: Toward front
-: Toward rear
When the front/rear 2-staple position is displaced
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
Paper displace amount on buffer: Bklt
To adjust the paper displacement amount on Finisher Buffer
Assembly.
As the value is incremented by 1, the paper position moves by 0.1mm.
+:
-:
When the paper displacement occurs on the 1st to 3rd sheets of the
2nd sets (B5/A4/LTR) and later
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
Punch hole position in feed way: Bklt
To adjust the punch hole position on Finisher in feed direction.
As the value is incremented by 1, the punch hole moves by 0.1mm.
+: Toward delivery direction
-: Toward inlet direction
When the punch hole is displaced in feed direction
-20 to 20
0.1 mm
0
Skew adj (small size): Bklt
To adjust the skew of A4 size or smaller paper stack on Finisher
Trimmer.
As the value is incremented by 1, the paper stack stop position
moves by 0.1mm.
When the skew occurs on A4 or smaller paper stack
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
0
5-513
SORTER> ADJUST
TRM-RG2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
TRM-CUT1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
TRM-CUT2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
5-514
Skew adj (large size): Bklt

To adjust the skew of paper stack larger than A4 size on Finisher
Trimmer.
moves by 0.1mm.
When the skew occurs on paper stack larger than A4 size
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
0
Trimming position adj (small size): Bklt
To adjust the trimming position of A4 size or smaller paper stack on
Finisher Trimmer.
moves by 0.1mm.
When the trimming position is displaced on A4 or smaller paper stack
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
0
Trimming position adj (large size): Bklt
To adjust the trimming position of the paper stack larger than A4 size
on Finisher Trimmer.
moves by 0.1mm.
When the trimming position is displaced on the paper stack larger
than A4 size
-50 to 50
0.1 mm
0
SORTER> ADJUST
BFF-SFT2
Lv.1 Details
Paper displace amount on buffer: Bklt

To adjust the paper displacement amount on Finisher Buffer
Assembly.
As the value is incremented by 1, the paper position moves by 0.1mm.
+:
-:
Use case
When the paper displacement occurs on the 2nd to 3rd sheets of the
2nd sets (B5/A4/LTR) and later
-50 to 50
Unit
0.1 mm
Default value
0
SDL-STP
Adj of Saddle Stitcher staple position
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the staple position of Saddle Stitcher.
As the value is incremented by 1, the staple position moves by mm.
+:
-:
Use case
When the staple position of the Saddle Stitcher is displaced
-20 to 20
Unit
mm
Default value
0
SDL-FLD
Adj of Saddle Stitcher fold position
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the fold position of Saddle Stitcher.
As the value is incremented by 1, the fold position moves by mm.
+:
-:
Use case
When the fold position of the Saddle Stitcher is displaced
-20 to 20
Unit
mm
Default value
0
SORTER> ADJUST
SDL-ALG
Lv.1 Details
Adj of Saddle Stitcher alignment width

To adjust the alignment width of Saddle Stitcher.
As the value is incremented by 1, the alignment width is increased
by mm.
+:
-:
Use case
When the misalignment occurs within a paper stack on the Saddle
Stitcher
-20 to 20
Unit
mm
Default value
0
SDL-RLPT
Adj Sddl Sttch Diseng Roll diseng amount
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the disengagement amount of Saddle Stitcher
Disengagement Roller.
As the value is incremented by 1, the disengagement amount is
increased by mm.
+:
-:
Use case
When the feed failure (with thin paper, etc.) occurs on the Saddle
Stitcher
-20 to 20
Unit
mm
Default value
0
SDL-RLFD
Adj Sddl Sttch Diseng Roller feed amount
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the feed amount of Saddle Stitcher Disengagement Roller.
As the value is incremented by 1, the feed amount is increased by
mm.
+:
-:
Use case
Stitcher
-20 to 20
Unit
mm
Default value
0
SORTER> ADJUST
SDL-RLHD
Lv.1 Details
Adj Sddl Sttch Diseng Roll fold position

To adjust the fold position of Saddle Stitcher Disengagement Roller.
As the value is incremented by 1, the fold position moves by mm.
+:
-:
Use case
Stitcher
-20 to 20
Unit
mm
Default value
0
SBRL-MTR
Adj Swback Roll Up/Down Motor HP:Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the home position of Switchback Roller Upper/Lower Motor.
As the value is incremented by 1, the standby position of Switchback
Roller moves by 0.25mm
+: Decrease
-: Increase
When the value is inappropriate, it causes a misalignment of paper
stack in feed direction or missing pages.
Use case
When the distance between Accumulation Tray and Switchback
Roller is not 3 to 4mm
When replacing the EEPROM
When replacing the PCB
-9 to 9
Unit
0.25 mm
Default value
0
BFR-UPA4
Adj Swng Roll rising tmg for A4: Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
To adjust the Swing Roller rise timing when A4 size paper is waited
in the buffer path.
As the value is incremented by 1, the rise timing becomes early by 1
msec.
Use case
When misalignment occurs in A4 size buffer paper
0 to 50
Unit
1 msec
5-515
SORTER> ADJUST
BFR-UPB5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
BFR-UPLT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
RTR-DWA4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
RTR-DWB5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
5-516
Adj Swng Roll rising tmg for B5: Fin-A1

To adjust the Swing Roller rise timing when B5 size paper is waited
in the buffer path.
msec.
When misalignment occurs in B5 size buffer paper
0 to 50
1 msec
Adj Swng Roll rising tmg for LTR: Fin-A1
To adjust the Swing Roller rise timing when LTR size paper is waited
in the buffer path.
msec.
When misalignment occurs in LTR size buffer paper
0 to 50
1 msec
Adj Ppr Rtn Roll fall tmg (A4): Fin-A1
To adjust the Paper Return Roller fall timing when A4 size paper is
waited in the buffer path.
As the value is incremented by 1, the fall timing becomes early by
1msec.
0 to 50
1 msec
Adj Ppr Rtn Roll fall tmg (B5): Fin-A1
To adjust the Paper Return Roller fall timing when B5 size paper is
1msec.
0 to 50
1 msec
SORTER> ADJUST
RTR-DWLT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
BF-SB-A4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
BF-SB-B5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
BF-SB-LT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Adj Ppr Rtn Roll fall tmg (LTR): Fin-A1

To adjust the Paper Return Roller fall timing when LTR size paper is
1msec.
0 to 50
1 msec
Adj switchback position for A4: Fin-A1
To adjust the paper switchback position when A4 size paper is waited
in the buffer path.
As the value is incremented by 1, the switchback amount is
increased by 1mm.
0 to 50
1 mm
Adj switchback position for B5: Fin-A1
To adjust the paper switchback position when B5 size paper is waited
in the buffer path.
increased by 1mm.
0 to 50
1 mm
Adj switchback position for LTR: Fin-A1
To adjust the paper switchback position when LTR size paper is
increased by 1mm.
0 to 50
1 mm
SORTER> ADJUST
RTR-UPA4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
RTR-UPB5
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
RTR-UPLT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
PUNCH-SB
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Adj Ppr Rtn Roll rise angle(A4): Fin-A1

To adjust the Paper Return Roller rise angle when processing is
performed to A4 size paper.
As the value is incremented by 1, the roller rise angle is increased by
1 degree.
1 to 44
1degree
1
Adj Ppr Rtn Roll rise angle(B5): Fin-A1
performed to B5 size paper.
1 degree.
1 to 44
1degree
1
Adj Ppr Rtn Roll rise angle(LTR):Fin-A1
performed to LTR size paper.
1 degree.
1 to 44
1degree
1
Adj Punch Unit ppr swback amount: Fin-A1
To adjust the paper switchback amount in the high accuracy punch
mode of Finisher.
increased by 1mm.
When the punch accuracy deteriorates in the paper feed direction
2 to 4
1 mm
2
SORTER> ADJUST
ST-ALG1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
ST-ALG2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
STP-F3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
STP-F4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
Adj Stacker A4 size align pstn: Fin-B1

To adjust the A4 size paper alignment position.
As the value is incremented by 1, the travel length of the Alignment
Plate is increased by 0.42mm.
When misalignment occurs in A4 size paper
-10 to 10
0.42 mm
0
0
Adj Stacker LTR size align pstn: Fin-B1
To adjust the LTR size paper alignment position.
As the value is incremented by 1, the travel length of the Alignment
Plate is increased by 0.42mm.
When misalignment occurs in LTR size paper
-10 to 10
0.42 mm
0
0
Adj A4R frt stpl pstn (<45 deg): Fin-B1
To adjust the one front staple position on the A4R size paper.
As the value is incremented by 1, the staple position moves to the
rear side by 0.49mm.
When misalignment occurs at the front staple position on A4R size
paper
-6 to 6
0.49 mm
0
0
Adj LTRR frt stpl pstn (<45 deg): Fin-B1
To adjust the one front staple position on the LTRR size paper.
When misalignment occurs at the front staple position on LTRR size
paper
-6 to 6
0.49 mm
0
0
5-517
SORTER> ADJUST
STP-R3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
STP-R4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
SW-UP-RL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
PUN-V-RG
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
5-518
Adj A4R rear stpl pstn (<45 deg): Fin-B1

To adjust the one rear staple position on the A4R size paper.
When misalignment occurs at the rear staple position on A4R size
paper
-6 to 6
0.49 mm
0
0
Adj LTRR rear stpl pstn (<45 deg):Fin-B1
To adjust the one rear staple position on the LTRR size paper.
When misalignment occurs at the rear staple position on LTRR size
paper
-6 to 6
0.49 mm
0
0
Adj of Swing Roller falling pstn: Fin-B1
To adjust the Swing Roller down position.
As the value is incremented by 1, the Swing Roller down position
moves downward by 0.2mm.
When paper fails to be transported to the Processing Tray and
misalignment occurs
-17 to 33
0.2 mm
0
0
Adj of punch vertical rgst pstn: Fin-B1
To adjust the vertical registration position of the paper to be punched.
As the value is incremented by 1, the punch hole position moves
toward the edge by 1mm.
When misalignment of punch hole position occurs
-4 to 2
1 mm
0
0
SORTER> ADJUST
PRCS-RET
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Unit
Default value
UP-CL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
DW-CL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
THC-CL
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Adj Process Tray return amount: Fin-B1

To adjust the pull-back amount of the paper on the Processing Tray.
As the value is incremented by 1, the pull-back amount is decreased
by 1.4mm.
When the paper is bent in the Processing Tray
0 to 5
1.4 mm
0
0
Setting of upward curl prev mode: Fin-B1
Set 1 when upward curl occurs on the paper delivered to the Stack
Tray, and paper leaning due to the curl occurs.
When upward curl occurs on the paper delivered to the Stack Tray,
and paper leaning due to the curl occurs
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Setting downward curl prev mode: Fin-B1
Set 1 when downward curl occurs on the paper delivered to the
Stack Tray, and paper leaning due to the curl occurs.
When downward curl occurs on the paper delivered to the Stack
Tray, and paper leaning due to the curl occurs
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Setting heavy ppr curl prev mode:Fin-B1
Set 1 when upward curl occurs on the heavy paper delivered.
When 1 is set, the amount of Stack Tray descension for stack
delivery increases. The paper surface detection is performed for
every sheet, not for every 5 sheets.
When upward curl occurs on the heavy paper delivered
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
SORTER> ADJUST
THC-PUSH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
OFST-STC
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
THN-STC
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
STP-P-CH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Setting heavy ppr out prev mode:Fin-B1

Set 1 when the already stacked paper is pushed out at the time of
heavy paper delivery.
When 1 is set, the Stack Tray moves down temporarily before the
heavy paper is delivered to the Processing Tray if the leading sheet
is heavy paper.
When the already stacked paper is pushed out at the time of heavy
paper delivery
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set poor offset stack prev mode:Fin-B1
Set 1 when paper is not appropriately stacked in the small-size offset
mode.
When 1 is set, buffer operation is not performed in the small-size
offset mode.
When paper is not appropriately stacked in the small-size offset
mode
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set poor thin ppr stack prev mode:Fin-B1
Set 1 when thin paper is not appropriately stacked.
When 1 is set, the stacking condition of thin paper improves.
When thin paper is not appropriately stacked
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set stpl stack displace prev mode:Fin-B1
Set 1 when the paper on the top is misaligned in the staple delivery
mode.
When 1 is set, paper stack alignment operation is executed twice
immediately before stapling.
When the paper on the top is misaligned in the staple delivery mode
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
SORTER> ADJUST
TRY-NIS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
TRY-SU
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
FIN-NIS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
1SHT-SHF
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SDL-SWCH
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SDL-ALM
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Set tray switch noise reduct mode:Fin-B1

Set 1 when the operation noise after switching the Stack Tray is loud.
When 1 is set, the Stack Tray rise operation becomes slow.
When the operation noise after switching the Stack Tray is loud
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set tray switching speedup mode: Fin-B1
Set 1 when the Stack Tray switching time is long.
When 1 is set, the Stack Tray rise speed becomes fast.
When the Stack Tray switching time is long
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set tray drive noise reduct mode: Fin-B1
Set 1 when the Finisher operation noise is loud.
When 1 is set, the initial Finisher operation is minimized.
When the Finisher operation noise is loud
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set 1-sheet Offset+Collate: Fin-B1
Set 1 when setting Offset and Collate for 1-sheet document.
When setting Offset and Collate for 1-sheet document
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Sddl stack capacity switch mode:Fin-B1
Set 1 when increasing the stacking capacity for saddle stitching.
When 1 is set, the stacking capacity increases over the upper limit.
When increasing the stacking capacity for saddle stitching
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set sddl full stack alarm mode: Fin-B1
Set 1 when disabling the stack full alarm for saddle stitching.
When disabling the stack full alarm for saddle stitching
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
5-519
FUNCTION
SORTER> ADJUST
Z-FL-CH
Lv.1 Details
Set Z-fold stapleable quantity: Fin-B1

To set the maximum number of stitch pages in Z-fold stapling.
This item is used to prevent missing pages in Z-fold stapling by
decreasing the maximum number of stitch pages.
Use case
When missing pages occurs in Z-fold stapling
0 to 1
Default value
0
SORTER> FUNCTION
FN-SENS1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
T-5-96
FN-SENS2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FIN-BK-R
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
FIN-BK-W
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Required time
VR1-A4R
Lv.1 Details
Use case
5-520
Adj punched ppr size sensor output: Bklt

To automatically adjust the output of A3/LDR/B4/A4R/B5R Sensors
on the Finisher Punch Unit in order.
When installing/replacing the Punch Unit
When replacing the Punch Waste Sensor
When replacing the Finisher Controller PCB
Adj Punch Waste Sensor output: Booklet
To automatically adjust the output of Punch Waste Sensor on the
Finisher Punch Unit.
When installing/replacing the Punch Unit
When replacing the Punch Waste Sensor
Controller PCB backup data read: Staple
To read the backup data from Finisher Controller PCB and save to
the hard disk.
In processing: ACTIVE, At normal termination: OK, At abnormal
termination: NG
Approx. 5 minutes
SORTER> FUNCTION> FIN-BK-W
Controller PCB backup data write: Staple
To write the backup data saved on the hard disk to Finisher
Controller PCB.
In processing: ACTIVE, At normal termination: OK, At abnormal
termination: NG
Approx. 5 minutes
SORTER> FUNCTION> FIN-BK-R
Adj Upr Tray width volume (A4R):Inserter
To adjust the paper minimum width (A4R) of Inserter Upper Tray
automatically.
When the size mismatch jam is incorrectly detected at the pickup
from Inserter Upper Tray
1) Set the A4R paper on the Inserter Upper Tray and align it with the
width of Slide Guide.
SORTER> FUNCTION
VR1-A4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
VR1-LTRR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
VR1-LTR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
VR2-A4R
Lv.1 Details
Use case
VR2-A4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Adj Upr Tray width volume (A4): Inserter

To adjust the paper maximum width (A4) of Inserter Upper Tray
automatically.
1) Set the A4 paper on the Inserter Upper Tray and align it with the
Adj Upr Tray width vol (LTRR): Inserter
To adjust the paper minimum width (LTRR) of Inserter Upper Tray
automatically.
1) Set the LTRR paper on the Inserter Upper Tray and align it with
the width of Slide Guide.
Adj Upr Tray width vol (LTR): Inserter
To adjust the paper maximum width (LTR) of Inserter Upper Tray
automatically.
1) Set the LTR paper on the Inserter Upper Tray and align it with the
Adj Lower Tray width vol (A4R): Inserter
To adjust the paper minimum width (A4R) of Inserter Lower Tray
automatically.
from Inserter Lower Tray
1) Set the A4R paper on the Inserter Lower Tray and align it with the
Adj Lower Tray width vol (A4): Inserter
To adjust the paper maximum width (A4) of Inserter Lower Tray
automatically.
1) Set the A4 paper on the Inserter Lower Tray and align it with the
SORTER> FUNCTION
VR2-LTRR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
VR2-LTR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
FIN-CON
Lv.1 Details
Caution

PF-CON
Lv.1 Details
PF-SENS1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PF-SENS2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Adj Lower Tray width vol (LTRR):Inserter

To adjust the paper minimum width (LTRR) of Inserter Lower Tray
automatically.
1) Set the LTRR paper on the Inserter Lower Tray and align it with
the width of Slide Guide.
Adj Lower Tray width vol (LTR): Inserter
To adjust the paper maximum width (LTR) of Inserter Lower Tray
automatically.
1) Set the LTR paper on the Inserter Lower Tray and align it with the
Controller PCB RAM clear: Booklet
To execute the RAM clear of Finisher Controller PCB to delete all the
adjustment contents and counter information.
Output the service mode setting values by P-PRINT before
execution. After execution, enter the necessary setting values.
RAM clear is executed after the main power is turned OFF/ON.
Controller PCB RAM clear: PFU
To execute the RAM clear of Inserter/Folder Controller PCB on
Paper Folding Unit to delete all the adjustment contents and counter
information.
Adj Speed Down Timing Sensor output: PFU
To adjust the output of Slowdown Timing Sensor on Paper Folding
Unit automatically.
When replacing the Slowdown Timing Sensor
When replacing the Inserter/Folder Controller PCB
Adj Release Timing Sensor output: PFU
To adjust the output of Release Timing Sensor on Paper Folding Unit
automatically.
When replacing the Release Timing Sensor
5-521
SORTER> FUNCTION
PF-SENS3
Lv.1 Details
Use case
PF-SENS4
Lv.1 Details
Use case
TRM-SENS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
IS-CON
Lv.1 Details
Adj Fold Position Sensor output: PFU

To adjust the output of Fold Position Sensor on Paper Folding Unit
automatically.
When replacing the Fold Position Sensor
Adj Upper Stopper Path Sensor output:PFU
To adjust the output of Upper Stopper Path Sensor on Paper Folding
Unit automatically.
When replacing the Upper Stopper Path Sensor
Adj of Trimmer Dust Sensr output:Booklet
To adjust the output of Saddle Dust Sensor on Saddle Unit
automatically.
When installing the Trimmer
When replacing the Trimmer Dust Sensor
When replacing the Saddle Controller PCB
DC Controller PCB RAM clear: Inserter
To execute the RAM clear of Inserter DC Controller PCB to delete all
the adjustment contents and counter information.
T-5-97
5-522
OPTION
SORTER> OPTION
BLNK-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Set Sddl Fin fold pstn margin: Staple

To set the margin width of fold position on Saddle Finisher.
When changing the margin width of fold position
0 to 1
0: Normal, 1: Wider
Default value
2
MD-SPRTN
Set restriction at Finisher error:Staple
Lv.1 Details
To set whether to stop the machine when an error occurs at Finisher.
Use case
When preferring to run the machine at Finisher error occurrence
Caution
When 1 is set, staple operation or alignment operation is not
executed. Set 0 normally.
0 to 1
0: Normal, 1: Function restriction
Default value
0
BUFF-SW
ON/OFF of buffer operation: Fin-B1
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of buffer operation in the Finisher.
When misalignment occurs, set 1 to 2.
When 1 is set, buffer operation is not performed for all jobs.
Alignment performance is improved, but productivity decreases.
When 2 is set, buffer operation is not performed only for non-binding
jobs. Since buffer operation is performed for binding jobs, productivity
improves, but alignment performance decreases.
Use case
When misalignment of paper stack occurs (misalignment of 3 sheets
at the lowest part of the stack in case of the side stitch, and 3 sheets
at the middle of the stack in case of saddle stitch)
Caution
When the buffer operation is set to OFF, productivity decreases.
0 to 2
0: ON, 1: OFF, 2: OFF for non-binding job only
Default value
0
Supplement/memo
This setting can be also made with DIP switch of the Finisher. For
details, refer to the Service Manual for Finisher.
SORTER> OPTION
TRY-OVER
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
PUCH-SW
Lv.1 Details
Use case
ALG-IMPR
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
BUFF-SW2
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Set limit of stack capacity: Fin-A1

To set the limit of stack capacity for Z-fold paper and half hold paper.
(Stack over is detected when the paper is stacked over the limit of
stack height.)
If the limit of stack capacity is removed, paper can be stacked
beyond the maximum stack capacity.
When stacking the paper beyond the maximum stack capacity of
tray.
1) Enter the setting value and press OK.
Tell users and get an agreement that when the high density paper is
stacked until the maximum volume, a tray may not be able to move
up.
0 to 1
0: Normal operation, 1: Remove the stack limit
0
High-prdctvty/-accurcy punch mode:Fin-A1
To switch the high-productivity punch mode or high-accuracy punch
mode of Finisher.
When switching the high-productivity punch mode or high-accuracy
punch mode
Set Finisher alignment mode: Fin-A1
To set the special mode for improving the alignment condition.
When using the special mode for improving the alignment condition
0 to 20
0
0
Setting Finisher buffer operation:Fin-A1
To set ON/OFF of buffer operation in the Finisher.
When 1 is set, the alignment condition of the paper delivered from
the lower path may be improved, but productivity decreases.
When misalignment occurs in the buffer paper delivered from the
lower path
When the buffer operation is set to OFF, productivity decreases.
0 to 1
0: ON, 1: OFF
0
SORTER> OPTION
1SHT-SRT
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SD-LMTLS
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
SD-STCNB
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
BUFF-THK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
Setting of 1-sheet Offset&Collate:Fin-A1

To set ON/OFF of Offset&Collate for 1-sheet document.
When 1 is set, Offset&Collate for 1-sheet document is enabled, but
the paper is not appropriately stacked.
When preferring to execute 1-sheet Offset&Collate with low stacking
condition
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set sddl delivery limitless oprtn:Fin-A1
To set ON/OFF of the Finisher Saddle Assembly limitless delivery
operation.
When 1 is set, stack over does not occur and saddle operation can
be performed continuously, but the stacking condition decreases.
When preferring to perform saddle operation continuously
When limitless operation is set to ON, the saddle stacking condition
decreases.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
Set sddl delivery stack quantity: Fin-A1
To increase the saddle stacking number.
When 1 is set, the saddle stack over count is increased, and the
stacking number increases.
When preferring to increase the stacking number of the Saddle
Delivery Assembly
0
Set buffer oprtn for heavy paper: Fin-A1
To set ON/OFF of buffer operation for heavy paper (181 to 220g/m2).
When 1 is set, productivity of sort and staple mode of Finisher is
improved, but the stacking condition decreases.
When improving productivity of sort and staple mode for heavy paper
(181 to 220g/m2)
When improving productivity, the stacking condition may decrease.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
SORTER> OPTION> PRD-PRTY
5-523
SORTER> OPTION
PRCS-SP1
Lv.1 Details
Set stacking speed at Hvy sort: Fin-A1

When stacking heavy paper (181g/m2 or more) on the Finisher
Process Tray, the speed is normally decreased.
When 1 is set, the stacking speed at sort mode does not decrease
and productivity is improved, but the stacking condition may
decrease.
Use case
When improving productivity of sort mode for heavy paper (181g/m2
or more)
Caution
0 to 1
0: Speed is decreased, 1: Speed is not decreased
Default value
0
PRCS-SP2
Set stack SPD at Hvy sort/staple: Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
When stacking heavy paper (181g/m2 or more) on the Finisher
Process Tray, the speed is normally decreased.
When 1 is set, the stacking speed at sort and staple mode does not
decrease and productivity is improved, but the stacking condition
may decrease.
Use case
When improving productivity of sort and staple mode for heavy paper
(181g/m2 or more)
Caution
0 to 1
Default value
0
BUFF-MX1
Buffer oprtn at mixed weight sort:Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of buffer operation when mixing papers which
weights are different.
When 1 is set, productivity of sort mode of Finisher is improved, but
the stacking condition decreases.
Use case
When improving productivity of sort mode in the case of mixing
papers which weights are different
Caution
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
5-524
SORTER> OPTION
BUFF-MX2
Lv.1 Details
Buffer at mix weight sort/staple:Fin-A1

To set ON/OFF of buffer operation when mixing papers which
weights are different.
When 1 is set, productivity of sort and staple mode of Finisher is
improved, but the stacking condition decreases.
Use case
When improving productivity of sort and staple mode in the case of
mixing papers which weights are different
Caution
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
Default value
0
PRCS-MX1
Set stck SPD at mix ppr type sort:Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
The speed is decreased when stacking papers on the Finisher
Process Tray in the case of mixing papers which the paper types
(paper weight or paper material) differ.
When 1 is set, the stacking speed at sort mode does not decrease
and productivity is improved, but the stacking condition may
decrease.
Use case
When improving productivity of sort mode in the case of mixing
papers which the paper types differ
Caution
0 to 1
Default value
0
PRCS-MX2
Stck SPD at mix ppr sort/staple:Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details
The speed is decreased when stacking papers on the Finisher
Process Tray in the case of mixing papers which the paper types
(paper weight or paper material) differ.
When 1 is set, the stacking speed at sort and staple mode does not
decrease and productivity is improved, but the stacking condition
may decrease.
Use case
When improving productivity of sort and staple mode in the case of
mixing papers which paper types differ
Caution
0 to 1
Default value
0
SORTER> OPTION
BUF-THK1
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
PRD-PRTY
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
SLD-BCK
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Caution
Default value
STCR-DWN
Lv.1 Details
Use case
Default value
Set No. of buffer for hvy ppr 1: Fin-A1

To set the number of heavy paper 1 (91 to 180g/m2) for buffer.
When 1 is set, productivity of staple mode of Finisher is improved.
When prioritizing productivity of staple mode of Finisher using heavy
paper 1
0 to 1
0
Prdctvty prrty btch at sort/staple:Fin-A
To simultaneously set productivity priority.
When 1 is set, productivity of sort and staple mode of Finishers
corresponding items is improved.
When prioritizing productivity of sort and staple mode of Finisher
0 to 1
0: Normal, 1: Priority on productivity
0
Set bleed-thru improvement mode: Fin-A1
When the back of the coated paper as the cover is soiled, set 1/2.
When the back of paper is soiled while coated paper is used as
cover
Productivity is improved, but jam or misalignment might occur.
0 to 2
0: OFF, 1: ON (Coated paper + Recycled paper), 2: ON (Coated
paper +Plain paper)
0
Set occasional misalign prev mode:Fin-B1
When misalignment in feed direction occurs at approx. every 30
sheets for thin/plain paper (105g/m2 and less), set 1.
When misalignment in feed direction occurs occasionally for thin/
plain paper
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
0
T-5-98
5-525
5-526
5-527
5-528
5-529
5-530
5-531
5-532
5-533
5-534
5-535
BOARD
BOARD> OPTION
TR-DSP
Lv.2 Details
Use case
OPTION
BOARD> OPTION
MENU-1
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Hide/dis of printer setting menu level 1

To set whether to display or hide the level 1 of printer setting menu.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
MENU-2
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
MENU-3
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
MENU-4
Lv.2 Details
Use case
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
Default value
0
SURF-OFF
UFR board function ON/OFF
Lv.1 Details
To set ON/OFF of the function according to the SURF board
connection status.
0 to 1
0: OFF, 1: ON
5-536
Default value
Supplement/memo
Hide/dis of toner reduction function

To set whether to display or hide the toner reduction function.
Upon users request
0 to 1
0: Hide, 1: Display
0
The toner reduction function is constantly enabled as default. Toner
color is limited to 2.1 colors when genuine Canon profile is used, but
it may become 2.1 colors or more when a custom profile is used for
PS data. Therefore, it is limited to 2.1 colors by the toner reduction
function.
T-5-99
5-537
Soft Counter List

Soft counter specifications
000 to 099: Remote copy
000 to 099
Valid or invalid Number
Counter Details
yes
002
Remote copy (full color 1)
200 to 299: Copy
yes
003
Remote copy (full color 2)
300 to 399: Print
yes
004
Remote copy (mono color 1)
400 to 499: Copy and print
yes
005
Remote copy (mono color 2)
500 to 599: Scan
yes
006
Remote copy (black and white 1)
600 to 699: Box
yes
007
Remote copy (black and white 2))
700 to 799: Reception print
yes
008
Remote copy (full color / large)
800 to 899: Report print
yes
009
Remote copy (full color / small)
900 to 999: Transmission
yes
010
Remote copy (mono color / large)
yes
011
Remote copy (mono color / small)
- Explanation of symbols shown in the table -
yes
012
Remote copy (black and white / large)
yes
013
Remote copy(black and white / small)
yes
014
Remote copy (full color + mono color / large)
yes
015
Remote copy(full color + mono color / small)
yes
016
Remote copy (full color + mono color 2)
yes
017
Remote copy(full color + mono color 1)
yes
018
Remote copy (full color / large / double sided)
yes
019
Remote copy (full color / small / double sided)
yes
020
Remote copy (mono color / large / double sided)
yes
021
Remote copy (mono color / small / double sided)
yes
022
Remote copy (black and white / large / double sided)
yes
Remote copy (black and white / small / double sided)
yes
023
071
yes
072
Toner bottle yellow
yes
073
Toner bottle magenta
yes
074
Toner bottle cyan
no
075
Toner bottle clear
yes
081
Toner bottle + Halfway replacement black
yes
082
Toner bottle + Halfway replacement yellow
yes
083
Toner bottle + Halfway replacement magenta
yes
084
Toner bottle + Halfway replacement cyan
yes
091
1/10 Toner bottle black
yes
092
1/10 Toner bottle yellow
yes
093
1/10 Toner bottle magenta
100 to 199: Total
yes: Valid counter for this machine

4C: Full color
Mono: Mono color (Y, M, C / R, G, B / retro monochrome)
Bk: Single black color
L: Large size (larger than B4 size)
Soft Counter List
S: Small size (smaller than B4 size)

Numbers 1, 2 indicated under "Counter Details": Number of counts for large size paper
It can be changed by the service mode (COPIER > OPTION > USER > B4_L_CNT) so that
the paper larger than B4 size can be counted as large size paper.
Copy: Local copy + remote copy
Copy A: Local copy + remote copy + box print
Print: PDL print + report print + box print
Print A: PDL print + report print
Scan: Black and white scan + color scan
5-538
Toner bottle black
Counter Details
yes
094
1/10 Toner bottle cyan
no
095
1/10 Toner bottle clear

T-5-100
100 to 199
Counter Details
yes
101
Total 1
yes
102
Total 2
yes
103
Total (large)
yes
104
Total (small)
yes
105
Total (full color 1)
yes
106
Total (full color 2)
yes
108
Total (black and white 1)
yes
109
Total (black and white 2)
yes
110
Total (mono color / large)
yes
111
Total (mono color / small)
yes
112
Total (black and white / large)
yes
113
Total (black and white / small)
yes
114
Total 1(double sided)
yes
115
Total 2(double sided)
yes
116
large (double sided)
yes
117
small (double sided)
yes
118
Total (mono color 1)
yes
119
Total (mono color 2)
yes
120
Total (full color / large )
yes
121
Total (full color / small)
yes
122
Total (full color + mono color / large )
yes
123
Total (full color + mono color / small)
yes
124
Total (full color + mono color 2)
yes
125
Total (full color + mono color 1)
yes
126
Total A1
yes
127
Total A2
yes
128
Total A (large)
yes
129
Total A (small)
yes
130
Total A (full color 1)
131
Total A (full color 2)
yes
Counter Details
yes
132
Total A (black and white 1)
yes
133
Total A (black and white 2)
yes
134
Total A (mono color / large)
yes
135
Total A (mono color / small)
yes
136
Total A (black and white / large)
yes
137
Total A (black and white / small)
yes
138
Total A 1(double sided)
yes
139
Total A 2(double sided)
yes
140
large A (double sided)
yes
141
small A (double sided)
yes
142
Total A (mono color 1)
yes
143
Total A (mono color 2)
yes
144
Total A (full color / large )
yes
145
Total A (full color / small)
yes
146
Total A (full color + mono color / large )
yes
147
Total A (full color + mono color / small)
yes
148
Total A (full color + mono color 2)
yes
149
Total A (full color + mono color 1)
yes
150
Total B1
yes
151
Total B2
yes
152
Total B (large)
yes
153
Total B (small)
yes
154
Total B (full color 1)
yes
155
Total B (full color 2)
yes
156
Total B (black and white 1)
yes
157
Total B (black and white 2)
yes
158
Total B (mono color / large)
yes
159
Total B (mono color / small)
yes
160
Total B (black and white / large)
yes
161
Total B (black and white / small)
yes
162
Total B1 (double sided)
yes
163
Total B2 (double sided)
yes
164
largeB (double sided)
yes
165
smallB (double sided)
yes
166
Total B (mono color 1)
yes
167
Total B (mono color 2)
5-539
Counter Details
yes
168
Total B (full color / large )
yes
221
Copy (black and white 1)
yes
169
Total B (full color / small)
yes
222
Copy (black and white 2)
yes
170
Total B (full color + mono color / large )
yes
223
Copy (full color / large)
yes
171
Total B (full color + mono color / small)
yes
224
Copy (full color / small)
yes
172
Total B (full color + mono color 2)
yes
225
Copy (mono color / large)
yes
173
Total B (full color + mono color 1)
yes
226
Copy (mono color / small)
no
191
Toner replacement / yellow
yes
227
Copy (black and white / large)
no
192
Toner replacement / magenta
yes
228
Copy (black and white / small)
no
193
Toner replacement / cyan
yes
229
Copy (full color + mono color / large)
no
194
Toner replacement / black
yes
230
Copy (full color + mono color / small)
no
195
Toner replacement / clear
yes
231
Copy (full color + mono color / 2)
no
196
Toner replacement / expansion
yes
232
Copy (full color + mono color / 1)
yes
233
Copy (full color / larg / double sided )
yes
234
Copy (full color / small / double sided )
yes
235
Copy (mono color / large / double sided )
yes
236
Copy (mono color / smal l/ double sided )
yes
237
Copy (black and white / large / double sided )
yes
238
Copy (black and white / small / double sided )
yes
245
Copy A (full color 1)
yes
246
Copy A (full color 2)
yes
247
Copy A (mono color 1)
yes
248
Copy A (mono color 2)
yes
249
Copy A (black and white 1)
yes
250
Copy A (black and white 2)
yes
251
Copy A (full color / large)
yes
252
Copy A (full color / small)
yes
253
Copy A (mono color / large)
yes
254
Copy A (mono color / small)
yes
255
Copy A (black and white / large)
yes
256
Copy A (black and white / small)
yes
257
Copy A (full color +mono color / large)
yes
258
Copy A (full color +mono color / small)
yes
259
Copy A (full color +mono color 2)
yes
260
Copy A (full color +mono color 1)
yes
261
Copy A (full color / large / double sided )
yes
262
Copy A (full color / smal l/ double sided )
T-5-101
200 to 299
5-540
Counter Details
Counter Details
yes
201
Copy (Total 1)
yes
202
Copy (Total 2)
yes
203
Copy (large)
yes
204
Copy (small)
yes
205
Copy A (Total 1)
yes
206
Copy A (Total 2)
yes
207
Copy A (large)
yes
208
Copy A (small)
yes
209
Local copy (Total 1)
yes
210
Local copy (Total 2)
yes
211
Local copy (large)
yes
212
Local copy (small)
yes
213
Remote copy (Total 1)
yes
214
Remote copy (Total 2)
yes
215
Remote copy (large)
yes
216
Remote copy (small)
yes
217
Copy (full color 1)
yes
218
Copy (full color 2)
yes
219
Copy (mono color 1)
yes
220
Copy (mono color 2)
300 to 399
Counter Details
yes
263
Copy A (mono color / large / double sided )
yes
264
Copy A (mono color / small / double sided )
yes
265
Copy A (black and white / large / double sided )
yes
266
Copy A (black and white / small / double sided )
yes
273
Local copy (full color 1)
yes
274
Local copy (full color 2)
yes
275
Local copy (mono color 1)
yes
276
Local copy (mono color 2)
yes
277
Local copy (black and white 1)
yes
278
Local copy (black and white 2)
yes
279
Local copy (full color / large)
yes
280
Local copy (full color / small)
yes
281
Local copy (mono color / large)
yes
282
Local copy (mono color / small)
yes
283
Local copy (black and white / large)
yes
284
Local copy (black and white / small)
yes
285
Local copy (full color + mono color / large)
yes
286
Local copy (full color + mono color / small)
yes
287
Local copy (full color + mono color 2)
yes
288
Local copy (full color + mono color 1)
yes
289
Local copy (full color / large / double sided )
yes
290
Local copy (full color / small / double sided )
yes
291
Local copy (mono color / large / double sided )
yes
292
Local copy (mono color / small / double sided )
yes
293
Local copy (black and white / large / double sided )
yes
294
Local copy (black and white / small / double sided )
T-5-102
Counter Details
yes
301
Print (Total 1)
yes
302
Print (Total 2)
yes
303
Print (large)
yes
304
Print (small)
yes
305
Print A (Total 1)
yes
306
Print A (Total 2)
yes
307
Print A (large )
yes
308
Print A (small)
yes
309
Print (full color 1)
yes
310
Print (full color 2)
yes
311
Print (mono color 1)
yes
312
Print (mono color 2)
yes
313
Print (black and white 1)
yes
314
Print (black and white 2)
yes
315
Print (full color / large )
yes
316
Print (full color / small)
yes
317
Print (mono color / large )
yes
318
Print (mono color / small)
yes
319
Print (black and white / large )
yes
320
Print (black and white / small)
yes
321
Print (full color +mono color / large )
yes
322
Print (full color +mono color / small)
yes
323
Print (full color +mono color / 2)
yes
324
Print (full color +mono color / 1)
yes
325
Print (full color / large / double sided)
yes
326
Print (full color / smal l/ double sided)
yes
327
Print (mono color / large / double sided)
yes
328
Print (mono color / small / double sided)
yes
329
Print (black and white / large / double sided)
yes
330
Print (black and white / smal l/ double sided)
yes
331
PDLPrint (Total 1)
yes
332
PDLPrint (Total 2)
yes
333
PDLPrint (large)
yes
334
PDLPrint (small)
yes
335
PDLPrint (full color 1)
5-541
Counter Details
yes
336
PDLPrint (full color 2)
yes
422
Copy + print (black and white / smal / double sided)
yes
339
PDLPrint (black and white 1)
yes
431
Clear mixed + mono-clear (total 1)
yes
340
PDLPrint (black and white 2)
yes
432
Clear mixed + mono-clear (total 2)
yes
341
PDLPrint (full color / large)
yes
433
Clear mixed + mono-clear (full-page 1)
yes
342
PDLPrint (full color / small)
yes
434
Clear mixed + mono-clear (full-page 2)
yes
345
PDLPrint (black and white / large )
yes
435
Clear mixed + mono-clear (partial 1)
yes
346
PDLPrint (black and white / small)
yes
436
Clear mixed + mono-clear (partial 2)
yes
351
PDLPrint (full color / large / double sided)
yes
437
Clear mixed + mono-clear (full-page / large)
yes
352
PDLPrint (full color / small / double sided)
yes
438
Clear mixed + mono-clear (full-page / small)
yes
355
PDLPrint (black and white / large / double sided)
yes
439
Clear mixed + mono-clear (partia l/ large)
yes
356
PDLPrint (black and white / small / double sided)
yes
440
Clear mixed + mono-clear (partial / small)
yes
441
Clear mixed (total 1)
yes
442
Clear mixed (total 2)
yes
443
Clear mixed (full-page 1)
yes
444
Clear mixed (full-page 2)
yes
445
Clear mixed (partial 1)
yes
446
Clear mixed (partial 2)
yes
447
Clear mixed (full-page / large)
yes
448
Clear mixed (full-page / small)
yes
449
Clear mixed (partial / large)
yes
450
Clear mixed (partial / small)
yes
451
Mono-clear (total 1)
yes
452
Mono-clear (total 2)
yes
453
Mono-clear (full-page 1)
yes
454
Mono-clear (full-page 2)
yes
455
Mono-clear (partial 1)
yes
456
Mono-clear (partial 2)
yes
457
Mono-clear (full-page / large)
yes
458
Mono-clear (full-page / small)
yes
459
Mono-clear (partial / large)
yes
460
Mono-clear (partial / small)
T-5-103
400 to 499
5-542
Counter Details
Counter Details
yes
401
Copy + print (full color / large)
yes
402
Copy + print (full color / small)
yes
403
Copy + print (black and white / large)
yes
404
Copy + print (black and white / small)
yes
405
Copy + print (black and white 2)
yes
406
Copy + print (black and white 1)
yes
407
Copy + print (full color + mono color / large)
yes
408
Copy + print (full color + mono color / small)
yes
409
Copy + print (full color + mono color / 2)
yes
410
Copy + print (full color + mono color / 1)
yes
411
Copy + print (large)
yes
412
Copy + print (small)
yes
413
Copy + print (2)
yes
414
Copy + print (1)
yes
415
Copy + print (mono color / large)
yes
416
Copy + print (mono color / small)
yes
417
Copy + print (full color / large / double sided)
yes
418
Copy + print (full color / smal l / double sided)
yes
419
Copy + print (mono color / large / double sided)
yes
420
Copy + print (mono color / small / double sided)
yes
421
Copy + print (black and white / large / double sided)
T-5-104
500 to 599
Counter Details
yes
501
Scan (Total 1)
yes
502
Scan (Total 2)
yes
503
Scan (large)
yes
504
Scan (small)
yes
505
Black and white Scan (Total 1)
yes
506
Black and white Scan (Total 2)
yes
507
Black and white Scan (large)
yes
508
Black and white Scan (small)
yes
509
Color scan (Total 1)
yes
510
Color scan (Total 2)
yes
511
Color scan (large)
yes
512
Color scan (small)
620
Box print (full color + mono color 1)
yes
621
Box print (full color / large / double sided )
yes
622
Box print (full color / small / double sided )
yes
623
Box print (mono color / large / double sided )
yes
624
Box print (mono color / smal l/ double sided )
yes
625
Box print (black and white / large / double sided )
yes
626
Box print (black and white / small / double sided )

T-5-106
700 to 799
T-5-105
yes
600 to 699
Counter Details
yes
601
Box print (Total 1)
yes
602
Box print (Total 2)
yes
603
Box print (large)
yes
604
Box print (small)
yes
605
Box print (full color 1)
yes
606
Box print (full color 2)
yes
607
Box print (mono color 1)
yes
608
Box print (mono color 2)
yes
609
Box print (black and white 1)
yes
610
Box print (black and white 2)
yes
611
Box print (full color / large)
yes
612
Box print (full color / small)
yes
613
Box print (mono color / large)
yes
614
Box print (mono color / small)
yes
615
Box print (black and white / large)
yes
616
Box print (black and white / small)
yes
617
Box print (full color + mono color / large)
yes
618
Box print (full color + mono color / small)
yes
619
Box print (full color + mono color 2)
Counter Details
Counter Details
yes
701
Reception print (Total 1)
yes
702
Reception print (Total 2)
yes
703
Reception print (large)
yes
704
Reception print (small)
yes
705
Reception print (full color 1)
yes
706
Reception print (full color 2)
no
707
Reception print (Gray scale 1)
no
708
Reception print (Gray scale 2)
yes
709
Reception print (black and white 1)
yes
710
Reception print (black and white 2)
yes
711
Reception print (full color / large)
yes
712
Reception print (full color / small)
no
713
Reception print (Gray scale / large)
no
714
Reception print (Gray scale / small)
yes
715
Reception print (black and white / large)
yes
716
Reception print (black and white / small)
no
717
Reception print (full color + Gray scale / large)
no
718
Reception print (full color + Gray scale / small)
no
719
Reception print (full color + Gray scale 2)
no
720
Reception print (full color + Gray scale 1)
yes
721
Reception print (full color / large / double sided)
yes
722
Reception print (full color / small / double sided)
no
723
Reception print (Gray scale / large / double sided)
no
724
Reception print (Gray scale / small / double sided)
yes
725
Reception print (black and white / large / double sided)
5-543
5-544
Counter Details
Counter Details
yes
726
Reception print (black and white / small / double sided)
yes
762
Mobile print (small)
yes
727
Advance box print (Total 1)
yes
763
Mobile print (full color 1)
yes
728
Advance box print (Total 2)
yes
764
Mobile print (full color 2)
yes
729
Advance box print (large)
yes
765
Mobile print (black and white 1)
yes
730
Advance box print (small)
yes
766
Mobile print (black and white 2)
yes
731
Advance box print (full color 1)
yes
767
Mobile print (full color / large)
yes
732
Advance box print (full color 2)
yes
768
Mobile print (full color / small)
yes
733
Advance box print (black and white 1)
yes
769
Mobile print (black and white / large)
yes
734
Advance box print (black and white 2)
yes
770
Mobile print (black and white / small)
yes
735
Advance box print (full color / large)
yes
771
Mobile print (full color / large / double sided)
yes
736
Advance box print (full color / small)
yes
772
Mobile print (full color / smal l/ double sided)
yes
737
Advance box print (black and white / large)
yes
773
Mobile print (black and white / large / double sided)
yes
738
Advance box print (black and white / small)
yes
774
Mobile print (black and white / small / double sided)
yes
739
Advance box print (full color / large / double sided)
yes
740
Advance box print (full color / small / double sided)
yes
741
Advance box print (black and white / large / double sided)
yes
742
Advance box print (black and white / smal / double sided)
yes
743
Nnetwork print (Total 1)
yes
744
Nnetwork print (Total 2)
yes
745
Nnetwork print (large)
yes
746
Nnetwork print (small)
yes
747
Nnetwork print (full color 1)
yes
748
Nnetwork print (full color 2)
yes
749
Nnetwork print (black and white 1)
yes
750
Nnetwork print (black and white 2)
yes
751
Nnetwork print (full color / large)
yes
752
Nnetwork print (full color / small)
yes
753
Nnetwork print (black and white / large)
yes
754
Nnetwork print (black and white / small)
yes
755
Nnetwork print (full color / large / double sided)
yes
756
Nnetwork print (full color / small / double sided)
yes
757
Nnetwork print (black and white / large / double sided)
yes
758
Nnetwork print (black and white / smal l/ double sided)
yes
759
Mobile print (Total 1)
yes
760
Mobile print (Total 2)
yes
761
Mobile print (large)
T-5-107
800 to 899
Counter Details
yes
801
Report print (Total 1)
yes
802
Report print (Total 2)
yes
803
Report print (large)
yes
804
Report print (small)
yes
805
Report print (full color 1)
yes
806
Report print (full color 2)
no
807
Report print (Gray scale 1)
no
808
Report print (Gray scale 2)
yes
809
Report print (black and white 1)
yes
810
Report print (black and white 2)

Report print (full color / large)
yes
811
yes
812
Report print (full color / small)
no
813
Report print (Gray scale / large)
no
814
Report print (Gray scale / small)
yes
815
Report print (black and white / large)
yes
816
Report print (black and white / small)
no
817
Report print (full color + Gray scale / large)
no
818
Report print (full color + Gray scale / small)
no
819
Report print (full color + Gray scale 2)
Counter Details
Counter Details
no
820
Report print (full color + Gray scale 1)
no
932
Transmission scan total 7 (black and white)
yes
821
Report print (full color / large / double sided)
no
933
Transmission scan total 8 (color)
yes
822
Report print (full color / small / double sided)
no
934
no
823
Report print (Gray scale / large / double sided)
no
935
Universal transmission scan total (color)
no
824
Report print (Gray scale / small / double sided)
no
936
Universal transmission scan total (black and white)
yes
825
Report print (black and white / large / double sided)
yes
937
Box scan (color)
yes
826
Report print (black and white / small / double sided)
yes
938
Box scan (black and white)
yes
939
Remote scan (color)
yes
940
Remote scan (black and white)
no
941
Transmission scan / Fax (color)
no
942
Transmission scan / Fax (black and white)
no
943
Transmission scan / I Fax (color )
T-5-108
900 to 999
Counter Details
no
901
Copy scan total 1 (color)
no
902
Copy scan total 1 (black and white)
no
903
no
904
no
905
no
906
no
907
no
908
no
909
Local copy scan (color)
no
910
Local copy scan (black and white)
no
911
Remote copy scan (color)
no
912
Remote copy scan (black and white)
no
913
no
914
yes
915
yes
916
yes
917
yes
918
no
919
no
920
yes
921
yes
922
yes
929
yes
930
no
931
no
944
Transmission scan / I Fax (black and white)
yes
945
Transmission scan / E-mail (color)
yes
946
Transmission scan / E-mail (black and white)
no
947
Transmission scan / FTP (color)
no
948
Transmission scan / FTP (black and white)
no
949
Transmission scan / SMB (color)
no
950
Transmission scan / SMB (black and white)
no
951
Transmission scan / IPX (color)
no
952
Transmission scan / IPX (black and white)
no
953
Transmission scan / Database (color)
no
954
Transmission scan / Database (black and white)
no
955
Transmission scan / Local print (color )
no
956
Transmission scan / Local print (black and white)
no
957
Transmission scan / Box (color)
no
958
Transmission scan / Box (black and white)
yes
959
Media scan (color)
yes
960
Media scan (black and white)
yes
961
Application scan (Total 1)
yes
962
Application black and white scan (Total 1)
yes
963
Application color scan (Total 1)
yes
964
Super Box Local scan (color)
yes
965
Super Box Local scan (black and white)
T-5-109
5-545
Test Print
Full Area Half Tone (TYPE=5)

This test print can mainly check transfer failure, black line, white line, and pitch unevenness.
How to check test print

16-Gradation (TYPE=4)
This test print can mainly check gradation performance, image fogging, white line, and
density unevenness at the rear/front.
16-Gradation
COLOR-M=1, COLOR-Y/C/K=0
F-5-3
NOTE:
F-5-2
(1) Gradation
Output by every developing color is available by specifying the developing color

COLOR-Y/M/C/K in the following service mode: COPIER>TEST>PG
In the case of changing density of the test print, execute followings in service mode for
density setting: TEST>PG>DENS-Y/M/C/K
If there is no 16-step density gradation, it may be caused by fault of drum unit or laser
scanning system.
(2) Foggy image
(1) Transfer failure
If there is foggy image only at the white area as shown in the figure below, it may be
If there is transfer failure, it may be caused by fault of transfer (intermediate transfer/
caused by fault of drum unit or laser scanning system.
secondary transfer) unit.
(3) Vertical white/black line

If there is white line in the image, it may be caused by fault of developing system.
(4) Density unevenness at the rear/front
If there is density unevenness at the rear/front, it may be caused by fault of drum unit, laser
scanning system or transfer unit.
(2) Horizontal unevenness

If there is horizontal unevenness, it may be caused by fault of photosensitive drum drive
unit, drum ITB motor, or drum unit.
(3) Vertical unevenness
If there is vertical unevenness, it may be caused by soiled LDE lens, fault of drum unit, or
deterioration of intermediate transfer belt.
5-546
Grid (TYPE=6)
MCYBk Horizontal Line (TYPE=10)
This test print can mainly check color displacement, right angle accuracy and linearity.
This test print can mainly check the dark area density of each color, balance among each
color and white line by developing.
F-5-4
(1) Color displacement

If there is color displacement, it may be caused by fault of each laser scanning system,
transfer (intermediate transfer/secondary transfer) unit or photosensitive drum drive unit.
(2) Right angle accuracy and linearity
If there is fault of right angle accuracy or linearity, it may be caused by fault of laser
scanning system, or defective shape of registration (upper/lower) roller or the secondary
transfer outer roller.
F-5-5
(1) Solid density of each color and balance among each color.
Density is not extremely light.
In the case of light density with a certain color, it may be caused by the developer of the
color in question, or fault of primary transfer roller, laser scanning system or high voltage
system.
(2) White/black line
If there is white/black line with a certain color, it may be caused by fault of the drum unit of
the color in question, or soiled laser light path.
(3) Density unevenness at the rear/front
If there is density unevenness with a certain color, it may be caused by fault of drum unit,
laser scanning system or transfer (intermediate transfer/secondary transfer) unit.
If there is density unevenness with all colors, it may be caused by deterioration of
intermediate transfer unit.
5-547
Full Color 16-gradation (TYPE=14)
64-Gradation (TYPE=12)
YMCBk64 gradation test print can mainly check gradation performance of each color (YMBCk)
Full color 16-gradation test print can mainly check gray balance, gradation performance of
at one time.
each color (YMCBk) and foggy image.
Light Areas
White Area
White Area
F-5-6
F-5-7
(1) Gray balance

Check to see if the output comes with even density of each color at gray scale area.
(2) Gradation performance
Check gradation performance and density difference of each color (YMCBk)
(3) Foggy image

If there is foggy image at the white area, it may be caused by fault of developing system or
photosensitive drum, or correction fault of laser scanning system.
5-548
Parts Replacement
and Cleaning
of Parts
List
List of Parts
List of Main Unit
[1] Hopper Unit (Bk)

[6] Laser Scanner Unit (Bk)
[2] Hopper Unit (Color)
[5] Laser Scanner Unit (C)

[4] Laser Scanner Unit (M)
[3] Laser Scanner Unit (Y)
[10] Process Unit (Bk)

[9] Process Unit (C)
[8] Process Unit (M)
[7] Process Unit (Y)
F-6-1
6-2
No.
Name
Service Parts No.
Reference
[1]
Hopper Unit (Bk)
FM3-4715
"Removing the Hopper Unit (Bk)"(page 4-128).
[2]
Hopper Unit (Color)
FM3-4716
"Removing the Hopper Unit (Y / M / C)"(page 4-138).
[3]
Laser Scanner Unit (Y)
FM3-5000
"Removing the Laser Scanner Unit"(page 4-4).
[4]
Laser Scanner Unit (M)
FM3-5000
[5]
Laser Scanner Unit (C)
FM3-5000
[6]
Laser Scanner Unit (Bk)
FM3-5001
[7]
Process Unit (Y)
NPN
[8]
Process Unit (M)
NPN
[9]
Process Unit (C)
NPN
[10]
Process Unit (Bk)
FM3-4837
"Removing the Developing Assembly (Y) / (M) / (C) and the

Drum Unit (Y) / (M) / (C)"(page 4-1).
T-6-1
6-3
[11] ITB Unit
[12] Fixing Unit

[14] Registration Unit
[15] Secondary Transfer Unit
[16] Pre-Fixing Paper Feed Unit
[18] Pickup Unit
(Right Deck)
6
[13] Fixing Feed Unit
[19] Pickup Unit
(Cassette 3)
[17] Pickup Unit

(Left Deck)
[20] Pickup Unit

(Cassette 4)
F-6-2
6-4
No.
Name
Service Parts No.
Reference
[11]
ITB Unit
NPN
"Removing the ITB Unit"(page 4-57).
[12]
Fixing Unit
NPN
"Removing the Fixing Unit"(page 4-35).
[13]
Fixing Feed Unit
NPN
"Removing the Fixing Feed Unit"(page 4-38).
[14]
Registration Unit
FM3-4758
"Removing the Registration Unit"(page 4-32).
[15]
Secondary Transfer Unit
FM3-4840
[16]
Pre-Fixing Paper Feed Unit
FM3-4760
[17]
Pickup Unit (Left Deck)
FM3-4745
[18]
Pickup Unit (Right Deck)
FM3-4744
[19]
Pickup Unit (Cassette 3)
FM3-4746
[20]
Pickup Unit (Cassette 4)
FM3-4746
T-6-2
6-5
[23] Upright Control Panel Unit
[22] Flat Control Panel Unit
[21] Reverse Delivery Unit
[24] Multi-purpose Tray Pickup Unit
6
[25] Vertical Path Unit
F-6-3
6-6
No.
Name
Service Parts No.
Reference
[21]
Reverse Delivery Unit
FM3-4756
[22]
Flat Control Panel Unit
FM3-8262
"Removing the Flat Control Panel Unit"(page 4-4).
"Removing the Upright Control Panel Unit"(page 4-9).
[23]
Upright Control Panel Unit
FM3-4810
[24]
Multi-purpose Pickup Unit
FM3-4761
[25]
Vertical Path Unit
FM3-4762
T-6-3
6-7
[28] Drum Drive Unit (Color)

[27] Drum Drive Unit (Bk)
[26-4] Multi Pickup Drive Unit
[26-1] Vertical Path Drive Unit
[26-2] Cassette Drive Unit
[26] Pickup Drive Unit
[26-3] Deck Drive Unit

F-6-4
6-8
No.
[26]
Name
Pickup Drive Unit
Service Parts No.
Reference
NPN
[26-1] Vertical Path Drive Unit
FM3-9985
[26-2] Cassette Drive Unit
FM3-4806
[26-3] Deck Drive Unit
FM3-4807
[26-4] Multi Pickup Drive Unit
FM3-4807
[27]
Drum Drive Unit (Bk)
FM3-4726
"Removing the Drum Drive Unit (Bk)"(page 4-118).
[28]
Drum Drive Unit (Color)
FM3-4727
"Removing the Drum Drive Unit (Y) / (M) / (C)"(page 4-123).

T-6-4
6-9
List of Clutch / Solenoid

ITB Unit
SL1
SL5
Pickup Unit
Right Deck Pickup
SL7
Cassette 3 Pickup
SL6
SL8
Cassette 4 Pickup
Left Deck Pickup
F-6-5
No.
SL1
SL5
SL6
SL7
SL8
Name
Registration Patch Shutter Solenoid
Main Unit
ITB Unit
Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
Service Parts No.

FK2-7915
FK2-7917
FK2-7917
FK2-7917
FK2-7917
Adjustment during parts

replacemen
"ITB"(page 2-12).
-
Reference
"Removing Cassette 3, Cassette 4 and Right Deck Pickup Unit"(page 4-13).
"Removing the Left Deck Pickup Unit"(page 4-14).
T-6-5
6-10
Multi-purpose Tray Pickup Unit
SL4
SL2
SL3
F-6-6
No.
SL2
SL3
SL4
Name
Main Unit
Service Parts
No.

FL2-8909
Reverse Upper Wheel Detachment Reverse Delivery Unit
FM3-4889
Solenoid
Multi-purpose Tray Pickup Solenoid Multi-purpose Tray Pickup FK2-0115
Unit
Adjustment during
parts replacemen
Reference
"Removing the Multi-purpose Pickup Tray Unit"(page 4-11).

T-6-6
6-11
List of Motor
M29
M27
M28
M26
F-6-7
6-12
No.
Name
M26 Developing Stirring

Motor (Y)
Motor (C)
Motor (M)
Motor (Bk)
Main Uni
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Service Parts Adjustment during

No.
parts replacement
Reference
FK2-7303
FK2-7303
FM3-9957
FM3-9958
T-6-7
6-13
Laser Scanner Unit
M83
M82
M81
M86
M80
M85
M84

M7
M9
Hopper Unit
M16
M8
M13
M17
M10
M14
M6
M11
M15
M12
Bk
Hopper Unit
Color
Hopper Unit
F-6-8
6-14
No.
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M80
M81
M82
M83
M84
M85
M86
Name
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (Bk)
Toner Container Drive Motor (Bk)
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (Y)
Toner Container Drive Motor (Y)
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (M)
Toner Container Drive Motor (M)
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (C)
Toner Container Drive Motor (C)
Laser Scanner Motor (Y)
Laser Scanner Motor (M)
Laser Scanner Motor (C)
Laser Scanner Motor (Bk)
Skew Correction Motor (Y)
Skew Correction Motor (M)
Skew Correction Motor (C)
Main Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Laser Scanner Unit
Laser Scanner Unit
Laser Scanner Unit
Laser Scanner Unit
Laser Scanner Unit
Laser Scanner Unit
Laser Scanner Unit
Service Parts No.

FK2-7893
FK2-7895
FL3-2303
FK2-7893
FK2-7895
FL3-2303
FK2-7893
FK2-7895
FL3-2303
FK2-7893
FK2-7895
FL3-2303
FK2-8964
FK2-8964
FK2-8964
FK2-8964
FK2-8608
FK2-8608
FK2-8608
Adjustment during
parts replacement
"Laser Scanner Unit"(page 2-6).
Reference
T-6-8
6-15
Process Unit(Bk)
M1
M2

M37
ITB Unit
M38
M4
M5
M3
F-6-9
6-16
No.
Name
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
M37
M38
M1
Delivery Motor
Reverse Motor
Primary Charging Wire Cleaning Motor

Process Unit (Bk)
FK2-7908
FK2-7906
FL3-2303
M2
Pre-transfer Charging Wire Cleaning Motor
Process Unit (Bk)
FL3-2303
M3
M4
M5
ITB Drive Motor

Steering Drive Motor
Primary Transfer Roller Detachment Motor
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
FK2-7896
FK2-7900
FK2-7901
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
Reference
"Removing the Developing Assembly (Y) / (M) / (C) and
the Drum Unit (Y) / (M) / (C)"(page 4-1).
"Removing the Developing Assembly (Y) / (M) / (C) and
the Drum Unit (Y) / (M) / (C)"(page 4-1).
T-6-9
6-17
Fixing Unit
Secondary Transfer Registration Unit
M47
M34
M46
M48
M35
M49
Registration Unit
Pre-Fixig Paper Feed Unit
M31
Fixing Feed Unit
M33
M32
F-6-10
6-18
No.
Name
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
M46
M47
Fixing Belt Displacement Control Motor

Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
FK2-2523
FL2-8589
"Removing the Fixing Belt Unit"(page 4-1).

"Removing the Fixing Pressure Release
Motor"(page 4-33).
"Removing the Fixing Motor"(page 4-32).
"Removing the Pressure Belt Unit"(page 4-9).
-
M48
M49
M31
Fixing Motor
Pressure Belt Displacement Control Motor
Secondary Transfer Roller Detachment Motor
FK2-7899
FK2-2523
FK2-7903
M34
Registration Motor
FK2-7905
M35
Pre-fixing Feed Motor
FK2-7902
M32
M33
Duplex Left Motor

Duplex Right Motor
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Secondary Transfer Registration
Unit
Unit
Unit
Fixing Feed Unit
Fixing Feed Unit
FK2-7903
FK2-7908
T-6-10
6-19
Developing Drum Drive Unit

M18
M24
M22
M30
M20
M19
M25
Bk
Drum Drive Unit
M23
M21
Color
Drum Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
M36
M40
M43
M39
M41
M44
M42
M45
F-6-11
6-20
No.
M18
M19
M20
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M30
M36
M39
M40
M41
M42
M43
M44
M45
Name
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (Bk)
Drum Motor (Bk)
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (Y)
Drum Motor (Y)
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (M)
Drum Motor (M)
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (C)
Drum Motor (C)
Drum Cleaning and Waste Toner Feed Drive Motor
Pre-registration Multi-purpose Tray Drive Motor
Left Deck Pickup Motor
Right Deck Pickup Motor
Cassette 3 Pickup Motor
Main Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Pickup Drive Unit
Service Parts No.

FK2-7897
FK2-7896
FK2-7897
FK2-7896
FK2-7897
FM4-6616
FK2-7897
FM4-6616
FK2-7897
FK2-7909
FK2-7907
FK2-7907
FK2-7907
FK2-7904
FK2-7904
FK2-7904
FK2-7904
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
T-6-11
6-21
List of Fan
FM3
FM2
FM22
FM18
FM19
FM4
FM5
FM20
FM1
FM6
FM21
FM9
FM7
FM8
FM14
F-6-12
6-22
No.
FM1
FM2
FM3
FM4
FM5
FM6
FM7
FM8
FM9
FM14
FM18
FM19
FM20
FM21
FM22
Name
Primary Charging Suction Fan
Developing and Pre-transfer Charging Fan
Color Cleaning Fan
Fixing Heat Fan
IH Power Supply Fan
Power Supply Fan 1
Power Supply Fan 2
Power Supply Cooling Fan (38V)
Hopper Cooling Fan
Controller Cooling Fan 1
HDD Cooling Fan
Hopper Cooling Suction Fan
Main Unit
Product configuration
Service Parts No.

FK2-9500
FK2-0360
FL2-8917
FL2-8917
FL3-4095
FL3-4349
FK2-3679
FK2-6818
FK2-6818
FK2-7241
FK2-3149
FK2-8276
FK2-2529
FK2-8276
FK2-3149
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
T-6-12
6-23
FM16
FM15
Registration Unit

FM10
FM23
FM12
FM24
FM11
6
FM13
F-6-13
6-24
No.
Name
FM10
FM11
FM12
FM13
FM15
Delivery Heat Fan 1

Delivery Heat Fan 2
Delivery Heat Fan 3
Delivery Heat Fan 4
Pressure Belt Cooling Fan (Front)
FM16
Pressure Belt Cooling Fan (Rear)
FM23
FM24
Anti-adhesion Fan 1
Anti-adhesion Fan 2
Main Unit
Secondary Transfer
Registration Unit
Secondary Transfer
Registration Unit
Service Parts No.
List of Sensor
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
FK2-0472
FK2-0472
FK2-0472
FK2-0472
FK2-3149
FK2-6465
FL2-9823
FL2-9823
T-6-13
TS9
PS41
PS42
PS43
PS46
PS45
PS80
PS44
PS48
PS47
PS35
F-6-14
6-25
No.
Name
PS35
Reverse Vertical Path

Sensor 3
Right Deck Paper
Level Sensor 1
Right Deck Paper
Level Sensor 2
Left Deck Paper
Level Sensor 1
Left Deck Paper
Level Sensor 2
Cassette 3 Paper
Level Sensor 1
Cassette 3 Paper
Level Sensor 2
Cassette 4 Paper
Level Sensor 1
Cassette 4 Paper
Level Sensor 2
Front Cover Sensor
PS41
PS42
PS43
PS44
PS45
PS46
PS47
PS48
PS80
TS9
Waste Toner Full

Sensor
Main Unit
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Product
configuration
Service Parts
No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5783
FK2-0591
"Waste Toner Full

Sensor"(page 2-12).
T-6-14
6-26
Fixing Unit
PS29
PS72
PS70
PS28
PS69
PS23
PS71
PS75
PS74
PS30
PS22
PS78
PS77
Registration Unit
PS76
PS73

Fixing Feed Unit
PS27
PS26
PS25
PS24
F-6-15
6-27
No.
Name
PS69
PS70
PS71
PS72
PS73
PS74
PS75
PS76
PS77
PS78
PS22

Fixing Inlet Sensor
Fixing Pressure Release Sensor
Fixing Wrap Sensor
Pressure Belt Position Sensor 1
Secondary Transfer Roller Detachment HP Sensor
PS23
PS28
Registration Sensor
PS29
Transparency Sensor
PS30
PS24
PS25
PS26
PS27
Duplex Sensor 1
Duplex Sensor 2
Duplex Sensor 3
Duplex Sensor 4
Main Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Fixing Feed Unit
Fixing Feed Unit
Fixing Feed Unit
Fixing Feed Unit
Service Parts No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5783
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5783
WG8-5783
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
FK2-6470
WG8-5848
RH7-7129
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
T-6-15
6-28
PS8
Hopper Unit
PS84
PS17
TS5
PS9
Process Unit (Bk)
PS14
PS83
PS11
PS82
PS81
TS6
TS7
TS8
Process Unit (Y/M/C)
PS18
PS7
PS15
PS12
TS1
PS16
PS6
Bk
Hopper Unit
PS13
TS4
PS10
TS3
Color
Hopper Unit
TS2
PS50
PS52
PS49
PS51
Right Deck Pickup
PS53
Pickup Unit
PS58
PS55
PS57
PS56
PS54
Left Deck Pickup
PS60
PS62
PS59
PS61
Cassette 3 Pickup
PS63
PS65
PS67
PS64 Cassette 4 Pickup
PS66
PS68
F-6-16
6-29
No.
Name
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
PS6
PS7
PS8
PS9
PS10
PS11
PS12
PS13
PS14
PS15
PS16
PS17
PS18
PS81
PS82
PS83
PS84
TS5
TS6
TS7
TS8
TS1

Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (Bk)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (Bk)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (Bk)
Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (Y)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (Y)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (Y)
Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (M)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (M)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (M)
Toner Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (C)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (C)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (C)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (Y)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (M)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (C)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (Bk)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (Bk)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (Y)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (M)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (C)
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Hopper Unit
Process Unit (Bk)
WG8-5783
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
FK2-0590
FK2-0590
FK2-0590
FK2-0590
FK2-7875
TS2
TS3
TS4
PS49
Toner Density Sensor (Y)

Toner Density Sensor (C)
Process Unit (Y)

Process Unit (M)
Process Unit (C)
Pickup Unit
FK2-7875
FK2-7875
FK2-7875
WG8-5848
PS50
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS51
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS52
Right Deck Paper Height Sensor
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS53
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS54
PS55
PS56
PS57
PS58
PS59

Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
6-30
Reference
"Removing the Developing Assembly (Y) / (M) / (C)
and the Drum Unit (Y) / (M) / (C)"(page 4-1).
"Removing Cassette 3, Cassette 4 and Right Deck
Pickup Unit"(page 4-13).
No.
Name
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
PS60
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS61
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS62
Cassette 3 Paper Height Sensor
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS63
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS64
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS65
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS66
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS67
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
PS68
Pickup Unit
WG8-5848
Reference
T-6-16
6-31
ITB Unit
PS20

PS21
PS19
PS2
PS5
PS4
PS3
PS38
PS79
PS37
F-6-17
Vertical Path Unit

PS31
PS33
PS32
6
PS34
PS36
PS40
PS39
6-32
No.
Name
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
PS2
PS3
PS4
PS5
PS19
PS20
PS21

Steering Drive HP Sensor
Primary Transfer Roller Detachment HP Sensor
ITB HP Sensor
Registration Patch Sensor (Front)
Registration Patch Sensor (Rear)
Patch Sensor
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
FK2-7866
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
FK2-0161
FM3-9945
FM3-9945
FK2-7867
PS37
PS38
PS79
PS31
PS32
PS33
PS34
PS36
PS39
PS40
Multi-purpose Tray Paper Sensor

Multi-purpose Tray Last Paper Sensor
Reverse Sensor

Vertical Path Unit
Vertical Path Unit
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
WG8-5848
Adjustment during
parts replacement
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"Patch Sensor Unit"(page 2-12).
-
Reference
"Removing the Patch Sensor
Unit"(page 4-85).
T-6-17
6-33
Lamp / Heater, others
THM6
THM5
F-6-18
H6
ENV1
6
IL1 IL2
6-34
ELB2
ELB1
No.
Name
Main Unit
H6
ELB1
Cassette Heater
Leakage Breaker 1
ELB2
IL1
IL2
Leakage Breaker 2
Inlet
Inlet
Service Parts No.

FM3-8915
FK2-7358(100V)
FK2-7359(120V)
FK2-7357(230V)
FK2-7358
FM4-1462
FM4-1462
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
T-6-18
6-35
Process Unit(Bk)
Process Unit(Y/M/C)
H1
LED4
LED3
LED2
LED1
ITB Unit
VR1
[ D]
F-6-19
H3
H2
[ D]
Fixing Unit
THM1-2
H4
TP2
THM1-1
THM3
THM1-3
TP1
THM2
6-36
THM4 H5
No.
H1
LED2
LED3
LED4
H2
H3
LED1
VR1
THM1-1
THM1-2
THM1-3
THM2
THM3
THM4
TP1
TP2
H4
H5
Name
Drum Heater (Bk)
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (Y)
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (M)
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (C)
Drum Heater (Y)
Drum Heater (M)
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (Bk)
ITB Unit Varistor
Fixing Main Thermistor
Fixing Sub Thermistor 1
Fixing Sub Thermistor 2
Pressure Main Thermistor
Pressure Sub Thermistor 1
Pressure Thermal Switch
Fixing Thermal Switch
IH Coil
Pressure Heater
Main Unit
Process Unit (Bk)
Process Unit (Y)
Process Unit (M)
Process Unit (C)
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Fixing Unit
Service Parts No.

FK2-7879
FL3-2293
FL3-2293
FL3-2293
FM3-9600
FM3-9600
FM3-4867
FL3-2302
FK2-7868
FK2-2537
FK2-7870
FK2-7871
FK2-7877
FK2-7978
FM3-4735
FK2-7882(100V)
FK2-7883(120V)
FK2-7884(200V/208V)
FK2-7885(230V)
Adjustment during
parts replacement
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
-
Reference
-
T-6-19
6-37
List of Switch
SW9
SW10
F-6-20
SW14
SW7
SW15
SW16
SW17
SW2
SW1
SW11
SW12
SW13
6-38
No.
SW1
SW2
SW7
SW9
SW10
SW11
SW12
SW13
SW14
SW15
SW16
SW17
Name
Front Door Switch 1
Front Door Switch 2
Key Switch
Waste Toner Screw Lock Detection Switch
Main Switch
Environment Switch
Cassette Heater Switch
Cassette 3 Size Detection Switch 1
Main Unit
Service Parts No.

FM4-1387
FM4-1387
FM3-4952
FM3-9606
FM4-1426
FK2-7918
WC1-5179
WC1-5179
WC2-5680
WC2-5680
WC2-5680
WC2-5680
Reference
T-6-20
6-39
SW3
F-6-21
SW5
No.
Name
SW5
SW3
Delivery Door Switch

Multi-purpose Tray Unit Switch
Main Unit
Service Parts No.

FM4-1342
FM4-1392
Reference
T-6-21
6-40
List of PCB
Process Unit(Y,M,C)
[B]
UN15
UN14
F-6-22
[B]
Fixing Unit
UN67
UN66
UN27
Registration Unit
6-41
No.
UN14
UN15
UN66
UN67
UN27
Name
Developing Assembly Inner Temperature Detection
PCB (Y/M)
PCB (C/Bk)
Secondary Transfer High Voltage Contact Resistance
Secondary Transfer Static Elimination High Voltage
Contact Resistance
Pressure Main Thermistor Relay PCB
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
Process Unit (Y,M,C)
FM3-9583
Process Unit (Y,M,C)
FM3-9583

Unit
Unit
Fixing Unit
FM3-7196

-
FM3-7196
FM3-9585
T-6-22
6-42
Laser Scanner Unit

UN107
UN105
UN103
ITB Unit
UN65
UN101
UN108
UN64
UN106
UN104
UN102
UN63
UN28
UN62
UN17
UN16
F-6-23
Fixing Feed Unit
UN49
UN48
UN5
6-43
No.
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
UN101 Laser Driver PCB (Y)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2369
UN102 BD PCB (Y)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2368
UN103 Laser Driver PCB (M)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2369
UN104 BD PCB (M)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2368
UN105 Laser Driver PCB (C)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2369
UN106 BD PCB (C)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2368
UN107 Laser Driver PCB (Bk)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2369
UN108 BD PCB (Bk)
Laser Scanner Unit
FM4-2368
UN16
UN17
UN28
UN62
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
ITB Unit
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
FM3-9597
FM3-7196
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"ITB"(page 2-12).
"Removing the Laser Scanner

Unit"(page 4-4).
Unit"(page 4-4).
Unit"(page 4-4).
Unit"(page 4-4).
Unit"(page 4-4).
Unit"(page 4-4).
Unit"(page 4-4).
Unit"(page 4-4).
ITB Unit
FM3-7196
"ITB"(page 2-12).
ITB Unit
FM3-7196
"ITB"(page 2-12).
ITB Unit
FM3-7196
"ITB"(page 2-12).
Fixing Feed Unit

Fixing Feed Unit
Fixing Feed Unit
FM3-9575
FM3-9592
FM3-5253
UN63
UN64
UN65
Name
UN5
UN48
UN49
ITB Drive Roller Speed Detection PCB 1

ITB Relay PCB
Primary Transfer High Voltage Contact
Resistance (Y)
Resistance (M)
Resistance (C)
Resistance (Bk)
Fixing Feed Driver PCB
Secondary Transfer High Voltage PCB
Post-secondary Transfer Static Elimination
High Voltage PCB
T-6-23
6-44
Vertical Control Panel Unit
CPU PCB
Ten-Key PCB
Tally Lamp PCB

USB-HUB PCB
Inverter PCB
Volume PCB
Sub-Key PCB
UN26
F-6-24
UN109
Flat Control Panel Unit
UN114
UN110
UN112
UN111
UN113
6-45
No.
Name
UN26
UN109
UN110
UN111
UN112
UN113
UN114
Multi-purpose Tray Paper Width Detection PCB

Hub PCB
Ten Key PCB
CPU PCB
Sub Key PCB
Volume PCB
Inverter PCB
Main Unit
Control Panel Unit
Control Panel Unit
Control Panel Unit
Control Panel Unit
Control Panel Unit
Control Panel Unit
Service Parts No.

FH7-7600
FM4-1199
FM4-1194
FM4-1193
FM4-1195
FM4-1183
FM4-1196
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
T-6-24
6-46
UN29
UN6
UN58
UN55
UN57
UN51
UN56
UN39
UN42
UN46
UN41
UN61
UN54
UN43
UN47
UN44
UN45
UN52
UN60
UN53
UN4
UN37
UN50
F-6-25
UN40
UN59
UN33
UN34
UN30
UN80
UN38
UN8,9,10
UN11,12
UN7
UN31,32
UN36
UN35
6-47
No.
Name
UN6
UN29
UN43
UN44
UN45
UN46
UN47
UN51
UN52
UN53
UN54
UN55
UN56
UN57
UN58
UN4
UN7
UN8
UN9
UN10
UN11
UN12
UN30
UN31
UN32
UN33
UN34
UN35
UN36
UN37
UN38
UN50
UN80
UN39
UN40
UN41
UN42
UN59
UN60
UN61
Drum ITB Driver PCB

Potential Control PCB
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (Bk)
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (Y)
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (M)
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (C)
Primary Transfer Sub PCB
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB (Bk)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB (Y)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB (M)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB (C)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage Contact Resistance (Bk)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage Contact Resistance (Y)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage Contact Resistance (M)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage Contact Resistance (C)
Pickup Feed Driver PCB
Relay PCB
AC Driver PCB
AC Driver PCB
AC Driver PCB
Drum Heater Driver PCB
IH Power Supply PCB
All-night Power Supply PCB
All-night Power Supply PCB
DC Power Supply PCB (12V)
DC Power Supply PCB (24VA)
Fixing Power Supply Relay PCB
Primary Charging High Voltage PCB (Bk)
Primary Charging High Voltage PCB (Color)
Pre-primary Transfer Charging High Voltage PCB (Bk)
ECO-ID PCB
Developing High Voltage PCB (Bk)
Developing High Voltage PCB (Y)
Developing High Voltage PCB (M)
Developing High Voltage PCB (C)
Primary Charging High Voltage Contact Resistance (Y)
Primary Charging High Voltage Contact Resistance (M)
Primary Charging High Voltage Contact Resistance (C)
Main Unit
Service Parts No.

FM3-9576
FM3-9569
FM3-9590
FK2-7254
FK2-7254
FK2-7254
FM3-9591
FM2-7195
FM2-7195
FM2-7195
FM2-7195
FM3-9593
FM3-9593
FM3-9593
FM3-9593
FM3-9574
FM3-9578
FM3-9579
FM3-9596
FM3-9580
FM3-9581
FM3-9582
FK3-9584
FK2-6324
FK2-6325
FK2-6319
FK2-6447
FK2-6447
FM3-9586
FM3-9587
FM3-9588
FM2-5254
FM4-0784
FM3-9589
FM3-9589
FM3-9589
FM3-9589
FM3-7196
FM3-7196
FM3-7196
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
T-6-25
6-48
UN100
UN83
UN115
F-6-26
UN2
UN99
UN116
UN1
UN3
6-49
No.
UN1
UN2
UN3
UN83
UN100
UN115
Name
DC Controller PCB
DC Controller Interface PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Riser PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Main Unit
Service Parts No.
FM3-9570
FM3-9571
FM3-9573
FM4-0779
FM3-9572
FM4-0743
UN115 Main Controller PCB 1
FM4-0744
FM4-0745
FM4-0746
FM4-0754
FM4-0755

UN99 Laser Power Supply Relay PCB
FM4-0751
FM3-9599
Adjustment during
parts replacement
Reference
"DC Controller PCB"(page 2-4).

"Riser PCB"(page 2-6).
"Main Controller PCB 1"(page 2-2). C9075,C9070
"Removing the Main Controller PCB 1"(page 4-3).
"Main Controller PCB 1"(page 2-2). C7065i,C7065 AU
"Main Controller PCB 1"(page 2-2). C7065 JP,US
"Main Controller PCB 1"(page 2-2). C7055i,C7055
"Main Controller PCB 1"(page 2-2). C9065 US,LTN,SG,HK,AU, C9060
"Main Controller PCB 1"(page 2-2). C9065 JP
"Main Controller PCB 2"(page 2-3). "Removing the Main Controller PCB 2"(page 4-6).
T-6-26
6-50
No.
Name
UN18 Drum Speed Detection

PCB (Bk) 1
PCB (Bk) 2
PCB (Y) 1
PCB (Y) 2
PCB (M) 1
PCB (M )2
PCB (C) 1
PCB (C) 2
Main Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Developing Drum
Drive Unit
Service Adjustment during

Parts No. parts replacement
Reference
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
FM3-9577
T-6-27
F-6-27
UN18
UN19
UN25
UN24
UN23
Bk
Drum Drive Unit
UN22
UN21
UN20
Color
Drum Drive Unit
6-51
Connector List
37
46
21
45
30
30
34
29
23
31
32
33
F-6-28
41
44
43
42
26
25
38 27
22
19
17
20
1
39
47
24
14
13
11
18
16
15
10
9
8
12
7
4
40
28
35, 36
6-52
5
3
KeyNo. Symbol
J No.
Parts Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
12
12
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
J1201
J1210
J1211
J1212
J1213
J1214
J1215
J1220
J1220
J1220
J1223
J1225
J1225
J1225
J1225
J1225
J1225
J1226
J1226
J1227
J1227

13
14
15
16
16
16
17
18
19
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
J1230
J1231
J1232
J1233
J1233
J1233
J1234
J1235
J1236

Intermediate Connector
KeyNo.
20
21
J8034
J8034
J8034
J8005
J8170
J8170
J8170
J8170
J8170
J8170
J8018
J8018
J8036
J8036
J8001
J8001
J8001
J8001
J8001
J8001
J8243
J8243
J8039
J8003
J8003
J8003
J8003
Symbol
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
UN1
UN6
UN3
UN5
UN4
M20
M22
M24
UN30
UN27
THM1
PS77
PS76
THM4
THM3
UN11
UN12
M18
M30
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
J3010
J3020
J3040K
J3040Y
J3040M
J3040C
J3062
J3063
J3544
UN37
UN38
UN39
UN40
UN41
UN42
UN47
UN47
UN50
J8223
J8240
J8023
J No.
J100
J1901
J1310
J1550
J1401
J7535
J7536
J7537
J502
J592
J7404
J7227
J7226
J7407
J7406
J2202
J2202
J7538
J7539
Parts Name
REMARKS
DC Controller PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Deck Driver
Multi Deck
Hopper Driver PCB
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (Y)
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (M)
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (C)
IH Power Supply PCB
Fixing Main Thermistor
Drum Heater Driver PCB (100V)
Developing Sleeve Drive Motor (Bk)
Drum Cleaning and Waste Toner Feed Drive
Motor
Primary Charging High Voltage PCB (Bk)
Developing High Voltage PCB (M)
Pre-primary Transfer Charging High Voltage PCB
(Bk)
6
T-6-28
6-53
51
28
27 29
30
32
25
26
31
34
33
23
42
22
35
49
45
20
48
18
41
40
39 17
21
38
19
50
37
24
43
F-6-29
36
52
46
7 8
13 3
14
16
12
4
6
15
47
44
6-54
10
11
KeyNo. Symbol
J No.
Parts Name
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
6
6
6
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
11
12
13
14
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN5
UN5
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
UN2
J1240
J1240
J1240
J1240
J1240
J1240
J1240
J1241
J1242
J1242
J1242
J1242
J1242
J1242
J1242
J1243
J1243
J1243
J1243
J1243
J1244
J1246
J1246
J1246
J1246
J1247
J1249
J1248
J1248
J1250
J1251
J1251
J1260
J1261
J1262

J8085
J8085
J8085
J8085
J8086
J8086
J8086
J8024
J8035
J8035
J8035
J8035
J8035
J8035
J8035
J8017
J8017
J8017
J8017
J8165
J8038
J8038
J8038
J8038
J8010
J8010
J8000
14
UN2
J1262
14
15
16
UN2
UN2
UN2
J1262
J1263
J1264

J8087
J8087
J8088
J8088
J8089
J8089
J8117
KeyNo. J No.
J7130
J8028
J7131
J8029
J7132
J8030
J8015
Symbol
J8149
J8093
45
46
47
48
J7547
J7133
J7548
J7134
J7549
J7135
J7146
J1551
J7408
J7409
J7410
J7411
J7412
J7140
J7142
J7109
J7032
J7147
J7148
J3530
J8057
J7152
J7158
J7156
J7157
J2700
J2700
J7108
J9007
J7116
J5501
J7010
J7533
LED2
TS2
LED3
TS3
LED4
TS4
TS1
UN5
PS19
PS19
PS20
PS20
PS21
SL1
LED1
FM2
PS79
M1
M2
UN29
SW7
M29
M26
M28
M27
UN28
UN28
ENV1
FM18
UN100
TS9
UN14
J8093
49
J7534
UN15
50
51
52
J8094
J9006
J5502
PS80
SW9
UN100
J7408
J7410
J8133
J8009
J8009

J8031
J8031
J8031
J8031
J8050
J8050
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
42
43
44
J8227
J8176 J7515
Parts Name
REMARKS
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (Y)

Toner Density Sensor (Y)
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (M)
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (C)
Toner Density Sensor (C)
Patch Sensor
Registration Patch Shutter Solenoid
Cleaning Pre-exposure LED (Bk)
Primary Charging Suction Fan
Primary Charging Wire Cleaning Motor
Pre-transfer Charging Wire Cleaning Motor
Developing Stirring Motor (Bk)
Developing Stirring Motor (Y)
Developing Stirring Motor (M)
Developing Stirring Motor (C)
ITB Relay PCB
ITB Relay PCB
Environment Sensor
To Finisher
To Paper Deck
Hopper Cooling Fan
Laser Interface PCB
PCB (Y/M)
PCB (C/Bk)
Front Cover Sensor
Key Switch
Laser Interface PCB
T-6-29
6-55
16
23
40
41
15
44
43
18
21
19
42
24
14
33
29
28
46
26
45
31
34
17
47
22
20
27
25
32
35
30
36
39
10
11
12
38
37
13
F-6-30
6
8
1
6-56
KeyNo. Symbol
1
2
3
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
UN1
UN1
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
UN3
J No.
J102
J1290
J1320
J1320
J1320
J1330
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1340
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1350
J1360
J1360
J1360
J1360
J1360
J1370
J1370
J1370
J1370
J1370
J1390
J1390
J1390
Parts Name
DC Controller PCB
DC Controller PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
Hopper Driver PCB
J9002
J9005
J7159

J8040
J8040
J8040
J8040
J8040
J8095
J8106
J8106
J8106
J8106
J8106
J8107
J8107
J8107
J8107
J8107
J8108
J8108
J8108
J8108
J8108
J8115
J8115
J8115
J8115
J8115
J8041
J8041
KeyNo. J No.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
J7160
J7149
J7112
J7520
J7103
J7136
J7139
J7417
J7521
J7111
J7121
J7123
J7418
J7100
J7522
J7124
J7126
J7419
J7101
J7523
J7127
J7129
J7420
J7102
J7524
J7137
J7138
J7122
J7125
J7128
J7107
J7154
J7104
J7105
J7106
J7150
J7151
J7153
Symbol
FM1
FM4
FM5
FM6
M6
TS5
PS8
PS9
M8
FM3
TS6
PS11
PS12
M9
M11
TS7
PS14
PS15
M12
M14
TS8
PS17
PS18
M15
M17
PS6
PS7
PS10
PS13
PS16
M7
PS84
M10
M13
M16
PS83
PS82
PS81
Parts Name
REMARKS
To RS232C I/F
Developing and Pre-transfer Charging Fan
Color Cleaning Fan
Fixing Heat Fan
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (Bk)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (Bk)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (Bk)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (Bk)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (Y)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (Y)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (Y)
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (Y)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (M)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (M)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (M)
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (M)
Hopper Toner Level Sensor (C)
Toner Container Reciprocation HP Sensor (C)
Toner Feed Screw Rotation Sensor (C)
Hopper and Stirring Supply Motor (C)
Toner Container Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (Bk)
Toner Container Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (Y)
Toner Container Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (M)
Toner Container Insertion Inlet Cover Sensor (C)
Toner Container Drive Motor (Bk)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (Bk)
Toner Container Drive Motor (Y)
Toner Container Drive Motor (M)
Toner Container Drive Motor (C)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (C)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (M)
Toner Container Phase Sensor (Y)
T-6-30
6-57
34 36
32
30
24
29
25
35 15
13
10
23
20
31
37
14
28
22
11
21
26
33
16
40
19
17
27
18
12
F-6-31
6
41
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
6-58
38
39
42
KeyNo. Symbol
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
J No.
J1402
J1402
J1402
J1402
J1402
J1402
J1402
J1402
J1403
J1403
J1404
J1404
J1404
J1404
J1404
J1404
J1405
J1405
J1405
J1406
J1406
J1406
J1406
J1407
J1407
J1407
J1407
J1407
J1407
J1408
J1408
J1409
J1409
J1409
Parts Name
J8060
J8060
J8060
J8060
J8060
J8060
J8060
J8060
J8055
J8055
J8043
J8043
J8043
J8141
J8141
J8141
J8061
J8061
J8090
J8144
J8144
J8146
J8146
J8063
J8063
J8063
J8063
J8063
J8063
J8105
J8105
KeyNo. J No.
J8113
J8113
J8113 J8114
J8113 J8114
J8075
J8068
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
J7024
J7025
J7026
J7028
J7023
J7029
J7161
J7541
J7020
J7022
J7021
J7040
J7041
J7019
J7038
J7039
J7037
J7031
J7027
J7033
J7034
J7035
J7036
J7065
J7060
J7061
J7062
J7063
J7064
J7006
J7007
J7003
J7005
J7004
Symbol
PS32
PS33
PS34
PS36
PS31
SL2
FM10
FM11
SW15
SW17
SW16
PS47
PS48
SW14
PS45
PS46
PS40
PS39
PS35
PS41
PS42
PS43
PS44
SL6
PS54
PS55
PS56
PS57
PS58
M44
M45
M31
M43
M42
Parts Name
REMARKS
Reverse Sensor
Patch Sensor
Delivery Heat Fan 1
Delivery Heat Fan 2
Cassette 4 Paper Level Sensor 1
Right Deck Paper Level Sensor 1
Right Deck Paper Level Sensor 2
Left Deck Paper Level Sensor 1
Left Deck Paper Level Sensor 2
Secondary Transfer Roller Detachment Motor
Right Deck Pickup Motor
Left Deck Pickup Motor
6
T-6-31
6-59
25
28
29
27
26
21
22
36
17
23
33
32
39
38
30
15
16
42
6
18
12
13
8
7
6
5
11
14
10
6-60
44
45
19
43
20
34
40
24
31
37
35
41
F-6-32
KeyNo. Symbol
1
1
2
3
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
UN4
J No.
J1410
J1410
J1411
J1412
J1412
J1412
J1413
J1414
J1414
J1414
J1414
J1414
J1414
J1415
J1415
J1415
J1415
J1416
J1417
J1417
J1417
J1417
J1417
J1417
J1418
J1418
J1418
J1418
J1418
J1418
J1419
J1419
J1419
J1419
J1420
Parts Name
KeyNo. J No.
J7525
J7526
J7527
J8062
J8062
J8062
J2633
J2633
J2633
J2633
J2633
J2633
J8059
J8059
J8059
J8059
J2635
J2635
J2635
J2635
J2635
J2635
J2636
J2636
J2636
J2636
J2636
J2636
J8104
J8104
J8104
J8104
J8110
J8110

J8244
J8244
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
J7525
J7526
J7527
J7030
J7000
J7002
J7001
J7059
J7054
J7055
J7056
J7057
J7058
J7015
J7017
J7016
J7018
J8116
J7047
J7042
J7043
J7044
J7045
J7046
J7053
J7048
J7049
J7050
J7051
J7052
J7542
J7543
J7545
J7546
-
Symbol
M40
M41
M39
SL3
M38
M37
M36
SL5
PS49
PS50
PS51
PS52
PS53
PS37
SL4
PS38
UN26
SW10
SL7
PS59
PS60
PS61
PS62
PS63
SL8
PS64
PS65
PS66
PS67
PS68
FM12
FM13
FM23
FM24
-
Parts Name
REMARKS

Reverse Upper Wheel Detachment Solenoid
Reverse Motor
Delivery Motor
Pre-registration Multi-purpose Tray Drive Motor
Right Deck Paper Height Sensor
Multi-purpose Tray Paper Sensor
Multi-purpose Tray Pickup Solenoid
Multi-purpose Tray Last Paper Sensor
Multi-purpose Tray Paper Width Detection PCB
Waste Toner Screw Lock Detection Switch
Delivery Heat Fan 3
Delivery Heat Fan 4
Anti-adhesion Fan 1
Anti-adhesion Fan 2
-
T-6-32
6-61
42
48
41
47
40
44
43
38
37
31
30
58
39
11
9
3
1
57
28
45
46
35
29
36
10
21
33
F-6-33
13
16
18
14
12
15
24
17
20
64
34
26
25
22
63
32
27
6-62
23
55
49
51
53
56
50
52
54
F-6-34
62
60
61
59
19
6-63
KeyNo. Symbol
J No.
Parts Name
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
9
10
10
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
J1500
J1503
J1503
J1503
J1503
J1503
J1504
J1504
J1505
J1507
J1507
J1507
J1507
J1507
J1507
J1508
J1508
J1508
J1508
J1509
J1509
J1510
J1511
J1511
J1511
J1512
J1512

J8098 J8023
J8037
J8037
J8037

J8091
J8092
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN5
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
J1514
J1514
J1514
J1514
J1910
J1910
J1910
J1910
J1910
J1910
J1911
J1911
J1912
J1912
J1920
J1920

Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
J8101
6-64
J8006 J8033
J8006
J8008
J8008
J8138
J8138
J8004
J8004 J8007
J8004
J8004
J8102
J8102
J8012
J8012
J8013
J8013
J8016
J8016
J8011 J8047
J8011 J8047
J8019
J8020
KeyNo. J No.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Symbol
40
41
42
43
44
J1816
J7201
J7230
J7235
J7200
J7205
J7202
J7203
J7217
J7219
J7223
J7224
J7225
J7206
J7229
J7204
J7218
J7220
J7221
J7214
J7215
J7211
J7213
J7212
J3062
J3540
UN7
M35
FM15
FM16
M32
M47
M33
M34
M48
PS70
PS73
PS74
PS75
M49
PS78
M46
PS69
PS71
PS72
PS22
PS23
PS28
PS30
PS29
UN48
UN49
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
J7207
J7208
J7209
J7210
J7312
J7313
J7314
J7315
J7316
J7317
J7310
J7311
J7318
J7319
J7300
J7302
PS24
PS25
PS26
PS27
UN24
UN25
UN22
UN23
UN20
UN21
UN18
UN19
UN16
UN17
M21
M23
Parts Name
Relay PCB
Pre-fixing Feed Motor
Pressure Belt Cooling Fan (Front)
Pressure Belt Cooling Fan (Rear)
Duplex Left Motor
Duplex Right Motor
Registration Motor
Fixing Motor
Fixing Inlet Sensor
Fixing Pressure Release Sensor
Fixing Wrap Sensor
Pressure Belt Displacement Control Motor
Secondary Transfer Roller Detachment HP Sensor
Registration Sensor
Transparency Sensor
Post-secondary Transfer Static Elimination High
Voltage PCB
Duplex Sensor 1
Duplex Sensor 2
Duplex Sensor 3
Duplex Sensor 4
Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 1
Drum Speed Detection PCB (C) 2
Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 1
Drum Speed Detection PCB (M) 2
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 1
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Y) 2
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 1
Drum Speed Detection PCB (Bk) 2
Drum Motor (Y)
Drum Motor (M)
REMARKS
KeyNo. Symbol
15
16
17
18
UN6
UN6
UN6
UN6
J No.
J1920
J1921
J1922
J1930
Parts Name
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
J8021
J8011 J8047
KeyNo. J No.
61
62
63
64
J7304
J7306
J7318
J7231
Symbol
M25
M19
M3
FM22
Parts Name
REMARKS
Drum Motor (C)

Drum Motor (Bk)
ITB Drive Motor
Hopper Cooling Suction Fan
T-6-33
6-65
22
23
24
49
29, 30, 31
F-6-35
25, 26
24
6
43
16
50
17
18
6-66
10
37
4
44
35
42
46
38
33
45
34
32
F-6-36
51
36
40
6
28
47
27
54
39
14
41
19
48
53
12
13
52
21
6
5
7
20
15
11
6-67
KeyNo. Symbol
J No.
Parts Name
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
10
11
11
11
12
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
J1801
J1802
J1803
J1804
J1804
J1805
J1806
J1807
J1807
J1807
J1808
J1808
J1808
J1808
J1811
J1812
J1813
J1813
J1813
J1814
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
J1814
J1814
J1814
J1815
J1815
J1815
J1816
J1816
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
J8207
15
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
21
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
UN7
J1817
J1817
J1818
J1819
J1820
J1821
J1822
J1830
J1830
J1830
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
Relay PCB
J8193
J8193
J8211
J8211
J8211
J8097 J8238
J8235
J8235
J8005
J8122 J8001 J8025
J8122 J8001 J8025
J8165
J8205
KeyNo. J No.
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
J8184 J7515
J8024 J8099
J8024 J8099
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
J8239 J7008
50
J8229
J8121
J8002
51
52
53
54
Symbol
J201
J202
J202
J691
J691
J1224
J1222
J811
J811
J811
J8237
J8236
J8236
J8056
J104
J501
J9003
J3545
UN33
UN34
UN35
UN31
UN32
UN2
UN2
UN8
UN9
UN10
SW5
SW1
SW2
SW3
UN83
UN30
TP2
J3041
J3021
J3060
J1300
J1900
J7612
J3541
UN40
UN38
UN47
UN3
UN6
M48
UN49
J5600
J1200
J1
J1400
J9001
J7529
J7401
J7400
UN99
UN2
UN36
UN4
-
SW11
UN50
FM14
FM8
FM9
Parts Name
REMARKS

All-night Power Supply PCB (100V)
AC Driver PCB (100V)
Delivery Door Switch
Front Door Switch 1
Front Door Switch 2
Multi-purpose Tray Unit Switch
Riser PCB
IH Power Supply PCB
Fixing Thermal Switch
Fuse PCB
Main Switch
Pre-primary Transfer Charging High Voltage PCB
(Bk)
To Paper Deck
Hopper Driver PCB
Drum ITB Driver PCB
Post-secondary Transfer Static Elimination High
Voltage PCB
Laser Power Supply Relay PCB
Fixing Power Supply Relay PCB
To Color Image Reader
USB Device Port
Power Supply Cooling Fan (38V)
Power Supply Fan 1
Power Supply Fan 2
T-6-34
6-68
16
24
23
15
17
F-6-37
6
7
20
12
11
5
6
4
25
10
14
3
21, 22
19 18
13
26
6-69
KeyNo. Symbol
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
12
13
14
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
1
2
2
6-70
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN8
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN9
UN10
UN10
UN10
J No.
J801
J803
J803
J804
J805
J805
J806
J808
J808
J809
J810
J810
J812
J812
J813
J813
J813
J814
J814
J815
J816
J820
J801
J803
J803
J804
J805
J805
J806
J808
J808
J809
J810
J810
J812
J812
J813
J813
J813
J814
J814
J801
J803
J803
Parts Name
J8083
J8083
J8124
J8126
J8079
J8109
J8127
J8118
J8118
J8241
J8241
J8129
J8129
J8129
J8234
J8234

J8084
J8084
J8119
KeyNo. J No.
15
16
17
J8081
J8233 J7008
18
J8187
J8187
J8123
J8120
J8190
J8191
J8192
J8189
J8189
J8001
J8001
J8228
J8050
J8050
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
J8083 J8084
J8083 J8084
J8124 J8119
15
16
J8126
J8079
J8109
J8127
J8118
J8118
J8241
J8241
J8129
J8129
J8129
J8234
J8234
17
J8081
J8233 J7008
18
J8187
J8187
J8123
J8120
J8190
J8191
J8192
J8189
J8189
J8083 J8084
J8083 J8084
J8001
J8001
J8228
J8050
J8050
19
20
21
22
23
24
15
16
J7
J601
J8130
J500
J503
J101
J102
J102
J8051
J8052
J2200
J681
J7
J601
J8130
J500
J503
J101
J102
J102
J8051
J8052
J7
J601
Symbol
ELB1
UN(D)
UN(E)
SW11
SW12
SW13
H6
UN30
TP1
H5
UN30
UN33
UN34
UN35
H2
H3
UN11
ELB2
UN31
ELB1
UN(D)
UN(E)
SW11
SW12
SW13
H6
UN30
TP1
H5
UN30
UN33
UN34
UN35
H2
H3
ELB1
UN(D)
UN(E)
Parts Name
Leakage Breaker 1
Modular PCB (1 line)
Modular PCB (2/3/4 line)
Main Switch
Environment Switch
Cassette Heater
To Deck Heater
IH Power Supply PCB
Pressure Heater
To finisher
IH Power Supply PCB
Drum Heater (Y)
Drum Heater (M)
Leakage Breaker 2
Leakage Breaker 1
Main Switch
Environment Switch
Cassette Heater
To Deck Heater
IH Power Supply PCB
Pressure Heater
To finisher
IH Power Supply PCB
Drum Heater (Y)
Drum Heater (M)
Leakage Breaker 1
REMARKS
KeyNo. Symbol
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
12
13
14
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
UN10
J No.
J804
J805
J805
J806
J808
J808
J809
J810
J810
J812
J812
J813
J813
J813
J814
J814
J815
J816
J820
Parts Name
KeyNo. J No.
J8124 J8119
J8126
J8079
J8109
J8127
J8118
J8118
J8241
J8241
J8129
J8129
J8129
J8234
J8234
17
J8081
J8233 J7008
18
J8187
J8187
J8123
J8120
J8190
J8191
J8192
J8189
J8189
J8001
J8001
J8228
19
20
21
22
J8050 J8051
J8050 J8052
23
24
J8130
J500
J503
J101
J102
J102
J2200
J681
Symbol
SW11
SW12
SW13
H6
UN30
TP1
H5
UN30
UN33
UN34
UN35
H2
H3
UN12
ELB1
UN32
Parts Name
REMARKS
Main Switch
Environment Switch
Cassette Heater
To Deck Heater
IH Power Supply PCB
Pressure Heater
To finisher
IH Power Supply PCB
Drum Heater (Y)
Drum Heater (M)
Leakage Breaker 1
T-6-35
6-71
16
22
23
6 20 19
21
17
5
18
F-6-38
6
24
12
25
11
13
10
14
15
26
6-72
KeyNo. Symbol
J No.
1
2
2
1
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
UN11
UN11
UN11
UN12
UN12
UN12
UN27
UN28
UN28
UN28
UN28
UN28
UN28
UN28
UN29
UN30
UN30
UN30
UN37
J2201
J2202
J2202
J2201
J2202
J2202
J591
J2701
J2701
J2701
J2701
J2702
J2703
J2704
J3531
J510
J510
J521
J3011
12
UN37
J3012
13
UN38
J3022
14
UN38
J3023
15
UN38
J3024
Parts Name
ITB Relay PCB
ITB Relay PCB
ITB Relay PCB
ITB Relay PCB
ITB Relay PCB
ITB Relay PCB
ITB Relay PCB
IH Power Supply PCB
IH Power Supply PCB
IH Power Supply PCB
Primary Charging High Voltage PCB
(Bk)
(Bk)
(Color)
(Color)
(Color)
J8111
J8018
J8018
J8111
J8018
J8018
J7114
J8044
J8045
J8046
KeyNo. J No.
J8058
J8058
16
17
J8058
J8058

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
J8026
J8027
25
26
Symbol
J8032
J7519
J8032
J7519
J7114
J7414
J7416
J7113
J7415
J7528
J8073
J7403
J3021
H1
THM6
THM5
H1
THM6
THM5
THM2
M5
M4
PS3
PS4
PS2
PS5
UN59
UN60
UN61
H4
H4
FM7
UN38
Parts Name
REMARKS
Drum Heater (Bk)

Drum Thermistor
Drum Thermopile
Drum Heater (Bk)
Drum Thermistor
Drum Thermopile
Pressure Main Thermistor
Primary Transfer Roller Detachment Motor
Steering Drive Motor
Steering Drive HP Sensor
Primary Transfer Roller Detachment HP Sensor
ITB HP Sensor
Potential Sensor
IH Coil
IH Coil
IH Power Supply Fan
Primary Charging High Voltage Contact

Resistance (Y)
Resistance (M)
Resistance (C)
T-6-36
6-73
25
39
11
10
37
33
63
28
36
38
7
40
67
32
29
26
14
12
31
13
68
65
66
27
30
69
64
41
F-6-39
35
18
17
20
61
22
24
62
6-74
57
45
56
59
52
19
58
48
6
2
23
15
42
43
60
34
4
21
49
53
44
16
46
47
51
50
55
54
KeyNo. Symbol
J No.
Parts Name
UN39
UN40
UN41
UN41
UN41
UN42
UN42
UN43
8
9
10
11
11
12
12
UN44
UN45
UN46
UN47
UN47
UN47
UN47
UN48
J3042K Developing Assembly Inner

Temperature Detection PCB (Bk)
J3042Y Developing Assembly Inner
Temperature Detection PCB (Y)
J3041M Developing Assembly Inner
Temperature Detection PCB (M)
J3041C Developing Assembly Inner
Temperature Detection PCB (C)
J3042C Developing Assembly Inner
Temperature Detection PCB (C)
J3221 Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB
(Bk)
J3571Y Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (Y)
J3571M Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (M)
J3571C Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (C)
J3064 Primary Transfer Sub PCB
13
UN49
J3541
14
UN49
J3542
15
UN50
J3547
16
UN50
J3548
UN55
UN56
UN57
UN58
UN62
UN63
KeyNo. J No.
34
J3041Y UN40
J3041C UN42
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage Contact

Resistance (M)
J8136
35
J8137
UN55
UN56
Parts Name
Resistance (Bk)
Resistance (Y)
J8135
UN57
J3041K UN39
-
UN58
36
J3061
UN47
36
36
36
37
38
39
40
J3061
J3061
J3061
J3570Y
J3570M
J3570C
J3220
-
UN47
UN47
UN47
UN44
UN45
UN46
UN43
UN66
41
J3061
UN48
UN67
Secondary Transfer Static Elimination High

Voltage Contact Resistance
Post-charging transformer
UN51
UN52
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB

(Bk)
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB (Y)
UN53
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB (M)
UN54
Developing Toner Collection High Voltage PCB (C)
J8042
Post-secondary Transfer Static

Elimination High Voltage PCB
Post-secondary Transfer Static
J8042
Elimination High Voltage PCB
Pre-primary Transfer Charging High
Voltage PCB (Bk)
Pre-primary Transfer Charging High
J8217
Voltage PCB (Bk)
Developing Toner Collection High
J8134
Voltage Contact Resistance (Bk)
Voltage Contact Resistance (Y)
Voltage Contact Resistance (M)
Voltage Contact Resistance (C)
Resistance (Y)
Resistance (M)
Symbol
REMARKS

Resistance (C)
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (Y)
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (M)
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (C)
Primary Transfer High Voltage PCB (Bk)
Secondary Transfer High Voltage Contact
Resistance
6-75
KeyNo. Symbol
17
18
19
20
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
25
26
27
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
J No.
UN64
UN65
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN100
UN99
UN111
UN111
UN111
UN111
UN111
UN111
UN111
UN111
UN112
J5505
J5506
J5507
J5508
J5509
J5509
J5509
J5509
J5510
J5510
J5510
J5510
J5511
J5511
J5511
J5511
J5512
J5512
J5512
J5601
J1002
J1003
J1003
J1005
J1006
J1007
J1008
J1009
J4002
Parts Name
Resistance (C)
Resistance (Bk)
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Interface PCB
Laser Power Supply Relay PCB
CPU PCB
CPU PCB
CPU PCB
CPU PCB
CPU PCB
CPU PCB
CPU PCB
CPU PCB
Sub Key PCB
J8074 J8070
J8074 J8070
J8074 J8070
J8074 J8076
J8074 J8076
J8074 J8076
J8069 J8064
J8069 J8064
J8069 J8064
J8069 J8066
J8069 J8066
J8082 J8103 J8121
KeyNo. J No.
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
Symbol
Parts Name
J5100Y
J5100M
J5100C
J5100K
J7530Y
J7531Y
J7532Y
J5101Y
J7530M
J7531M
J7532M
J5101M
J7530C
J7531C
J7532C
J5101C
J7530K
J7532K
J5101K
J5500
J1822
J4001
J6001
J2002
J1
J3002
J3001
J5001
UN101
UN103
UN105
UN107
UN102
M84
M80
UN101
UN104
M85
M81
UN103
UN106
M86
M82
UN105
UN108
M83
UN107
UN100
UN7
UN112
UN114
UN109
UN110
UN110
UN113
Laser Driver PCB (Y)

Laser Driver PCB (M)
Laser Driver PCB (C)
Laser Driver PCB (Bk)
BD PCB (Y)
Skew Correction Motor (Y)
Laser Scanner Motor (Y)
Laser Driver PCB (Y)
BD PCB (M)
Skew Correction Motor (M)
Laser Scanner Motor (M)
Laser Driver PCB (M)
BD PCB (C)
Skew Correction Motor (C)
Laser Scanner Motor (C)
Laser Driver PCB (C)
BD PCB (Bk)
Laser Scanner Motor (Bk)
Laser Driver PCB (Bk)
Laser Interface PCB
Relay PCB
Sub Key PCB
Inverter PCB
Transparent touch panel
Hub PCB
LCD
Ten Key PCB
Ten Key PCB
Volume PCB
REMARKS
T-6-37
6-76
1
2
5
7
9
10
11
14
15
19 17
18
20
16
23
3 6
26
29
25
32
22
21
12
13
27
31
28
30
33
24
F-6-40
6
34
35
6-77
KeyNo. Symbol
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
27
28
28
29
30
31
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN115
UN83
UN83
UN83
UN83
UN83
UN83
UN83
UN83
UN83
UN83
J No.
J1002
J1002
J1003
J1004
J1006
J1007
J1010
J1012
J1013
J1015
J1017
J1018
J1019
J1020
J1021
J1022
J1025
J1026
J1027
J1028
J1029
J1030
J1031
J2032
J101
J102
J104
J105
J105
J107
J107
J108
J110
J111
Parts Name
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
Riser PCB
KeyNo. J No.
32
33
34
35
J80
J1013
J14
J7544
J7115
-
Symbol
FM19
UN83
UN116
UN1
FM20
FM21
-
Parts Name
REMARKS
Voice Operation Kit-C1

Voice Guidance Kit-F1
CPU PCB
DDR2-SDRAM (P)
USB Device Port-A1
Wireless LAN Board-B1
Riser PCB
Flash PCB
USB IF (Host)
TPM PCB
Expansion Bus-F1
CC-VI I/F CABLE
Copy Card Reader Attachment-A1
DDR2-SDRAM (P)
DC Controller PCB
Standard HDD
Removable HDD
Standard HDD
Removable HDD
HDD Cooling Fan
T-6-38
6-78
20
32
36
26
22,35
34
31
21
23
33
27
24
19
25
16
28,30
17,18
29
14
2
F-6-41
1, 3
13
15
10
12
4
11
9
6
8
6-79
KeyNo. Symbol
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
14
15
16
17
18
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
UN116
VR1
IL1
J No.
J11
J12
J13
J15
J16
J17
J18
J20
J21
J22
J23
J24
J1000
J1010
J1010
J3003
J4
J604
J504
J504
J104
J105
J107
J109
J205
J208
-
Parts Name
Main controller PCB 2
Modular PCB (2 to 4 lines)
FAX PCB (1 line)
FAX PCB (1 line)
FAX PCB (1 line)
FAX PCB (1 line)
FAX Control PCB (2 lines)
ITB Unit Varistor
Expansion Bus-F1
Expansion Bus-F1
USB Device Port-A1
USB Device Port-A1
Inlet
KeyNo. J No.
25
26
27
J8132 J8142
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
J403
J8
J103
J204
J802
J804
J303
J301
J2121
J302
J109
J106
-
Symbol
SP1
-
Parts Name
REMARKS
DDR2-SDRAM (M1)
DDR2-SDRAM (P)
DDR2-SDRAM (M0)
USB(D)
FAX PCB (1 line)
Image data analyzer PCB-A1
Bypass PCB
Open I/F PCB
Reader Controller PCB
FAX PCB (1 line)
HANDSET-G2
FAX Control PCB (3/4 lines)
Pseudo CI PCB/Off-hook Power Supply PCB
Speaker
FAX PCB (1 line)
FAX PCB (1 line)
High Voltage Contact
IPSec Board-B2
Copy Card Reader-A1
Multimedia Reader/Writer-A1
Mobile Connect Kit-A1
T-6-39
6-80
Product Overview
Specifications
lineups
Product
Configuration
Basic
Specifications
Specifications of main unit
Installation method of main unit
Photoreceptor
Black
Color
Exposure method
Charging method Black
Color
Developing method
Transfer method
Separation method
Pickup method:
Right/left deck
Upper/lower
cassette
Manual feed tray
Drum cleaning
Black
method
Color
ITB cleaning method
Fixing method
Toner type
Toner supplying method
Toner level detecting function
Lead-edge image margin
Left/right image margin
Warm-up time
First copy time
Black
7
Color
Image gradation
7-2
Console type
84mm (O/D) OPC drum
30.6mm (O/D) OPC drum
Laser exposure method
Corona + grid charging method
AC roller charging method
Dry, 2-component method
Intermediate belt transfer method (primary transfer,
secondary transfer: transfer roller method)
Curvature separation method + static eliminator
Separation retard method
Separation retard method
Simplified retard method
Cleaning blade + brush roller
Cleaning blade
Cleaning blade
twin belt fixing
Non-magnetic negative toner
Set-on
Available
4.0 mm +1.5/-1.0 mm
2.5 mm
imageRUNNER ADV-C9075 PRO/9070 PRO: 6 min
imageRUNNER ADV-C9065 PRO/9060 PRO/7065/7055: 5
min
JAPAN
imageRUNNER ADV-C9075 PRO: 4.4 sec
imageRUNNER ADV-C9065 PRO/7065/7055: 4.9 sec or
less
Other
imageRUNNER ADV-C9075 PRO/9070 PRO/9065 PRO: 4.4
sec
imageRUNNER ADV-C9060 PRO/7065/7055: 4.9 sec
JAPAN
imageRUNNER ADV-C9075 PRO: 6.0 sec
Other
imageRUNNER ADV-C9075 PRO/9070 PRO/9065 PRO: 6.0
sec
256 gradation
Print resolution
Maximum image guarantee area
Maximum printable 1-sided
area
2-sided
Paper size
Pickup capacity:
Right/left deck
Max. 1200 dpi X 1200 dpi

313 X 466.6mm
323 x 476.6mm
313 x 476.6mm
A5R to 13X 19.2 (330.2 X 487.7 mm)
1100 sheets (80g/m2)
1250 sheets (64 g/m2)
Upper/lower
550 sheets (80g/m2)
cassette
680 sheets (64 g/m2)
Manual feed tray 100 sheets (80g/m2)
Duplexing method
Through pass
Memory capacity
For Main Controller 1:
Max. 1GB (standard: 512MB Option: 512MB)
For Main Controller 2:
Max. 1.5GB (standard: 1GB Option: 512MB)
HDD capacity
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075 (JPN): 1TB
Others: 80GB
Temperature range in use environment See Chapter 9, "Checking the installation environment."
Humidity range in use environment
See Chapter 9, "Checking the installation environment."
Atmospheric pressure range in use
810.6 to 1013.3 hpa (0.8 to 1.0 of atmospheric pressure)
environment
Operational noise
72 db or less
Rated power supply
See "Power supply specifications."
Maximum energy consumption
imageRUNNER ADV-C9075 PRO/9070 PRO/9060 PRO:
2.5kW or less
imageRUNNER ADV-C9065 PRO/7065/7055: 2kW or less
Dimension
See Chapter 9, "Checking Installation Space."
Mass
Approx. 220 kg
T-7-1
Productivity (print speed)

Size
Mode
ImageRUNNER ADVANCE
Paper basis
C9075 PRO/C9070 PRO C9060 PRO/C9065 PRO
Paper type
weight
Cassette Manual feed Cassette Manual feed
(g/m2)
Color BW Color BW Color BW Color BW
A4 / 1-sided Plain paper

LTR
Thick paper
2-sided Plain paper
Thick paper
LDR
Thick paper
52-105
106-220
221-300
52-105
106-220
221-300
52-105
70.0
35.0
23.3
70.0
35.0
35.0
75.0
37.5
25.0
75.0
37.5
37.5
106-220
17.5
18.7
221-300
11.6
12.5
2-sided Plain paper
52-105
35.0
37.5
Thick paper
106-220
17.5
18.7
221-300
40.2
20.1
13.4
35.9
17.9
20.7(A3) /
20.1(LDR)
10.3(A3) /
10.0(LDR)
6.9(A3) /
6.7(LDR)
18.4(A3) /
17.9(LDR)
9.2(A3)
/8.9(LDR)
-
65.0
32.5
21.7
65.0
32.5
32.5
65.0
32.5
21.7
65.0
32.5
32.5
16.2
16.2
10.8
10.8
32.5
32.5
16.2
16.2
36.6
18.3
12.2
31.5
15.7
18.8(A3) /
18.3(LDR)
9.4(A3) /
9.1(LDR)
6.2(A3) /
6.1(LDR)
16.2(A3) /
15.7(LDR)
8.1(A3) /
7.8(LDR)
-
Size
Mode
Paper basis
Paper type
weight
(g/m2)

LTR
Thick paper
2-sided Plain paper
Thick paper
LDR
Thick paper
2-sided Plain paper
T-7-2
Thick paper
ImageRUNNER ADVANCE
C7065
C7055
Cassette Manual feed Cassette Manual feed
Color BW Color BW Color BW Color BW
52-90
90-105
106-220
221-300
52-90
90-105
106-220
221-300
52-90
60.0
55.0
30.0
20.0
60.0
55.0
30.0
30.0
65.0
60.0
32.5
21.7
65.0
60.0
32.5
32.5
90-105
27.5
30.0
106-220
15.0
16.3
221-300
10.0
10.8
52-90
30.0
32.5
90-105
27.5
30.0
106-220
15.0
16.3
221-300
36.6
36.6
18.3
12.2
31.5
31.5
15.7
18.8(A3)/
18.3(LDR)
18.8(A3)/
18.3(LDR)
9.4(A3) /
9.1(LDR)
6.2(A3) /
6.1(LDR)
16.2(A3)/
15.7(LDR)
16.2(A3)/
15.7(LDR)
8.1(A3) /
7.8(LDR)
-
55.0
55.0
36.6
27.5
18.3
27.5
18.3
18.3
12.2
55.0
55.0
31.5
27.5
-
27.5
-
15.7
-
27.5
27.5
18.8(A3) /
18.3(LDR)
13.7
13.7
9.1
9.1
27.5
27.5
13.7
13.7
9.4(A3) /
9.1(LDR)
6.2(A3) /
6.1(LDR)
16.2(A3) /
15.7(LDR)
8.1(A3) /
7.8(LDR)
T-7-3
7-3
Paper type
Pickup
139.7 to 330.2
7-4
Independent Insertion Unit
297.1 to 330.2
A4, B5, LTR

A3, B4, A4R, 11x17, LGL,
LTRR, SRA3, 12x18,
13x19
B5R, EXEC
A5R, STMTR
OFFICIO, E- OFFICIO, BOFFICIO, M- OFFICIO, AOFFICIO, A-LTR, A-LTRR,
G-LTRR, GLTR, GLGL,
AFLS, FLS, K8, K16,
Irregular size 1-1 to 4-4
16K
F4A
Irregular size 5
EXEC-R
Thick paper (221 to A3, B4, A4R, A4, B5,
256, 257 to 300)
11x17, LGL, LTR, LTRR,
Embossed paper
SRA3, 12x18, 13x19
(221 to 256)
B5R, EXEC
1-side coated paper A5R, STMTR
(106 to 150, 151 to
OFFICIO, E-OFFICIO,
220, 221 to 256, 257 B-OFFICIO, M-OFFICIO,
to 300)
A-OFFICIO, A-LTR,
2-side coated paper A-LTRR, GLTR-R, GLTR,
(106 to 150, 151 to
GLGL, AFLS, FLS, K8,
220, 221 to 256, 257 K16, Irregular size 1-1 to
to 300)
4-4
K16R
F4A, , Irregular size5
EXEC-R
Transparency
A4, LTR
Insertion Unit
210.1 to 297.0
Thin paper (52 to 63)

Plain paper (64 to 90,
91 to 105)
Recycled paper (64
to 90, 91 to 105)
Color paper (64 to
90)
Thick paper (106 to
150, 151 to 220)
Embossed paper
(106 to 150, 151 to
220)
Multi Deck
182.0 to 210.0
T-7-4
Size
Paper Deck
Paper type
(g/m2)
POD Deck Light
139.7 to 181.9
Cassette 4 of main unit
Width direction (mm)
182.0 to 209.9
210.0 to 279.2
279.3 to 432.0
432.1 to 487.7
182.0 to 209.9
210.0 to 279.2
279.3 to 432.0
432.1 to 487.7
182.0 to 209.9
210.0 to 279.2
279.3 to 432.0
432.1 to 487.7
182.0 to 209.9
210.0 to 279.2
279.3 to 432.0
432.1 to 487.7
487.8 to 630.0
Feeding direction (mm)
Left deck of main unit
Type
Irregular size 1-1
Irregular size 1-2
Irregular size 1-3
Irregular size 1-4
Irregular size 2-1
Irregular size 2-2
Irregular size 2-3
Irregular size 2-4
Irregular size 3-1
Irregular size 3-2
Irregular size 3-3
Irregular size 3-4
Irregular size 4-1
Irregular size 4-2
Irregular size 4-3
Irregular size 4-4
Irregular size 5
Right deck of main unit
For irregular-sized paper, refer to the table below.
Manual feed tray of main unit
Usable paper types are shown on the next page and later.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes No No Yes Yes
No Yes Yes Yes
Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes

Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No
Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes No No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes

Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes
Yes No No No No No No Yes No No
Yes No No No No No No Yes No Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Insertion Unit
Multi Deck
Paper Deck
POD Deck Light
Envelope
Size
Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No
Paper type
(g/m2)
Insertion Unit
Multi Deck
Paper Deck
POD Deck Light
A3, B4, A4R, A4, B5,

11x17, LGL, LTR, LTRR,
SRA3, 12x18, 13x19
B5R, A5R, STMTR, EXEC,
OFFICIO, E-OFFICIO,
B-OFFICIO, M-OFFICIO,
A-OFFICIO, A-LTR,
A-LTRR, GLTR-R, GLTR,
GLGL, AFLS, FLS, K8,
K16, Irregular size 1-1 to
4-4
K16R
F4A
Irregular size5
EXEC-R
Bond paper (64 to
A3, B4, A4R, B5R, 11x17,
90, 91 to 105)
LGL, LTRR, SRA3, 12x18,
13x19
A4, B5, LTR
B5R, EXEC, OFFICIO,
E-OFFICIO, B-OFFICIO,
M-OFFICIO, A-OFFICIO,
A-LTR, A-LTRR, GLTR-R,
GLTR, GLGL, AFLS, FLS,
K8, K16, Irregular size 1-1
to 4-4
A5R, STMTR
K16R
F4A,
Irregular size5
EXEC-R
Tab paper (151 to 220) A4, LTR
Punch paper (64 to 90) A4, LTR
Postcard
Postcard, double (2-pane)
postcard, 4-pane postcard
Label paper (151 to

180)
Size
Paper type
(g/m2)
COM10, Monarch, ISO-C5,

ISO-B5, DL, K2 , N3, Y0, Yes No No No No No No No No No
Irregular size 1-1 to 4-4
T-7-5
Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes No No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes

Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes
Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes No No No No No No No No No
7-5
Product lineups
Pickup/delivery options
Applicable options for each model
Main unit
Connectable pickup/delivery options differ according to the model
Connecting configuration
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9065 PRO
POD Deck Lite-A1
or
Paper Deck
Unit-A1
or
Booklet Finisher-B1
/Staple Finisher-B1
Paper Folding
Unit-G1
Document Insertion Buffer Pass Unit-F1

Unit-H1
Professional Puncher-C1
+ Professional Puncher
Integration Unit-B1
Multi-drawer Paper Deck-A1
F-7-3
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C7065 /7055

F-7-1
F-7-2
Document Insertion Unit-J1
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075 PRO / 9065 PRO / 7065 / 7055
POD Deck Lite-A1
Underlined (2-digit) numeric figures indicate print speed (ppm: print per minute)
imageRUNNER
imageRUNNER
imageRUNNER
imageRUNNER
ADVANCE C9075 ADVANCE C9065
ADVANCE C7065 ADVANCE C7055
PRO
PRO
Print speed
Positioning
75ppm
65ppm
Light-Production machine
Target machine: iR5075
Upright Control Panel
65ppm
55ppm
Office machine
Target machine: iRC6880, iRC5880
Control Panel
Flat Control Panel
* Option: Upright Control Panel
Toner bottle
Color: About 1020g (About 3,600 pieces Color: About 896g (About 3,150 pieces
capacity
equivalency)
equivalency)
Bk:About 1406g (About 4,950 pieces
Bk:About 157g (About 5,850 pieces
equivalency)
equivalency)
HDD
JPN: 1TB
80GB
Other: 80GB
Communication Serial
method with
pickup/delivery
options
Pickup/delivery Some equipments are connected to iR ADV C9075 PRO / C9065 PRO only.
options
Some equipments are connected to iR ADV C7065 / C7055 only.
T-7-6
7-6
or
Booklet Finisher-A1 External

Staple Finisher-A1 Puncher-A1
or
Buffer Pass Unit-F1
Paper Deck Unit-A1
Document Insertion
/ Folding Unit-G1
F-7-4
Compulsory options and conditions

Pickup options
Product name
POD Deck Lite-A1
Multi-drawer Paper
Deck-A1
Paper Deck Unit-A1
Document Insertion
Unit-H1
Document Insertion
Unit-J1
Document Insertion /
Folding Unit-G1
Cassette Heater Unit

38

Option for iR ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9065 PRO
Pickup method: air separation method
Pickup capacity: 3500 sheets (80g/m2)
Paper type: thick paper/thin paper/coated paper
Paper size: B5 to 13X19
Paper basis weight: : 52 to 300g/m2
Double-feed detection: not available
Pickup method: air separation method
Paper type: thick paper/thin paper
Paper size: A5 to 13X19.2
Double-feed detection: option
Pickup method: retard method
Paper type: thick paper/thin paper
Paper size: A4, B5, LTR
Double-feed detection: not available
Pickup capacity: max. 400 sheets (200-sheet each for the upper deck and
the lower deck)
Paper type: plain paper/recycled paper/color paper/thick paper/coated paper
Paper size: B5 to 13X19.2
Option for iR ADVANCE C7065/7055
Connection is available with either this Insertion Unit - J1 or Paper Folding
Insertion Unit - G1
the lower deck)
Connection is available with either this Paper Folding Insertion Unit - G1or
Insertion Unit - J1 as an option for iR ADVANCE C7065/7055.
the lower deck)
Option for cassette in main unit
Available for Japanese models only
230V-area: assigned as a service part
120V-area: not available
Product name
Paper Deck Heater

Unit-A1
Option for Paper Deck Unit - A1

[tentative name] Paper Option for Multi Deck -A1 (middle/lower cassette)
Deck Heater Unit - B1 Available for Japanese models only
Paper Deck Warm
Option for Multi-drawer Paper Deck-A1 (upper/middle/lower cassette)
Breeze Unit-A1
T-7-7
7-7
Delivery options
Product name
Professional
Puncher-C1
Product name

Professional Puncher Integration Unit-B1 is required
Available for overseas (non-Japanese) models only
Professional Puncher Option for iR ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9065 PRO
Integration Unit-B1
To be used with Professional Puncher-B1
Available for overseas (non-Japanese) models only
Paper Folding Unit-G1 Option for iR ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9065 PRO
Staple Finisher/Saddle Finisher is required at downstream configuration
Folding type: Z-fold, C-fold, Half fold, Accordion Z-fold, Double parallel fold
Paper size: A4R to 11X17 for folding, B5 to 13X19.2 for through-pass
Paper basis weight: 52 to 105g/m2 (Double parallel fold: 52 to 90g/m2)
Staple Finisher-A1
Buffer Path Unit - F1 is required at upstream configuration
Paper basis weight: 52 to 300g/m2
Booklet Finisher-A1
Saddle: irregular saddle stitch with A4 - 13x19.2, 20-sheet saddle stitching,
3-sheet for no-staple V-fold
Staple Finisher-B1
No compulsory options and particular conditions
Paper basis weight: 52 to 300g/m2
Booklet Finisher-B1
Saddle: 16-sheet saddle stitching
Buffer Pass Unit-F1
Necessary when a finisher is connected
Inner Booklet
Option for Staple Finisher - A1/Booklet Finisher-A1
Trimmer-A
Puncher Unit-BE1
Option for Staple Finisher - A1/Booklet Finisher-A1.
For Japanese models only.
AB, 2-hole
Puncher Unit-BF1/
Option for Staple Finisher - A1/Booklet Finisher-A1.
BG1/BH1
For overseas (non-Japanese) models only.
BF1: Inch, 2/3-hole
BG1: FRN, 2/4-hole BH1: SWE, 4-hole
External 2 Hole
Option for Staple Finisher - B1/Saddle Finisher - B1.
Puncher-A1
AB, 2-hole
External 2/4 Hole
Puncher-A1
For overseas (non-Japanese) models only
Inch, 2/3-hole
External 2/4 Hole
Puncher - A1
FRN, 2/4-hole
External 4 Hole
Puncher-A1
SWE, 4-hole
7-8
Staple Cartridge-D2
Staple Cartridge-D3
Staple-P1
Staple-J1
Staple-G1

Saddle staple CRG. Option for Saddle Finisher - B1
Saddle staple CRG. Option for Saddle Finisher - B1
Saddle staple CRG. Option for Saddle Finisher - A1
Plain staple CRG. Option for Staple Finisher - B1/Saddle Finisher - B1.
Plain staple CRG. Option for Staple Finisher - A1/Saddle Finisher - A1.
T-7-8
Scanning options
Product name
Reader Heater Unit-G1

Color Image Reader Unit-A1
Color Image Reader

Unit - A1
Duplex Color Image

Reader Unit-A1
Reader Heater Unit-G1

Reversal 2-sided scanning
B/W (1-sided/2-sided): 600dpi = 85/40ipm, 300dpi: 85/40ipm
Color (1-sided/2-sided) 600dpi = 60/30ipm, 300dpi: 85/30ipm
Paper basis weight:
<1-sided> AB-configuration: 38 to 220 g/m2 Inch-configuration:50 to 220 g/
m2
<2-sided> 50 to 220 g/m2
In case of the color original or the B/W original under mixed configuration of
color and B/W originals, paper basis weight is 64 to 220 g/m2
Stacking capacity: max. 300 sheets
Multi Color Image
Simultaneous 2-sided scanning
Reader - A1
B/W (1-SIDED/2-SIDED): :600dpi=120/120ipm, 300dpi: 120/200ipm
Color (1-sided/2-sided): :600dpi=70/70ipm, 300dpi: 120/140ipm
Paper basis weight:
<1-sided> AB-configuration: 38 to 220 g/m2 Inch-configuration:50 to 220 g/
m2
<2-sided> 50 to 220 g/m2
In case of the color original or the B/W original under mixed configuration of
color and B/W originals, paper basis weight is 64 to 220 g/m2
Stacking capacity: max. 300 sheets
Reader Heater Kit - G1 For Japanese models only
T-7-9
F-7-5
7-9
Expanded-feature options
Hardware products
Product name

Utility Tray-A1
Hand Set-G2
Copy Card Reader-A1
Mobile Connect Kit-A1

Multimedia Reader /
Writer-A1
Voice Guidance
Kit-F1
Voice Operation
Voice
Kit-C1
Voice
Operation
Unit
Voice
Operation
PCB
Guidance
Key Switch
Unit
unit-B1
3.5inch/80GB HDD-A1
3.5inch/1TB HDD-B1
USB Device Port-A1
Removable
HDD Kit-AB1
Voice
Guidance
PCB
Mirroring
Kit-D1
Serial Interface Kit-A1

Copy Control Interface Kit-A1
IPSec Board-B2
License Option
HDD Data Encryption &
Mirroring Kit-D1
Expansion Bus-F1
Additional Memory
Type B(512MB)
ColorPASS-GX300 / PS-GX300
Image Data Analyser Board-A1
imagePASS-A1
Super G3 FAX Board-AD1

Super G3 2nd Line FAX Board-AD1
Super G3 3rd/4th Line FAX Board-AD1
F-7-6
Upright Control Panel - A1

Equipped as standard with iR ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9065 PRO
Card Reader A1
Copy card reader - A1 is required when Upright Control Panel - A1
is installed.
Copy Card Reader Attachment Necessary only when Upright Control Panel - A1 is installed
Kit A1
Super G3 FAX Board - AD1
Super G3 2nd Line FAX Board No compulsory options and particular conditions
- AD1
Super G3 3rd/4th LineFAX
Board - AE1
Voice Guidance Kit - F1/F2
Consists of the voice guidance PCB and the voice guidance
assembly. Only for overseas (non-Japanese) models only.
Voice Operation Kit C1
Consists of the voice operation PCB and the voice operation panel.
HDD Data Encryption &
Mirroring Kit-C1
USB Device Port - A1
Consists of USB 2-port HUB PCB only.
Additional Memory Type B
Necessary when PS, PDF Direct, PDF/XPS Direct, Trust Stamp,
(512MB)
ImagePASS-A1, or ColorPASS-GX300 is installed.
Wireless LAN Board - B1
Only for overseas (non-Japanese) models only.
3.5inch/80GB HDD - A1
3.5inch/1TB HDD - B1
Removable HDD Kit - AB
HDD Mirroring Kit - D1
Expansion Bus-F1/F2
Necessary when Ipsec security board - B2 or Wireless LAN BoardB1is installed.
IPSec Board B2
PCI bus expansion kit - F1 is required.
Activation of the feature is required by entering the license number.
Parallel use with imagePRESS-A1 or ColorPASS-GX300 is not
available.
Multimedia Reader/Writer A1 USB device port - A1 is required.
Supporting CF, SD memory and memory stick.
imagePASS - A1
Additional memory Type B (512MB) is required.
ColorPASS - GX300
Additional memory Type B (512MB) is required.
Removable HDD Kit - AB1
T-7-10
7-10
Basic Configuration
License products
At the time of installation, obtain the license number according to the license certificate
included in the package, and enter the license number on the control panel of the main unit.
This operation activates the applicable features.
No physical installation work is required at the time of installation.
Product name
Functional Configuration
The machine may broadly be divided into the following functional system blocks; document
exposure system block, controller system block, laser exposure system block, image
PCL Printer Kit - AD1

PS Printer Kit - AD1
Additional memory Type B (512MB) is required
Direct print Kit (PDF/XPS) - H1 Additional memory Type B (512MB) is required
Remote Operation Software Kit
B1
Data Erase Kit C1
Encryption Secure Print
Software Kit - B1
Secure Watermark - B1
Document Scan Lock Kit - A1
ACCESS MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM Kit - B1
Web Access Software H1
Universal Send Advanced
Feature Set - D1
Universal Send Security
Feature Set - D1
Universal Send Digital User
Signature Kit - C1
Remote FAX Kit - A1
formation system block, fixing system block and pickup/feed system block.
Document exposure system
Reader
controller
Option
board
Exposure lamp
Laser exposure system
Controller system
HDD
CCD
Laser
scanner
unit(Y)
Laser
scanner
unit(M)
Laser
scanner
unit(C)
Drum unit
(Y)
Drum unit
(M)
Drum unit
(C)
Main
controller
1/2
DC
controller
Laser
scanner
unit
(Bk)
Drum unit
(Bk)
ITB
Image
formation
system
Fixing system
T-7-11
Delivery
Transfer
Fixing
Duplexing feed
Pickup
Pickup/
feed
system
Left deck
Right deck
Cassette3
Flow of paper
Flow of signal
Cassette4
Laser beam
F-7-7
7-11
7-12
Upgrading
Upgrading
Upgrading
Outline
Outline of Upgrading the Machine
Supported Service Support Tool (hereafter, SST) is version 4.21 or later.
Display on SST
Upgrading target
Host Machine
ADF
Staple Finisher-B1/Booklet
Finisher-B1
Staple Finisher-A1/Booklet
Finisher-A1
Registered Product Name Name of System Software
Main controller
Language module
Remote UI contents
RUI portal
Mobile print
UI-BOX
UI-COPY
UI-Intro
UI-SEND
MEAP library
Paper description
information le
Service Mode contents
DC controller
Boot program
WebDAV contents
Key and certicate for
encryption communication
ADF controller
Finisher controller
Saddle controller
Inserter controller
iAC9075
Finisher controller
Saddle controller
Folder controller
Inserter controller
Trimmer controller
Interface Controller
FIN_A1
iAXXXX
DADF-R1
FIN_B1
INF_JG
EXP_A1
PIU_B1
Upgrading method
USB
SST
Others
memory
SYSTEM
LANGUAGE
RUI
RPTL
MOBPR
BOX
COPY
INTRO
SEND
MEAP
MEDIA
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SMCNT
DCON
FLASH
WebDAV
KEY
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CPU
FIN_CON
SDL_CON
INF_CON
EXP_CON
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
FIN_CON
SDL_CON
FLD_CON
IST_CON
TRM_CON
PIUCON
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Remarks
Staple Finisher-B1/Booklet Finisher-B1

Booklet Finisher-B1
Insertion Unit-J1/Paper Folding Insertion UnitG1
External 2/3 Hole Puncher-A1/External 2/4 Hole
Puncher-A1/External 4 Hole Puncher-A1
Staple Finisher-A1/Booklet Finisher-A1
Booklet Finisher-A1
Paper Folding UnitG1
Insertion Unit-H1
Inner Trimmer-A1
Professional Puncher Integration Unit-B1
T-8-1
8-2
MEMO :
In this machine, two types of CPU, Main Controller PCB 1 and Main Controller PCB 2, are equipped.
Boot program of each CPU (Main Controller PCB 1 and Main Controller PCB 2) is stored in the Flash PCB on the Main Controller PCB 1.
8-3
Outline of the Service Support Tool
iR ----
The SST has the following functions:
PC for service work

iR ----
PC for service work
SST
Downloading
system software
SST
System software
Downloading
system software
HDD
System software
HDD
Flash ROM
Uploading backup data
Flash ROM
Downloading backup data

Backup data
Uploading backup data

Downloading backup data
Backup data
F-8-2
Back up RAM
F-8-1
When using SST, enter either of the following download mode.

Safe Mode (download mode A)
While pressing 2 and 8 keys simultaneously, turn ON the main power switch.
Normal Mode (download mode B)
While pressing 1 and 7 keys simultaneously, turn ON the main power switch and select:
COPIER > FUNCTION > SYSTEM > DOWNLOAD in service mode, and press [OK]
8-4
Back up RAM
Function
Formatting the HDD
Downloading the system software
Uploading / downloading backup data
1) The system software is downloaded.
Download mode
Normal mode
Safe mode
(download mode B)
(download mode A)

System
Language
RUI
Boot
Dcon
Rcon
SDICT
MEAPCONT
KEY
TTS
BROWSER
TSTMP
MEDIA
HELP
WebDAV
SramRCON
SramDCON
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
ALL
BOOTDEV
System
Language
RUI
Boot
Dcon
Rcon
SDICT
MEAPCONT
KEY
TTS
BROWSER
TSTMP
MEDIA
HELP
WebDAV
Meapback
-
Status of
reception(sample)
- - - Download Mode - - [ iR2270i-JPjaxxxx-MN.dsh ] - - - - xx%
System
Software
- - Download Mode - - iR2270i-JPjaxxxx-MN.dsh ] - - - - - - - - - - Complete

iR2270iM-JPjaxxxx-1F77-MN.PRG ] - - - - Complete
iR2270iM-ZZjaxxxx-49AD.PRG ] - - - - - - - Complete
iR2270iW-JPjaxxxx-5C16-MN.PRG ] - - - - Complete
iR2270iW-ZZjaxxxx-A825.PRG ] - - - - - - - Complete
iR2270iF-JPjaxxxx-DE96-ICC.PRG ] - - - - Complete
iR2270iW-ZZjaxxxx-A825.PRG ] - - - - - - - Complete
iR2270iG-JPjaxxxx-EC30-ICC.PRG ] - - - - Complete
HDD
System
Software
Temporary
storage area
2) The main power switch is turned off and then on.
3) Writing takes place.

<<<<< download shell >>>>>
[ SYSTEM JPja-m ] - - - - Upgrading complete
[ SYSTEM ZZ ] - - - - - - - Upgrading complete
[ SYSTEM JPja-w ] - - - - Upgrading complete
[ SYSTEM ZZ ] - - - - - - - Upgrading complete
[ FONT F ] - - - - - - - - - - Upgrading complete
[ FONT G ] - - - - - - - - - - Upgrading complete
+++ Switch OFF the power then ON. +++
HDD
System
Software
Temporary
storage area
System area
T-8-2
BOOT area
Download the system software
4) The main power switch is turned off and then on.
System software is saved in the temporary storage area on HDD after downloaded with SST
(version 4.11 or later).
FLASH
ROM
Restart the machine after download so that it will be written to the system area, Boot area
5) The machine starts up using the new version.
and the flash ROM.

Turn OFF / ON the main power switch and the machine starts with the new version system
software.
F-8-3
There are 2 ways to download the system software.

Batch download
To download various system software collectively.
The system software (combination) that will be downloaded with batch download is stated
in the batch download information file ("ALL") which is stored on the system CD. Register
the system software in SST to enable the batch download function.
Individual download
To download the selected system software individually.
8-5
Points to Note at Time of Downloading

CAUTION : Do Not Turn Off the Power During Download / Write Operation
Do not turn OFF the power while the system software is being downloaded or written.
The machine may fail to start when the power is turned ON.
If the power cannot be turned ON, try to start it in safe mode (press 2 + 8
simultaneously).
If the machine starts in safe mode, download the system software again. If not, replace
HDD and download the system software.
CAUTION :
It is recommended to download DCON / RCON in normal mode.
DCON / RCON may be downloaded in either normal mode or safe mode. However, if
done in safe mode, the version information of DCON / RCDON will not be obtained.
In this case, DCON / RCON on HDD is always overwritten by DCON / RCON on SST
regardless of versions; thus it may be downgraded.
8-6

Canon iRAdv 7055'C7065'9060pro'9065pro'9070pro'C9075pro SM PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Canon iRAdv 7055'C7065'9060pro'9065pro'9070pro'C9075pro SM PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

imageRUNNER ADVANCE C9075 PRO/9070 PRO/

9065 PRO/9060 PRO/C7065/7055 Series Rev. 6.0

Service Manual Digest

inconsistent with local law.

of the individual companies.

edition of this manual.

consent of Canon Inc.

(C) CANON INC. 2013

The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual:

The following symbols are used throughout this Service Manual.

Insert the claw.

Check the noise.

Use the bundled part.

Disconnect the connector.

Push the part.

In practically all cases, the internal mechanisms of a microprocessor cannot be checked

Connect the connector.

Plug the power cable.

Remove the cable/wire

Service Information bulletins.

Set the cable/wire to the

Remove the screw.

Tighten the screw.

About Toner-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0-3

Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery---------------------------------0-3

Controller System------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-2

When clearing RAM--------------------------------------------------------- 2-14

When clearing RAM---------------------------------------------------------------2-14

Jam Code-------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-151

Jam Type--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-151

Duplex Color Image Reader-A1 / Color Image Reader-A1----------- 3-154

Alarm Code------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-166

Alarm Code Details-------------------------------------------------------------- 3-166

Device Information Delivery Settings------------------------------------------ 4-2

Back-up of service mode---------------------------------------------------------- 5-2

Soft Counter List----------------------------------------------------------- 5-538

Soft counter specifications----------------------------------------------------- 5-538

Test Print--------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-546

How to check test print--------------------------------------------------------- 5-546

6 Parts Replacement and Cleaning

List of Main Unit--------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-2

Specifications of main unit-------------------------------------------------------- 7-2

Main unit------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-6

Basic Configuration---------------------------------------------------------- 7-11

Functional Configuration--------------------------------------------------------- 7-11

Handling of Laser System

A different description may be used for a different product.

Turn power switch ON

Do not throw toner into fire. It may cause explosion.

Toner on Clothing or Skin

Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery

RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE.

Notes Before it Works Serving

Service Operation Item

Periodical Service Operation Item

Dustproof Glass Cleaning (black)

Primary Charging Assembly

Pre-primary Transfer Charging Assembly

Toner Catch Sheet (color)

Toner Catch Tray (black)

Toner Blocking Plastic sheet

iR ADVANCE C9075PRO/C9070 PRO is 530K